PM014 DQ110071 C5059 Ma 021 T2

TOMO 2: INSTRUMENTACIN
Y CONTROL
PROYECTO
EXPLOTACIN
MINA MINISTRO HALES
Outotec Chile S.A.
Contenido
22/05/2012
Pgina
Captulo 1: Filosofa de Control
Captulo 2: Listado de Equipos
Captulo 3: Mantencin
1. Descripcin General
2. Manuales de Instrumentos
3. Listado de P&ID
Outotec Chile S.A.

Avda. Vitacura 2939 Piso 7 y Piso 9
Edificio Millenium, Las Condes
7550011, Santiago, Chile
Tel. +56 2 336 2000, Fax +56 2 336 2041
www.outotec.com
Y CONTROL
PROYECTO
EXPLOTACIN
MINA MINISTRO HALES
Outotec Chile S.A.
22/05/2012
1 (4)
Captulo
Filosofa de Control
En el anexo Tomo 2 Captulo 1 se adjunta la filosofa de control de las celdas, la cual

entregar al operador y al supervisor del rea, un mayor entendimiento del funcionamiento
de stas.
Outotec Chile S.A.

Tel. +56 2 336 2000, Fax +56 2 336 2041
www.outotec.com
Y CONTROL
PROYECTO
EXPLOTACIN
MINA MINISTRO HALES
Outotec Chile S.A.
22/05/2012
2 (4)
Captulo
Listado de Instrumentos
En el anexo Tomo 2 Captulo 2 se detalla el listado completo de instrumentos que poseen

las TankCell-e160, TankCell-e300 y Sopladores.
En este listado, es posible encontrar datos tales como el Tag y el tipo de instrumento,
equipo al cual est sociado, dmetro y otras caractersticas que ayudan a identificar las
partes de la celda.
Outotec Chile S.A.

Tel. +56 2 336 2000, Fax +56 2 336 2041
www.outotec.com
Y CONTROL
PROYECTO
EXPLOTACIN
MINA MINISTRO HALES
Outotec Chile S.A.
22/05/2012
3 (4)
Captulo
Mantencin de Instrumentos
1. Descripcin General
Se recomienda una mantencin preventiva, para prolongar la vida til de equipos e
instrumentos y as aumentar su disponibilidad. El principio de mantencin preventiva
consiste en recambiar o reparar la pieza daada antes de que el equipo falle.
Outotec Chile Ltda., puede entregar repuestos con solicitud de 6 meses de anticipacin:
Rotor
Estator
Vlvulas dardo
Elementos del sistema motoreductor.

La informacin que sigue asegurar la entrega de las piezas correctas.
Tipo
Nmero de Serie
Nmero de Pieza
Nmero de Plano
Contacto en Outotec Chile Ltda.:

Nombre
Cargo
Telfono
Direccin
E-Mail
: Sr. Eduardo Paredes Ruiz

: Gerente de Servicios
: +56 02 336 2099
: Avda. Vitacura N 2939, piso 7
: eduardo.paredes@outotec.com
Outotec Chile S.A.

Tel. +56 2 336 2000, Fax +56 2 336 2041
www.outotec.com
Y CONTROL
PROYECTO
EXPLOTACIN
MINA MINISTRO HALES
Outotec Chile S.A.
22/05/2012
4 (4)
2. Manuales de Instrumentos
Adjunto en el anexo Tomo 2 Captulo 3 se entregan las hojas de datos y manuales de los
principales instrumentos asociados a las TankCell-e160 y TankCell-e300.
Las hojas de datos estn ordenadas en el siguiente orden:
Descripcin de Dispositivos Flujmetros Aire Flotacin.
Descripcin de Dispositivos Vlvulas de Control Aire Flotacin.
Descripcin de Dispositivos Manometros
Descripcin de Dispositivos Niveles Ultrasnicos.
Instrumentos Soplador
Los manuales estn ordenados en el siguiente orden:
Descripcin de Dispositivos Flujmetros Aire Flotacin.
Descripcin de Dispositivos Vlvulas de Control Aire Flotacin.
Descripcin de Dispositivos Niveles Ultrasnicos.
3. Listado de P&ID
Tambin se adjuntan los siguientes P&ID y planos:
TankCell-e160 (una celda)
NC5059-0022
TankCell-e160 (dos celda)
NC5059-0021
TankCell-e300
NC5059-0020
Sistema Fail Close
NC5059-0027
Soplador
NC5059-0023
Soplador Diagrama Unilineal
NC5059-0024
Outotec Chile Ltda.

Tel. +56 2 336 2000, Fax +56 2 336 2041
www.outotec.com
Y CONTROL
PROYECTO
EXPLOTACIN
MINA MINISTRO HALES
Outotec Chile S.A.
22/05/2012
1 (1)
Anexos
Tomo 2
Captulo 1
Outotec Chile S.A.

Tel. +56 2 336 2000, Fax +56 2 336 2041
www.outotec.com
CORPORACION NACIONAL DEL COBRE

CODELCO CHILE
VICEPRESIDENCIA DE PROYECTOS
PROYECTO EXPLOTACION MINA MINISTRO HALES
CELDAS DE FLOTACION
Proyecto N DQ 110071
MANUAL
FILOSOFA DE CONTROL
Documento N DQ110071-C5059-MA-0030
O/C N H336073-PM014/0
REV
DESCRIPCIN
PREPAR
REVIS
APROB
FECHA
PARA INFORMACIN CLIENTE
A.T.R.
G.H.P.
G.H.P.
30-01-2012
PARA INFORMACIN CLIENTE
A.T.R.
G.H.P.
G.H.P.
22-11-2011
PARA COORDINACIN INTERNA
A.T.R.
G.H.P.
G.H.P.
20-09-2011
Outotec Chile S.A.

Tel. +56 2 336 2000, Fax +56 2 336 2041
www.outotec.com

PROYECTO EXPLOTACION
MINA MINISTRO HALES
CELDAS FLOTACION
FILOSOFIA DE CONTROL
DQ-110071-C5059-MA-0030
REVISION 1
INDICE
1.
Planos Asociados ....................................................................................................... 3
2.
Circuito de Flotacin ................................................................................................... 3
3.
Regulacin del Nivel de Pulpa .................................................................................... 4
4.
Panel Local de Vlvulas del tipo Dardo (Dart) ............................................................ 5
5.
Suministro de Aire de Flotacin .................................................................................. 6
6.
Distribucin y Regulacin de Aire de Flotacin ........................................................... 7
7.
Reductor..................................................................................................................... 8
Outotec Chile Ltda.

I:\MINPRO\DQ110090\C\5087\IN\DE110071-C5059-MA-0030 R1 Filosofia Control Celdas MMH.doc
Pgina 2 de 8

MINA MINISTRO HALES
CELDAS FLOTACION
DQ-110071-C5059-MA-0030
REVISION 1
1. Planos Asociados
Constituyen referencias a este documento:
Nro. Documento
Descripcin
DQ110071-C5059-0020
CELDA OUTOTEC 1 TANK CELL 300 DIAGRAMA P&ID
DQ110071-C5059-0021
DQ110071-C5059-0022
DQ110071-C5059-0023
P&ID BLOWER
MANUAL DE OPERACIONES BLOWER
MANUAL DE MANTENIMIENTO REDUCTOR
DQ110071-C5059-023
PANEL LAYOUT PANEL LOCAL
2. Circuito de Flotacin
El circuito de flotacin consiste de 12 Celdas de Flotacin TankCell-300 en la etapa de
Flotacin Rougher, distribuidas en 2 bancos de 6 celdas cada uno; seguido de 14 celdas de
flotacin TankCell-160 distribuidas en 2 bancos de 4 celdas seguido de 3 celdas
correspondientes a las etapas de First Cleaner y First Cleaner Scavenger respectivamente.
Terminando con un banco de 6 Celdas de Flotacin TankCell-300 correspondiente a la
etapa Second Scavenger.
En general, cada celda de flotacin cuenta con un lazo regulador de nivel de pulpa compuesto
por un flotador ms sensor de nivel cuya seal se enva al DCS de la planta el cual comanda a
dos vlvulas dardo en paralelo en la descarga de cada celda. Las vlvulas dardos son de
dimetros fijos y estn ubicadas en el fondo de la caja de descarga de cada celda.
Tambin es regulada la adicin de aire de flotacin mediante un cuadro de control de flujo que
consiste de un transmisor de flujo msico y una vlvula de control tipo mariposa.
El concentrado de la celda es recolectado por canaletas radiales y perimetrales, las que estn
revestidas de goma. Por otro lado, el cono ajustable en altura ubicado dentro del estanque
mejora la remocin de espuma.
El estanque est recubierto interna y externamente con pintura epxica y parcialmente
reforzado en su interior con goma, las vlvulas dardo y el interior de las cajas de alimentacin
y de descarga tambin estn recubiertas con goma.
Outotec Chile Ltda.

Pgina 3 de 8

MINA MINISTRO HALES
CELDAS FLOTACION
DQ-110071-C5059-MA-0030
REVISION 1
3. Regulacin del Nivel de Pulpa

La regulacin del nivel de pulpa en la celda est basada en un lazo de control Proporcional +
Integral (P+I) estndar implementado en el DCS de la planta, que activa los actuadores (LY)
de las vlvulas de control (LV) tipo Dardos, ubicadas en la descarga de la celda medida.
Simultneamente se mide el nivel (LIT) de la celda a travs de un sensor de nivel ultrasnico,
que mide la posicin de un flotador en la superficie del lquido en la celda De esta manera, se
abrirn o cerrarn simultneamente estas vlvulas produciendo el efecto de vaciado o llenado
dependiendo las condiciones de operacin. Con esta medicin se puede obtener
indirectamente la banda de espuma que es la distancia entre el labio de rebose hasta el nivel
del liquido o pulpa, que es en definitiva lo que se trata de controlar.
El objetivo principal del control de nivel es estabilizar el proceso en cuanto a fluctuaciones en
la alimentacin de mineral. Tanto el set point (que determina la banda de la espuma) como
los parmetros del PI (que determinan la dinmica del lazo) deben ser fijados empricamente
en base a la experiencia con el material procesado y su comportamiento con los reactivos de
acuerdo a las caractersticas qumicas y fsicas del mineral. En la etapa de puesta en servicio
de estos equipos, se ajustan dichos parmetros logrando el perfil deseado para la operacin
del banco en su conjunto. Los valores de los parmetros del Controlador PI inicialmente
pueden ser P=0.5 ; I=10-15 s.
Outotec Chile Ltda.

Pgina 4 de 8

MINA MINISTRO HALES
CELDAS FLOTACION
DQ-110071-C5059-MA-0030
REVISION 1
4. Panel Local de Vlvulas del tipo Dardo (Dart)

El Panel Local de la Vlvulas Dart, es bsicamente un panel para operar (eventualmente) las
vlvulas de forma Manual por el operador en terreno y cuenta tres modos de operacin
Normal, Solicitud Local y Operacin Local.
Se presupone que el aire de instrumentacin y alimentacin elctrica es ininterrumpible para
el Panel de las vlvulas Dart, por ende se debe considerar como lgica que en caso de corte
de alimentacin al motor o detencin de la lnea de produccin, como accin de seguridad el
cierre de la vlvula dardo impidiendo el paso de material aguas abajo de la celda
correspondiente, de esta forma el Panel se mantiene en una modalidad Normal. Para pasar
este Panel a modo Operacin Local se debe solicitar al DCS mediante un pulsador (que
enva una seal sostenida) encendindose una luz en el panel indicando esta solicitud.
Mientras el DCS de la planta no habilite el Panel con una seal de retorno este se mantendr
en el estado de Solicitud Local no pudiendo operar las vlvulas de forma Local. Al
recepcionar la seal de Habilitacin Local apaga la luz de solicitud y enciende otra luz
indicando la modalidad Operacin Local, en la cual el operador en terreno puede operar las
vlvulas independientemente de forma manual en el panel, en esta modalidad el DCS puede
deshabilitar el panel en todo momento.
El Panel Local tiene como entradas y salidas, las siguientes seales:
a) Presin piloto: Presin que se entrega a los actuadores aislando el posicionador
FF H1 en modo Operacin Local.
b) Aire de Red: Alimentacin de aire de instrumentacin del Panel Local de
Vlvulas Dart.
c) Etapa 1 (A1/B1): Salida neumtica para alimentar actuador de la vlvula Dart 1
logrando su movimiento de forma Local en modo Operacin Local.
d) Etapa 2 (A2/B2): Salida neumtica para alimentar actuador de la vlvula Dart 2
logrando su movimiento de forma Local en modo Operacin Local.
e) Alimentacin de 120 VAC: Alimentacin ininterrumpida del Panel Local de
Vlvulas Dart.
f) Seal de Solicitud: Seal lgica sostenida, alambrada hacia el DCS indicando
peticin para habilitar Panel Local en modo Operacin Local.
g) Seal de Habilitacin: Seal lgica sostenida, alambrada desde el DCS al Panel
habilitar el de Operacin Local.
En resumen se tiene los Modos de Operacin del Panel:
Normal
Solicitud
Local
El control de los actuadores y el monitoreo de ambas

vlvulas Dardos lo tiene el DCS de la Planta.
El control de los actuadores y el monitoreo de ambas
vlvulas Dardos lo tiene el DCS de la Planta. Panel a
espera de habilitacin modo Operacin Local
El Panel tiene el control total del movimiento de las
vlvulas operndolas de forma manual, con
realimentacin al sistema DCS de la posicin de las
vlvulas Dart. El DCS en todo momento puede
deshabilitar esta modalidad.
Outotec Chile Ltda.

Pgina 5 de 8

MINA MINISTRO HALES
CELDAS FLOTACION
DQ-110071-C5059-MA-0030
REVISION 1
5. Suministro de Aire de Flotacin

El suministro de aire de flotacin cuenta con tres Sopladores en paralelo (2 funcionando y uno
en standby). Los sopladores son equipos que entregan grandes caudales de aire a una
presin relativamente baja y responden a una curva de presin vs caudal, observando la
curva caracterstica se aprecia que cuanto mayor sea la presin que el sistema requiera
menor ser el caudal de aire que el soplador es capaz de entregar y viceversa.
El panel con cuentan estos Blowers, tiene una finalidad de proteccin del equipo.
Grficamente lo que hace el panel es mover el punto de operacin del Blower dentro de la
curva alejndolo de ciertas reas identificadas como:
Surge o antibombeo: a muy bajo caudal se produce un fenmeno por el cual el
soplador no es capaz de impulsar el aire que tiene en su interior produciendo
corrientes en sentido inverso, esto genera fuertes tensiones axiales en el equipo que
puede llegar a ser destruido.
Sobrecorriente: Al aumentar el caudal, es decir cuando la contrapresin es muy baja,
aumenta consecuentemente la potencia consumida la que puede superar la mxima
que es capaz de entregar el motor.
Outotec Chile Ltda.
Pgina 6 de 8

MINA MINISTRO HALES
CELDAS FLOTACION
DQ-110071-C5059-MA-0030
REVISION 1
El Panel o Sistema de Seguridad anti surge y Monitoreo cuenta con un mdulo de

comunicacin ETHERNET TCP-IP, por el cual, puede entregar variada informacin al DCS
de la planta, adems mediante alambrado duro al CCM obtiene un valor de corriente de
consumo del motor del Blower (Seal 4-20mA) y enclavamientos para parada emergencia,
estatus, partir/parar, entre otros.
La funcin principal del panel de seguridad es:

Manejo de las vlvulas (Inlet y Anti Surge) para la secuencia de partida del Blower.
Apertura de la vlvula de Anti Surge en caso de bajo caudal.
Alarma y corte por bajo caudal (Surge o antibombeo)
Alarma y corte por alto caudal (Sobreconsumo o sobre corriente)
Alarmas y cortes por altas vibraciones en rodamientos.
Alarmas y cortes por altas temperaturas en rodamientos.
Alarma por filtro de entrada sucio.
Los valores de alarma y de corte, as como las condiciones pueden programarse en el panel
de control y visualizarse en el DCS mediante comunicacin. No obstante por razones de
seguridad no deben ser modificados una vez puesto en servicio por el especialista del equipo.
De igual modo ocurre con los tiempos de secuencia de movimiento de las vlvulas de succin
y Anti Surge, esta segunda est controlada por un controlador PID, cuyos parmetros se
configuran en puesta en servicio y se entregan posteriormente.
Para ms detalles del funcionamiento del Blower se pueden encontrar en el manual del
proveedor correspondiente (Continental-Industrie)
6. Distribucin y Regulacin de Aire de Flotacin

Desde la matriz principal proveniente de los sopladores, el Aire Flotacin que entra a cada
celda es regulado mediante un lazo de control Proporcional + Integral (P+I) estndar,
implementado en el DCS de la Planta, midiendo este flujo a travs de un Flujmetro por
dispersin Trmica Msico (FIT) y actuando sobre una vlvula de control automtica tipo
mariposa (FV). Adems se dispone de un manmetro de presin del Aire de Flotacin para
visualizar la presin en entrada a la celda.
La regulacin de alimentacin de aire es el mtodo ms rpido para actuar sobre el
desempeo de una Celda de Flotacin, con el cuidad que este lazo deben ser ms lentos que
el lazo de control del Blower evitando que sistema entre en resonancias. Para los valores de
los parmetro del controlador PI inicialmente considerar P=0,2; I = 50s; el SetPoint del flujo de
Aire se puede ajustar empricamente en base a la velocidad de la espuma deseada o a la
experiencia previa con mineral procesado junto con los reactivos. El proceso de ajuste de los
parmetros de control y setpoint de se realizan en la etapa de puesta en servicio del equipo.
En caso de la detencin del motor de giro de la celda, como accin de seguridad se debe
cortar la inyeccin de aire o minimizarlo al mximo de modo de no acumular carga en el Rotor
detenido en el interior de la celda.
Outotec Chile Ltda.

Pgina 7 de 8

MINA MINISTRO HALES
CELDAS FLOTACION
DQ-110071-C5059-MA-0030
REVISION 1
Tambin es posible utilizar un Sistema avanzado (Experto) de regulacin del aire y nivel en
base a Cmaras de Imagen de Espuma (FrothMaster ) o analizando en lnea el grado del
concentrado producido por las Celdas (Curierer ), mejorando as la eficiencia o performance
en la produccin de concentrado del conjunto de celdas.
7. Reductor
(Rev.1)
La celda cuenta con un reductor de acoplamiento directo entre el motor elctrico y el eje que
mueve el Rotor de la Celda. ste reductor cuenta con dos Indicadores y dos seales
anlogas que activan las siguientes alarmas:
Nivel de Aceite en el reductor (LI): Indicador para visualizar el nivel de aceite usado
para la lubricacin del reductor, si el indicador muestra nivel bajo la accin debe ser
de relleno de aceite.
Diferencial de presin en el Filtro (PDI): Indica que tan sucio esta el Filtro de Aceite de
la unidad, accin de cambio de filtro segn indicacin (ver catlogo del fabricante).
Presin de Aceite en el Reductor (PIT): Entrega valor de presin en el circuito de
lubricacin con alarma de baja presin (PALL), lo que indica prdida de aceite y es un
enclavamiento de detencin del respectivo motor elctrico.
Seal anloga de temperatura (TIT): Entrega valor de temperatura en el reductor,
monitoreo y alarma para temperaturas extremas, usado tambin para partidas en frio
para activar calefactor.
Para mayor informacin respecto a los rangos normales de operacin del reductor ver el
Manual de Mantenimiento del Reductor.
Outotec Chile Ltda.

Pgina 8 de 8
Y CONTROL
PROYECTO
EXPLOTACIN
MINA MINISTRO HALES
Outotec Chile S.A.
13/03/2012
1 (1)
Anexos
Tomo 2
Captulo 2
Outotec Chile S.A.

Tel. +56 2 336 2000, Fax +56 2 336 2041
www.outotec.com

CODELCO CHILE
CELDAS DE FLOTACIN
Project No DQ110071
LISTADO
ESPECIFICACION Y LISTADO DE INSTRUMENTOS
Documento N DQ-110071-C5059-LI-0008
O/C N H336073-PM014/0
REV
DESCRIPCIN
PREPAR
REVIS
APROB
FECHA
EMITIDO COMO AS BUILD
ATR
ATR
GHP
19-01-2012
EMITIDO PARA APROBACIN CLIENTE
ATR
ATR
GHP
17-11-2011
EMITIDO PARA APROBACIN CLIENTE
ATR
ATR
GHP
15-07-2011
EMITIDO PARA INFORMACION CLIENTE
PO
GHP
GHP
14-06-2011
EMITIDO PARA COORDINACION INTERNA
GHP
06-06-2011
LISTADO DE INSTRUMENTOS
Revisin 2
DQ- 110071
LISTADO DE INSTRUMENTOS Y EQUIPOS

TAG
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
Servicio
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
1812
1799
1810
1810
1810
1782
1782
1782
1782
1812A
1812A
1812B
1812B
1812A
1812B
1812
1812
0812
1818
1829
1816
1816
1816
1783
1783
1783
1783
1818A
1818A
1818B
1818B
1818A
1818B
1818
1818
0818
1822
1874
1820
1820
1820
1784
1784
1784
1784
1822A
1822A
1822B
1822B
1822A
1822B
1822
1822
0822
1828
1875
1826
1826
1826
1785
1785
1785
1785
1828A
1828A
1828B
1828B
1828A
1828B
1828
1828
0828
1832
1878
1830
1830
1830
1786
1786
1786
1786
1832A
1832A
1832B
1832B
1832A
1832B
1832
1832
0832
1838
1883
1836
1836
1836
1787
1787
1787
Tipo
LINEA 1 CELDA ROUGHER
(1+1+1+1+1+1) TC-300
Nivel Pulpa Celda 3312-CFL-001

Presion Aire Flotacin 3312-CFL-001
Flujo Aire Flotacin 3312-CFL-001
Control Aire Flotacin 3312-CFL-001
Presin de Aceite en Reductor 3312-CFL-001
Filtro Reductor sucio 3312-CFL-001
Nivel Bajo de Aceite en Reductor 3312-CFL-001
Temperatura de Aceite en Reductor 3312-CFL-001
Descarga Celda 3312-CFL-001
Vlvula de accionamiento manual Dardo A
Vlvula de accionamiento manual Dardo B
Habilitacin de Panel a Local
Solicitud de habilitacin Panel Local
Panel de Control Local / Sistema Fail Close
Filtro Reductor Sucio 3312-CFL-002
Transmisor de Nivel Ultrasonico

Manometro
Flujometro Termico Masico
Vlvula Control tipo Mariposa
Actuador Vlvula tipo Mariposa
Switch de Presin
Indicador diferencial de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Transmisor de Temperatura
Vlvula Control Tipo Dardo
Actuador/Posicionador Vlvula tipo Dardo
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Outotec Chile SA.

DQ-110061-C5059-0008 R2 Listado de Instrumentos.xls
Lnea / Eq. Principal
3312-CFL-001
Aire Flotacin 3312-CFL-001
3310-FV-1810
Reductor Celda 3312-CFL-001
3312-CFL-001
3310-LV-1812A
3312-CFL-001
3310-LV-1812B
Panel de Control Local Celda 3312-CFL-001
3312-CFL-002
3310-FV-1816
3312-CFL-002
3310-LV-1818A
3312-CFL-002
3310-LV-1818B
3312-CFL-003
3310-FV-1820
3312-CFL-003
3310-LV-1820A
3312-CFL-003
3310-LV-1820B
3312-CFL-004
3310-FV-1826
3312-CFL-004
3310-LV-1828A
3312-CFL-004
3310-LV-1828B
3312-CFL-005
3310-FV-1830
3312-CFL-005
3310-LV-1832A
3312-CFL-005
3310-LV-1832B
3312-CFL-006
3310-FV-1836
Dim Pr in
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
3/4-16UNF
L=100
600mm
CPY25 450
600mm
CPY25 450
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
3/4-16UNF
L=100
600mm
CPY25 450
600mm
CPY25 450
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
3/4-16UNF
L=100
600mm
CPY25 450
600mm
CPY25 450
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
3/4-16UNF
L=100
600mm
CPY25 450
600mm
CPY25 450
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
3/4-16UNF
L=100
600mm
CPY25 450
600mm
CPY25 450
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
3/4-16UNF
RNG
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
EQ ASOC
Marca
Modelo
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3310-LCP-0812
3310-LCP-0812
3310-LCP-0812
3310-LCP-0812
3310-LCP-0812
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3310-LCP-0818
3310-LCP-0818
3310-LCP-0818
3310-LCP-0818
3310-LCP-0818
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3310-LCP-0822
3310-LCP-0822
3310-LCP-0822
3310-LCP-0822
3310-LCP-0822
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3310-LCP-0828
3310-LCP-0828
3310-LCP-0828
3310-LCP-0828
3310-LCP-0828
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3310-LCP-0832
3310-LCP-0832
3310-LCP-0832
3310-LCP-0832
3310-LCP-0832
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SERIE
65F1H
IO TIP
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F1H
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F1H
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F1H
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F1H
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F1H
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
P&ID
Descripcin Dispositivo
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
Ver manual del Reductor
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
Notas
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
Pagina 2 de 8
Revisin 2
DQ- 110071

TAG
Servicio
Tipo
EQ ASOC
Marca
Modelo
SERIE
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
1787
1838A
1838A
1838B
1838B
1838A
1838B
1838
1838
0838

Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local

3312-CFL-006
3310-LV-1838A
3312-CFL-006
3310-LV-1838B
L=100
450mm
CP25 250
450mm
CP25 250
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3310-LCP-0838
3310-LCP-0838
3310-LCP-0838
3310-LCP-0838
3310-LCP-0838
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
SITRANS T
TAPON 450
ND9106FN
TAPON 450
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
LINEA 2 CELDA ROUGHER
(1+1+1+1+1+1) TC-300
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
1862
1884
1860
1860
1860
1788
1788
1788
1788
1862A
1862A
1862B
1862B
1862A
1862B
1862
1862
0862
1868
1890
1866
1866
1866
1789
1789
1789
1789
1868A
1868A
1868B
1868B
1868A
1868B
1868
1868
0868
1872
1891
1870
1870
1870
1790
1790
1790
1790
1872A
1872A
1872B
1872B
1872A
1872B
1872
1872
0872
1879
1892
1876
1876
1876
1791
1791
1791
1791
1879A
1879A
1879B
1879B
1879A
1879B
1879
1879
0879
1882
1893
1880
1880
1880
1792
1792
1792
1792
1882A
1882A
1882B
1882B
1882A
1882B
1882


Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
3312-CFL-007
3310-FV-1860
3312-CFL-007
3310-LV-1862A
3312-CFL-007
3310-LV-1862B
3312-CFL-008
3310-FV-1866
3312-CFL-008
3310-LV-1868A
3312-CFL-008
3310-LV-1868B
3312-CFL-009
3310-FV-1870
3312-CFL-009
3310-LV-1872A
3312-CFL-009
3310-LV-1872B
3312-CFL-010
3310-FV-1876
3312-CFL-010
3310-LV-1879A
3312-CFL-010
3310-LV-1879B
3312-CFL-011
3310-FV-1880
3312-CFL-011
3310-LV-1882A
3312-CFL-011
3310-LV-1882B
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3310-LCP-0862
3310-LCP-0862
3310-LCP-0862
3310-LCP-0862
3310-LCP-0862
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3310-LCP-0868
3310-LCP-0868
3310-LCP-0868
3310-LCP-0868
3310-LCP-0868
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3310-LCP-0872
3310-LCP-0872
3310-LCP-0872
3310-LCP-0872
3310-LCP-0872
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3310-LCP-0879
3310-LCP-0879
3310-LCP-0879
3310-LCP-0879
3310-LCP-0879
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3310-LCP-0882
3310-LCP-0882
3310-LCP-0882
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
Outotec Chile SA.

Dim Pr in
3/4-16UNF
L=100
600mm
CPY25 450
600mm
CPY25 450
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
3/4-16UNF
L=100
600mm
CPY25 450
600mm
CPY25 450
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
3/4-16UNF
L=100
600mm
CPY25 450
600mm
CPY25 450
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
3/4-16UNF
L=100
600mm
CPY25 450
600mm
CPY25 450
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
RNG
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
3/4-16UNF
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
L=100
600mm
CPY25 450
600mm
CPY25 450
VTS
VTS
VTS
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
FF H1
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
IO TIP
FF H1
65F1H
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F1H
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F1H
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F1H
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F1H
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
7MF4035
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
FF H1
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
P&ID
Notas
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027

DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
REV 1
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
Pagina 3 de 8
Revisin 2
DQ- 110071

TAG
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
HS
- 1882
- LCP - 0882
- LIT/LE - 1889
PI
- 1894
- FIT/FE - 1886
FV
- 1886
FY
- 1886
PIT
- 1793
- PDI - 1793
LI
- 1793
TIT
- 1793
LV
- 1889A
LY
- 1889A
LV
- 1889B
LY
- 1889B
HY
- 1889A
HY
- 1889B
XZ
- 1889
HS
- 1889
- LCP - 0889
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
2253
2249
2250
2250
2250
2231
2231
2231
2231
2253A
2253A
2253B
2253B
2253A
2253B
2253
2253
0253
2258
2304
2255
2255
2255
2232
2232
2232
2232
2258A
2258A
2258B
2258B
2258A
2258B
2258
2258
0258
2263
2310
2260
2260
2260
2233
2233
2233
2233
2263A
2263A
2263B
2263B
2263A
2263B
2263
2263
0263
2273
2322
2270
2270
2270
2234
2234
2234
2234
2273A
2273A
2273B
2273B
2273A
2273B
2273
2273
0273
2083
2061
2061
2061
2227
Servicio
Tipo

Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local

3312-CFL-012
3310-FV-1886
3312-CFL-012
3310-LV-1889A
3312-CFL-012
3310-LV-1889B
LINEA 1 CELDAS 1ST CLEANER

SCAVENGER
(1+1+1+1+2+1) TC-160


Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Outotec Chile SA.

3332-CFL-015
3330-FV-2250
3332-CFL-015
3330-LV-2253A
3332-CFL-015
3330-LV-2253B
3332-CFL-016
3330-FV-2255
3332-CFL-016
3330-LV-2258A
3332-CFL-016
3330-LV-2258B
3332-CFL-017
3330-FV-2260
3332-CFL-017
3330-LV-2263A
3332-CFL-017
3330-LV-2263B
3332-CFL-018
3330-FV-2270
3332-CFL-018
3330-LV-2273A
3332-CFL-018
3330-LV-2273B
3330-FV-2061
Dim Pr in
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
RNG
3/4-16UNF
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
L=100
450mm
CP25 250
450mm
CP25 250
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=3"
ph=3"
0-500mm
48kPa
300-2000 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0,5 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
3/4-16UNF
L=100
525mm
CPY25 388
525mm
CPY25 388
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=3"
ph=3"
3/4-16UNF
L=100
525mm
CPY25 388
525mm
CPY25 388
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=3"
ph=3"
3/4-16UNF
L=100
525mm
CPY25 388
525mm
CPY25 388
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=3"
ph=3"
3/4-16UNF
L=100
525mm
CPY25 388
525mm
CPY25 388
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
1/2" NPT
ph=3"
ph=3"
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
300-2000 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0,5 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
300-2000 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0,5 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
300-2000 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0,5 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
48kPa
300-2000 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0,5 bar
EQ ASOC
Marca
Modelo
3310-LCP-0882
3310-LCP-0882
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3310-LCP-0889
3310-LCP-0889
3310-LCP-0889
3310-LCP-0889
3310-LCP-0889
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
3330-LCP-0253
3330-LCP-0253
3330-LCP-0253
3330-LCP-0253
3330-LCP-0253
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
3330-LCP-0258
3330-LCP-0258
3330-LCP-0258
3330-LCP-0258
3330-LCP-0258
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
3330-LCP-0263
3330-LCP-0263
3330-LCP-0263
3330-LCP-0263
3330-LCP-0263
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
3330-LCP-0273
3330-LCP-0273
3330-LCP-0273
3330-LCP-0273
3330-LCP-0273
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
PROLINE T-MASS 65I

SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TAPON 450
ND9106FN
TAPON 450
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
SERIE
65F1H
7MF4035
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
FF H1
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
IO TIP
65F80
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F80
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F80
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F80
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F80
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
Notas
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
Pagina 4 de 8
Revisin 2
DQ- 110071

TAG
Servicio
Tipo
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
PDI
LI
TIT
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
2227
2227
2227
2073
2085
2071
2071
2071
2228
2228
2228
2228
2073A
2073A
2073B
2073B
2073A
2073B
2073
2073
0073
2077
2086
2075
2075
2075
2330
2330
2330
2330
2077A
2077A
2077B
2077B
2077A
2077B
2077
2077
0077


Indicador de Nivel
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local

3332-CFL-002
3330-FV-2071
3332-CFL-002
3330-LV-2073A
3332-CFL-002
3330-LV-2073B
3332-CFL-003
3330-FV-2075
3332-CFL-003
3330-LV-2077A
3332-CFL-003
3330-LV-2077B
LINEA 1 CELDAS 2ST CLEANER

SCAVENGER
(1+1+1+1+2+1) TC-160
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
2278
2323
2275
2275
2275
2235
2235
2235
2235
2278A
2278A
2278B
2278B
2278A
2278B
2278
2278
0278
2283
2324
2280
2280
2280
2236
2236
2236
2236
2283A
2283A
2283B
2283B
2283A
2283B
2283
2283
0283
2268
2321
2265
2265
2265
2237
2237
2237
2237
2268A
2268A
2268B
2268B
2268A
2268B
2268
2268
0268
2288
2325
2285
2285


Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Outotec Chile SA.

3332-CFL-019
3330-FV-2275
3332-CFL-019
3330-LV-2278A
3332-CFL-019
3330-LV-2278B
3332-CFL-020
3330-FV-2280
3332-CFL-020
3330-LV-2283A
3332-CFL-020
3330-LV-2283B
3332-CFL-021
3330-FV-2265
3332-CFL-021
3330-LV-2268A
3332-CFL-021
3330-LV-2268B
3332-CFL-022
Dim Pr in
3/4-16UNF
L=100
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=3"
ph=3"
3/4-16UNF
L=100
525mm
CPY25 388
525mm
CPY25 388
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=3"
ph=3"
RNG
2,5+-0,3 bar
0-100C
0-500mm
48kPa
300-2000 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0,5 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
3/4-16UNF
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
300-2000 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0,5 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
L=100
350mm
CP20 200
350mm
CP20 200
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=3"
ph=3"
0-500mm
48kPa
300-2000 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0,5 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
3/4-16UNF
L=100
525mm
CPY25 388
525mm
CPY25 388
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=3"
ph=3"
3/4-16UNF
L=100
525mm
CPY25 388
525mm
CPY25 388
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=3"
ph=3"
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
300-2000 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0,5 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
3/4-16UNF
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
300-2000 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0,5 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
L=100
525mm
CPY25 388
525mm
CPY25 388
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=3"
ph=3"
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
300-2000 m3/h
0-100%
EQ ASOC
Marca
Modelo
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
3330-LCP-0073
3330-LCP-0073
3330-LCP-0073
3330-LCP-0073
3330-LCP-0073
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
3330-LCP-0077
3330-LCP-0077
3330-LCP-0077
3330-LCP-0077
3330-LCP-0077
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
FMU 40
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
3330-LCP-0278
3330-LCP-0278
3330-LCP-0278
3330-LCP-0278
3330-LCP-0278
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
3330-LCP-0283
3330-LCP-0283
3330-LCP-0283
3330-LCP-0283
3330-LCP-0283
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
3330-LCP-0268
3330-LCP-0268
3330-LCP-0268
3330-LCP-0268
3330-LCP-0268
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
PROLINE T-MASS 65I

SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
SERIE
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
65F80
IO TIP
N/R
N/R
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F80
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
7MF4035
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
FF H1
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
65F80
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F80
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F80
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F80
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
P&ID
Notas
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027

DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
Pagina 5 de 8
Revisin 2
DQ- 110071

TAG
Servicio
Tipo
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
2285
2329
2329
2329
2329
2288A
2288A
2288B
2288B
2288A
2288B
2288
2288
0288
2087
2091
2091
2091
2229
2229
2229
2229
2103
2088
2101
2101
2101
2230
2230
2230
2230
2103A
2103A
2103B
2103B
2103A
2103B
2103
2103
0103
2107
2089
2105
2105
2105
2331
2331
2331
2331
2107A
2107A
2107B
2107B
2107A
2107B
2107
2107
0107


Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
3330-FV-2285
3332-CFL-022
3330-LV-2288A
3332-CFL-022
3330-LV-2288B
3330-FV-2091
3332-CFL-006
3330-FV-2101
3332-CFL-006
3330-LV-2103A
3332-CFL-006
3330-LV-2103B
3332-CFL-007
3330-FV-2105
3332-CFL-007
3330-LV-2107A
3332-CFL-007
3330-LV-2107B
LINEA 1 CELDAS 2ND SCAVENGER
(1+1+1+1+1+1) TC-300
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
2173
2164
2170
2170
2170
2221
2221
2221
2221
2173A
2173A
2173B
2173B
2173A
2173B
2173
2173
0173
2178
2213
2175
2175
2175
2222
2222
2222
2222
2178A
2178A
2178B
2178B
2178A
2178B
2178
2178
0178
2183
2214
2180
2180


Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Outotec Chile SA.

3332-CFL-009
3330-FV-2170
3332-CFL-009
3330-LV-2173A
3332-CFL-009
3330-LV-2173B
3332-CFL-010
3330-FV-2175
3332-CFL-010
3330-LV-2178A
3332-CFL-010
3330-LV-2178B
3332-CFL-011
Dim Pr in
3/4-16UNF
L=100
525mm
CPY25 388
525mm
CPY25 388
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
1/2" NPT
ph=3"
ph=3"
3/4-16UNF
L=100
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=3"
ph=3"
3/4-16UNF
L=100
525mm
CPY25 388
525mm
CPY25 388
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=3"
ph=3"
RNG
0-100%
0,5 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
48kPa
300-2000 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0,5 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
0-100C
0-500mm
48kPa
300-2000 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0,5 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
3/4-16UNF
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
300-2000 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0,5 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
L=100
350mm
CP20 200
350mm
CP20 200
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
3/4-16UNF
L=100
600mm
CPY25 450
600mm
CPY25 450
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
3/4-16UNF
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
L=100
600mm
CPY25 450
600mm
CPY25 450
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
EQ ASOC
Marca
Modelo
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
3330-LCP-0288
3330-LCP-0288
3330-LCP-0288
3330-LCP-0288
3330-LCP-0288
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
3330-LCP-0103
3330-LCP-0103
3330-LCP-0103
3330-LCP-0103
3330-LCP-0103
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
TC-160
3330-LCP-0107
3330-LCP-0107
3330-LCP-0107
3330-LCP-0107
3330-LCP-0107
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
SERIE 92/6A FFHH

SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3330-LCP-0173
3330-LCP-0173
3330-LCP-0173
3330-LCP-0173
3330-LCP-0173
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3330-LCP-0178
3330-LCP-0178
3330-LCP-0178
3330-LCP-0178
3330-LCP-0178
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
SERIE
IO TIP
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F80
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
7MF4035
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
65F80
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F80
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
7MF4035
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
FF H1
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
PROLINE T-MASS 65I
SERIE 40
65F1H
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F1H
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F1H
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
Notas
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
Pagina 6 de 8
Revisin 2
DQ- 110071

TAG
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
LIT/LE
PI
FIT/FE
FV
FY
PIT
PDI
LI
TIT
LV
LY
LV
LY
HY
HY
XZ
HS
LCP
2180
2223
2223
2223
2223
2183A
2183A
2183B
2183B
2183A
2183B
2183
2183
0183
2188
2215
2185
2185
2185
2224
2224
2224
2224
2188A
2188A
2188B
2188B
2188A
2188B
2188
2188
0188
2193
2216
2190
2190
2190
2225
2225
2225
2225
2193A
2193A
2193B
2193B
2193A
2193B
2193
2193
0193
2198
2217
2195
2195
2195
2226
2226
2226
2226
2198A
2198A
2198B
2198B
2198A
2198B
2198
2198
0198
Servicio
Tipo


Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
Manometro
Switch de Presin
Indicador de Nivel
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Manual
Vlvula Solenoide
Botonera/Selector
Panel Control Local
3330-FV-2180
3332-CFL-011
3330-LV-2183A
3332-CFL-011
3330-LV-2183B
3332-CFL-012
3330-FV-2185
3332-CFL-012
3330-LV-2188A
3332-CFL-012
3330-LV-2188B
3332-CFL-013
3330-FV-2190
3332-CFL-013
3330-LV-2193A
3332-CFL-013
3330-LV-2193B
3332-CFL-014
3330-FV-2195
3332-CFL-014
3330-LV-2198A
3332-CFL-014
3330-LV-2198B
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
3330
BLOWERS
3313-SOP-001
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
IT
- 3832
- PDSH - 3831
PIT
- 3831
TI
- 3882
PI
- 3880
FV
- 3883
FY
- 3883
HV
- 3889
HY
- 3889
TE
- 3884A
TE
- 3884B
TE
- 3885
TE
- 3886
TE
- 3887
TE
- 3888A
TE
- 3888B
VT
- 3888A
VT
- 3888B
LG
- 3888A
LG
- 3888B
Consumo de Corriente Motor Blower

Cambio de Filtro Entrada de Aire Blow er
Presin de Salida Blower
Temperatura de Salida Blower
Control Anti Surge
Control Anti Surge
Valvula secuencia partida
Temperatura descansos
Vibraciones descanso blower
Nivel Aceite lubricacin Blower
Transductor de Corrriente en CCM

Swith Diferencial de Presin
Transmisor de Presin
Termometro
Manometro
Vlvula Control Tipo Mariposa
Actuador/Posicionador Vlvula Mariposa
Vlvula Control ON/OFF
Actuador/Posicionador Vlvula ON/OFF
RTD PT100
RTD PT100
RTD PT100
RTD PT100
RTD PT100
RTD PT100
RTD PT100
Transductor de Vibraciones
Indicador de Nivel de Aceite
BLOWERS
3313-SOP-002
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
IT
- 3836
- PDSH - 3835
PIT
- 3891
TI
- 3892
PI
- 3892
FV
- 3893
FY
- 3893
HV
- 3899
HY
- 3899

Control Anti Surge
Control Anti Surge

Termometro
Manometro
Outotec Chile SA.

Dim Pr in
RNG
EQ ASOC
Marca
Modelo
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
E+ H
VTS
E+ H
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
SIEMENS
FINN FILTER
HYDAC
SIEMENS
LOURDES
METSO
LOURDES
METSO
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
SERIE 92/6A FFHH

SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
SERIE
IO TIP
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
CCM
Inlet Blower 3313-SOP-001
Outlet Blower 3313-SOP-001
3313-FV-3883
3313-HV-3889
Motor Blower 3313-SOP-001
Blower 3313-SOP-001
Blower 3313-SOP-001
Blower 3313-SOP-001
Blower 3313-SOP-001
Blower 3313-SOP-001
Blower 3313-SOP-001
400mm
VTS
VTS
VTS
1/2" NPT
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
0-20A
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-200C
0-200C
0-200C
0-200C
0-200C
0-200C
0-200C
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
3313-SOP-001
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
4-20mA + HART DQ-110071-C-5059-0023

DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
FF H1
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
N/R
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
4-20mA + HART DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
24VDC
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
4-20mA + HART DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
4-20mA + HART DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
N/R
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
CCM
3313-FV-3883
3313-HV-3889
400mm
VTS
VTS
VTS
1/2" NPT
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
0-20A
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
4-20mA + HART DQ-110071-C-5059-0023

DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
FF H1
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
N/R
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
4-20mA + HART DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
24VDC
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
N/R
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
3/4-16UNF
L=100
600mm
CPY25 450
600mm
CPY25 450
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
65F1H
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
PROLINE T-MASS 65I

SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
65F1H
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ110071-C5059-0015
DQ110071-C5059-0014
DQ110071-C5059-0012
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ110071-C5059-0013
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
DQ-110071-20-IN-DS-0402
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
L=100
425mm
CP25 250
425mm
CP25 250
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
L=100
600mm
CPY25 450
600mm
CPY25 450
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
PROLINE T-MASS 65I

SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
TAPON 600
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
FMU 40
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
3/4-16UNF
3/4-16UNF
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
P&ID
0-100C
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
0-500mm
48kPa
400-2800 m3/h
0-100%
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
L=100
600mm
CPY25 450
600mm
CPY25 450
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
2" PNT
1/2" NPT
ph=4"
ph=4"
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
DQ-110071-C-5059-0027
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3330-LCP-0183
3330-LCP-0183
3330-LCP-0183
3330-LCP-0183
3330-LCP-0183
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3330-LCP-0188
3330-LCP-0188
3330-LCP-0188
3330-LCP-0188
3330-LCP-0188
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3330-LCP-0193
3330-LCP-0193
3330-LCP-0193
3330-LCP-0193
3330-LCP-0193
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
TC-300
3330-LCP-0198
3330-LCP-0198
3330-LCP-0198
3330-LCP-0198
3330-LCP-0198
3/4-16UNF
0-100%
0-4 bar
2,5+-0,3 bar
PROLINE T-MASS 65I

SERIE 40
SERIE 92/6A FFHH
SITRANS P
FPC,V25,VM-F6
FSA 127-2,4/-/12
SITRANS T
TAPON 450
ND9106FN
TAPON 450
ND9106FN
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
7MF4035
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
65F1H
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
FF H1
N/R
FF H1
7MF4035
FF H1
7MF4035
7MC1006-1DA11- T45
FF H1
FF H1
N/R
N/R
FF H1
FF H1
FF H1
VTS
VTS
DO
DI
N/R
Notas
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
REV 2
REV 2
REV 2
REV 1
A suministrar por Cliente


Pagina 7 de 8
Revisin 2
DQ- 110071

TAG
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
TE
VT
VT
LG
LG
3894A
3894B
3895
3896
3897
3898A
3898B
3898A
3898B
3898A
3898B
Servicio
Tipo
EQ ASOC
Marca
RTD PT100
RTD PT100
RTD PT100
RTD PT100
RTD PT100
RTD PT100
RTD PT100

Blower 3313-SOP-002
Blower 3313-SOP-002
Blower 3313-SOP-002
Blower 3313-SOP-002
Blower 3313-SOP-002
Blower 3313-SOP-002
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
0-200C
0-200C
0-200C
0-200C
0-200C
0-200C
0-200C
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
3313-SOP-002
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
4-20mA + HART DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
4-20mA + HART DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
CCM
3313-FV-3883
3313-HV-3889
Blower 3313-SOP-003
Blower 3313-SOP-003
Blower 3313-SOP-003
Blower 3313-SOP-003
Blower 3313-SOP-003
Blower 3313-SOP-003
400mm
VTS
VTS
VTS
1/2" NPT
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
0-20A
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-200C
0-200C
0-200C
0-200C
0-200C
0-200C
0-200C
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
3313-SOP-003
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
4-20mA + HART DQ-110071-C-5059-0023

DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
FF H1
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
N/R
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
4-20mA + HART DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
24VDC
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
4-20mA + HART DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
4-20mA + HART DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
DQ-110071-C-5059-0023
N/R
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
BLOWERS
3313-SOP-003
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
3310
IT
- 3839
- PDSH - 3838
PIT
- 3901
TI
- 3902
PI
- 3900
FV
- 3903
FY
- 3903
HV
- 3909
HY
- 3909
TE
- 3904A
TE
- 3904B
TE
- 3905
TE
- 3906
TE
- 3907
TE
- 3908A
TE
- 3908B
VT
- 3908A
VT
- 3908B
LG
- 3908A
LG
- 3908B

Control Anti Surge
Control Anti Surge

Termometro
Manometro
RTD PT100
RTD PT100
RTD PT100
RTD PT100
RTD PT100
RTD PT100
RTD PT100
NOTAS :
VENDOR TO SPECIFY
NOT REQUIRED
VTS
N/R
LIF
FIT
FV
PI
PI
FIT
LV
LE
FV
LIT
Dim Pr in
RNG
Modelo
SERIE
IO TIP
P&ID
Notas

0
32
32
32
35
0
60
0
35
0
2x 4" + 21 x 6"
160
Outotec Chile SA.

Pagina 8 de 8
Y CONTROL
PROYECTO
EXPLOTACIN
MINA MINISTRO HALES
Outotec Chile S.A.
22/05/2012
1 (1)
Anexos
Tomo 2
Captulo 3
Outotec Chile S.A.

Tel. +56 2 336 2000, Fax +56 2 336 2041
www.outotec.com

CODELCO CHILE
CELDAS DE FLOTACIN
Project No DQ110071
DESCRIPCIN DE DISPOSITIVOS
FLUJOMETROS AIRE FLOTACION
Documento N DQ-110071-C5059-0012
O/C N H336073-PM014/0
REV
DESCRIPCIN
PREPAR
REVIS
APROB
FECHA
EMITIDO COMO CERTIFICADO
ATR
ATR
GHP
10-08-2011
ATR
ATR
GHP
25-07-2011
EMITIDO PARA COMPRA
ATR
ATR
GHP
13-06-2011
EMITIDO PARA COORDINACIN INTERNA
ATR
ATR
GHP
08-06-2011
1 INSTRUCCIONES AL PROVEEDOR
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 LISTA DE EQUIPOS INCLUIDOS
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
REV REV DESCRIPTION
TAG
3310-FIT/FE-1810
3310-FIT/FE-1816
3310-FIT/FE-1820
3310-FIT/FE-1826
3310-FIT/FE-1830
3310-FIT/FE-1836
3310-FIT/FE-1860
3310-FIT/FE-1866
3310-FIT/FE-1870
3310-FIT/FE-1876
3310-FIT/FE-1880
3310-FIT/FE-1886
3330-FIT/FE-1850
3330-FIT/FE-2255
3330-FIT/FE-2260
3330-FIT/FE-2270
3330-FIT/FE-2061
3330-FIT/FE-2071
3330-FIT/FE-2075
3330-FIT/FE-2275
3330-FIT/FE-2280
3330-FIT/FE-2265
3330-FIT/FE-2285
3330-FIT/FE-2091
3330-FIT/FE-2101
3330-FIT/FE-2105
3330-FIT/FE-2170
3330-FIT/FE-2175
3330-FIT/FE-2180
3330-FIT/FE-2185
3330-FIT/FE-2190
3330-FIT/FE-2195
DATE
BY
SERVICIO
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
Flujo Aire Flotacin
APP
REMARKS
3312-CFL-001
3312-CFL-002
3312-CFL-003
3312-CFL-004
3312-CFL-005
3312-CFL-006
3312-CFL-007
3312-CFL-008
3312-CFL-009
3312-CFL-010
3312-CFL-011
3312-CFL-012
3332-CFL-015
3332-CFL-016
3332-CFL-017
3332-CFL-018
3332-CFL-001
3332-CFL-002
3332-CFL-003
3332-CFL-019
3332-CFL-020
3332-CFL-021
3332-CFL-022
3332-CFL-005
3332-CFL-006
3332-CFL-007
3332-CFL-009
3332-CFL-010
3332-CFL-011
3332-CFL-012
3332-CFL-013
3332-CFL-014
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A
PARA INFORMACION CLIENTE

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012
INSTRUMENT DATA SHEET

FLOWMETER
Device Specification
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3312/ FLOTACION PRIMARIA
3310-FIT/FE-1810
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn nominal size
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
Body wetted material
End termination material
Gasket/Seal material
FLANGED
4 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
Max press at design temp
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Sensor wetted material
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
Min working temperature

Flow rate accuracy rating
Density accuracy rating
Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
Pressure drop at flow URL
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Enclosure type no/class
Signal termination type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85
Min ambient working temp

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Max sensor to receiver lg
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
39 TRANSMITTER OR COMPUTER
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Measurement compensation
Output signal type
Span-zero adjustment
Characteristic curve
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
DIGITAL, SEE ITEM 46
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
LINEAR RESPECT TO FLOW
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Digital communication std

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Integral indicator style
Cert/Approval Type
Mounting location/type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Failure/Diagnostic action
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM
CALIBRATION AND TEST

TAG NO/FUNCTIONAL IDENT
50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Contacts arrangement
Totalizer reset style
Integral inedicator style
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES
86 Connecting cable length

87 Isolation manifold
88 Remote indicator style
N/R
N/R
N/R
89 Calibrarion adapter
90
91
92
93
94 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Reference specification
Compilance standard
Calibration report
Software configuration
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Face-to-face dimension
Overall height
Removal clearance
Signal conn nominal size
Mfr reference dwg
REQUIRED AS INDICATED ON ITEM 4

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
NON AGENCY APROVED METER
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
800 mm
303 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
118 COMPONENTS AND IDENTIFICATIONS
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Flow rate analog output

Mass flow rate analog output
Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 FLOW TUBE & TRANSMITTER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
t-mass 65F1H-AK2AG1AABABK
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%
VTS = VENDOR TO SPECIFY

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
ALL PARTS MUST SATISFY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION AS INDICATED ON ITEM 96
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3310-FIT/FE-1816
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
4 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
800 mm
303 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3310-FIT/FE-1820
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
4 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
800 mm
303 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3310-FIT/FE-1826
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
4 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
800 mm
303 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3310-FIT/FE-1830
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
4 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
800 mm
303 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3310-FIT/FE-1836
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
4 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
800 mm
303 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3310-FIT/FE-1860
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
4 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
800 mm
303 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3310-FIT/FE-1866
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
4 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
800 mm
303 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3310-FIT/FE-1870
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
4 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
800 mm
303 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3310-FIT/FE-1876
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
4 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
800 mm
303 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3310-FIT/FE-1880
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
4 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
800 mm
303 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3310-FIT/FE-1886
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
4 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
800 mm
303 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3332/ AREA FLOTACION
3330-FIT/FE-1850
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
t-mass 65F80-AK2AG1AABABK
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2255
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2260
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2270
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2061
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2071
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2075
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2275
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2280
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2265
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2285
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2091
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2101
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2105
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2170
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2175
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2180
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2185
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2190
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
FLOWMETER BODY

3330-FIT/FE-2195
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Body type
End conn term type
Seal type
Mounting hardware
FLANGED
3 INCH
DIRECT MOUNT
F TYPE
N/R
SS 316
SS 316
VITON
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Sensor type
Fill fluid material
73
74
75
76
77
78
79

Min velocity URL
Density LRL
Min req back press
31
32
33
34
35
36
Housing type
Cert/Approval Type
Enclosure material
80
81
82
83
84
85

Contacts AC rating
Contacts DC rating
Rating
Style
ANSI 16.5
SCH 40
SENSING ELEMENT
THERMAL FLOWMETER
SS 316
N/R
CONNECTION HEAD
POWDER COATED
NEMA 4X/IP67
1/2 INCH NPT
STANDART
CAST ALUMINIUM
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
Housing type
Output signal type
COMPACK HOUSING
REQUIRED
NEMA 4X/IP67
REQUIRED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Signal power source
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval Type
FIELD BUS FUNDATION

120 VAC
N/R
TWO LINES
BLOCK
FF
FIELD
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Calibration type
Enclosure material
STANDART
N/R
CAST ALUMINIUM

50 Hz
Location
Area Class
P&ID
TOTALIZER INDICATOR
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS AREA
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Totalizer type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
At
60 C
-20 C
Max
<0,5% AT FULL SCALE
N/R
400 m3/h
Max
2,24 kg/m3
Max
100 kPa
300 kPa
At
-20 C
8 mm
8 mm
100 C
3000 m3/h
25 C
Max
At
At
60 C
12 mm
12 mm
N/R
ACCESSORIES

N/R
N/R
N/R
90
91
92
93
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
PHYSICAL DATA
28 kg
640 mm
299 mm
600 mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE

Meas analog output
Measurement - Scale
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
ENDRESS + HAUSER
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
100 kPa
400 m3/h
3000 m3/h
Style
THREADED / NPT
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
1%
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0012

FLOWMETER
ACTION

CODELCO CHILE
CELDAS DE FLOTACIN
Project No DQ110071
VALVULAS DE CONTROL AIRE FLOTACION
Documento N C5059-013
O/C N H336073-PM014/0
REV
DESCRIPCIN
PREPAR
REVIS
APROB
FECHA
EMITIDO COMO SUMINISTRADO
ATR
ATR
GHP
14-11-2011
EMITIDO COMO CERTIFICADO
ATR
ATR
GHP
10-08-2011
ATR
ATR
GHP
25-07-2011
EMITIDO PARA COMPRA
ATR
ATR
GHP
13-06-2011
ATR
ATR
GHP
08-06-2011
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
REV REV DESCRIPTION
TAG
3310-FV-1810
3310-FV-1816
3310-FV-1820
3310-FV-1826
3310-FV-1830
3310-FV-1836
3310-FV-1860
3310-FV-1866
3310-FV-1870
3310-FV-1876
3310-FV-1880
3310-FV-1886
3330-FV-2250
3330-FV-2255
3330-FV-2260
3330-FV-2270
3330-FV-2061
3330-FV-2071
3330-FV-2075
3330-FV-2275
3330-FV-2280
3330-FV-2265
3330-FV-2285
3330-FV-2091
3330-FV-2101
3330-FV-2105
3330-FV-2170
3330-FV-2175
3330-FV-2180
3330-FV-2185
3330-FV-2190
3330-FV-2195
DATE
SERVICIO
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
Control Aire
BY
APP
REMARKS
Flotacin 3312-CFL-001
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

BUTTERFLY VALVE CONTROL ASSEMBLY
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
VALVE BODY AND BONNET

3310-FV-1810
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
Inlet conn nominal size
Outlet conn nominal size
End conn termn type
Flange facing finish
Shaft seal type
Face-to-face standard
Yoke boss diameter
BUTTERFLY, CONTROL VALVE

HIGH PERFORMANCE
4 INCH
Rating
4 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
PTFE
ANSI B16,10
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Digital comunication std
Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Body and bonnet material

Lining material
Body/Bonnet bolting matl
Packing flg bolting matl
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Inherent characteristic
Real ring type
Flow direction force
Shaft diameter
Closure member material
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
3,7 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
Max pressure at design temp

Max pressure drop
Rated flow coef type
Rated factor Fl
Rated seat leakage class
40
41
42
43
44
45
Guide/Retained material
Guide bushing material
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94
Air set filter style

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
Tubing nominal size / matl
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
Max supply capability
Handwheel type/position
Mounting orientation
Casing/cylinder material
150
90
ACTUATOR
53 Diaphragm/O ring matl

54 Yoke material
55
56 SIGNAL TRANSDUCER
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
SIGNAL TRANSDUCER continued
POSITIONER OR CONTROLLER
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER
106 Signal conn nominal size

107 Mfr reference dwg
108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Positioner Input-Travel
Transducer input-output
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM
NEUMATIC, DOUBLE ACTING

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE ACTUATOR/POSICIONATOR
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
25
50
300
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3310-FV-1816
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
4 INCH
Rating
4 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
PTFE
ANSI B16,10
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
3,7 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
25
50
300
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3310-FV-1820
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
4 INCH
Rating
4 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
PTFE
ANSI B16,10
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
3,7 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
25
50
300
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3310-FV-1826
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
4 INCH
Rating
4 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
PTFE
ANSI B16,10
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
3,7 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
25
50
300
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3310-FV-1830
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
4 INCH
Rating
4 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
PTFE
ANSI B16,10
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
3,7 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
25
50
300
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3310-FV-1836
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
4 INCH
Rating
4 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
PTFE
ANSI B16,10
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
3,7 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
25
50
300
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3310-FV-1860
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
4 INCH
Rating
4 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
PTFE
ANSI B16,10
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
3,7 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
25
50
300
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3310-FV-1866
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
4 INCH
Rating
4 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
PTFE
ANSI B16,10
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
3,7 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
25
50
300
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3310-FV-1870
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
4 INCH
Rating
4 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
PTFE
ANSI B16,10
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
3,7 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
25
50
300
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3310-FV-1876
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
4 INCH
Rating
4 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
PTFE
ANSI B16,10
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
3,7 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
25
50
300
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3310-FV-1880
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
4 INCH
Rating
4 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
PTFE
ANSI B16,10
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
3,7 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
25
50
300
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3310-FV-1886
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
4 INCH
Rating
4 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
PTFE
ANSI B16,10
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
3,7 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
25
50
300
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2250
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2255
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2260
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2270
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2061
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2071
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2075
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2275
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2280
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2265
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2285
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2091
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2101
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2105
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2170
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2175
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2180
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2185
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2190
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service

3330-FV-2195
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Body type
Bonnet style
End conn termn type
Shaft seal type
Yoke boss diameter

HIGH PERFORMANCE
3 INCH
Rating
3 INCH
Rating
Style
LUG
RTFE
ANSI B16,34
VTS
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

Signal power source
Presure gauges
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

Lining material
Gasket material
Packing material
SS 316
VTS
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
VALVE TRIM
Closure member type
Trim style
Configuration type
Input signal type
Signal power source
Cert/Approval type
Presure gauges
By-pass manifold
Enclosure material
DISK
VTS
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Real ring type
Shaft diameter
Seal ring material
Shaft material
Flow ring material
EQUAL PERCENTAGE
RPTFE
BIDIRECTIONAL
2,8 INCH
Rated Travel
N/R
RPTFE
SS 316
N/R
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Max pressure drop
Rated factor Fl
40
41
42
43
44
45
Hard facing/coating
VTS
SS 316
VTS
89
90
91
92
93
94

Air set gauges
Mounting hardware
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
Actuator type
Effective area
Bench set LRL
150
90
ACTUATOR

54 Yoke material
55
57
58
59
110
111
ANSI
Input signal type

Output signal type
Accuracy rating
Location
FIELD
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Max
100 psi
700
-30
120
3,7
kPa
C
kPa
Coef
At
Max
50 C
100 C
N/R
VTS
Xt
Smr
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
RPTFE
N/R
102
103
104
105
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
FF H1
FF H1
0.5% OR BETTER

108

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
N/R
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Bench set-Travel
Test pressure
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120
121
122
123
124
BRAY CONTROL
BRAY LINE
BRAY LINE
SERIE 40
SERIE 92
6A FFHH
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
LINEAL
FF H1
NEMA 4X
VTS
FF H1
N/R
90 psi
N/R
ALUMINIUM

VTS
VTS
URL
VTS
VTS
SIDE / OVER
ALUMINIUM
VALVE
VALVE POSICIONATOR
NEMA 4X
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
FIELD
ALUMINIUM
17
50
250
60
kg
mm
mm
mm
1/2 inch
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
Threaded / NPT
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
ACTION
NOTES
N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
1
0
SEGN SUMINISTRADO
PARA CERTIFICAR
14.11.11
10.08.11
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C5059-0013


CODELCO CHILE
CELDAS DE FLOTACIN
Project No DQ110071
NIVELES ULTRASONICOS
O/C N H336073-PM014/0
REV
DESCRIPCIN
PREPAR
REVIS
APROB
FECHA
EMITIDO COMO PLANO CERTIFICADO
ATR
ATR
GHP
10-08-2011
EMITIDO PARA APROBACION CLIENTE
ATR
ATR
GHP
25-07-2011
EMITIDO PARA COMPRA
ATR
ATR
GHP
13-06-2011
ATR
ATR
GHP
08-06-2011
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
REV REV DESCRIPTION
TAG
3310-LIT/LE-1812
3310-LIT/LE-1818
3310-LIT/LE-1822
3310-LIT/LE-1828
3310-LIT/LE-1832
3310-LIT/LE-1838
3310-LIT/LE-1862
3310-LIT/LE-1868
3310-LIT/LE-1872
3310-LIT/LE-1879
3310-LIT/LE-1882
3310-LIT/LE-1889
3330-LIT/LE-2253
3330-LIT/LE-2258
3330-LIT/LE-2263
3330-LIT/LE-2273
3330-LIT/LE-2073
3330-LIT/LE-2077
3330-LIT/LE-2278
3330-LIT/LE-2283
3330-LIT/LE-2268
3330-LIT/LE-2288
3330-LIT/LE-2103
3330-LIT/LE-2107
3330-LIT/LE-2173
3330-LIT/LE-2178
3330-LIT/LE-2183
3330-LIT/LE-2188
3330-LIT/LE-2193
3330-LIT/LE-2198
DATE
BY
SERVICIO
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

NON CONTACT ULTRASONIC LEVEL
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3310-LIT/LE-1812
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Process conn nominal size
Process conn termn type
Wetted material
Flange material
Seal/O ring material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Level lower range limit
Min measurement span
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
Integral cable length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
INTEGRATED WITH TRANSMITTER
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
69 Contacts dc rating
70 Max sensor to receiver lg
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
34 Measurement compensation
35 Output signal type
INTEGRATED
REQUIRED, TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
LINEAR RESPECT MEASURED LEVEL
FIELDBUS FOUNDATION H1
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
DIGITAL, LCD INTEGRATED
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD
TRANSMITTER w/wo SWITCHES

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
46 Failure/Diagnostic action
47 Signal processing
48 Enclosure material
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110 CALIBRATION AND TEST
111 TAG NO/FUNCTIONAL IDENT
Connecting cables length

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
Level Setpoint 1 Output
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 LEVEL TRANSMITTER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
Este Instrumento entrega como valor medido la distancia entre el nivel de rebalse (Labio Launder) de la Celda hasta el nivel de la pulpa Mediante un dispositivo tipo Flotador.
El nivel de la espuma es obtenido indirectamente conociendo la altura de la celda.
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3310-LIT/LE-1818
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3310-LIT/LE-1822
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3310-LIT/LE-1828
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3310-LIT/LE-1832
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3310-LIT/LE-1838
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3310-LIT/LE-1862
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3310-LIT/LE-1868
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3310-LIT/LE-1872
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3310-LIT/LE-1879
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3310-LIT/LE-1882
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3310-LIT/LE-1889
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2253
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2258
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2263
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2273
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2073
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2077
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2278
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2283
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2268
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2288
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2103
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2107
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2173
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2178
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2183
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2188
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2193
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015

1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION

3330-LIT/LE-2198
7
8
9
10
60
Location
Field
Area Class
NON HAZARDOUS
P&ID
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Body/Fitting type
Wetted material
Flange material
COMPACT TRANSMITER
1 1/2 INCH
Rating
THREADED
Style
PVDF
N/R
N/R
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Accuracy rating
Beam angle
Contacts ac rating
20
21
22
23
24
25
Detector type
Detector style
Insertion length
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Type
Cert/Approval type
Enclosure material
NPT
SENSING ELEMENT
NON CONTACT
VTS
VTS
71
72
73
74

NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
FIELD
PVDF
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
33 Housing type
INTEGRATED
82
83
84 ACCESSORIES
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
NEMA 4X/IP68
N/R
N/R
N/R
Quantity
N/R
GENERAL PORPOSE
FIELD
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
CONNECTION HEAD

Control sequence
Signal power source
Contact arrangement
Failsafe style
Cert/Approval type
49
50
51
52
VTS
N/R
ALUMINIUM F12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

Enclosure heater
Mounting hardware
<10
N/R
N/R
At
Max
30 C
50 C
URL
Max
500 mm
400 mm
Max
At max
50 C
At max
1000 mm
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg

H336073-0000-75-123/122-0001
GENERAL PORPOSE
N/R
N/R
PHYSICAL DATA
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Level analog Output

Level scale
Note 1
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER

121
122
123
124 NOTES
Endress+Hauser
FMU40-ANF2A4
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV
0,5
100 kPa
-40 C
%
0 mm
200 mm
-40 C
2,6 kg
VTS
300 mm
N/R
1/2 INCH
BY MANUFACTURER
Style
INPUT OR TEST
LRV
URV
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
0m
0m
500mm
500mm
Threaded / NPT
0%
ACTION
100%

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
Note 1
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10,08,11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0015


CODELCO CHILE
CELDAS DE FLOTACIN
Project No DQ110071
MANOMETROS
O/C N H336073-PM014/0
REV
DESCRIPCIN
PREPAR
REVIS
APROB
FECHA
EMTIDO COMO CERTIFICADO
ATR
ATR
GHP
10-08-2011
ATR
ATR
GHP
25-07-2011
EMITIDO PARA COMPRA
ATR
ATR
GHP
13-06-2011
ATR
ATR
GHP
08-06-2011
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
REV REV DESCRIPTION
TAG
3310-PI-1799
3310-PI-1829
3310-PI-1874
3310-PI-1875
3310-PI-1878
3310-PI-1883
3310-PI-1884
3310-PI-1890
3310-PI-1891
3310-PI-1892
3310-PI-1893
3310-PI-1894
3330-PI-2249
3330-PI-2304
3330-PI-2310
3330-PI-2322
3330-PI-2083
3330-PI-2085
3330-PI-2086
3330-PI-2323
3330-PI-2324
3330-PI-2321
3330-PI-2325
3330-PI-2087
3330-PI-2088
3330-PI-2089
3330-PI-2164
3330-PI-2213
3330-PI-2214
3330-PI-2215
3330-PI-2216
3330-PI-2217
DATE
SERVICIO
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
Presion Aire
BY
APP
REMARKS
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
Flotacin
3312-CFL-001
3312-CFL-002
3312-CFL-003
3312-CFL-004
3312-CFL-005
3312-CFL-006
3312-CFL-007
3312-CFL-008
3312-CFL-009
3312-CFL-010
3312-CFL-011
3312-CFL-012
3332-CFL-015
3332-CFL-016
3332-CFL-017
3332-CFL-018
3332-CFL-001
3332-CFL-002
3332-CFL-003
3332-CFL-019
3332-CFL-020
3332-CFL-021
3332-CFL-022
3332-CFL-005
3332-CFL-006
3332-CFL-007
3332-CFL-009
3332-CFL-010
3332-CFL-011
3332-CFL-012
3332-CFL-013
3332-CFL-014
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3310-PI-1799
Service
PROCESS CONNECTION AND CASE
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Process conn location
Case pressure relief type
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Exterior treatment-color
Window material
Stem material
Liquid fill material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Elastic element type

Movement style
Nominal accuracy grade
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
TEFLON COATED STAINLESS STEEL
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45
Graduations and color

Scale range type
Dial material
kPa AND PSI / BLACK /WHITE BACKGROUND

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm extension lg
Flushing conn quantity
Instrument conn nom size
Capillary/Fitting dia
Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Capillary-armor matl
Bolting material
Upper housing material
Lower housing/Flange matl
Gasket/O ring material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
PRESSURE ELEMENT AND MOVEMENT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
Ambient temperature error
89
90
91
92
93
94
Pressure limit valve matl

Restrictor style
Pressure snubber matl
Pulsation dampener matl
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3310-PI-1829
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3310-PI-1874
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3310-PI-1875
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3310-PI-1878
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3310-PI-1883
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3310-PI-1884
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3310-PI-1890
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3310-PI-1891
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3310-PI-1892
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3310-PI-1893
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3310-PI-1894
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2249
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2304
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2310
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2322
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2083
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2085
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2086
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2323
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2324
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2321
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2325
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2087
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2088
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0021
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2089
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0022
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2164
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2213
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2214
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2215
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2216
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION
1 GENERAL
6 GENERAL
2
3
4
5
11
Project Name
Area Name
TAG
3330-PI-2217
Service
7
8
9
10
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Case type
Case style
Gauge size
Ring style
Mounting type
Case material
Ring material
Window material
Stem material
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

Movement style
Joint type
Element material
Movement material
ANGULAR
0,5 %
VTS
VTS
DIAL AND POINTER

Dial scale type
Pointer adjustment
ANGULAR
REQUIRED
40
41
42
43
44
45

Scale range type
Dial material

LINEAR
ALUMINIUM
HIGH SIDE SEAL

Seal type
THREADED
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Diaphragm material
1/2
INCH
THREADED
N/R
N/R
1/2
INCH
N/R
SS304
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
110
111
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
SS316
VTS
VTS
SS304
SILICONE OIL
CIRCULAR
NEMA 4X
4 INCH
1/2
INCH
FIELD
VTS
VTS
VTS
SS316 / PHENOLIC
SS316
VTS
ACRILIC
VTS
VTS
VTS
Style
THREADED / NPT
ANSI 150
NPTM
Lenght
FIELD
NON HAZARDOUS
DQ-110071-C-5059-0020
Seal type
Diaphragm material
Bolting material
Fill fluid material
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
INCH
Rating
Style
INCH
Lenght
100 kPa
At
80 C
-15 C
0,5 % FSD
0 kPa
Max
50 C
URL
At
65 kPa
Max
35 C
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

Accuracy rating
Diff pressure LRL
Fill fluid sp gr
89
90
91
92
93
94

Restrictor style
Scale overlays
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
N/R
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
Custom tag
Compilance standard
Calibration report

H336073-0000-75-122/123-0001
ASME
REQUIRED
NOT REQUIRED
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
Estimated weigth
Overall height
Removal clearance
Mfr reference dwg
VTS
VTS
-15 C
ACCESSORIES
PHYSICAL DATA
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
VTS
MEAS/SIGNAL/TEST
INPUT OR TEST
LVR
URV
112
113
114
115
116
117
119 COMPONENT TYPE
Pressure / scale
0 kPa
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
120 PRESSURE GAUGE

121
122
123
124 NOTES
WIKA
VTS
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
REV

Rating
Style
Location
Area Class
P&ID
LOW SIDE SEAL
OUTPUT OR SCALE
LRV
URV
100 kPa

N/R = NOT REQUIRED
REV DESCRIPTION
DATE
BY
APP
REMARKS
PROJECT NUMBER
DE110071
PARA CERTIFICACION
10.08.11
ATR
GHP
DOCUMENT NUMBER
C
B
A

PARA COMPRA
PARA COORDINACIN
25.07.11
16.06.11
08.06.11
ATR
ATR
ATR
GHP
GHP
GHP
C5059-0014

MANOMETRO
ACTION

CODELCO CHILE
CELDAS DE FLOTACIN
Project No DQ110071
HOJA DE DATOS DE INSTRUMENTOS

EQUIPO BLOWER
Documento N DQ-110071-C5059-025
O/C N H336073-PM014/0
REV
DESCRIPCIN
PREPAR
REVIS
APROB
FECHA
EMITIDO COMO PLANO CERTIFICADO
ATR
ATR
GHP
14-11-2011
ATR
ATR
GHP
10-10-2011
EMITIDO PARA COORDINACION INTERNA
ATR
ATR
GHP
20-09-2011
ACCESSORIES
TECHNICAL
DATA SHEET
BLOWER BEARING
VIBRATION SENSOR
VIB 30/10
4-20 mA Velocity Transducer
for PLC interface
ACCESSORIES
TECHNICAL
DATA SHEET
BEARING
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR , PT 100

Parameter Setting
10399720-2650534
53208013
t-mass 65 F
Purchase order number
Transmitter/Sensor
833211-30 / Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG
DN100 / 4"
Order N/Manufacturer
Nominal diameter
65F1H-AK2AG1AABABK
Order code
Tag N
EA0AF802000
Serial N
The below parameters are set according to your order.

Please refer to the Operating Manual for any parameters not mentioned.
Device software
Communication type
ITK version
Device revision
V3.00.01
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
5.0.1
Dev.01/DD.01 [ID 1065 (hex)]
Operation
Language
English
Gas mixture
Gas type 1
% fraction 1
Air
100 %
Process parameters
Process pressure
Reference temperature
Reference pressure
1.0132 bar a
0 C
1.013 bar a
Units
Unit mass flow
Unit corrected volume flow
Unit temperature
kg/hr
Nm/hr
C
User interface
Assign line 1
Assign line 2
Mass flow
Totalizer 1
21.10.2011
Date
Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG
Kgenstrasse 7 / Rue de l'Europe 35
CH-4153 Reinach / F-68700 Cernay
Page 1 / 2

Parameter Setting
10399720-2650534
Totalizer 1
Assign totalizer 1
Mass flow
Totalizer 2
Assign totalizer 2
Mass flow
21.10.2011
Date
Page 2 / 2

Flow Calibration with Adjustment
15023808-2650534
53208013
FCP-16 (Air)
Purchase order number
Calibration rig
833211-30 / Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG
3750.0 kg/hr
Order N/Manufacturer
Calibrated full scale
65F1H-AK2AG1AABABK
Calibration Interface
Order code
Calibrated output
t-mass 65 F DN100 / 4" (98 mm)
0.968 bar a
Transmitter/Sensor
Ambient pressure
EA0AF802000
28.8 %
Serial N
Ambient relative humidity
24.1 C
Tag N
Ambient temperature
Flow
Flow
target
[kg/hr]
[%]
Flow
meas.
[kg/hr]
Pressure Temp.**
[bar a]
[C]
100%)
Measured error % o.r.
o.r.*
[%]
Tolerance limit: 1.5% o.r.

7.5
9.8
32.0
91.5
-
368.462
1201.54
3430.62
-
369.486
1203.35
3423.42
-
0.966
0.951
0.815
-
24.0
23.7
19.8
-
0.28
0.15
-0.21
-
5
2.5
0
-2.5
-5
-7.5
0
*o.r.: of rate
**Calculated value
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100 [%]
Flow
For detailed data concerning output specifications of the unit under test, see Technical Information (TI), chapter Performance characteristics.
Traceability to the national standard for all test instruments used for the calibration is guaranteed.
Endress+Hauser Flowtec operates ISO/IEC 17025 accredited calibration facilities in Reinach (CH), Cernay (FR), Greenwood (USA),
Aurangabad (IN) and Suzhou (CN).
&
25.10.2011
A. Wicky
Date of calibration
Operator
Certified acc. to
ISO 9001
Page 1 / 1
Operating Instructions
Proline t-mass 65
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Thermal Mass Flow Measuring System
BA00134D/06/EN/13.10
71128089
Valid as of version
V 3.00.XX (Device software)
Proline t-mass 65 FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Table of contents
Table of contents
1
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation, commissioning and operation . . . . . . . .
Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes on safety conventions and icons . . . . . . . . . . .
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Device designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1.1 Nameplate of the transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1.2 Nameplate of the sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.3 Nameplate for connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Certificates and approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
FOUNDATION Fieldbus device certification . . . . . 10
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.1
3.4
Incoming acceptance, transport and storage . . . . . .

3.1.1 Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.2 Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.3 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.2 System pressure and pulsating flow . . . . . .
3.2.3 Pipework requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.4 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.5 Inlet and outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.6 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.7 Thermal insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.8 Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.1 Mounting the insertion sensor . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.2 Removing the insertion sensor . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.3 Mounting the flanged sensor . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.4 Turning the transmitter housing . . . . . . . .
3.3.5 Turning the local display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.6 Installing the wall-mount
transmitter housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Post-installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
4.1
FOUNDATION Fieldbus cable specification . . . . . .

4.1.1 Cable type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.2 Maximum overall cable length . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.3 Maximum spur length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.4 Number of field devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.5 Shielding and grounding . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.6 Bus termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.7 Further information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the remote version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.1 Connecting connecting cable for sensor/
transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.2 Cable specification, connecting cable . . . . .
Connecting the measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2
3.3
4.2
4.3
Endress+Hauser
5
5
6
6
6
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
13
14
15
18
18
18
19
19
22
22
23
23
24
26
27
27
28
28
28
28
29
29
30
30
30
31
4.4
4.5
4.3.1 Transmitter connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.3.2 Terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Post-connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
5.1
5.2
5.3
Quick operation guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Display and operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brief operating instructions to the function matrix .
5.3.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.2 Enabling the programming mode . . . . . . . .
5.3.3 Disabling the programming mode . . . . . . . .
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4.1 Type of error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4.2 Error message type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.1 FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.2 Operating via FOUNDATION Fieldbus
configuration programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.3 Current device description files . . . . . . . . .
FOUNDATION Fieldbus hardware settings . . . . . .
5.6.1 Switching hardware write protection
on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4
5.5
5.6
31
34
34
35
36
37
38
39
39
39
40
40
40
41
41
41
42
43
43
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
6.1
6.2
6.3
Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching on the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commissioning with FOUNDATION Fieldbus . . . .
6.3.1 Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3.2 Gas compensation input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quick Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4.1 Quick Setup "Commissioning" . . . . . . . . . .
6.4.2 Quick Setup "Sensor" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4.3 "Gas" Quick Setup menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4.4 "Pressure" Quick Setup menu . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4.5 "Heat Flow" Quick Setup menu . . . . . . . . .
6.4.6 Data backup/transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.5.1 Zero point adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data storage device (HistoROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6.1 HistoROM/S-DAT (sensor-DAT) . . . . . . . .
6.6.2 HistoROM/T-DAT (transmitter-DAT) . . . .
6.4
6.5
6.6
44
44
45
45
50
52
52
54
55
57
58
60
61
61
62
62
62
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
External cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transducer cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In-situ calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
8.1
8.2
Device-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Measuring principle-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . 65
63
63
63
64
64
64
Table of contents
8.3
Service-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Trouble-shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
9.1
9.2
9.5
9.6
9.7
Troubleshooting instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System/process error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2.1 List of system error messages . . . . . . . . . .
9.2.2 List of process error messages . . . . . . . . . . .
Process errors without messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.4.1 Removing and installing printed
circuit boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.4.2 Replacing the device fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
10.1
Technical data at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10.1.1 Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.2 Function and system design . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.3 Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.4 Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.5 Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.6 Performance characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.7 Operating conditions: Installation . . . . . . . .
10.1.8 Operating conditions: Environment . . . . . .
10.1.9 Operating conditions: Process . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.10 Mechanical construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.11 Human interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.12 Certificates and approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.13 Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.14 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.15 Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3
9.4
67
71
72
77
77
79
80
85
86
86
86
87
87
87
87
88
90
90
91
91
92
93
95
95
97
97
97
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Endress+Hauser
Safety instructions
Safety instructions
1.1
Designated use
The measuring device described in these Operating Instructions is to be used only for measuring the
mass flow rate of gases (e. g. kg, Nm3 scf). At the same time, the system also measures gas
temperature. The measuring device can be configured to measure a standard range of pure gases or
gas mixtures.
Examples:
Air
Oxygen
Nitrogen
Carbon Dioxide
Argon, etc.
The use with corrosive, saturated or unclean gases should be treated with caution (contact your
Endress+Hauser sales representative). The use with unstable gases or gases not deemed to be
suitable by Endress+Hauser must be avoided. The measuring device is not designed to be used with
liquids or fluids in the liquid phase.
Resulting from incorrect use or from use other than that designated, the operational safety of the
measuring devices can be jeopardized. The manufacturer accepts no liability for damages being
produced from this.
1.2
Installation, commissioning and operation
Note the following points:

Installation, connection to the electricity supply, commissioning and maintenance of the device
must be carried out by trained, qualified specialists authorised to perform such work by the
facility's owner operator.
The specialist must have read and understood these Operating Instructions and must follow the
instructions they contain.
The device must be operated by persons authorised and trained by the facility's owner-operator.
Strict compliance with the instructions in the Operating Instruction is mandatory.
Endress+Hauser is willing to assist in clarifying the chemical resistance properties of parts wetted
by special fluids, including fluids used for cleaning. However small changes in temperature,
concentration or the degree of contamination in the process can result in changes of the chemical
resistance properties. Therefore, Endress+Hauser can not guarantee or accept liability for the
chemical resistance properties of the fluid wetted materials in a specific application. The user is
responsible for the choice of fluid wetted materials in regards to their in-process resistance to
corrosion.
If carrying out welding work on the piping, the welding unit should not be grounded by means
of the measuring device.
The installer must ensure that the measuring system is correctly wired in accordance with the
wiring diagrams. The transmitter must be earthed unless special protection measures have been
taken e.g. galvanically isolated power supply SELV or PELV! (SELV = Safe Extra Low Voltage;
PELV = Protective Extra Low Voltage)
Invariably, local regulations governing the opening and repair of electrical devices apply.
Endress+Hauser
Safety instructions
1.3
Operational safety

Measuring systems for use in hazardous environments are accompanied by separate "Ex
documentation", which is an integral part of these Operating Instructions. Strict compliance with
the installation instructions and ratings as stated in this supplementary documentation is
mandatory. The symbol on the front of this supplementary Ex documentation indicates the
approval and the certification body (e.g. 0 Europe, 2 USA, 1 Canada).
When hot fluid passes through the measuring tube, the surface temperature of the housing
increases. In the case of the sensor, in particular, users should expect temperatures that can be
close to the fluid temperature. If the temperature of the fluid is high, implement sufficient
measures to prevent burning or scalding.
The measuring device complies with the general safety requirements in accordance with
EN 61010-1, the EMC requirements of IEC/EN 61326, and NAMUR recommendation NE 21,
NE 43 and NE 53.
The separate document on the Pressure Equipment Directive must be observed for devices used
in Category II or III installations in accordance with the Pressure Equipment Directive.
The manufacturer reserves the right to modify technical data without prior notice. Your
Endress+Hauser distributor will supply you with current information and updates to these
Operating Instructions.
1.4
Return
Do not return a measuring device if you are not absolutely certain that all traces of hazardous
substances have been removed, e.g. substances which have penetrated crevices or diffused
through plastic.
Costs incurred for waste disposal and injury (burns, etc.) due to inadequate cleaning will be
charged to the owner-operator.
Please note the measures on 86
1.5
Notes on safety conventions and icons
The devices are designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements, have been tested, and left the
factory in a condition in which they are safe to operate. The devices comply with the applicable
standards and regulations in accordance with EN 61010-1 "Protection Measures for Electrical
Equipment for Measurement, Control, Regulation and Laboratory Procedures". They can, however,
be a source of danger if used incorrectly or for other than the designated use.
Consequently, always pay particular attention to the safety instructions indicated in these Operating
Instructions by the following icons:
#
"
!
Warning!
"Warning" indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can result in injury
or a safety hazard. Comply strictly with the instructions and proceed with care.
Caution!
"Caution" indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can result in incorrect
operation or destruction of the device. Comply strictly with the instructions.
Note!
"Note" indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can have an indirect
effect on operation or trigger an unexpected response on the part of the device.
Endress+Hauser
Identification
Identification
2.1
Device designation
The "t-mass 65" flow measuring system consists of the following components:
t-mass 65 transmitter
t-mass F, t-mass I sensors
Two versions are available:
Compact version: transmitter and sensor form a single mechanical unit.
Remote version: transmitter and sensor are installed separately
2.1.1
Nameplate of the transmitter
7 8
Proline t-mass 65
1
Order Code: 65F25-XXXXXXXXXXXX

Ser.No.:
12345678901
TAG No.: ABCDEFGHJKLMNPQRST
20-55VAC/16-62VDC
50-60Hz
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
DEVICE ID 452B481042-21000191000
IP67/NEMA/Type4X
14VA/8W
4
5
20C (4F) < Tamb < +60C (+140F)

R
N12895
FOUNDATION
6
A0011350
Fig. 1:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Endress+Hauser
Nameplate specifications for the "t-mass 65" transmitter (example)

Order code, serial number: See the specifications on the order confirmation for the meanings of the individual
letters and digits
Power supply, frequency, power consumption
Available inputs/outputs:
Reserved for information on special products
Please refer to operating instructions / documentation
Reserved for certificates, approvals and for additional information on device version
Ambient temperature range
Degree of protection
Identification
2.1.2
Nameplate of the sensor
Proline t-mass F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Order Code: 65F50-XXXXXXXXXXXX

Ser.No.:
12345678901
TAG-No.:
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST
IP67 / NEMA/Type 4X
10
DN50 DIN/EN PN40

P:
T:
Materials:
Seal:
-0.5...40bar / -7.25...+580 psi gauge

-40C...+100C / -40F...+212F
316/316L/1.4404/Alloy C-22 (2.4602)
EPDM / PEEK
3.1
i
-20C(-4F) <Tamb< +60C(+140F)
N12895
11
a0005512
Fig. 2:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Nameplate specifications for the "t-mass F" sensor (example)

Order code, serial number: See the specifications on the order confirmation for the meanings of the individual
letters and digits
Nominal diameter device
Pressure range
Temperature range
Material of measuring tubes
Seal material
Reserved for information on special products
Please refer to operating instructions / documentation
Ambient temperature range
Reserved for additional information on device version (approvals, certificates)
Endress+Hauser
Nameplate for connections
Supply /
Versorgung /
Tension d'alimentation
12345678912
26 = FF +
27 = FF
L1 / L+
N / LPE
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
2
3
26(+) / 27(-)
Ser.No.:
active
passive
normally open contact
normally closed contact
24(+) / 25(-)
A:
P:
NO:
NC:
22(+) / 23(-)
See operating manual

Betriebsanleitung beachten
Observer manuel d'instruction
20(+) / 21(-)
2.1.3
Identification
6
7
8
9
Exworks / ab Werk / rglages usine

Device SW: XX.XX.XX
Communication: XXXXXXXXXX
Drivers: ID XXXX (HEX)
Date: DD. MMM. YYYY
Update 1
Update 2
319475-00XX
10
a0002083
Fig. 3:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Endress+Hauser
Nameplate specifications for Proline transmitter (example)

Serial number
Possible configuration of current output
Possible configuration of relay contacts
Terminal assignment, cable for power supply: 85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC
Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L for DC
Signals present at inputs and outputs, possible configuration and terminal assignment (20 to 27),
see also "Electrical values of inputs/outputs", 87
Version of device software currently installed
Installed communication type
Information on current communication software
Date of installation
Current updates to data specified in points 6 to 9
Identification
2.2
Certificates and approvals
The devices are designed in accordance with good engineering practice to meet state-of-the-art
safety requirements, have been tested, and left the factory in a condition in which they are safe to
operate. The devices comply with the applicable standards and regulations in accordance with
EN 61010-1 "Protection Measures for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, Regulation
and Laboratory Procedures" and with the EMC requirements of IEC/EN 61326.
The measuring system described in these Operating Instructions thus complies with the statutory
requirements of the EC Directives. Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by
affixing to it the CE mark.
The measuring system meets the EMC requirements of the Australian Communications and Media
Authority (ACMA).
2.3
FOUNDATION Fieldbus device certification
The flowmeter has passed all the test procedures implemented and has been certified and registered
by the Fieldbus FOUNDATION. The flowmeter thus meets all the requirements of the specifications
listed below:
Certified to FOUNDATION fieldbus specification
The flowmeter meets all the specifications of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus-H1.
Interoperability Test Kit (ITK), revision 5.0: The device can also be operated in conjunction with
other-make certified devices.
Physical Layer Conformance Test by Fieldbus Foundation
2.4
Registered trademarks
KALREZ and VITON

Registered trademarks of E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, USA
AMS
Registered trademark of Emmerson Process Management, St. Louis, USA
HART
Registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation, Austin, USA
HistoROM, S-DAT, T-DAT, F-CHIP, FieldCare, Fieldcheck, Applicator, t-mass
Registered or registration-pending trademarks of Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG, Reinach, CH
10
Endress+Hauser
Installation
Installation
3.1
Incoming acceptance, transport and storage
3.1.1
Incoming acceptance
On receipt of the goods, check the following points:

Check the packaging and the contents for damage.
Check the shipment, make sure nothing is missing and that the scope of supply matches your
order.
3.1.2
Transport
The following instructions apply to unpacking and to transporting the device to its final location:
Transport the devices in the containers in which they are delivered.
The covers or caps fitted to the process connections prevent mechanical damage to the
transducers during transportation and storage. Consequently, do not remove these covers or caps
until immediately before installation.
Do not lift measuring devices of nominal diameters > DN 40 (> 1") by the transmitter housing
or the connection housing in the case of the remote version ( 4). Use webbing slings slung
round the two process connections. Do not use chains, as they could damage the housing.
Warning!
Risk of injury if the measuring device slips. The center of gravity of the assembled measuring device
might be higher than the points around which the slings are slung.
At all times, therefore, make sure that the device does not unexpectedly turn around its axis or slip.
a0004294
Fig. 4:
3.1.3
Instructions for transporting sensors with > DN 40 (> 1")
Storage

Pack the measuring device in such a way as to protect it reliably against impact for storage (and
transportation). The original packaging provides optimum protection.
The permissible storage temperature is 40 to +80 C (40 F to +176 F).
Preferably +20 C (+68 F).
Do not remove the protective covers or caps on the process connections until you are ready to
install the device.
The measuring device must be protected against direct sunlight during storage in order to avoid
unacceptably high surface temperatures.
Devices delivered with special sealing or bagging for oxygen service must remain sealed or bagged
until ready for installation.
Endress+Hauser
11
Installation
3.2
Installation conditions

The thermal dispersion principle is very sensitive to disturbed flow conditions.
Observe the recommended inlet and outlet requirements.
Good engineering practice is necessary for the associated pipe work and installation.
Ensure correct alignment and orientation of the sensor.
Take measures to reduce or avoid condensation (e.g. install a condensation trap, thermal
insulation, etc.).
The maximum permitted ambient temperatures and the medium temperature range ( 92)
must be observed.
Install the transmitter in a shaded location or use a protective sun shield.
For mechanical reasons, and in order to protect the pipe, it is advisable to support heavy sensors.
3.2.1
Dimensions
The dimensions and installation lengths of the sensor and transmitter can be found in the "Technical
Information" for the device in question. This document can be downloaded as a PDF file from
www.endress.com. A list of the "Technical Information" documents available is provided in the
"Documentation" section on 97.
3.2.2
System pressure and pulsating flow
Reciprocating pumps and some compressor systems can create strong changes in process pressure
that can induce spurious internal flow patterns and therefore cause additional measurement error.
These pressure pulses must be reduced by the appropriate measures:
Use of expansion tanks
Use of inlet expanders
Relocate the flowmeter further downstream
In compressed air systems, it is recommended to mount the flowmeter after the filter, dryer and
buffer devices to avoid pulsations and oil/dirt contamination. Do not mount the flowmeter directly
after the compressor outlet.
12
Endress+Hauser
3.2.3
Installation
Pipework requirements
Good engineering practice should be followed at all times:

Correct preparation, welding and finishing techniques
Correctly sized gaskets
Correctly aligned flanges and gaskets
Connecting pipe work should match the internal diameter of the flowmeter.
Maximum pipe diameter mismatch should not exceed:
1 mm (0.04 inch) for diameters < DN 200 (8")
3 mm (0.12 inch) for diameters DN 200 (8")
For further information please refer to ISO 14511.
a0005103
a0005104
Pipe diameter one is not equal pipe

diameter two
"
Endress+Hauser
a0005105
Incorrectly sized gaskets
a0005106
Incorrectly aligned flanges and gaskets
Caution!
New installations should be free of metallic and abrasive particles to prevent damage to the sensing
elements on start-up.
13
Installation
3.2.4
Orientation
Make sure that the direction arrow on the sensor matches the direction of gas flow through the pipe.
Flanged sensor
Insertion sensor
Vertical orientation
compact
remote
compact
remote
m, n
A0013785
Horizontal orientation, transmitter head up

compact/remote
n
A0013786
Horizontal orientation, transmitter head down

compact/remote
o
A0013787
Inclined orientation, transmitter head down

compact/remote
p
A0009897
= Recommended orientation
= Orientation recommended in certain situations
m In the case of saturated or unclean gases, upward flow in a vertical pipe section is preferred to minimize
condensation/contamination.
n Not recommended if the vibrations are too high or if the installation is unstable.
o Only suitable for clean/dry gases. Do not mount the sensor from the bottom, on horizontal pipes, if build-up or
condensate are likely to be present. Mount the sensor in a position as indicated below
p If the gas is very damp or saturated with water (e. g. Bio Gas), mount in inclined orientation (max. 135).
14
Endress+Hauser
3.2.5
Installation
Inlet and outlet runs
The thermal dispersion principle is sensitive to disturbed flow conditions.

As a general rule, the thermal flowmeter should always be installed as far away as possible from any
flow disturbances. For further information please refer to ISO 14511.
Note!
Where two or more flow disturbances are located upstream of the meter, the longest indicated
inlet length should prevail. For example if a control valve and a bend are mounted upstream of
the flowmeter, the recommended inlet length should be according to the control valve (50 DN).
For very light gases such as Helium and Hydrogen all upstream distances should be doubled.
The minimum recommendations for inlet and outlet runs (without flow conditioner) are:
Flanged sensor
1
2
15 x DN
3
15 x DN
2 x DN
a0007523
2 x DN
a0007524
5
20 x DN
15 x DN
2 x DN
2 x DN
a0007525
6
35 x DN
a0007526
50 x DN
2 x DN
2 x DN
a0007527
a0007528
1 = Reduction, 2 = Expansion, 3 = 90 elbow or T-piece, 4 = 2 90 elbow, 5 = 2 90 elbow (3-dimensional),

6 = Control valve
Insertion sensor
1
2
20 x DN
3
20 x DN
5 x DN
a0007529
4
5 x DN
a0007532
5 x DN
a0007530
5
25 x DN
20 x DN
5 x DN
a0007531
6
40 x DN
5 x DN
50 x DN
5 x DN
a0007564
a0007534

6 = Control valve or pressure regulator
Endress+Hauser
Note!
A specially designed perforated plate flow conditioner can be installed if it is not possible to observe
the inlet runs required ( 16).
15
Installation
Outlet runs with pressure measuring points

The pressure measuring point should be installed downstream of the measuring device, so that there
is no potential influence of the pressure transmitter process connection on the flow entering the
measuring point.
PT
2...5 x DN
a0005114
Fig. 5:
Installing a pressure measuring point (PT = pressure transmitter)
Perforated plate flow conditioner

It is recommended to install a perforated plate flow conditioner if the recommended inlet runs are
not available. See accessories 65.
5 DN
2 DN
5 DN
8 DN
5 DN
2
a0005115
Fig. 6:
The figure above illustrates the minimum recommended inlet and outlet runs expressed in multiples of the pipe
diameter using a flow conditioner.
1 = Flow conditioner with the flanged sensor, 2 = Flow conditioner with the insertion sensor
Flow conditioner for use with insertion sensors

The well known "Mitsubishi" design is recommended for this application DN 80 mm (3") to
DN 300 mm (12"). The flow conditioner must be installed at a distance of 8 DN upstream of the
sensor. A further 5 pipe diameters inlet run is required upstream of the actual conditioner itself.
16
Endress+Hauser
Installation
Flow conditoner for use with flanged sensors

This is a special Endress+Hauser version designed specially for use with the t-mass F sensor (sizes
DN 25 to 100 / 1" to 4"). The mounting hole patterns and sizing are of a multi-variant design which
means that one plate will fit different flange pressure classes e.g. Cl. 150 and Cl. 300.
The flow conditioner and gaskets are fitted between two pipe flange and the flow meter
flange 7 .
Use only bolts which match to tehflange bolt hole and this will ensure that the correct positioning
of the plate can be found. The alignment notch must also be pointing in the same plane as the
transmitter.
Incorrect installation of the flow conditioner will have a small effect on the measurement accuracy.
4
1
a0005116
Fig. 7:
Flow conditioner mounting arrangement (example)
1 = perforated plate flow conditioner, 2 = aeal/gasket, 3 = alignment notch, 4 = alignment in the same plane as the
transmitter
Endress+Hauser
Note!
For optimum performance, it is advised that the t-mass F sensor and flow conditioner are ordered
at the same time such that they are calibrated together. To retrospectively fit a flow conditioner
will have a small effect on the measurement performance.
The use of other types of flow conditioners, other than the Endress+Hauser flow conditioner, with
the t-mass F sensor will have an impact on the measurement performance due to the effects of
flow profile and pressure drop.
Bolts, nuts, seals, etc. are not included in the scope of supply and must be supplied by the
customer.
17
Installation
3.2.6
Heating
Some applications require suitable measures to avoid heat loss (condensation). Heating can be
electric, e. g. with heated elements, or by means of hot water, steam pipes or insulation.
"
Caution!
Risk of electronics overheating! Consequently, make sure that the adapter between sensor and
transmitter and the connection housing of the remote version always remain free of insulating
material.
3.2.7
Thermal insulation
When the gas is very damp or saturated with water (e. g. bio gas), the piping and flowmeter body
should be insulated to prevent water droplets condensing on the measuring sensor.
a0005122
Fig. 8:
a
b
Maximum thermal insulation for t-mass 65F and 65I

Maximum insulation height for the flanged sensor
Maximum insulation height for the insertion sensor
3.2.8
"
18
Vibrations
Caution!
Excessive vibration can result in mechanical damage to the measuring device and its mounting.
Observe the vibration spezification in the technical data section 91
Endress+Hauser
Installation
3.3
Installation instructions
3.3.1
Mounting the insertion sensor
The sensor can be mounted into a welding socket or a retractable mounting set. If a retractable
mounting set is being used, then refer to the supplementary documentation delivered with the
mounting set.
Mounting the welding socket
This instruction describes mounting of the Endress+Hauser welding socket. If an existing or
customer-specific mounting set is being used, then go to the next section "Insertion depth
calculation and adjustment".
!
"
#
Note!
Take the orientation and inlet and outlet runs into account before mounting the welding
socket 14 ff.
The welding socket is made of stainless steel 1.4404 (316/316L). Use appropriate welding
technique.
Caution!
When mounting the fitting to a thin wall duct, use a suitable support bracket for the sensor and weld
the welding socket to a base plate to spread the load. Otherwise, the mounting may be unstable and
the duct wall can be damaged.
Warning!
These instructions are only applicable to installation in an un-pressurized line, without gas present
and at safe temperatures.
1.
Drill or cut hole of 31.0 mm 0.5 mm (1.22" 0.019") in the pipe.
2.
Deburr the hole.
3.
Fit the edge of the welding socket into hole, align it vertically and weld it on 9.
90
90
A0010098
Fig. 9:
Positioning the welding socket on the pipe (or duct)
Insertion depth calculation and adjustment

To obtain the best measurement results, it is important that the sensor is inserted at the right
insertion depth in the pipe/duct. A millimeter and inch scale is provided along the entire length of
the sensor tube. This makes it possible to align the sensor at the right depth.
4.
Endress+Hauser
Calculate the insertion depth:

with the help of the Quick Setup "Sensor" 54 or
using the following dimensions and formulae
19
Installation
230
220
210
200
190
230
220
210
8
180
210
190
200
190
180
180
230
220
200
A0005118
Fig. 10:
A
B
C
Dimensions needed to calculate the insertion depth
Pipes: internal diameter

Ducts: internal dimension
Wall thickness
Dimension from pipe/duct to the compression fitting
Note!
For detailed remarks on calculation refer to Technical Information TI00069D.
Calculated insertion depth (SI units)= 0.3 A + B + C + 2 mm
Calculated insertion depth (US units) = 0.3 A + B + C + 0.079 inch
Note down the calculated value.
4
2
230
220
210
8
200
190
180
3
A0010001
Fig. 11:
5.
Aligning the sensor to the calculated insertion depth
Insert the sensor into the socket (1) and tighten the lower nut of compression fitting (2) first
by hand and then tighten it 1 revolutions using a wrench (42 mm).
"
Caution!
NPT thread: use a thread sealing tape or paste
G 1 A thread: the sealing ring supplied must be installed
20
6.
Tighten the upper nut of compression fitting (3) such that the sensor can still be adjusted.
7.
Read off the calculated insertion depth from the scale and adjust the sensor so that the value
aligns with the upper end of the compression fitting (4).
Endress+Hauser
Installation
Aligning the sensor with the flow direction
903
907
A0005117
Fig. 12:
8.
Aligning the sensor with the flow direction
Check and ensure that the sensor is aligned vertically at a 90 angle on the pipe/duct.
Turn the sensor so that the arrow marking matches the direction of flow.
Note!
To ensure optimum exposure of the measuring transducers to the flowing gas stream, the sensor
must not be rotated more than 7 degrees from this alignment.
A0010114
Fig. 13:
9.
Securing the position of the sensor
Tighten the compression fitting (1) by hand to secure the position of the sensor. Then, using
an open-ended wrench, tighten another 1 revolutions in a clockwise direction.
10. Fix the two securing screws (2) (Allen key 3 mm; 1/8").
Warning!
Observe torque: 4 Nm (2.95 lbf ft)
11. Check that the sensor and transmitter do not turn.

12. Check the measuring point for leaks at the maximum operating pressure.
Endress+Hauser
21
Installation
3.3.2
Removing the insertion sensor
Warning!
Do not remove the measuring device when it is pressurized! Stop the gas flow and unpressurize
the process pipe.
In the case of toxic, explosive or flammable gases, the pipe in which the measuring device is
installed must be purged with an inert gas to remove all traces of the gas used.
Make sure that the process cannot be resumed while removal work is in progress.
Allow the system and device to cool to a safe temperature (i.e. <50 C, <120 F).
3
1
A0011016
Fig. 14:
Removing the insertion sensor
1.
Release the securing screws (1).
2.
Release the upper nut of compression fitting using a wrench, turning in a counterclockwise
direction (2).
"
Caution!
In the case of vertical installation, do not drop the measuring device into the pipe.
3.
Unscrew the lower nut of compression fitting (3) and remove the sensor.
3.3.3
Mounting the flanged sensor
The arrow on the sensor must match with the actual direction of flow through the pipe.
A0013663
Fig. 15:
22
Mounting in direction of flow
Endress+Hauser
3.3.4
Installation
Turning the transmitter housing
Turning the aluminium field housing
Warning!
The rotating mechanism for devices for hazardous areas Zone 1 (ATEX/IEC Ex) or Class I Div. 1
(FM/CSA) is different to that described here. The procedure for turning these housings is described
in the Ex-specific documentation 97.
1.
Loosen the two securing screws.
"
Caution!
Special screw! Do not loosen screw completely or replace with another screw.
Use only original parts from Endress+Hauser.
2.
Turn the bayonet catch as far as it will go.
3.
Carefully lift the transmitter housing as far as it will go.
4.
Turn the transmitter housing to the desired position (max. 2 90 in either direction).
5.
Lower the housing into position and re-engage the bayonet catch.
6.
Retighten the two securing screws.
5
1
6
a0004302
Fig. 16:
3.3.5
Turning the transmitter housing (aluminium field housing)
Turning the local display
1.
Unscrew cover of the electronics compartment from the transmitter housing.
2.
Press the side latches on the display module and remove the module from the electronics
compartment cover plate.
3.
Rotate the display to the desired position (4 45 in both directions), and reset it onto the
electronics compartment cover plate.
4.
Screw the cover of the electronics compartment firmly back onto the transmitter housing.
4 x 45
A0003236
Fig. 17:
Endress+Hauser
Turning the local display (field housing)
23
Installation
3.3.6
Installing the wall-mount transmitter housing
There are various ways of installing the wall-mount transmitter housing:

Mounted directly on the wall
Installation in control panel 25 (separate mounting set, accessories 65)
Pipe mounting 25 (separate mounting set, accessories 65)
"
Caution!
Make sure that ambient temperature does not go beyond the permissible range of
20 C to +60 C (4 F to +140 F), optional 40 C to +60 C (40 F to +140 F).
Install the device in a shaded location. Avoid direct sunlight on the display.
Always install the wall-mount housing in such a way that the cable entries are pointing down.
1.
Drill the holes as illustrated in the diagram.
2.
Remove the cover of the connection compartment (a).
3.
Push the two securing screws (b) through the appropriate bores (c) in the housing.
Securing screws (M6): max. 6.5 mm (0.25 inch)
Screw head: max. 10.5 mm (0.4 inch)
4.
Secure the transmitter housing to the wall as indicated.
5.
Screw the cover of the connection compartment (a) firmly onto the housing.
35 (1.38)
c
81.5 (3.2)
a
90 (3.54)
192 (7.56)
mm (inch)
a0001130
Fig. 18:
24
Endress+Hauser
Installation
Installation in control panel

1.
Prepare the opening in the panel as illustrated in the diagram.
2.
Slide the housing into the opening in the panel from the front.
3.
Screw the fasteners onto the wall-mount housing.
4.
Screw threaded rods into holders and tighten until

the housing is solidly seated on the panel wall. Afterwards, tighten the locking nuts.
Additional support is not necessary.
210 (8.27)
+0.5 (+0.019)
0.5 (0.019)
245 (9.65)
mm (inch)
+0.5 (+0.019)
0.5 (0.019)
~110 (~4.33)
a0001131
Fig. 19:
Panel installation (wall-mount housing)
Pipe mounting
The assembly should be performed by following the instructions in the diagram.
"
Caution!
If a warm pipe is used for installation, make sure that the housing temperature does not exceed the
max. permitted value of +60 C (+140 F).
2070
( 0.792.75)
~155 (~ 6.1)
mm (inch)
a0001132
Fig. 20:
Endress+Hauser
Pipe mounting (wall-mount housing)
25
Installation
3.4
Post-installation check
Perform the following checks after installing the measuring device in the pipe:
26
Device condition and specifications
Notes
Is the device damaged (visual inspection)?
Does the device correspond to specifications at the measurement point, including

process temperature and pressure, ambient temperature, measuring range, etc.?
Check the name plate.
Installation
Notes
Correct alignment of pipe/gasket/flowmeter body?
13
Professional installation (correct pipe internal diameter, correctly sized gaskets)?
13
Is the position chosen for the sensor correct, in other words suitable for sensor
type, fluid properties and fluid temperature?
14
Is there sufficient upstream and downstream pipe sensor?
15
Correct installation of flow conditioner (if fitted)?
16
Does the arrow on the sensor match the direction of flow through the pipe?
14
Correct sensor depth (insertion sensor only)?
19
Process environment / process conditions
Notes
Is the measuring device protected against moisture and direct sunlight?
Is the measuring device protected against overheating?
18
Is the measuring device protected against excessive vibration?
18, 91
Check gas conditions (e. g. purity, dryness, cleanliness)
Select suitable orientation

14
Endress+Hauser
#
!
Wiring
Wiring
Warning!
When connecting Ex-certified devices, see the notes and diagrams in the Ex-specific supplement to
these Operating Instructions. Please do not hesitate to contact your Endress+Hauser representative
if you have any questions.
Note!
The device does not have an internal power isolation switch. Therefore provide an isolation switch
or circuit breaker which can be used to disconnect the power supply to the device.
4.1
FOUNDATION Fieldbus cable specification
4.1.1
Cable type
Twin-core cable is recommended for connecting the flowmeter to the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1.
By analogy with IEC 61158-2 (MBP) protocol four different cable types (A, B, C, D) can be used
with the FOUNDATION Fieldbus Protocol, only two of which (cable types A and B) are shielded.
Cable types A or B are particularly preferable for new installations. Only these types have cable
shielding that guarantees adequate protection from electromagnetic interference and thus the
most reliable data transfer. With cable type B more than one fieldbus (with the same degree of
protection) may be operated in a cable. No other circuits are permissible in the same cable.
Practical experience has shown that cable types C and D should not be used due to the lack of
shielding, since the freedom from interference generally does not meet the requirements
described in the standard.
The electrical data of the fieldbus cable has not been specified but determines important
characteristics of the design of the fieldbus, such as distances bridged, number of participants,
electromagnetic compatibility, etc.
Type A
Type B
Cable structure
twisted pair, shielded
one or more twisted pairs, fully

shielded
Wire size
0.8 mm2 (AWG 18)
0.32 mm2 (AWG 22)
Loop resistance (DC)
44 W/km
112 W/km
Impedance at 31.25 kHz
100 W 20%
100 W 30%
Attenuation at 39 kHz
3 dB/km
5 dB/km
Capacitive asymmetry
2 nF/km
2 nF/km
Envelope delay distortion

(7.9 to 39 kHz)
1.7 ms/km
Shield coverage
90%
Max. cable length (inc. spurs >1 m)
1900 m (6233 ft)
*
1200 m (3937 ft)
* not specified
Suitable fieldbus cables (Type A) from various manufacturers for the non-hazardous area are listed
below:
Siemens: 6XV1 830-5BH10
Belden: 3076F
Kerpen: CeL-PE/OSCR/PVC/FRLA FB-02YS(ST)YFL
Endress+Hauser
27
Wiring
4.1.2
Maximum overall cable length
The maximum network expansion depends on the type of ignition protection and the cable
specifications. The overall cable length is made up of the length of the main cable and the length of
all spurs (>1 m/3.28 ft). Note the following points:
The maximum permissible overall cable length depends on the cable type used ( 27).
If repeaters are used the maximum permissible cable length is doubled. A maximum of three
repeaters are permitted between user and master.
4.1.3
Maximum spur length
The line between distribution box and field unit is described as a spur.
In the case of non Ex-rated applications the max. length of a spur depends on the number of spurs
(>1 m/3.28 ft):
Number of spurs
1 to 12
13 to 14
15 to 18
19 to 24
25 to 32
Max. length per spur
120 m (393 ft)
90 m (295 ft)
60 m (196 ft)
30 m (98 ft)
1 m (3.28 ft)
4.1.4
Number of field devices
According to IEC 61158-2 (MBP) a maximum of 32 field devices may be connected per fieldbus
segment. However, this number may be restricted in certain circumstances (type of ignition
protection, bus power option, current consumption of field device).
A maximum of four field devices can be connected to a spur.
4.1.5
Shielding and grounding
The optimum electromagnetic compatibility of the fieldbus system is guaranteed only when system
components and in particular lines are shielded and the shielding provides the most complete
coverage possible. Shield coverage of 90% is ideal.
Shielding should be connected as often as possible with the reference ground. The national
regulations and guidelines governing the installation of electrical equipment also apply where
relevant!
Where there are large differences in potential between the individual grounding points, only one
point of the shielding is connected directly with the reference ground. In systems without potential
equalization, cable shielding of fieldbus systems should therefore only be grounded on one side, for
example at the fieldbus supply unit or at safety barriers.
"
28
Caution!
If the cable shielding is grounded at more than one point in systems without potential equalization,
network frequency equalization currents can occur that damage the bus cable or the bus shielding
and substantially affect signal transmission.
Endress+Hauser
4.1.6
Wiring
Bus termination
The start and end of each fieldbus segment are always to be terminated with a bus terminator. With
various junction boxes (not Ex-rated) the bus termination can be activated via a switch. If this is not
the case a separate bus terminator must be installed. Note the following points in addition:
In the case of a branched bus segment the device furthest from the segment connector represents
the end of the bus.
If the fieldbus is extended with a repeater then the extension must also be terminated at both
ends.
4.1.7
Further information
General information and further notes on connections can be found on the website
(www.fieldbus.org) of the Fieldbus Foundation or in the Operating Instructions "FOUNDATION
Fieldbus Overview" (acquired at: www.endress.com Download).
Endress+Hauser
29
Wiring
4.2
Connecting the remote version
4.2.1
Connecting connecting cable for sensor/transmitter
Warning!
After removing the electronics cover, there is a risk of electric shock as shock protection is
removed! Switch off the measuring device before removing internal covers.
Risk of electric shock. Connect the protective earth to the ground terminal on the housing before
the power supply is applied.
1.
Remove the connection compartment cover by loosening the fixing screws on the transmitter
and sensor housing.
2.
Feed the connecting cable through the appropriate cable entry.
3.
Establish the connections between sensor and transmitter in accordance with the wiring
diagram: ( 21 or see wiring diagram in screw cap; wire cross-section: max. 2.5 mm /
AWG 13).
4.
Screw the connection compartment cover back onto the sensor and transmitter housing.
A
B
p cover tight w
Kee ircuits are ali hile
ve
c
over tight whi

ep c
Ke ircuits are alive le
c
t unter Spannu
ng
Nich ffnen
vri
pas ou r lappa
Ne sous tension reil
6
GND 10V COMMS
+
+
41 42 43 44
41 42 43 44
+
+
GND 6 COMMS
10V
a0005123
Fig. 21:
A
B
C
D
Wallmount housing; Non-hazardous area and zone 2 (ATEX II3G, FM/CSA) see separate "Ex documentation"
Field housing; Zone 1 (ATEX II2GD, IECEx, FM/CSA) see separate "Ex documentation"
Remote sensor insertion
Remote sensor flanged
Wire colors (when supplied by Endress+Hauser):

Terminal no. 41 = white; 42 = brown; 43 = green; 44 = yellow
4.2.2
Cable specification, connecting cable
The specifications of the cable connecting the transmitter and the sensor of the remote version are
as follows:
2 2 0.5 mm (AWG 20) PVC cable with common shield (2 twisted pairs)
Conductor resistance: 40 /km ( 131.2 /1000 ft)
Operating voltage: 250 V
Temperature range: 40 to +105 C (40 to +221 F)
Overall nominal diameter: 8.5 mm (0.335")
Maximum cable length: 100 m (328 feet)
!
30
Note!
The cable must be installed securely to prevent movement
The cable should be of sufficient diameter to provide adequate sealing of the cable gland 90.
Endress+Hauser
4.3
Wiring
Connecting the measuring unit
Field instruments can be connected to the FOUNDATION Fieldbus in two ways:

Connection via conventional cable gland 31
Connection using prefabricated fieldbus connector (option) 33
4.3.1
Transmitter connection
Warning!
Risk of electric shock. Switch off the power supply before opening the device. Do not install or
wire the device while it is connected to the power supply. Failure to comply with this precaution
can result in irreparable damage to the electronics.
Risk of electric shock. Connect the protective earth to the ground terminal on the housing before
the power supply is applied unless special protection measures have been taken
(e.g. galvanically isolated power supply SELV or PELV).
Compare the specifications on the nameplate with the local supply voltage and frequency. The
national regulations governing the installation of electrical equipment also apply.
1.
Unscrew the connection compartment cover (f) from the transmitter housing.
2.
3.
Feed the power supply cable (a) and the signal cable (b) through the appropriate cable entries.
Perform wiring:
Wiring diagram (aluminium housing) 22
Wiring diagram (wall-mount housing) 23
Terminal assignment 34
4.
Screw the cover of the connection compartment (f) back onto the transmitter housing.
Connecting the aluminum field housing
27
+ 26
25
+ 24
23
+ 22
21
+ 20
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+) 1
b
d
c
a
a0004582
Fig. 22:
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Endress+Hauser
Connecting the transmitter (aluminum field housing). Wire cross-section: max. 2.5 mm(AWG 13)
Cable for power supply: 85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC

Signal cable: Terminals Nos. 20-27 34
Ground terminal for protective earth
Ground terminal for signal cable shield
Service adapter for connecting service interface FXA193 (FieldCheck, FieldCare)
Cover of the connection compartment
Securing clamp
31
Wiring
Connecting the wall-mount housing
N (L-)
L1 (L+)
+ + + +
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
1 2
f
a
d
a0001135
Fig. 23:
a
b
c
d
e
f
32
Connecting the transmitter (wall-mount housing); wire cross-section: max. 2.5 mm (AWG 13)

Signal cable: Terminals Nos. 20-27 34
Ground terminal for protective earth
Ground terminal for signal cable shield
Service adapter for connecting service interface FXA 193 (FieldCheck, FieldCare)
Cover of the connection compartment
Endress+Hauser
Wiring
Fieldbus connector
The connection technology of FOUNDATION Fieldbus allows measuring devices to be connected
to the fieldbus via uniform mechanical connections such as T-boxes, junction boxes, etc.
This connection technology using prefabricated distribution modules and plug-in connectors offers
significant advantages over conventional wiring:
Field devices can be removed, replaced or added at any time during normal operation.
Communication is not interrupted.
This simplifies installation and maintenance significantly.
Existing cable infrastructures can be used and expanded instantly, e.g. when constructing new
star distributors using 4-channel or 8-channel junction boxes.
The device can therefore be supplied with a ready-mounted fieldbus connector. Fieldbus connectors
for retrofitting can be ordered from Endress+Hauser as a spare part. 65
A
B
C
Esc
D
C
26.5 mm
(1.040")
2.2
2.3
2.1
2.4
190 mm
7/8-16 UNC
M 20.5
2
a0006390
Fig. 24:
Connector for connecting to the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
A
B
C
D
Wall-mount housing
Field housing
Protective cap for connector
Fieldbus connector
1
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Protective cap for connector

Fieldbus connector (pin assignment/color codes)
Brown wire: FF + (terminal 26)
Blue wire: FF (terminal 27)
Not assigned
Green/yellow: ground (notes on connection 28, 29)
Technical data, connector:

Degree of protection IP 67
Ambient temperature range: 40 to +150 C (40 to +302 F)
Endress+Hauser
33
Wiring
4.3.2
Terminal assignment
Note!
The electrical characteristic quantities are listed in the "Technical data" section.
Terminal No. (inputs/outputs)
Order version
20 (+) / 21 ()
22 (+) / 23 ()
24 (+) / 25 ()
26 = FF +
27 = FF
65***-***********G
FOUNDATION
Fieldbus Ex i
65***-***********K
FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
With integrated reverse polarity protection
4.4
The devices fulfill all the requirements for IP 67 (NEMA 4X).

Compliance with the following points is mandatory following installation in the field or servicing,
in order to ensure that IP 67 (NEMA 4X) protection is maintained:
The housing seals must be clean and undamaged when inserted into their grooves. The seals must
be dried, cleaned or replaced if necessary.
All threaded fasteners and screw covers must be firmly tightened.
The cables used for connection must be of the specified outside diameter (Cable entry 90)
Firmly tighten the cable entries (point a 25).
The cables must loop down before they enter the cable entries ("water trap") (point b 25).
This arrangement prevents moisture penetrating the entry. Always install the measuring device
in such a way that the cable entries do not point up.
Remove all unused cable entries and insert plugs instead.
Do not remove the grommet from the cable entry.
b
a0001914
Fig. 25:
34
Installation instructions, cable entries
Endress+Hauser
4.5
Wiring
Post-connection check
Perform the following checks after completing electrical installation of the measuring device:
Endress+Hauser
Device condition and specifications
Notes
Are cables or the device damaged (visual inspection)?
Electrical connection
Notes
Does the supply voltage match the specifications on the nameplate?
85 to 260 V AC (45 to 65 Hz)

20 to 55 V AC (45 to 65 Hz)
16 to 62 V DC
Do the cables comply with the specifications?
27
Do the cables have adequate strain relief?
Is the cable type route completely isolated?

Without loops and crossovers?
Are the power supply and signal cables correctly connected?
See the wiring diagram inside

the cover of the terminal
compartment
Are all screw terminals firmly tightened?
Are all cable entries installed, firmly tightened and correctly sealed?
Cables looped as "water traps"?
34
Are all housing covers installed and firmly tightened?
Electrical connection of FOUNDATION Fieldbus-H1
Notes
Are all the connecting components (T-boxes, junction boxes, connectors, etc.)
connected with each other correctly?
Has each fieldbus segment been terminated at both ends with a bus terminator?
Has the max. length of the fieldbus cable been observed in accordance with the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus specifications?
28
Has the max. length of the spurs been observed in accordance with the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus specifications?
28
Is the fieldbus cable fully shielded (90%) and correctly grounded?
28
35
Operation
Operation
5.1
Quick operation guide
The user has a number of options for configuring and commissioning the device:
1.
Local display (option) 37

The local display enables you to read all important variables directly at the measuring point,
configure device-specific parameters in the field and perform commissioning.
2.
Operating programs 41
FOUNDATION Fieldbus functions and device-specific parameters are configured primarily via
the fieldbus interface. You can obtain special configuration and operating programs from
various manufacturers for these purposes.
3.
Jumpers for diverse hardware settings 43

Jumpers on the I/O board provide the means of setting the following hardware parameters for
the FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
Enabling/disabling the simulation mode in the function blocks (e.g. AI, DO function block)
Switching the hardware write protection on and off
2B
2A
FXA193
Esc
Esc
3
1
XXX.XXX.XX
Esc
a0006391
Fig. 26:
1
2A
2B
36
FOUNDATION Fieldbus operating options
Local display for device operation in the field (option)

Configuration/operating programs for operating via the FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF functions, device parameters)
Configuration/operating program for operating via the FXA193
service interface
(e.g. ToF Tool - Fieldtool Package)
Jumper/miniature switches for hardware settings (write protection, simulation mode)
Endress+Hauser
5.2
Operation
Display and operating elements
The local display enables you to read all important parameters directly at the measuring point and
configure the device using the function matrix.
The display consists of two lines; this is where measured values and/or status variables (process/
system error messages, bar graph, etc.) are displayed. You can change the assignment of display lines
to different variables to suit your needs and preferences ( see the "Description of Device
Functions" manual).
48.25 xx/yy
3702.6 x
Esc
3
a0011430
Fig. 27:
1
Display and operating elements
Liquid crystal display

The backlit, two-line liquid crystal display shows measured values, dialog texts, fault messages and notice messages.
The display as it appears when normal measuring is in progress is known as the HOME position (operating mode).
Upper display line: shows primary measured values, e.g. mass flow in [kg/h] or in [%].
Lower display line: shows additional measured variables and status variables, e.g. totalizer reading in [kg], bar
graph, measuring point designation.
O/S keys
Enter numerical values, select parameters
Select different function groups within the function matrix
Press the X keys simultaneously to trigger the following functions:
Exit the function matrix step by step HOME position
Press and hold down O/S keys ( X) for longer than 3 seconds Return directly to HOME position
Cancel data entry
F Enter key
HOME position Entry into the function matrix
Save the numerical values you input or settings you change
Icons
The icons which appear in the field on the left make it easier to read and recognize measured
variables, device status, and error messages.
Icon
Meaning
Icon
Meaning
System error
Process error
Fault message
(with effect on outputs)
Notice message
(without effect on outputs)
Low flow cut off or extended flow function is active
Endress+Hauser
37
Operation
5.3
Brief operating instructions to the function matrix
Note!
See the general notes 39.
Function descriptions see the "Description of Device Functions" manual
1.
HOME position F Entry into the function matrix
2.
Select a function group (e.g. CURRENT OUTPUT 1)
3.
Select a function (e.g. TIME CONSTANT)

Change parameter / enter numerical values:
OS Select or enter enable code, parameters, numerical values
F Save your entries
4.
Exit the function matrix:

Press and hold down Esc key (X) for longer than 3 seconds HOME position
Repeatedly press Esc key (X) Return step by step to HOME position
Esc
p
m
Esc
>3s
Esc
o
E
Esc
E
E
E
E
a0001142
Fig. 28:
38
Selecting functions and configuring parameters (function matrix)
Endress+Hauser
5.3.1
Operation
General notes
The Quick Setup menu contains the default settings that are adequate for commissioning.
Complex measuring operations on the other hand necessitate additional functions that you can
configure as necessary and customise to suit your process parameters. The function matrix,
therefore, comprises a multiplicity of additional functions which, for the sake of clarity, are arranged
in a number of function groups.
Comply with the following instructions when configuring functions:
You select functions as described already. 38
You can switch off certain functions (OFF). If you do so, related functions in other function groups
will no longer be displayed.
Certain functions prompt you to confirm your data entries. Press P to select "SURE ( YES )" and
press F to confirm. This saves your setting or starts a function, as applicable.
Return to the HOME position is automatic if no key is pressed for 5 minutes.
Programming mode is disabled automatically if you do not press a key within 60 seconds
following automatic return to the HOME position.
"
!
Caution!
All functions are described in detail, as is the function matrix itself, in the "Description of Device
Functions" manual, which is a separate part of these Operating Instructions.
Note!
The transmitter continues to measure while data entry is in progress, i.e. the current measured
values are output via the signal outputs in the normal way.
If the power supply fails, all preset and parameterised values remain safely stored in the EEPROM.
However, some functions may be affected (i. e. data/values not saved) if the power supply is
interupted during editing or operation of those functions. More details are contained in the
"Description of Device Functions" manual, BA00135D/06.
5.3.2
Enabling the programming mode
The function matrix can be disabled. Disabling the function matrix rules out the possibility of
inadvertent changes to device functions, numerical values or factory settings. A numerical code
(factory setting = 65) has to be entered before settings can be changed.
If you use a code number of your choice, you exclude the possibility of unauthorised persons
accessing data ( see the "Description of Device Functions" manual).
Comply with the following instructions when entering codes:
If programming is disabled and the P operating elements are pressed in any function, a prompt
for the code automatically appears on the display.
If "0" is entered as the customer's code, programming is always enabled.
Your Endress+Hauser representative can be of assistance if you mislay your personal code.
"
Caution!
Changing certain parameters such as all sensor characteristics, for example, influences numerous
functions of the entire measuring system, particularly measuring accuracy.
There is no need to change these parameters under normal circumstances and consequently, they
are protected by a special code known only to the Endress+Hauser representative. Please contact
Endress+Hauser if you have any questions.
5.3.3
Disabling the programming mode
Programming mode is disabled if you do not press an operating element within 60 seconds following
automatic return to the HOME position.
You can also disable programming in the "ACCESS CODE" function by entering any number (other
than the customer's code).
Endress+Hauser
39
Operation
5.4
Error messages
5.4.1
Type of error
Errors that occur during commissioning or measuring are displayed immediately. If two or more
system or process errors occur, the error with the highest priority is the one shown on the display.
The measuring system distinguishes between two types of error:
System error: This group includes all device errors, e.g. communication errors, hardware errors,
etc. 72
Process error: This group includes all application errors, e.g. flow limit, etc. 77
XXXXXXXXXX
#000 00:00:05
3
a0000991
Fig. 29:
1
2
3
4
5
Error messages on the display (example)
Error type: P = process error, S = system error

Error message type: $ = fault message, ! = notice message, definition
Error designation: e.g. FLOW LIMIT = maximum flow limit exceeded
Error number: e.g. #422
Duration of most recent error occurrence (in hours, minutes and seconds)
5.4.2
Error message type
The measuring device always assigns system and process errors which occur to two types of error
messages (fault or notice messages), resulting in different weightings 71.
Serious system errors, e.g. module defects, are always identified and classed as "fault messages" by
the measuring device.
Notice message (!)
The error in question has no effect on measurement currently in progress.
Displayed as Exclamation mark (!), type of error (S: system error, P: process error)
Presentation on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus Notice messages are transmitted to subsequent
Function Blocks or higher-level process control systems by means of the status "UNCERTAIN" of
the output value OUT (AI Block).
Fault message ( $)
The error in question interrupts or stops measurement currently in progress.
Displayed as Lightning flash ( $ ), type of error (S: system error, P: process error)
Presentation on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus Fault messages are transmitted to subsequent
Function Blocks or higher-level process control systems by means of the status "BAD" of the
output value OUT (AI Block).
40
Endress+Hauser
Operation
5.5
Communication
5.5.1
FieldCare
FieldCare is Endress+Hausers FDT-based plant Asset Management Tool and allows the
configuration and diagnosis of intelligent field devices. By using status information, you also have a
simple but effective tool for monitoring devices. The Proline flow measuring devices are accessed
via a service interface or via the service interface FXA193.
5.5.2
Operating via FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration programs
The user can obtain special configuration and operating programs offered by the different
manufacturers for use in configuration. These can be used for configuring both the FOUNDATION
Fieldbus functions and all the device-specific parameters. The predefined Function Blocks allow
uniform access to all the network and fieldbus device data.
A step-by-step description of the procedure for commissioning the FF functions is given on 45,
along with the configuration of device-specific parameters.
General information on FOUNDATION Fieldbus is provided in the Operating Instructions
"FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview" (BA013S) acquired at: www.endress.com Download.
System files
You will need the following files for commissioning and network configuration:
Commissioning Device description (Device Description: *.sym, *.ffo)
Network configuration CFF file (Common File Format: *.cff)
You can obtain these files as follows:
Free of charge via the Internet www.endress.com
From Endress+Hauser stating the order number (No. 56003896)
Via the Fieldbus Foundation Organization www.fieldbus.org
Note!
Ensure you use the correct system files for linking the field devices into the host system. Appropriate
version information can be called up via the following functions/parameters:
Local display:
HOME COMMUNICATION FOUND. FIELDBUS DEVICE REVISION
HOME COMMUNICATION FOUND. FIELDBUS DD REVISION
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
Resource Block Parameter DEV_REV
Resource Block Parameter DD_REV
Example (with local display):
Display in the DEVICE REVISION function 01
Display in the DD REVISION function 01
Device description file (DD) required 0101.sym / 0101.ffo
Endress+Hauser
41
Operation
5.5.3
Current device description files
The following table illustrates the suitable device description file for the operating tool in question
and then indicates where these can be obtained.
HART protocol:
Valid for software:
3.00.XX
Function "Device software"
Device data FOUNDATION

Manufacturer ID:
Device ID:
17hex (ENDRESS+HAUSER)
1065hex
Function "Manufacturer ID"

Function "Device ID"
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
version data:
Device Revison 6/ DD Revision 1
Software release:
12.2010
Operating program
How to acquire:
Device Description (DD) and

Capability File (CFF)
www.endress.com Download
www.fieldbus.org
Device driver for FF host

systems:
How to acquire:
ABB (FieldController 800)
see FF standard device driver
Allen Bradley (Control Logix)
Emerson (Delta V)
www.easydeltav.com
Endress+Hauser (ControlCare)
Honeywell (Experion PKS)
SMAR (System 302)
Yokogawa
(CENTUM CS 3000)
www.yokogawa.com
Device drivers for additional Sources for obtaining updates:

FF operating programs:
Handheld terminal 375
www.fieldcommunicator.com
Note!
The device drivers can be added and updated via the update function of the handheld
terminal 375.
42
Tester/simulator:
Sources for obtaining device descriptions:
Fieldcheck
Update by means of FieldCare with the Flow Device FXA193/291 DTM in the
Fieldflash Module
Endress+Hauser
Operation
5.6
FOUNDATION Fieldbus hardware settings
5.6.1
Switching hardware write protection on and off
A jumper on the I/O board provides the means of switching hardware write protection on or off.
Warning!
Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that the power
supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
1.
Switch off power supply.
2.
Remove the I/O board 80
3.
Configure hardware write protection and simulation mode appropriately using the jumpers
(see graphic).
4.
Installation of the I/O board is the reverse of the removal procedure.
LED
1
1.1
2
1.2
2.1
2.2
A0004731
Fig. 30:
1
1.1
1.2
Jumper for enabling/disabling write protection:

Write protection disabled (factory setting) = it is possible to write-access the device functions via the FF interface
Write protection enabled = it is not possible to write-access the device functions via the FF interface
2
2.1
Jumper for simulation mode:

Simulation mode enabled (factory setting) = simulation in the Analog Input Function Block and in the Discrete
Output Function Block is possible
Simulation mode disabled = simulation in the Analog Input Function Block and in the Discrete Output Function
Block is not possible
2.2
LED
Endress+Hauser
Hardware configuration (I/O board)
(light emitting diode):

Continuously lit Ready (no communication via FF active)
Not lit Not ready
Flashes slowly Ready (communication via FF active)
Flashes quickly Device error present (error message type "fault message") 67
43
Commissioning
Commissioning
6.1
Function check
Make sure that all final checks have been completed before you start up your measuring point:
Checklist for "Post-installation check" 26
Checklist for "Post-connection check" 35
6.2
Switching on the measuring device
Once the post-connection checks have been successfully completed, it is time to switch on the
supply voltage. The device is now operational.
The measuring device performs a number of power on self-tests. As this procedure progresses the
following sequence of messages appears on the local display:
t-mass 65
START-UP
Start-up message
t-mass 65
FOUND. FIELDBUS
Show the input/output modules
DEVICE SOFTWARE
V XX.XX.XX
Current software version
SYSTEM OK
OPERATION
Beginning of normal measuring mode
Normal measuring mode commences as soon as start-up completes.

Various measured values and/or status variables appear on the display (HOME position).
44
Note!
If start-up fails, an error message indicating the cause is displayed.
Endress+Hauser
6.3
Commissioning
Commissioning with FOUNDATION Fieldbus

The files required for commissioning and network configuration can be obtained as described on
41
The device is identified by the FOUNDATION Fieldbus in the host or configuration system via
the device ID (DEVICE_ID). The DEVICE_ID is a combination of the manufacturer ID, device
type and device serial number. It is unique and can never be duplicated.
The DEVICE_ID is composed as follows:
452B48 1065 - XXXXXXXXXXX
Device serial number(11-digit)
Device type (t-mass 65)
Endress+Hausser
6.3.1
Commissioning
The following description allows step-by-step commissioning of the measuring device and all the
necessary configuration for the FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
1.
Switch on the measuring device.
2.
Note the DEVICE_ID on the device nameplate 7.
3.
Open the configuration program.
4.
Load the device description file or CFF file into the host system or into the configuration
program. Ensure you use the correct system files. Refer to the example on 47.
The first time it is connected the device reports as follows:
EH_TMASS_65_ xxxxxxxxxxx (tag name PD-TAG)
452B481042- xxxxxxxxxxx (Device_ID)
Block structure:
Display text (xxx = serial number)
Endress+Hauser
Base index
Description
RESOURCE_ xxxxxxxxxxx
400
Resource Block
TRANSDUCER_FLOW_xxxxxxxxxxx
1400
"Flow" Transducer Block
TRANSDUCER_DIAG_xxxxxxxxxxx
1600
"Diagnosis" Transducer Block
TRANSDUCER_DISP_xxxxxxxxxxx
1800
"Display" Transducer Block
TRANSDUCER_TOT_xxxxxxxxxxx
1900
"Totalizer" Transducer Block
TRANSDUCER_GAS_xxxxxxxxxxx
2700
"Heat Flow" Transducer Block
ANALOG_INPUT_1_xxxxxxxxxxx
500
Analog Input function block 1
550
600
650
700
ANALOG_OUTPUT_xxxxxxxxxxx
2300
Analog Output function block (DO)
DISCRETE_OUTPUT_xxxxxxxxxxx
900
Discrete Output function block (DO)
PID_xxxxxxxxxxx
1000
PID function block (PID)
ARITHMETIC_xxxxxxxxxxx
1100
Arithmetic function block (ARTH)
INPUT_SELECTOR_xxxxxxxxxxx
1150
Input Selector function block (ISEL)
SIGNAL_CHARACT_xxxxxxxxxxx
1200
Signal Characterizer function block (CHAR)
INTEGRATOR_xxxxxxxxxxx
1250
Integrator function block (INTG)
45
Commissioning
Note!
The device is supplied with the bus address "250" and is thus in the address range reserved for
readdressing field devices, between 248 and 251. This means that the LAS (Link Active Scheduler)
automatically assigns the device a free bus address in the initialization phase.
5.
Identify the field device using the DEVICE_ID that you noted down and assign the desired field
device tag name (PD_TAG) to the fieldbus device in question.
Factory setting: EH_TMASS_65_xxxxxxxxxxx
Configuration of the "Resource Block" (base index 400)

6.
Open the Resource Block.
7.
On delivery write protection is disabled so that you can access the write parameters via FF.
Check this status via the parameter WRITE_LOCK:
Write protection activated = LOCKED
Write protection deactivated = NOT LOCKED
Deactivate the write protection if necessary 43.
8.
Enter the desired block name (optional).

Factory setting: RESOURCE_ xxxxxxxxxxx
9.
Set the operating mode in the parameter group MODE_BLK (parameter TARGET) to AUTO.
Configuration of the "Transducer Blocks"

The individual Transducer Blocks comprise various parameter groups ordered by device-specific
functions:
Transducer Block
Base index
Description
1400
Flow measurement
1600
Diagnostic functions
1800
Local display functions
1900
Totalizer 1 to 2
2700
Heat flow measurement
The following description provides an example for the "Flow" Transducer Block (base index: 1400).
10. Enter the desired block name (optional).
Factory setting: TRANSDUCER_FLOW_xxxxxxxxxxx
11. Open the "Flow" Transducer Block.
12. Now configure the device-specific parameters relevant for your application.
Note!
Changes to the device parameters can only be made after entering a valid access code in the
parameter "Access Code".
The selection of the system units in the "Flow" Transducer Block has no effect on the output
value OUT (AI Block). Units of the process variables which are transmitted via the
FF-interface must be specified separately in the Analog Input function block via the
XD_SCALE and OUT_SCALE parameter group.
13. Set the "Flow" and "Totalizer" Transducer Blocks to AUTO in the MODE_BLK parameter
group (TARGET parameter). Only then is it ensured that the process variables can be processed
correctly by the downstream AI function block.
46
Endress+Hauser
Commissioning
Configuration of the "Analog Input function blocks"

The device has five Analog Input function blocks that can be assigned to the various process
variables. The following description provides an example for the Analog Input function block 1 (base
index: 500).
14. Enter the desired name for the Analog Input function block (optional).
Factory setting: ANALOG_INPUT_1xxxxxxxxxxx
15. Open the Analog Input function block 1.
16. Set the operating mode in the parameter group MODE_BLK (parameter TARGET) to OOS, i.e.
block Out Of Service.
17. Using the parameter CHANNEL select the process variable that is to be used as the input value
for the function block algorithm (scaling and limit value monitoring functions). The following
settings are possible:
Process variable
Channel parameter
Mass flow
Corrected volume flow
Temperature
Totalizer 1
Totalizer 2
Heat flow
53
18. In the parameter group XD_SCALE select the desired engineering unit and the block input
range (e.g. measurement range of the flow application) for the process variable in question (see
the example below).
"
Caution!
Make sure that the selected unit is suitable for the measurement variable of the selected
process variable. Otherwise the parameter BLOCK_ERROR will display the error message
"Block Configuration Error" and the block operating mode cannot be set to AUTO.
19. In the L_TYPE parameter, select the mode of linearization for the input variable (Direct,
Indirect, Indirect Sq Root) "Description of Device Functions" manual
"
Caution!
Note that with the type of linearization "Direct" the configuration of the parameter group
OUT_SCALE must agree with the configuration of the parameter group XD_SCALE.
Otherwise the block operating mode cannot be set to AUTO. Such incorrect configuration is
indicated in the parameter BLOCK_ERROR via the "Block Configuration Error" message.
Example:
The measurement range of the sensor is 0 to 30 m3/h.
The output range to the automation system should be 0 to 30 m3/h also.
The following settings should be made:
Analog Input function block/parameter CHANNEL (selection of input value),
selection: 2 Volume flow
Parameter L_TYPE Direct
Parameter group XD_SCALE
XD_SCALE 0% = 0
XD_SCALE 100% = 30
XD_SCALE UNIT = m3/h
Parameter group OUT_SCALE
OUT_SCALE 0% = 0
OUT_SCALE 100% = 30
OUT_SCALE UNIT = m3/h
Endress+Hauser
47
Commissioning
20. Use the following parameters to define the limit values for alarm and warning messages:
HI_HI_LIM Limit value for the upper alarm
HI_LIM Limit value for the upper warning
LO_LIM Limit value for the lower warning
LO_LO_LIM Limit value for the lower alarm
The limit values entered must be within the value range specified in the parameter group
OUT_SCALE.
21. In addition to the actual limit values you must also specify the action taken if a limit value is
exceeded using so-called "alarm priorities" (parameters HI_HI_PRI, HI_PRI, LO_PR,
LO_LO_PRI) See the "Description of Device Functions" manual. Reporting to the fieldbus
host system only takes place if the alarm priority is higher than 2.
22. System configuration/connection of function blocks:
A concluding "overall system configuration" is essential so that the operating mode of the
Analog Input function block can be set to AUTO and so that the field device is integrated into
the system application. To do this, configuration software is used to connect the function
blocks to the desired control strategy - generally graphically - and then the sequence of the
individual process control functions is specified.
23. After specifying the active LAS, download all the data and parameters into the field device.
24. Set the operating mode in the parameter group MODE_BLK (parameter TARGET) to AUTO.
This is only possible under two conditions, however.
The function blocks are correctly connected with each other.
The Resource Block is in operating mode AUTO.
48
Endress+Hauser
Commissioning
Configuration of the "Analog Output function block" (base index 2300)

The measuring device has an Analog Output function block that can be assigned to the various
process variables.
Note!
The process value transmitted to the Analog Output function block by the density measuring device
must be greater than 0, in order to avoid the status BAD or UNCERTAIN.
The following example shows how the value of a gas analysor measuring device for operating
"Mole % gas 1" parameter can be read in via the Analog Output function block.
Firstly, a connection must be established between the Analog Output function block and the
"Mole % gas 1" parameter in the "Flow" Transducer Block. In addition, the value "39"
(Mole Fraction) must be assigned to the CHANNEL parameter.
25. Enter the desired name for the Analog Output function block (optional). Factory setting:
ANALOG_OUTPUT_xxxxxxxxxxx
26. Open the Analog Output function block.
27. Set the operating mode in the MODE_BLK parameter group (TARGET parameter) to OOS, i.e.
block Out Of Service.
28. Using the CHANNEL parameter, select "Mole Fraction" which is to be used as the input value
for the Transducer Block algorithm (scaling function).
The following settings are possible:
Process variable
Channel parameter
Pressure
17
Mole Fraction
39
29. In the PV_SCALE parameter group, select the desired engineering unit and the block input
range (measuring range of the gasanalysor application) for the relevant process variable (see the
following example).
"
Caution!
process variable. Otherwise, the BLOCK_ERROR parameter will display the error message
"Block Configuration Error", and the block operating mode cannot be set to AUTO.
Example:
The measuring range of the density application is 0 to 30 %.
The output range to the automation system should be 0 to 30 % also.
The following settings are required:
- Analog Output function block / CHANNEL parameter (output value option),
option 39 = Mole Fraction
- SHED_OPTIONS parameter e.g. Normal Shed Normal Return
- PV_SCALE parameter group
- PV_SCALE 0% = 0
- PV_SCALE 100% = 30
- PV_SCALE UNIT = %
- OUT_SCALE parameter group
- OUT_SCALE 0% = 0
- OUT_SCALE 100% = 30
- OUT_SCALE UNIT = %
30. Set the operating mode in the MODE_BLK parameter group (TARGET parameter) to AUTO.
Endress+Hauser
49
Commissioning
31. System configuration/connection of function blocks:

A concluding "overall system configuration" is essential so that the operating mode of the
Analog Output function block can be set to AUTO and so that the device is integrated into the
system application. To do this, configuration software is used to connect the function blocks to
the desired control strategy - mainly graphically - and the sequence of the individual process
control functions is then specified.
6.3.2
Gas compensation input
The flowmeter can read a output signal from a gas analyzer and automatically update the the first
two gas components (e.g. GAS TYPE 1 and 2) in the programmed gas mixture. This provides a more
accurate measurement in case of varying compositions. For example: varying methane and carbon
dioxide components in a bio gas application.
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1
4
2
5
6
A0015244
Fig. 31:
1
2
3
4
5
6
Gas mixture compensation using a gas analyzer
Gas analyzer
Gas detector
Gas analyzer output
t-mass
Power supply
Input/Output
Performing the Quick Setup
50
1.
GAS GROUP
use the O or S key to select the required GAS GROUP and continue with F
set the ANALYZER INPUT to ON if a gas compensation input is being used (see "Description
of Device Functions" manual BA00135D/06)
select the NUMBER OF GASES in the group from 1 to 8
select the GAS TYPE from the choose list
enter the MOLE % for each GAS TYPE (only if NUMBER OF GASES is 2 and more)
The error message CHECK VALUES appears if the total mixture % does not equal 100%. Go
back and check the mixture settings.
2.
SAVE CHANGES?
Select YES to save changes to the GAS GROUP and activate them. Press F to continue or
Select CANCEL to save the entered settings in buffer memory but not activate them for
measurement. If this function is selected, then it will be necessary to come back to this gas
group and save it at a later stage.
Select DISCARD to clear the last changes and return to CONFIGURE GROUP to make new
settings.
Exit the function using ESC (X keys simultaneously)
3.
ANOTHER GAS GROUP?

Select YES to continue to the CONFIGURE GROUP function. Use the O or S key key to
select another group and proceed as per above instructions.
Select NO to exit to the Quick Setup.
Endress+Hauser
Commissioning
The following points should be observed or checked for correctness:

Check in the function GAS whether ANALYZER INPUT is ON (Function GAS 55)
Check the actual % value of the main gas component being transmitted from the analyzer:
PROCESS PARAMETER MOLE % GAS 1.
A gas group must consist of at least 2 gas types (e.g. methane 60%, carbon dioxide 40%).
The first gas fraction (GAS 1) transmitted from the gas analyzer will be adjusted dynamically and
the additional gas fractions will be computed as fixed percentages of the whole.
Endress+Hauser
Note!
You can find more detailed information on the GAS GROUP programming in the separate
"Description of Device Functions" manual BA00135D/06 see chapter GAS.
51
Commissioning
6.4
Quick Setup
All important device parameters for standard operation can be configured quickly and easily by
means of the Quick Setup menu, especially for devices that have been delivered with factory default
settings
Note!
If the measuring device has been ordered with customer-specific settings then the Quick Setup is
not necessary. Check that the parameterization protocol on the CD delivered with the device
matches your required data.
6.4.1
Quick Setup "Commissioning"

XXX.XXX.XX
Esc
++
Quick Setup
QS
Commission
E+
Language
HOME-POSITION
Pre-setting
Selection pre-settings
Actual settings
Delivery settings
Selection system units
Pressure
Temperature
Mass flow
Corr. Vol. Flow
Heat Flow
Density
Unit
Pressure
Unit
Temperature
Unit
Mass Flow
Unit
Corr. Vol. Flow
Unit Calorific
Value Mass
Unit
Density
Reference
Temperature
Unit Calorific
Val. Corr. Vol.
Reference
Pressure
Unit
Heat Flow
Quit
Unit
Quantity Heat
Yes
Yes
Configure another system unit ?
No
Automatic configuration of display ?
No
Automatic parameterization of the display
u
Sensor
Gas
Carry out another Quick Setup

Pressure
Heat Flow
No
Carry out the selected Quick Setup
A0014984-en
Fig. 32:
QUICK SETUP COMMISSIONING- menu for straightforward configuration of the major device functions
Note!
The display returns to the QUICK SETUP cell if you press the ESC key combination (Q) during
programming of a parameter anywhere in the menu.
QUICK SETUP - COMMISSION
Use the O or S key at the prompt "QS-COMMISSION NO" and the device access code entry appears. Enter the device access
code "65" and press F; programming is enabled. The prompt "QS-COMMISSION NO" appears. Use the O or S key to
change NO to YES and press F.
LANGUAGE
Use the O or S key to select the required language and continue with F.
52
Endress+Hauser
Commissioning
PRE-SETTING.
m Select ACTUAL SETTINGS to continue programming the device and go to the next level or select DELIVERY SETTINGS
to reset the device. The device restarts and returns to the Home position.
- ACTUAL SETTINGS are the actual programmed parameters in the device
- DELIVERY SETTINGS are the programmed parameters (factory settings plus customer
specific settings) originally delivered with the device
SYSTEM UNITS.
Select required system unit function and carry out parameterization or select QUIT to return to the QUICK SETUP function
if no further programming is required.
n Only units not yet configured in the current setup are available for selection in each cycle.
o The YES option remains visible until all the units have been configured.
NO is the only option displayed when no further units are available.
Automatic configuration of the display

t The "automatic parameterization of the display" option contains the following basic settings/factory settings:
- YES: main line = MASS FLOW, additional line = TOTALIZER 1
- NO: The existing (selected) settings remain.
Carry out another Quick Setup?
u Select additional Quick Setups to complete commissioning or select NO to exit.
Endress+Hauser
53
Commissioning
6.4.2
Quick Setup "Sensor"
It is essential that the insertion sensor is setup according to the actual pipe or duct and then installed
at the calculated insertion depth. This Quick Setup guides you systematically through the procedure
to setup the sensor.
Note!
The QUICK SETUP SENSOR function is not available for flanged type sensors.
XXX.XXX.XX
++
QUICK SETUP
QS
SENSOR
E+
Esc
UNIT
LENGTH
HOME-POSITION
m Selection Pipe Type

PIPE
TYPE
CIRCULAR
RECTANGULAR
PIPE
STANDARD
INTERNAL
HEIGHT
NOMINAL
DIAMETER
INTERNAL
WIDTH
OUTER
DIAMETER
WALL
THICKNESS
WALL
THICKNESS
MOUNTING
INTERNAL
DIAMETER
MOUNTING SET
LENGTH
INSERTION
DEPH
A0009910-en
PIPE TYPE
m CIRCULAR
in case that the pipe is of a standard type, then parameterize functions PIPE STANDARD and NOMINAL
DIAMETER
In case that the pipe is a non-standard type, then select OTHERS in the function PIPE STANDARD and
parameterize the functions WALL THICKNESS and OUTER DIAMETER.
The function INTERNAL DIAMETER displays the calculated internal diameter and is read only.
RECTANGULAR
Enter the INTERNAL HEIGHT, INTERNAL WIDTH and WALL THICKNESS of the duct
Select the MOUNTING orientation of the sensor: HORIZONTAL or VERTICAL
MOUNTING SET LENGTH
n Enter the measured length of the mounting set (including the compression fitting) 19.
INSERTION DEPTH
o This function calculates the insertion depth value for the mounting of the sensor 19.
This function is read only.
Press F to save settings and return to QUICK SETUP SENSOR group.
54
Endress+Hauser
Commissioning
6.4.3
"Gas" Quick Setup menu
The device can be setup with 1 or 2 individual gas groups in memory. This means that up to 2
different gas flow streams (e.g. nitrogen and argon) can be measured in a single pipe with one
flowmeter.
In the case of 2 gas groups being used, a digital input can be assigned to switch between the gas
groups or, alternatively, the switch can be done manually via a function in the device software.
XXX.XXX.XX
++
QUICK SETUP
E+
QS
GAS
Esc
SELECT
GROUP
HOME-POSITION
Selection of Gas Group
GAS GROUP 1
QUIT
GAS GROUP 2
ANALYZER
INPUT
ANALYZER
INPUT
NUMBER OF
GASES
NUMBER OF
GASES
GAS TYPE 1
GAS TYPE 1
DESCRIPTION 1
MOLE % GAS 1
MOLE % GAS 1
DESCRIPTION 2
CORRECTION
FACTOR 1
GAS TYPE
28
GAS TYPE
28
CORRECTION
FACTOR 2
REFERENCE
DENSITY 1
MOLE % GAS
28
MOLE % GAS
28
REFERENCE
DENSITY 2
CHECK
VALUES
CHECK
VALUES
Selection
SAVE CHANGES?
CANCEL
Configure Another Group?
DISCARD
YES
YES
NO
A0009907-en
Programming a gas group

The device allows flexible change of the gas group parameters, independent of the original factory
setup and calibration
A gas group can be programmed as:
one single gas or
one gas mixture (of up to 8 components)
A single gas can be:
selected from a list of standard gases or
setup for other suitable types of gases, such as Ozone, using manual correction factors and the
option called SPECIAL GAS. This requires application evaluation at the factory - consult your
Endress+Hauser representative prior to using this function.
Endress+Hauser
55
Commissioning
Setting or viewing the active gas group

Go to the function SELECT GROUP and simply select 1 or 2 and then exit using ESC (+/- keys
simultaneously). No save function is necessary.
Note!
This Quick Setup Gas function is not available if an in-situ calibration function has been performed
on the device as the in-situ calibration curve refers to the sensor power at each recorded flow point.
Therefore, the programmed gas settings become redundant. 64
56
1.
GAS GROUP
Use the O or S key to select the required GAS GROUP and continue with F.
select the GAS TYPE from the choose list.
enter the MOLE % for each GAS TYPE (only if NUMBER OF GASES is 2 and more).
2.
SAVE CHANGES?
settings.
3.
ANOTHER GAS GROUP?

Select YES to continue to the CONFIGURE GROUP function. Use the O or S key to select
another group and proceed as per above instructions.
Note!
You can find more detailed information on the GAS GROUP programming in the separate
"Description of Device Functions" manual BA00135D/06 see chapter GAS 1/2.
Endress+Hauser
6.4.4
Commissioning
"Pressure" Quick Setup menu
Use this Quick Setup to program the individual process pressure for each gas group. If only one gas
group is being used, then only the function PROCESS PRESSURE 1 needs to be programmed,
PROCESS PRESSURE 2 can remain with default settings.
XXX.XXX.XX
Esc
++
QUICK SETUP
E+
QS
PRESSURE
HOME-POSITION
PROCESS
PRESSURE 1
PROCESS
PRESSURE 2
A0009908-en
Endress+Hauser
Note!
The device operates with absolute pressure only. Convert any gauge pressures to absolute
pressure.
If a pressure compensating input is being used, then the input signal value overrides the manually
programmed value. The pressure input value applies to both gas groups. i.e. 2 independent
pressure values are no longer possible.
This Quick Setup Gas function is not available if an in-situ calibration function has been
performed on the device as the in-situ calibration curve refers to the sensor power at each
recorded flow point. Therefore, the programmed pressure settings become redundant 64.
57
Commissioning
6.4.5
"Heat Flow" Quick Setup menu
The device can calculate and output the heat of combustion of common fuel gases such as methane,
natural gas, propane, butane, ethane and hydrogen.
Use this Quick Setup menu to program the method used to calculate the heating value or calorific
value (CV). The device can be configured to give two independent heating value outputs and
totalized values. For example, the pipeline has either natural gas or propane running at separate
times and the heating value is required for both gases.
XXX.XXX.XX
++
QUICK SETUP
E+
Esc
QS
HEAT FLOW
CALORIFIC
VALUE TYPE
HOME-POSITION
Selection CALCULATION MODE 1
AUTO NET
AUTO GROSS
MANUAL
CALORIFIC
VALUE 1
AUTO NET
AUTO GROSS
MANUAL
CALORIFIC
VALUE 2
REF. COMBUST.
TEMPERATURE
A0009909-en
Calculation mode 1 and 2

The heating value for CALCULATION MODE 1 corresponds to the settings in the function
GAS GROUP 1.
GAS GROUP 2.
Note!
If only one gas group is used, then leave mode 2 as default settings.
The units of measure are selected in the system units section 52.
Auto Gross
The gross heating value (or higher heating value) is the total heat obtained by complete combustion
at constant pressure of a volume of gas in air, including the heat released by the water vapor in the
combustion products (gas, air and combustion products taken at reference cumbustion temperature
and standard pressure).
Auto Net
The net heating value (or lower heating value) is determined by subtracting the heat of vaporization
of the water vapor from the higher heating value. This treats any water formed as water vapor. The
energy required to vaporize the water therefore is not realized as heat.
58
Endress+Hauser
Commissioning
Manual
This function allows entry of a user-specific heating value if the required value is different to the
following table.
Gas
Formula
Net/lower heating value
Gross/upper heating value
[Mj/kg]
MBtu/lb
[Mj/kg]
MBtu/lb
Hydrogen
H2
119.91
51.56
141.78
60.97
Ammonia
NH3
18.59
7.99
22.48
9.67
Carbon Monoxide
CO
10.1
4.34
10.1
4.34
Hydrogen Sulphide
H2S
15.2
6.54
19.49
8.38
Methane
CH4
50.02
21.51
55.52
23.87
Ethane
C2H6
47.5
20.43
51.93
22.33
Propane
C3H8
46.32
19.92
50.32
21.64
Butane
C4H10
45.71
19.66
49.51
21.29
Ethylene
C2H4
47.16
20.28
50.31
21.63
* According to ISO 6976:1995(E) and GPA Standard 2172-96
Reference combustion temperature

The following reference temperatures are used:
Country
Endress+Hauser
reference combustion temperature
Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Italy, Luxembourg,

The Netherlands, Poland, Russia, Sweden, Switzerland
25 C
Brazil, China
20 C
France, Japan
0 C
Australia, Canada, Czech Republic, Hungary, India, Ireland, Malaysia,

Mexico, South Africa, Great Britain
15 C
Slovakia
25 C
USA, Venezuela
60 F
59
Commissioning
6.4.6
Data backup/transmission
Using the T-DAT SAVE/LOAD function, you can transfer data (device parameters and settings)
between the T-DAT (exchangeable memory) and the EEPROM (device storage unit).
This is required in the following instances:
Creating a backup: current data are transferred from an EEPROM to the T-DAT.
Replacing a transmitter: current data are copied from an EEPROM to the T-DAT and then
transferred to the EEPROM of the new transmitter.
Duplicating data: current data are copied from an EEPROM to the T-DAT and then transferred to
EEPROMs of identical measuring points.
Note!
For information on installing and removing the T-DAT 79
XXX.XXX.XX
Esc
Quick Setup
HOME
POSITION
T-DAT
SAVE/LOAD
LOAD
F
Restart of the
measuring device
CANCEL
F
YES
SAVE
NO
YES
NO
Input is
saved
a0001221-en
Fig. 33:
Data backup/transmission with T-DAT SAVE/LOAD function
Information on the LOAD and SAVE options available

LOAD:
Data are transferred from the T-DAT to the EEPROM.
Note!
Any settings already saved on the EEPROM are deleted.
This option is only available, if the T-DAT contains valid data.
This option can only be executed if the software version of the T-DAT is the same or newer than
that of the EEPROM. Otherwise, the error message "TRANSM. SW-DAT" appears after restarting
and the LOAD function is then no longer available.
SAVE:
Data are transferred from the EEPROM to the T-DAT
60
Endress+Hauser
Commissioning
6.5
Adjustment
6.5.1
Zero point adjustment
Calibration takes place under reference operating conditions. ( 90).

Consequently, the zero point adjustment is generally not necessary!
At zero flow conditions, the output of most thermal mass flow devices has a strong dependency on
the process pressure. The effect on the true zero point of the device, by the static line pressure, is
dependant on the gas type and the application demands and in many cases the use of the low flow
cut-off function is adequate to zero the device output.
However, with some gases and /or a combination of high static line pressures, the zero point may
need to be adjusted under process conditions to restore the very low measurement capability of the
device.
Therefore, the zero point adjustment is advisable in the following special cases:
To achieve highest measuring accuracy with very small flow rates.
Under process or operating conditions where the gas properties (heat capacity and thermal
conductivity) will change e.g. Hydrogen and Helium.
Preconditions for a zero point adjustment
Note the following before you perform a zero point adjustment:
A zero point adjustment can be performed only with gases that contain no solid contents or
condensate.
The adjustment is performed with the process gas at zero flow and at operating pressure. This can
be achieved, for example, with shut-off valves upstream and/or downstream of the sensor.
Normal operation valves 1 and 2 open
Zero point adjustment with pump pressure Valve 1 open / valve 2 closed
Zero point adjustment without pump pressure Valve 1 closed / valve 2 open
a0003601
Fig. 34:
Endress+Hauser
Zero point adjustment and shut-off valves
Note!
You can view the currently valid zero point value using the ZERO POINT function in the SENSOR
DATA group (see the "Description of Device Functions" manual, BA00135D/06).
61
Commissioning
Performing a zero point adjustment

1.
Operate the system until operating conditions have settled.
2.
Stop the flow (v = 0 m/s).
3.
Check the shut-off valves for leaks.
4.
Check that operating pressure is correct.
5.
Using the local display, select the ZEROPOINT ADJUSTMENT function in the function matrix:
PROCESS PARAMETER ZERO POINT ADJUST
6.
When you press O or S you are automatically prompted to enter the access code if the
function matrix is still disabled. Enter the code (factory setting = 65).
7.
Use O or S to select START and press F to confirm. The zero point adjustment now starts
and is completed within a few seconds.
Note!
If the flow in the pipe is unstable, the following error message may appear on the display "ZERO
ADJUST FAIL". The zero point adjustment has failed. The preconditions need to be stabilised
before attempting a new adjustment.
8.
Back to the HOME position:

Press and hold down Esc key (X) for longer than three seconds or
Repeatedly press and release the Esc key (X).
Resetting a zero point adjustment

The currently stored zero point can be reset to the original factory value by using the RESET option
within ZERO POINT ADJUST.
Use O or S to select RESET and press F to confirm. The zero point adjustment is now reset.
6.6
Data storage device (HistoROM)
At Endress+Hauser, the term HistoROM refers to various types of data storage modules on which
process and measuring device data are stored. By plugging and unplugging such modules, device
configurations can be duplicated onto other measuring devices to cite just one example.
6.6.1
HistoROM/S-DAT (sensor-DAT)
The HistoROM/S-DAT is an exchangeable data storage device in which all sensor relevant
parameters are stored, i.e., pipe type, diameter, serial number, flow conditoner, zero point.
6.6.2
HistoROM/T-DAT (transmitter-DAT)
The HistoROM/T-DAT is an exchangeable data storage device in which all transmitter parameters
and settings are stored.
Storing of specific parameter settings from the EEPROM to the HistoROM/T-DAT and vice versa
has to be carried out by the user (= manual save function). Please refer to 60 for a description
of the related function (T-DAT SAVE/LOAD) and the exact procedure for managing data).
62
Endress+Hauser
Maintenance
Maintenance
Generally, the flowmeter requires no special maintenance work, particularly if the gas is clean and
dry.
Warning!
Hazardous area approvals may demand that the device be returned to an Endress+Hauser
production centre ( 86) for service or that work can only be carried out by a qualified
Endress+Hauser service person. Consult your Endress+Hauser service representative for more
information.
7.1
External cleaning
When cleaning the exterior of measuring devices, always use cleaning agents that do not attack the
surface of the housing and the seals.
7.2
Pipe cleaning
The sensor is capable of withstanding clean in place (CIP) processes using heated liquids or steam
(SIP), within the maximum specified temperature limits. However the sensor measurement will be
adversely affected during the cleaning cycle and a settling down period will be required after the
cycle to allow the process and sensor temperatures to re-stabilise.
!
"
Note!
The POSITIVE ZERO RETURN function maybe activated to set the current output to zero flow
during such cycles. See "Description of Device Functions" manual for more information.
Caution!
Do not use a pipe cleaning pig.
7.3
Transducer cleaning
For gases that do carry impurities, it is recommended that the sensor be routinely inspected and
cleaned to minimise any potential measuring errors due to contamination or build-ups. The
frequency of inspection and cleaning will depend upon the application and expected measurement
performance.
Cleaning is performed by applying a non-filming or oil-free type cleaning fluid to a soft brush or cloth
and gently wiping over the surface until all build-ups and contaminants are removed.
"
Caution!
Use care not to bend the sensing elements of the transducer during cleaning.
Do not use abrasive materials or fluids corrosive to the sensor materials and seals.
Sensor-specific information:
t-mass F sensor:
Removal of the transducer requires specialist knowledge, tools and parts. The process seal also
may need to be tested and re-qualified. This procedure must be carried out by an Endress+Hauser
production centre.
t-mass I sensor:
Cleaning of this sensor is straight forward. Safely remove it from the process and clean it as per
above instructions. 19
Endress+Hauser
63
Maintenance
7.4
Replacing seals
Under normal circumstances, fluid wetted seals of the sensor do not require replacement.
Replacement is necessary only in special circumstances, for example if aggressive or corrosive fluids
are incompatible with the seal material.
Sensor-specific information:
t-mass F sensor:
The sensor contains o-rings seals and a bushing. In case of failure, the device must be returned to
an Endress+Hauser production centre for inspection and repair. 86
t-mass I sensor:
The transducer is welded to the insertion tube and has no exchangeable seals. The compression
fitting contains wetted seals (ferrules) and a bonded seal is used on the G 1 A thread version.
"
Caution!
Do not reuse gaskets after removing sensors.
Use only original parts from Endress+Hauser. The compression fitting and gasket seals are
deliverable as spare parts. The seal ring can be replaced easily on site
7.5
In-situ calibration
The t-mass flowmeters are designed to support in-situ calibration using a reference meter signal,
thus saving time and cost by reducing the need for factory re-calibration.
Pre-requirements for in-situ calibration with adjustment:
1.
Stable gas composition (operation with one gas group only; without gas analyzer input)
2.
Stable pressure and temperature (without pressure compensation input)
3.
Mass flow reference

a. mass flow reference meter, mounted in the measurement or bypass pipe, providing a mA
signal to t-mass or
b. manual entry of known mass flow reference values. For example, the display value from
the reference meter or a derived value from a pump curve)
4.
Ability to control the flow range over a minimum of 5 control points
This function is activated using the service access code.

Please discuss your specific requirements with your Endress+Hauser service representative.
7.6
Recalibration
For thermal meters, the interval between calibrations is dependent on the application since
calibration drift is predominantly caused by contamination of the sensor surface.
If the gas is not clean (i.e. contains particulates), then gentle cleaning of the sensor elements can be
effective at regular intervals. The cleaning interval will depend upon the nature and extent of the
contamination.
Determination of recalibration intervals:
If the measurement is critical, then a calibration audit should be undertaken by performing
recalibration checks once per year for a period of 2 years. Increase that period to twice per year
if the application gas is not clean and dry. Depending on the results of the audit, the next
recalibration check interval can be increased or decreased accordingly.
For non-critical applications and or where the gas is clean and dry, a recalibration interval of every
2 to 3 years is recommended.
64
Endress+Hauser
Accessories
Accessories
Various accessories, which can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser, are available for the
transmitter and the sensor. Detailed information on the order code in question can be obtained from
your Endress+Hauser representative.
8.1
Device-specific accessories
Accessory
Description
Order code
Mounting boss
Mounting boss for the t-mass insertion sensor

G 1 A thread
1" NPT female thread
DK6MB - ***
Cable remote
Connecting cable for the remote version sensor and transmitter

(per m (ft), up to 100m (328ft) max.)
DK6CA - **
Transmitter t-mass 65
Transmitter for replacement or for stock. Use the order code to

define the following specifications:
Approvals
Degree of protection / version
Cable entries
Display / power supply / operation
Software
Outputs / inputs
65XXX-XXXXXX******
Inputs/outputs
Flexible I/O board conversion kit with appropriate

plug-in sub I/O modules for converting the input/output
configuration.
DK6UI-***
8.2
Measuring principle-specific accessories
Accessory
Description
Order code
Mounting set for

transmitter
Mounting set for remote version. Suitable for:
DK6WM - *
Wall mounting
Pipe mounting
Mounting set for aluminium field housing:
Suitable for pipe mounting (" to 3")
Flow conditioner
Hot tap
Perforated plate flow conditioner:

t-mass F sensor (DN25 to 100, 1"to 4")
t-mass I sensor (DN80 to 300, 3" to 12")
Mounting set with ball valve and safety chain. Insertion or
extraction of sensor under process pressure (max. 4 bar, 58 psi).
Mounting set with ball valve and spindle retractor. Insertion or
extraction of sensor under process pressure (max. 16 bar,
235 psi).
Graphic data manager

Memograph M
Endress+Hauser
DK6ST-***
DK7ST-***
Please refer to the
product page of the
Endress+Hauser Internet
page:
www.endress.com
The graphic data manager Memograph M provides information on RSG40 - ************

all the relevant process variables. Measured values are recorded
correctly, limit values are monitored and measuring points
analyzed. The data are stored in the 256 MB internal memory and
also on an SD card or USB stick.
Memograph M boasts a modular design, intuitive operation and a
comprehensive security concept. The ReadWin 2000 PC
software is part of the standard package and is used for configuring,
visualizing and archiving the data captured.
The mathematics channels which are optionally available facilitate
continuous monitoring, e.g. of specific energy consumption, boiler
efficiency and other parameters which are necessary for efficient
energy management.
65
Accessories
8.3
Service-specific accessories
Accessory
Description
Order code
Applicator
Software for selecting and sizing Endress+Hauser measuring

devices:
Calculation of all the necessary data for identifying the
optimum flowmeter: e.g. nominal diameter, pressure loss,
accuracy or process connections
Graphic illustration of the calculation results
DKA80 - *
Administration, documentation and access to all project-related

data and parameters over the entire life cycle of a project.
Applicator is available:
Via the Internet: https://wapps.endress.com/applicator
On CD-ROM for local PC installation.
66
Fieldcheck
Tester/simulator for testing flowmeters in the field.

50098801
When used in conjunction with the "FieldCare" software package,
test results can be imported into a database, printed and used for
official certification.
Contact your Endress+Hauser representative for more
information.
FieldCare
FieldCare is Endress+Hauser's FDT based Plant Asset

Management Tool. It can configure all intelligent field devices in
your plant and supports you in managing them. By using status
information, it also provides a simple but effective means of
checking their health.
Please refer to the

product page of the
Endress+Hauser Internet
page:
www.endress.com
FXA193
The FXA193 service interface connects the device to the PC for

configuration via FieldCare.
FXA193 *
Endress+Hauser
Trouble-shooting
Trouble-shooting
9.1
Troubleshooting instructions
Always start troubleshooting with the checklist below, if faults occur after startup or during
operation. The routine takes you directly to the cause of the problem and the appropriate remedial
measures.
"
Caution!
In the event of a serious fault, a flowmeter might have to be returned to the manufacturer for repair.
The necessary procedures must be carried out before you return the device to Endress+Hauser
86
Always enclose a duly completed "Declaration of contamination" form. You will find a preprinted
blank of this form at the back of this manual.
Check the display
No display visible. No
connection to the FF host
system
1. Check the supply voltage Terminals 1, 2

2. Check device fuse 85
20 to 260 V AC and 20 to 64 V DC: 2 A slow-blow / 250 V
3. Measuring electronics defective Order spare parts 79
No display visible.
Connection to the FF host
system established
however.
Display texts are in a
foreign language.
1. Check whether the ribbon-cable connector of the display module is correctly plugged
into the amplifier board 80
2. Display module defective Order spare parts 79
3. Measuring electronics defective Order spare parts 79
Switch off power supply. Then press the OS keys simultaneously to switch the device back
on. The display text will appear in English (default) and is displayed at maximum contrast.
No connection can be
Measuring electronics board defective Order spare parts 79
established with the FF host
system, even though
measured value reading is
visible.
Error messages on display

Errors which occur during commissioning or measuring operation are displayed immediately. Error messages consist of a
variety of icons. The meanings of these icons are as follows (example):
Error type: S = system error, P = process error

Error message type: $ = fault message, ! = notice message
EMPTY PIPE = type of error, e.g. measuring tube is only partly filled or completely empty
03:00:05 = duration of error occurrence (in hours, minutes and seconds)
#401 = error number
Caution!
" Also observe
the information on 40
The measuring system interprets simulations and positive zero return as system errors, but displays them as notice
message only.
Error number:
No. 001 399
No. 501 699
System error (device error) has occurred 72
Error number:
No. 401 - 499
Process error (application error) has occurred 77
Endress+Hauser
67
Trouble-shooting
Faulty connection to the fieldbus host system

No connection can be made between the fieldbus host system and the measuring device.
Check the following points:
Supply voltage
Transmitter
Check the supply voltage Terminals 1/2
Device fuse
Check device fuse 85

20 to 260 V AC and 20 to 64 V DC: 2 A slow-blow / 250 V
Fieldbus connection
FOUNDATION Fieldbus: check the data cable

Terminal 26 = FF +
Terminal 27 = FF
Fieldbus connector
(Option)
Check pin assignment/wiring 33

Check connection between connector/fieldbus port.
Is the coupling ring tightened correctly?
Fieldbus voltage
Check that a min. bus voltage of 9 V DC is present at Terminals 26/27. Permissible range:
9 to 32 V DC
Network structure
Check permissible fieldbus length and number of spurs. 33
Basic current
Is there a basic current of min. 12 mA?
Bus address
Check bus address: make sure there are no double assignments
Bus termination
Is the FOUNDATION Fieldbus-H1 network correctly terminated?

Each bus segment must always be terminated with a bus terminator at both ends (start and
finish). Otherwise there may be interference in communication.
Current consumption,
permitted feed current
Check the current consumption of the bus segment:

The current consumption of the bus segment in question (= total of basic currents of all bus
users) must not exceed the max. permissible feed current of the bus power supply.
Device Description (DD)
Instal the DD if you cannot access the manufacturer-specific parameters.

Note!
!
Ensure you use the correct system files for linking the field devices into the host system.
Appropriate version information can be called up in the device via the following functions/
parameters:
Local display:
FF configuration program:
Displayed in the DEVICE REVISION function 01
Displayed in the DD REVISION function 01
Device description file (DD) required 0101.sym / 0101.ffo
68
Endress+Hauser
Trouble-shooting
Problems with configuration of function blocks

Transducer Blocks:
Check whether the operating mode of the Resource Block is in AUTO mode Parameter
The operating mode cannot group MODE_BLK / parameter TARGET.
be set to AUTO.
Analog Input function
There may be several reasons for this. Check the following in sequence:
block:
1. Check whether the operating mode of the Analog Input function block is in AUTO
The operating mode cannot
mode Parameter group MODE_BLK / parameter TARGET.
be set to AUTO.
If not and the mode cannot be set to AUTO, first check the following.
2. Make sure that the CHANNEL parameter (process variable selection) is already
configured in the Analog Input function block 45. CHANNEL = 0 (Uninitialized)
is not valid.
3. Make sure that the XD_SCALE parameter group (input range, unit) is already
configured in the Analog Input function block 47 (incl. configuration example)
"Make sureCaution!
that the selected unit is suitable for the process variable selected in the
CHANNEL parameter. Otherwise the parameter BLOCK_ERROR will display the error
message "Block Configuration Error". In this status the block operating mode cannot be
set to AUTO.
4. Make sure that the L_TYPE parameter (type of linearization) is already configured in
the Analog Input function block 47.
"Make sureCaution!
that with the type of linearization "Direct" the scaling of the parameter
group OUT_SCALE is identical to that of the parameter group XD_SCALE. If set
incorrectly the parameter BLOCK_ERROR will display the error message "Block
Configuration Error". In this status the block operating mode cannot be set to AUTO.
Configuration example 47
5. Check whether the operating mode of the Resource Block is set to AUTO
MODE_BLK parameter group/TARGET parameter.
6. Make sure that the function blocks are correctly interconnected and that this system
configuration has been sent to the fieldbus station 47.
block:
The operating mode is set
to AUTO but the status of
the AI output value OUT is
"BAD" or "UNCERTAIN".
1. Check whether the operating mode of the Transducer Blocks is set to AUTO
MODE_BLK parameter group / TARGET parameter. The following Transducer Blocks
have to be set to AUTO by using the various CHANNEL parameters:
Flow" Transducer Block (base index: 1400):
CHANNEL 1 (mass flow)
CHANNEL 2 (calculated volume flow)
CHANNEL 3 (temperature)
CHANNEL 53 (heat flow)
"Totalizer" Transducer Block (base index: 1900):
CHANNEL 7 (Totalizer 1)
CHANNEL 8 (Totalizer 2)
2. Check whether an error is pending in the "Flow" (base index: 1400) or "Totalizer"
(base index: 1900) Transducer Blocks "Diagnosis" Transducer Block (base index:
1600) "Diag. - Act.Sys.Condition" parameter.
Error messages 71
Endress+Hauser
69
Trouble-shooting
Parameters cannot be
1.
modified or no write access
2.
to parameters.
Parameters that only display values or settings cannot be modified!

Hardware write protection is enabled Deactivate the write protection 43
Note!
You can use the parameter WRITE_LOCK in the Resource Block to check whether
hardware write protection is activated or deactivated:
LOCKED = write protection enabled (activated)
UNLOCKED = no write protection (deactivated)
Transducer Block:
The manufacturer-specific
parameters are not visible.
3.
The block operating mode is wrong. Certain parameters can only be modified in mode
OOS (Out of Service) or MAN (MANual) Set the operating mode of the block to
the required mode Parameter group MODE_BLK.
4.
The value entered is outside the specified input range for the parameter in question:
Enter suitable value
Increase input range if necessary
5.
Transducer Blocks: The programming level is not enabled Enable by entering the
code in the "Access Code" parameter or by means of the service code in the service
parameters.
The device description file (Device Description, DD) has not been loaded into the host
system or the configuration program Load the file into the configuration system.
Reference sources of the DD 42
Note!
!
Ensure you use the correct system files for linking the field devices into the host system.
Appropriate version information can be called up in the device via the following functions/
parameters:
Local display:
FF configuration program:
Display in the DEVICE REVISION function 01
Display in the DD REVISION function 01
Required Device Description files (DD) 0101.sym / 0101.ffo

block:
The output value OUT is
not updated despite having
a valid "GOOD" status.
Simulation is active Deactivate simulation via parameter group SIMULATE.
Error messages
Error messages in the FF configuration program 71
Error messages on the local display 71
Other error (without error message)

Some other error has
occurred.
70
Diagnosis and rectification 77
Endress+Hauser
9.2
Trouble-shooting
System/process error messages
General notes
The flowmeter assigns current system and process errors to two error message types in accordance
with a predefined algorithm and classifies them accordingly:
"Fault message" error message type:
A message of this type immediately interrupts or stops measurement.
Presentation on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus Fault messages are transmitted to downstream
function blocks or higher-level process control systems by means of the status "BAD" of the AI
output parameter OUT.
Local display A flashing lightning symbol ($) is displayed
"Notice message" error message type:
Measurement continues despite this message.
Presentation on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus Notice messages are transmitted to downstream
function blocks or higher-level process control systems by means of the status "UNCERTAIN" of
the AI output parameter OUT.
Local display A flashing exclamation mark (!) is displayed.
Critical system errors, e.g. module defects, are always identified and classed as "fault messages" by
the measuring device. Simulations in the "Flow" Transducer Block and positive zero return, on the
other hand, are identified as "notice messages" only.
Error messages in the FF configuration programs See Table
System and process errors are recognized and reported in the Transducer Blocks. Such errors are
displayed via the following parameters specified in the FOUNDATION Fieldbus specification:
BLOCK_ERR
Transducer Error
In the "Diagnosis" Transducer Block (base index: 1600), detailed reasons for errors and device status
messages are displayed by means of the "Diag. - Act.Sys.Condition" parameter (manufacturerspecific) Table.
Error messages on the local display See Table
You will find more details on how error messages are presented on 40.
Endress+Hauser
71
Trouble-shooting
9.2.1
No.
Error messages:
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
(FF)*
(local display)
List of system error messages
Transducer Block
error messages
Analog Input function block

error messages
Cause/remedy
(Spare parts 79
* With FF, error messages are displayed in the "Diagnosis" Transducer Block (base index: 1600) by means of the "Diag. Act.Sys.Condition" parameter
(manufacturer-specific).
S = System error
$ = Fault message (with an effect on operation)
! = Notice message (without an effect on operation)
No. # 0xx Hardware error
001
Device status message (FF):

ROM/RAM failure
Err. No. 001
Local display:
S: CRITICAL FAIL.
$: # 001
011

Amplifier EEPROM failure
Err. No. 011
Local display:
S: AMP HW EEPROM
$: # 011
012

Amplifier EEPROM data
inconsistent
Err. No. 012
BLOCK_ERR = Device needs

maintenance now
Transducer_Error = Electronics OUT. SUBSTATUS = Device

failure
Failure
BLOCK_ERR = Input Failure
(faulty input value from
Transducer Blocks)
maintenance now
Transducer_Error = Data
integrity error

S-DAT failure / S-DAT not
inserted
Err. No. 031

maintenance now
integrity error

S-DAT data inconsistent
Err. No. 032
Local display:
S: SENSOR SW DAT
$: # 032
72
Remedy:
Replace the amplifier board.
OUT. QUALITY = BAD
Cause:
Measuring amplifier has faulty EEPROM
OUT. SUBSTATUS = Device

Failure
Remedy:
OUT. QUALITY = BAD

Failure
Transducer Blocks)

maintenance now
OUT. QUALITY = BAD

failure
Failure
Local display:
S: SENSOR HW DAT
$: # 031
032
Cause:
ROM/RAM error. Error when accessing the
program memory (ROM) or random access
memory (RAM) of the processor.

Transducer Blocks)
Local display:
S: AMP SW EEPROM
$: # 012
031
OUT. QUALITY = BAD

Transducer Blocks)

maintenance now
integrity error
OUT. QUALITY = BAD

Failure
Transducer Blocks)
Cause:
Error when accessing data of the measuring
amplifier EEPROM
Remedy:
Perform a "warm restart" (start the measuring
system without disconnecting mains power).
FF: "Diagnosis" Transducer Block (base index:
1600) "Sys. Reset" parameter RESTART
SYSTEM
Local display: SUPERVISION
SYSTEM OPERATION SYSTEM RESET
( RESTART SYSTEM)
Cause:
1. S DAT is not correctly plugged into the
amplifier board (or is missing).
2. S-DAT is defective.
Remedy:
1. Check whether the S-DAT is correctly plugged
into the amplifier board,
2. Replace the S-DAT if it is defective.
Check whether the new replacement DAT is
compatible with the existing electronics.
Check the:
- Spare part set number
- Hardware revision code
3. Replace measuring electronics boards if
necessary.
4. Plug the S-DAT into the amplifier board.
Endress+Hauser
No.
035
Error messages:
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
(FF)*
(local display)
Sensor EEPROM failure
Err. No. 035
Local display:
S: SEN HW-ROM/RAM
$: # 035
036

Sensor EEPROM failure
Err. No. 036
Local display:
S: SEN SW-ROM/RAM
$: # 036
041

T-DAT failure
Err. No. 041
Local display:
S: TRANSM. HW-DAT
$: # 041
042

T-DAT data inconsistent
Err. No. 042
Local display:
S: TRANSM. SW-DAT
$: # 042
Transducer Block
error messages
maintenance now
integrity error
Trouble-shooting

error messages
Cause/remedy
(Spare parts 79
OUT. QUALITY = BAD
Cause:
Sensor: Defective ROM/RAM.

Failure
Remedy:
Replace the remote amplifier board.

Transducer Blocks)
maintenance now
integrity error
OUT. QUALITY = BAD

Failure
Transducer Blocks)

maintenance now
OUT. QUALITY = BAD

failure
Failure

maintenance now
integrity error
Cause:
1. T DAT is not correctly plugged into the
amplifier board (or is missing).
2. T-DAT is faulty.

Transducer Blocks)
Remedy:
OUT. QUALITY = BAD
2. Replace the T-DAT if faulty.

Check whether the new replacement DAT is
compatible with the existing electronics.
Check the:
- Spare part set number
- Hardware revision code

Failure
Transducer Blocks)
1. Check whether the T-DAT is correctly plugged

into the amplifier board.

necessary.
4. Plug the T-DAT into the amplifier board.
No. # 1xx Software error

070

Sensor Defect
Err. No. 070
Local display:
S: SENSOR DEFECT
$: # 071
072

A to D Reference Error
Err. No. 072
Local display:
S: A/D REF. ERROR .
$: # 072
Endress+Hauser

maintenance now
Transducer_Error =
Mechanical failure
OUT. QUALITY = BAD

Failure
Cause:
Flow sensor are likely to be defect, measurement is
no longer possible.
Remedy:
Contact your Endress+Hauser representative

Transducer Blocks)
maintenance now
OUT. QUALITY = BAD

failure
Failure
Transducer Blocks)
Cause:
Measuring amplifier analougue to digital converter
circuitry faulty.
Remedy:
Replace the remote amplifier board.
Hinweis!
Ensure that the S-DATs and T-DAT are transferred
from old circuit board to the new one.
73
Trouble-shooting
No.
121
Error messages:
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
(FF)*
(local display)
Software compatibility
problem amplifier
I/O module
Err. No. 121
Transducer Block
error messages
maintenance now

error messages
Cause/remedy
(Spare parts 79
OUT. QUALITY = BAD
Cause:
Due to different software versions, I/O board and
amplifier board are only partially compatible
(possibly restricted functionality).
Transducer_Error = I/O failure OUT. SUBSTATUS = Device

(input/output error)
Failure
Transducer Blocks)
Local display:
S: A/C COMPATIB.
!: # 121
Note!
The indication on the display as notice message
appears only for 30 seconds (with listing in
"Previous system condition" function).
This Situation in which the software versions
differ can occur if only one electronics board has
been exchanged; the extended software
functionality is not available. The previousiy
existing software functionality is still available
and measurement operation is possible..
Remedy:
Module with lower software version must either be
updated by FieldCare using the required
(recommended) software version, or the module
must be replaced.
No. # 2xx Error in DAT / no communication

205

Save to T-DAT failed
Err. No. 205
Local display:
S: LOAD T-DAT
!: # 205
206

Restore from T-DAT failed
Err. No. 206
Local display:
S: SAVE T-DAT
!: # 206
251

Communication failure
amplifier
Err. No. 251

maintenance now

failure
Failure
Transducer Blocks)
maintenance now

Communication failure
amplifier
Err. No. 261
Local display:
S: COMMUNICAT. I/O
$: # 261
74
OUT. QUALITY = BAD

failure
Failure

maintenance now
Cause:
Data backup (downloading) to
TDAT failed, or error when accessing (uploading)
the calibration values stored in the TDAT.
Remedy:
1. Check whether the T-DAT is correctly plugged
into the amplifier board.
2. Replace the T-DAT if it is defective
Before replacing the DAT, check that the new,
replacement DAT is compatible with the
measuring electronics. Check the:
Spare part set number
Hardware revision code

Transducer Blocks)

necessary .
OUT. QUALITY = BAD
Cause:
Internal communication fault on the amplifier
board.

failure
Failure
Local display
S: COMMUNICAT. AMP
$: # 251
261
OUT. QUALITY = BAD
Remedy:

Transducer Blocks)
maintenance now
OUT. QUALITY = BAD
Transducer_Error = I/O failure OUT. SUBSTATUS = Device

(communication problems)
Failure
Cause:
Communication error. No data reception between
amplifier and I/O board or faulty internal data
transfer.

Transducer Blocks)
Endress+Hauser
No.
Error messages:
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
(FF)*
(local display)
Transducer Block
error messages
Trouble-shooting

error messages
Cause/remedy
(Spare parts 79
OUT. QUALITY = BAD
Cause:
The measured sensor differential temperature is
below lirnit vaiue.
No. # 3xx System limits exceeded

372

Diff. Temp. is below limit
Err. No. 372
Local display:
S: DIFF.TEMP.LOW
$: # 372
381

Fluid temperature min.
Err. No. 381
Local display:
S: FLUIDTEMP.MIN.
$: # 381
382

Fluid temperature max.
Err. No. 382
Local display:
S: FLUIDTEMP.MAX.
$: # 382

maintenance now
Transducer_Error = General
failure

Failure

maintenance now
failure

maintenance now
failure
OUT. QUALITY = BAD

OUT. SUBSTATUS = Sensor
Failure
OUT. QUALITY = BAD

OUT. SUBSTATUS = Sensor
Failure
Remedy:
Reduce the flow rate or consider replaclng the
instrurnent with a suitabie size for the application if
possible.
Cause:
The temperature Sensor on the measuring tube is
probably defective.
Remedy:
Check the following eiectrical connections before
you contact your Endress+Hauser service
organization:
Verify that the sensor signal cable connector is
correctly plugged into the arnplifier board.
80
Remote version:
Check sensor and transrnitter terminal
connections No. 9 and 10 30
No. # 5xx Application error

501
502

Download device software
active
Err. No. 501

maintenance now
Error
OUT. QUALITY = UNCERTAIN

OUT. SUBSTATUS = Non specific
Cause:
New amplifier or communication (I/O module)
software version is loaded.
Currently no other functions are possible.
Local display:
S: SW.-UPDATE ACT.
!: # 501

Transducer Blocks)
Remedy:
Wait until the procedure is finished. The device
will restart automatically.

Up-/Download device software
maintenance now
active
Err. No. 502
Error
Local display:
S: UP-/DOWNLO. ACT.
!: # 502
Cause:
Uploading or downloading the device data via
operating program. Currently no other functions
are possible.

Transducer Blocks)
Remedy:
Wait until the procedure is finished.
Cause:
Positive zero return is active.
No. # 6xx Simulation mode active

601

Positive zero return active
Err. No. 601
Local display:
S: POS. ZERO-RETURN
!: # 601
Endress+Hauser
Note!
This message has the highest display priority!
Remedy:
Deactivate positive zero return:
FF: "Flow" Transducer Block (base index: 1100)
"System - Positive Zero Return" parameter
OFF
Local display: BASIC FUNCTIONS
SYSTEM PARAMETERS CONFIGURATIONS
POS. ZERO RETURN ( OFF)
75
Trouble-shooting
No.
691
Error messages:
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
(FF)*
(local display)
Simulation failsafe active
Err. No. 691
Transducer Block
error messages
BLOCK_ERR = Simulation
active
Local display:
S: SIM. FAILSAFE
!: # 691
692

Simulation volume flow
active
Err. No. 692

Simulation Volume flow
active
Err. No. 698
Cause/remedy
(Spare parts 79
Cause:
Simulation of response to error (outputs) is active.
Remedy:
Switch off simulation:
FF: "Diagnosis" Transducer Block (base index:
1600) "Sys. Sim.Failsafe Mode" parameter
OFF
SYSTEM OPERATION SIM. FAILSAFE
MODE ( OFF)
BLOCK_ERR = Simulation active
active
Cause:
Simulation of the measured value is active.
Remedy:
Switch off simulation:
FF: "Flow" Transducer Block (base index: 1400)
"Simulation - Measurand" parameter OFF
SYSTEM OPERATION SIM.
MEASURAND ( OFF)
BLOCK_ERR = Simulation active
Local display:
S: SIM. MEASURAND
!: # 692
698

error messages
active

Cause:
The measuring device is being checked on site via
the test and simulation device.
Local display:
S: DEV.TEST ACT.
!: # 698
76
Endress+Hauser
9.2.2
No.
Error messages:
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
(FF)*
(local display)
Trouble-shooting
List of process error messages
Transducer Block
error messages

error messages
Cause/remedy
* With FF, error messages are displayed in the "Diagnosis" Transducer Block (base index: 1600) by means of the "Diag. Act.Sys.Condition" parameter
(manufacturer-specific).
P = Process error
$ = Fault message (with an effect on operation)
! = Notice message (without an effect on operation)
422

Massflow exceeded max limit
Err. No. 422

Local display:
P: FLOW LIMIT
$: # 422
433

Zero point adjustment is not
possible
Err. No. 731
Remedy:
Reduce the flow rate or replace the instrument
with a suitable size for the application.
Transducer_Error =
Configuration error

OUT. SUBSTATUS =
Configuration error
Local display:
P: ADJ. ZERO FAIL
$: # 731
9.3
Symptoms
Cause:
The measured flow has exceeded the maximum
limit.
Cause:
The zero point adjustment is not possible or has
been cancelled.
Remedy:
Make sure that Zero point adjustment is carried out
at "zero flow" only (v = 0 m/s) 61
Process errors without messages
Rectification
Note!
!
You may have to change or correct certain settings of the function matrix in order to rectify faults. The functions outlined below, such as DISPLAY DAMPING, for
example, are described in detail in the "Description of Device Functions" manual.
Displayed measured value fluctuates
even though flow is steady.
Device displays flow with no actual

flow present.
1.
Increase value of the TIME CONSTANT setting CURRENT OUTPUT function group.
2.
Increase value of the DISPLAY DAMPING setting USER INTERFACE function group.
3.
The inlet and outlet lengths must be observed. See installation conditions 15
4.
Consider the use of a flow conditioner. See installation conditions 16
5.
Relocate the meter to a point where there is less flow disturbance
1.
The low flow cut off value is programmed too low. Increase value of the ON VALUE LOW FLOW CUT OFF setting
PROCESS PARAMETERS function group (Factory setting = 1% of 20mA value).
2.
Check for leaks in the pipe line downsteam of the sensor.
3.
Reduce or eliminate pressure pulsations in the line.
Device displays flow with no actual

Start the ZERO POINT ADJUST function PROCESS PARAMETERS function group.
flow present - but with high static line See Zero Point Adjust function 61
pressure and thermally conductive
Note!
gases present (e.g. Hydrogen, Helium, Process preconditions are required before starting this function.
etc.). Line pressure is typically > 5 bar /
75 psi
Device displays zero flow but flow is

present.
Endress+Hauser
1.
The INSTALLATION FACTOR may have a wrong setting = 0 PROCESS PARAMETERS function group (factory
setting = 1.0).
2.
The LOW FLOW CUT OFF setting may be too high. Adjust the function ON VALUE LOW FLOW CUT OFF to a
lower value PROCESS PARAMTERS function group (factory setting 1% of calibrated 20mA value).
3.
The ZERO POINT ADJUST function may have been incorrectly carried out with flow present. RESET the zero point
adjustment if necessary PROCESS PARAMETERS function group.
77
Trouble-shooting
Symptoms
Rectification
Device displays incorrect flow value.
1.
Check the basic parameters of the device (Quick Setup 52)

Especially:
Gas
Process pressure
Reference presssure and reference temperature
Flow units
Output assignment
2.
Check the installation conditions (Post-installation check 26)

1. The inlet and outlet lengths must be observed 15.
2. Consider the use of a flow conditioner if the necessary inlet requirements cannot be met 16.
3. t-mass F: Check for diameter mismatch between the flanges and check the gasket alignment 13.
t-mass I: Check the sensor orientation and insertion depth. 19.
4. If the above actions do not resolve the problem, consider adjusting the INSTALLATION FACTOR so that the
displayed flow rate matches the expected flow rate PROCESS PARAMETERS function group (factory setting
1.0).
3.
The flow rate maybe too high (i.e. above sensor calibration range)
1. Check the sensor measuring range using the Endress+Hauser Applicator program.
2. Check if the inverted plus sign "+" is shown on the display? If yes, reduce the velocity if possible.
4.
The flow rate maybe too low

1. Check the sensor measuring range using the E+H Applicator program.
2. Increase the velocity if possible.
5.
Check the condition of the transducer

1. Are the measuring elements bent? If yes, replacement is necessary.
2. Are build-ups present? If yes, clean the sensors (Transducer cleaning 63).
3. Has corrosion occured? If yes, replacement is necessary.
6.
Check if the gas is wet? Is condensate present on the sensors?

If yes:
1. For horizontal pipes: Mount the sensor at 135 14
2. Install a condensate trap or filter upstream of the flowmeter
7.
Check if heating devices are used upstream of the flowmeter causing possible temperature profile effects ?
If yes:
1. Relocate the flowmeter further downstream or
2. Install a flow conditioner upstream of the flowmeter
The fault cannot be rectified or some

other fault not described above has
occurred.
In these instances, please contact your
Endress+Hauser representative.
The following options are available for tackling problems of this nature:
Request the services of an Endress+Hauser service technician
If you contact our service representative to have a service technician sent out, please be ready with the following
information:
Brief description of the fault
Nameplate specifications : Order code and serial number 7
Returning devices to Endress+Hauser
The procedures on must be carried out before you return a flowmeter requiring repair or calibration to Endress+Hauser.
6
Always enclose a duly completed "Declaration of contamination" form with the flowmeter. You will find a preprinted
"Declaration of contamination" at the back of this manual.
Replace transmitter electronics
Components in the measuring electronics defective order replacement 79
78
Endress+Hauser
9.4
Trouble-shooting
Spare parts
The previous sections contain a detailed trouble-shooting guide. 67

The measuring device, moreover, provides additional support in the form of continuous selfdiagnosis and error messages.
Fault rectification can entail replacing defective components with tested spare parts. The illustration
below shows the available scope of spare parts.
Note!
You can order spare parts directly from your Endress+Hauser representative by providing the serial
number printed on the transmitter's nameplate. 7
Spare parts are shipped as sets comprising the following parts:
Spare part
Additional parts, small items (threaded fasteners, etc.)
Mounting instructions
Packaging
4
5
A0014983
Fig. 35:
1
2
3
4
5
6
Endress+Hauser
Spare parts for transmitter 65 (field and wall-mount housings)
Power unit board (85 to 260 V AC, 20 to 55 V AC, 16 to 62 V DC)

Amplifier board
I/O board (COM module)
HistoROM/S-DAT (sensor data memory)
HistoROM/T-DAT (transmitter data memory)
Display module
79
Trouble-shooting
9.4.1
Removing and installing printed circuit boards
Field housing
"
Warning!
Risk of damaging electronic components (ESD protection). Static electricity can damage electronic
components or impair their operability. Use a workplace with a grounded working surface
purposely built for electrostatically sensitive devices!
If you cannot guarantee that the dielectric strength of the device can be maintained during the
following steps, then an appropriate inspection test must be carried out in accordance with the
manufacturers specifications.
When connecting Ex-certified devices, see the notes and diagrams in the Ex-specific supplement
to these Operating Instructions.
Caution!
Use only original Endress+Hauser parts.
Installation and removal 36
1.
Unscrew cover of the electronics compartment from the transmitter housing.
2.
Remove the screws (1.1) and remove the cover (1) from the electronics compartment.
3.
Disconnect the display ribbon cable (1.2) from the amplifier board.
4.
Remove power supply board (3) and I/O board (5):

Insert a thin pin into the hole (2) provided for the purpose and pull the board clear of its holder.
Remove amplifier board (4):
Disconnect the plug of the sensor signal cable (4.1) including HistoROM/S-DAT (4.2) and
HistoROM/T-DAT (4.3) from the board.
Insert a thin pin into the hole (2) provided for the purpose and pull the board clear of its
holder.
5.
6.
80
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Endress+Hauser
Trouble-shooting
4
2
5
4.1
4.2
4.3
1.1
1.2
A0014977
Fig. 36:
1
1.1
1.2
2
3
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
5
Endress+Hauser
Field housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards
Electronics compartment cover with local display

Screws of electronics compartment cover
Ribbon cable (display module)
Aperture for installing/removing boards
Power unit board
Amplifier board
Signal cable (sensor)
I/O board
81
Trouble-shooting
Wall-mount housing
"
Warning!
Caution!
Installation and removal 37
82
1.
Remove the screws and open the hinged cover (1) of the housing.
2.
Loosen the screws securing the electronics module (2). Then push up electronics module and
pull it as far as possible out of the wall-mount housing.
3.
Disconnect the sensor signal cable plug (7.1) including HistoROM/S-DAT (7.2) and
HistoROM/T-DAT (7.3) from amplifier board (7).
4.
Remove the cover (4) from the electronics compartment by removing the screws.
5.
Disconnect the ribbon cable plug (3) of the display module from amplifier board (7).
6.
Remove the boards (6, 7, 8):

Insert a thin pin into the hole (5) provided for the purpose and pull the board clear of its holder.
7.
Endress+Hauser
Trouble-shooting
2
6
4
3
7
5
8
7.1
7.2
7.3
A0014978
Fig. 37:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7.1
7.2
7.3
8
Endress+Hauser
Field housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards
Housing cover
Electronics module
Ribbon cable (display module)
Screws of electronics compartment cover
Aperture for installing/removing boards
Power unit board
Amplifier board
Signal cable (sensor)
I/O board
83
Trouble-shooting
Electronics housing sensor remote version
"
Warning!
Caution!
Removal and installation 38
1.
Remove the safety screw (1) and remove the cover (2) from the electronics compartment.
2.
Disconnect the sensor cable plug (3).
3.
Disconnect the remote cable from the terminal block (4).
4.
Remove the two screws (5) from the printed circuit board
5.
Remove printed circuit board (6)
6.
5
3
a0005131
Fig. 38:
Electronics compartment of the sensor housing remote version: removing and installing printed circuit board
Wire colors (when supplied by Endress+Hauser):

Terminal no. 41 = white; 42 = brown; 43 = green; 44 = yellow
84
Endress+Hauser
9.4.2
Trouble-shooting
Replacing the device fuse
Warning!
The main fuse is on the power unit board.
The procedure for replacing the fuse is as follows:
"
1.
Switch off power supply.
2.
Remove the power unit board 80
3.
Remove the protection cap (1) and replace the device fuse (2).
Only use the following fuse type:
Power supply 20 to 55 V AC / 16 to 62 V DC 2.0 A slow-blow / 250 V; 5.2 20 mm
Power supply 85 to 260 V AC 0.8 A slow-blow / 250 V; 5.2 20 mm
Ex-rated devices see the Ex documentation.
4.
Caution!
2
1
a0001148
Fig. 39:
1
2
Endress+Hauser
Replacing the device fuse on the power unit board
Protective cap
Device fuse
85
Trouble-shooting
9.5
"
Return
Caution!
Do not return a measuring device if you are not absolutely certain that all traces of hazardous
substances have been removed, e.g. substances which have penetrated crevices or diffused through
plastic.
Costs incurred for waste disposal and injury (burns, etc.) due to inadequate cleaning will be charged
to the owner-operator.
The following steps must be taken before returning a flow measuring device to Endress+Hauser,
e.g. for repair or calibration:
Always enclose a duly completed "Declaration of contamination" form. Only then can
Endress+Hauser transport, examine and repair a returned device.
Enclose special handling instructions if necessary, for example a safety data sheet as per
EC REACH Regulation No. 1907/2006.
Remove all residues. Pay special attention to the grooves for seals and crevices which could
contain residues. This is particularly important if the substance is hazardous to health, e.g.
flammable, toxic, caustic, carcinogenic, etc.
Note!
You will find a preprinted "Declaration of contamination" form at the back of these Operating
Instructions.
9.6
Disposal
Observe the regulations applicable in your country!
9.7
86
Software history
Note!
Up or downloading a software version normally requires a special service software.
Date
Software version
Changes to software
12.2010
3.00.XX
Original software
71128089/13.10
Endress+Hauser
Technical data
10
Technical data
10.1
Technical data at a glance
10.1.1
Applications
The measuring device described in these Operating Instructions is to be used only for measuring the
mass flow rate of gases (e. g. kg, Nm3 scf). At the same time, the system also measures gas
temperature. The measuring device can be configured to measure a standard range of pure gases or
gas mixtures.
Examples:
Air
Oxygen
Nitrogen
Carbon Dioxide
Argon, etc.
The use with corrosive, saturated or unclean gases should be treated with caution (contact your
Endress+Hauser sales representative). The use with unstable gases or gases not deemed to be
suitable by Endress+Hauser must be avoided. The measuring device is not designed to be used with
liquids or fluids in the liquid phase.
Resulting from incorrect use or from use other than that designated, the operational safety of the
measuring devices can be jeopardized. The manufacturer accepts no liability for damages being
produced from this.
10.1.2
Function and system design
Measuring principle
Mass flow measurement by the thermal dispersion principle.
Measuring system
The t-mass 65 flow measuring system consists of the following components:

t-mass 65 transmitter
t-mass F, t-mass I sensor
Two versions are available:
Remote version: transmitter and sensor are installed separately.
10.1.3
Input
Measured variable
Mass flow
Gas temperature
Gas heat flow
Measuring range
The measuring range is dependent upon:

Gas
Pressure
Temperature
Cross-sectional area of pipe or duct
Use of flow conditioner (t-mass F sensor)
Please refer to Applicator, the Endress+Hauser sizing and selection software, for calculation of the
measuring range.
Endress+Hauser
87
Technical data
10.1.4
Output signal
Output
Physical data transmission (Physical Layer Type):

Fieldbus interface in accordance with IEC 61158-2
Corresponds to device version type 512 of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus specification:
type 512 standard data transfer (9 mA, symmetrical), separate supply to field device (4-wire),
intrinsically safe version of the FF interface, FISCO
With integrated reverse polarity protection
Signal on alarm
Status messages as per FOUNDATION Fieldbus specification
Link Master (LM)

support
Yes
Link Master
Selectable
Basic Device
Factory setting
Device basic current
12 mA
Device starting current
<12 mA
Device error current (FDE)
0 mA
Device (lift off)

min. voltage
9 V (H1-segment)
Permissible fieldbus supply

voltage
9 to 32 V
Integrated reverse polarity

protection
Yes
ITK Version
5.0
Number of VCRs (total)
48
Number of link objects in VFD
40
Device capacitance
In accordance with IEC 60079-27, FISCO/FNICO
Galvanic isolation
All circuits for inputs, outputs and power supply are galvanically isolated from each other.
Data transmission rate
31.25 kbit/s, voltage mode
Signal coding
Manchester II
88
Endress+Hauser
Bus times
Block information,
execution time
Output data
Min. idle time between two telegrams:

MIN_INTER_PDU_DELAY = 6 octet time (transfer time per octet)
Block
Base index
Execution time [ms]
Functionality
Resource Block
400
Enhanced
1400
Vendor specific
1600
Vendor specific
1800
Vendor specific
1900
Vendor specific
2700
Vendor specific
Analog Input Function Block 1
500
20
Standard
550
20
Standard
600
20
Standard
650
20
Standard
700
20
Standard
Analog Output Function Block (AO)
2300
20
Standard
Discrete Output Function Block (DO)
900
20
Standard
PID Function Block (PID)
1000
50
Standard
Arithmetic Function Block (ARTH)
1100
20
Standard
Input Selector Function Block (ISEL)
1150
20
Standard
Signal Characterizer Function Block (CHAR)
1200
20
Standard
Integrator Function Block (INTG)
1250
25
Standard
Transducer Blocks / Analog Input Function Blocks

Block
Process variable
Channel parameter
(AI Block)
Mass flow
Calculated volume flow
Temperature
Heat flow
53
Totalizer 1
Totalizer 2
Endress+Hauser
Technical data
89
Technical data
10.1.5
Power supply
Electrical connections
27
Supply voltage
85 to 260 V AC, 45 to 65 Hz
20 to 55 V AC, 45 to 65 Hz
16 to 62 V DC
Cable entry
Power supply and signal cables (inputs/outputs):

Cable entry M20 1.5 (8 to 12 mm (0.31 to 0.47 inch))
Threads for cable entries, " NPT, G "
Connecting cable for remote version:
Cable entry M20 1.5 (8 to 12 mm (0.31 to 0.47 inch))
Threads for cable entries, " NPT, G "
Cable specifications
(remote version)
30
Power consumption
AC: 85 to 260 V = 18.2 W ; 20 to 55 V = 14 W ; (including sensor)

DC: 8 W (including sensor)
Power supply failure
Lasting min. 1 power cycle:

EEPROM/HistoROM T-DAT saves measuring system data if power supply fails.
HistoROM S-DAT is an exchangeable data storage chip with sensor specific data: (pipe type,
nominal diameter, serial number, flow conditioner, zero point, etc).
Totalizer stops at the last value determined
Potential equalisation
No measures necessary.
For devices in hazardous areas please refer to the additional Ex documentation.
10.1.6
Performance characteristics
Calibration reference
conditions
Accredited according to ISO/IEC 17025

Traceable to National Standards
Calibration gas: air
Temperature controlled to 24 C 0.5 C (75.2 F 0.9 F) at atmospheric pressure
Humidity controlled < 40% RH
Maximum measured error
t-mass 65F:
1.5 % of reading for 100 % to 10 % of full scale (at reference conditions)
0.15 % of full scale for 10 % to 1 % of full scale (at reference conditions)
t-mass 65I:
1.0% of reading
0.5% of full scale (at reference conditions)
Repeatability
0.4 % of reading for velocities above 1.0 m/s (3.3 ft/s)
Influence of medium pressure

(Pressure co-efficient)
Air: 0.35% per bar (0.02% per psi) of process pressure change
Other gases: on request
Response time
Typically less than 2 seconds for 63 % of a given step change (in either direction).
90
Endress+Hauser
10.1.7
Technical data
Operating conditions: Installation
12
15
Length of connecting cable
Max. 100 m (328 feet), remote version
System pressure
12
10.1.8
Ambient temperature
Operating conditions: Environment
Standard: 20 to +60 C (4 to +140 F)

Optional: 40 to +60 C (-40 to +140F)
Note!
Install the device in a shady location. Avoid direct sunlight, particularly in warm climatic regions.
(A protective sun cover is available on request)
At ambient temperatures below 20 C (4 F) the readability of the display may be impaired.
Storage temperature
40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F), recommended +20 C (+68 F)
Standard: IP 67 (NEMA 4X) for transmitter and sensor
Shock resistance
According to IEC 60068-2-31
Vibration resistance
Acceleration up to 1 g, 10 to 150 Hz, following IEC 60068-2-6
Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC)
To IEC/EN 61326 and NAMUR recommendation NE 21
Endress+Hauser
91
Technical data
10.1.9
Medium temperature range
Operating conditions: Process
Sensor
t-mass F:
40 C to +100 C (40 F to +212 F)
t-mass I:
40 C to +130 C (40 F to +266 F)
Seals t-mass F
O-rings:
Viton FKM 20C+100C (4F+212F)
Kalrez 20C+100C (4F+212F)
EPDM 40C+100C (40F+212F)
Bushing:
PEEK, PVDF 40C+100C (40F+212F)
Seals t-mass I
Bonded seals:
Kalrez 20C+130C (4F+266F)
EPDM 40C+130C (40F+266F)
Nitrile 35C+130C (31F+266F)
Ferrule:
PEEK, PVDF 40C+130C (40F+266F)
Pressure loss
Negligible (without flow conditioner).

Refer to Applicator for the precise calculation 66
Medium pressure range

(nominal pressure)
t-mass F:
0.5 to 40 bar gauge (7.25 to 580 psi gauge)
t-mass I:
Limiting medium pressure

range (rated pressure)
The material load diagrams (pressure-temperature diagrams) for the process connections are
provided in the separate "Technical Information" document on the device in question. This can be
downloaded as a PDF file from www.endress.com.
A list of the "Technical Information" documents: 97
Flow limit
See "Measuring range" section 87.

The velocity in the measuring tube should not exceed 130 m/s (427 ft/s).
Process conditions for Hot tap
The Hot tap is permitted for use only with non-toxic, innocuous gases classified as "Group II" in
accordance with the European directive 67/548/EWG art. 2.
Medium pressure version
Max. process pressure: 20 bar (290 psig)
Max. extraction press: 16 bar (230 psig)
Max. extraction temperature: +50C (+122F)
Min. sensor length: 435 mm (17 inch)
Low pressure version
Max. extraction press: 4,5 bar (65 psig)
92
Endress+Hauser
Technical data
10.1.10 Mechanical construction

Design / dimensions
Dimensions and the fitting lengths of the transmitter and sensor are provided in the separate
"Technical Information" document on the device in question. This can be downloaded as a PDF file
from www.endress.com.
A list of the "Technical Information" documents: 97
Weight
Compact version: see table below

Remote version
Sensor: see table below
Wall-mount housing: 5 kg (11 lb)
Weight (SI units)
t-mass F* / DN
15
25
40
50
80
100
Compact version
7.5
8.0
12.5
12.5
18.7
27.9
Remote version (sensor only)
5.5
6.0
10.5
10.5
16.7
25.9
t-mass I / sensor length [mm]
235
335
435
608
Compact version
6.4
6.6
7.0
7.4
4.4
4.6
5.0
5.4
Weight dimensions in [kg].

* For flanged versions, all values (weight) refer to devices with EN/DIN PN 40 flanges.
Weight (US units)
t-mass F* / DN [inch]
"
1"
1"
2"
3"
4"
Compact version
16.5
17.6
27.5
27.5
41.2
61.5
12.1
13.2
23.1
23.1
36.7
57.1
9.25"
13.2"
17.1"
24.0"
Compact version
t-mass I / sensor length [inch]
14.1
14.5
15.4
16.3
9.7
10.1
11.0
11.9
Weight dimensions in [lb].

* For flanged versions, all values (weight) refer to devices with Cl 150 flanges.
Material
Transmitter housing
Compact housing: powder coated die-cast aluminium
Wall-mount housing: powder coated die-cast aluminium
Remote field housing: powder coated die-cast aluminium
Connection housing, sensor (remote version)
Powder coated die-cast aluminium
Endress+Hauser
93
Technical data
t-mass F sensor
Sensor body:
DN 15 to 25 (DN " to DN 1"): stainless steel cast CF3M-A351
DN 40 to 100 (DN 1 " to DN 4"): 1.4404 to EN10216-5 and 316/316L to A312
Flanges (process connections):
According to EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501/DIN 2512N) / ANSI B16.5 / JIS B2220
stainless steel 1.4404 to EN 10222-5 and 316L/316 to A182
Transducer body:
1.4404 to EN10272 and 316L to A479
Alloy C22 (2.4602) and UNS N06022 to B574
Transducer elements:
1.4404 to EN10217-7 and 316L to A249 or
1.4404 to EN 10216-5 and 316L to A213
Bushing:
PEEK GF30, PVDF
O-ring seals:
EPDM, Kalrez 6375, Viton FKM
t-mass I sensor
Insertion tube:
Sensor length 235 (9"), 335 (13"), 435 (17"), 608 (24")
1.4404 to EN 10216-5 and 316/316L to A312
Transducer body:
1.4404 to EN10272 and 316L to A479
1.4404 to EN10217-7 and 316L to A249 or
1.4404 to EN 10216-5 and 316L to A213
Protection gaurd:
1.4404 to EN 10088-1 and EN 10088-2 + 2B and 316L to A666
Compression fitting:
1.4404 to EN 10272 and 316/316L to A479
Ferrules:
PEEK 450G, PVDF
Bonded seals:
EPDM, Kalrez 6375, Nitrile and 316/316L (outer ring)
Hot tap
Lower tube section:
1.4404 to EN 10272 and 316/316L to A479
Upper tube section:
1.4404 to EN 10216-5 and 316/316L to A312
Ball valve:
CF3M and CF8M
Seal:
PTFE
94
Endress+Hauser
Technical data
10.1.11 Human interface

Display elements
Liquid crystal display: illuminated, two lines with 16 characters per line
Selectable display of different measured values and status variables
Operating elements
Local operation with push buttons (, +, E)

Quick Setup menus for straight forward commissioning
Languages
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Norwegian, Finnish, Swedish, Portuguese,
Polish, Czech
10.1.12 Certificates and approvals

CE mark
The measuring system is in conformity with the statutory requirements of the EC Directives.
Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.
C-Tick mark
The measuring system meets the EMC requirements of the Australian Communications and Media
Authority (ACMA).
Ex approval
Information about currently available Ex versions (ATEX, FM, CSA) can be supplied by your
Endress+Hauser representative on request. All explosion protection data are given in a separate
documentation which is available upon request.
Hazardous area
II2GD / Cl. 1 Div. 1
Safe area
II3G / Cl. 1 Div. 2
p cover tight w
ve
c
over tight wh
i
ep c
c
t unter Spannu
ng
Nich ffnen
vri
pas ou r lappa
p cover tight w
ve
c
over tight wh
i
ep c
c
t unter Spannu
ng
Nich ffnen
vr
pas ou ir lapp
Ne sous tension areil
Esc
EX
EX
a0005128-en
Fig. 40:
Endress+Hauser
Example of t-mass devices in the hazardous area (Example t-mass 65F)
95
Technical data
Pressure measuring device

approval
The measuring devices can be ordered with or without PED (Pressure Equipment Directive). If a
device with PED is required, this must be ordered explicitly. For devices with nominal diameters
less than or equal to DN 25 (1"), this is neither possible nor necessary.
With the identification PED/G1/III on the sensor nameplate, Endress+Hauser confirms
conformity with the "Basic safety requirements" of Appendix I of the Pressure Equipment
Directive 97/23/EC.
Devices with this identification (with PED) are suitable for the following types of fluid:
Fluids of Group 1 and 2 with a steam pressure of greater or less than 0.5 bar (7.3 psi)
Unstable gases
Devices without this identification (without PED) are designed and manufactured according to
good engineering practice. They correspond to the requirements of Art. 3, Section 3 of the
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. Their application is illustrated in Diagrams 6 to 9 in
Appendix II of the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
Oxygen service
We certify that the wetted parts of the flow sensor have been degreased in accordance with British
Oxygen Company (BOC) specification 0000-N-S-430-00-01 and BS IEC 60877:1999.
After final degreasing there shall be less than 100 milligram/m (0.01 milligram/cm) of oil/grease
contamination on the degreased surface of the component.
Other standards and

guidelines
BS IEC 60877:1999
Procedures for ensuring the cleanliness of industrial-process measurement and control equipment
in oxygen service.
EN 60529
Degrees of protection by housing (IP code)
EN 61010-1
Protection Measures for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, Regulation and Laboratory
Procedures.
IEC/EN 61326
"Emission in accordance with requirements for Class A". Electromagnetic compatibility (EMCrequirements).
EN 91/155/EEC
Saftey Data Sheets Directive.
ISO/IEC 17025
General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories.
ISO 14511
Measurement of fluid flow in closed conduits - Thermal mass flowmeters.
NAMUR NE 21
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of industrial process and laboratory control equipment.
NAMUR NE 43
Standardisation of the signal level for the breakdown information of digital transmitters with
analogue output signal.
NAMUR NE 53
Software of field devices and signal-processing devices with digital electronics
96
Endress+Hauser
Technical data
10.1.13 Ordering information

Your Endress +Hauser representative can provide detailed ordering information and information on
the order codes on request.
10.1.14 Accessories
Various accessories, which can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser, are available for the
transmitter and the sensor 65
10.1.15 Documentation
Technical Information t-mass 65F, 65I (TI00069D/06)
Description of Device Functions t-mass 65 (BA00135D/06)
Supplementary documentation on Ex-ratings: ATEX, FM, CSA, IECEx, NEPSI
Flow measuring technology (FA00005D/06/)
Endress+Hauser
97
Index
Index
A
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Ambient temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 87
Applicator (selection and sizing software) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 95
C
Cable entry
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Cable length (remote version). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Cable specifications (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) . . . . . . . . . 27
Cable specifications (remote version) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Calibration
In-situ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Reference conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Calorific value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
CE mark (declaration of conformity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 95
CFF file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Cleaning
External cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Pipe cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Transducer cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Code entry (function matrix) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Initial operation (FF interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Connection
See Electrical connection
Current output
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
D
Data back-up (of device data with T-DAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Declaration of conformity (CE mark). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Degree of protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 91
Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 87
Device description files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4142
Device designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 87
Device errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Device functions
See Function description
Display
Display and operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Turning the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
E
Cable specifications (remote version) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error messages
Confirming error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process errors (application errors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
98
30
34
30
77
System errors (device errors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Error types (system and process errors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
European Pressure Equipment Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ex approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
71
40
96
95
63
F
FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fieldcheck (tester and simulator). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flow conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Cable specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuration program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
configuration programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
device certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardware write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Function description
See "Description of Device Functions" manual
Function groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Function matrix (Brief operating instructions) . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse, replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
66
16
27
41
41
10
43
34
44
38
38
85
G
Galvanic isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Gas analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Gas compensation input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Gas mixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 87
Gas pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Gas programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Gas properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 87
Gewicht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
H
Hardware write protection
FOUNDATION Fieldbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Hazardous area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Hazardous substances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 86
Heat flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
HOME position (operating mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
I
Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inlet and outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insertion sensor
Insertion depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In-situ calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the wall-mount transmitter housing . . . . . . . . . .
11
91
19
19
64
91
24
J
Jumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
40
77
Endress+Hauser
Index
L
Language groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Length of connecting cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Limiting flow
See Measuring range
Local display
See Display
M
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Measuring principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Measuring range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Measuring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 87
Mechanical construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Medium pressure (Influence) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Medium pressure range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Medium pressure range (nominal pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Medium temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Mounting
Insertion sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
See Installation conditions
Mounting sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
N
Nameplate
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
O
Operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Operation
device description files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Display and operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Fieldcare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration programs . . . . . 41
Function matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Order code
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Ordering information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Oxygen service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
P
PED (Pressure Equipment Directive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipework requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Post connection check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Post-installation check (checklist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power supply (supply voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure co-efficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure loss (formulas, pressure loss diagrams) . . . . . . . . .
Pressure measuring device approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endress+Hauser
96
63
13
26
26
90
90
90
96
92
96
Printed circuit boards (installation/removal)

Field housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 84
Wall-mount housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Process error
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Process error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Process errors without messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Programming mode
Enabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Pulsating flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Q
Quick setup
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data back-up (of device data with T-DAT) . . . . . . . . . .
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heat flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
52
60
55
58
57
54
R
Recalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Remote transmitter (wall mount housing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Removing the insertion sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 86
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Replacement
Printed circuit boards (installation/removal) . . . 80, 82, 84
Replacing
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Returning devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 86
S
Safety icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
S-DAT (HistoROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Seals
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Medium temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Replacing, replacement seals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Sensor installation
See Installation conditions
Sensor setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Shock resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Software
Amplifier display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Versions (history) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Spare parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Standards, guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Storage temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Supplementary Ex documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Supply voltage (power supply) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
System error
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
System error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
System files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
99
Index
T
T-DAT (HistoROM)
Save/load (data back-up, e.g. for replacing devices) . . .
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature range
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medium temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature ranges
Ambient temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medium temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminal assignment
FOUNDATION Fieldbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transducer cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmitter
Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the wall-mount transmitter housing. . . . . . . .
Turning the field housing (aluminium) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transporting the sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60
87
91
92
91
92
91
34
18
63
31
24
23
11
67
V
Vibration resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
W
Wall-mount housing, installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wechselarmatur (Hot tap) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Welding socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring
See Electrical connection
Write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24
92
93
19
43
Z
Zero point adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6162
100
Endress+Hauser
Declaration of Hazardous Material and De-Contamination

Erklrung zur Kontamination und Reinigung
Please reference the Return Authorization Number (RA#), obtained from Endress+Hauser, on all paperwork and mark the RA#
clearly on the outside of the box. If this procedure is not followed, it may result in the refusal of the package at our facility.
Bitte geben Sie die von E+H mitgeteilte Rcklieferungsnummer (RA#) auf allen Lieferpapieren an und vermerken Sie diese
auch auen auf der Verpackung. Nichtbeachtung dieser Anweisung fhrt zur Ablehnung ihrer Lieferung.
RA No.
Because of legal regulations and for the safety of our employees and operating equipment, we need the "Declaration of Hazardous Material
and De-Contamination", with your signature, before your order can be handled. Please make absolutely sure to attach it to the outside of the
packaging.
Aufgrund der gesetzlichen Vorschriften und zum Schutz unserer Mitarbeiter und Betriebseinrichtungen, bentigen wir die unterschriebene
"Erklrung zur Kontamination und Reinigung", bevor Ihr Auftrag bearbeitet werden kann. Bringen Sie diese unbedingt auen an der
Verpackung an.
Serial number
Seriennummer ________________________
Type of instrument / sensor

Gerte-/Sensortyp
____________________________________________
Used as SIL device in a Safety Instrumented System / Einsatz als SIL Gert in Schutzeinrichtungen
Process data/Prozessdaten
Pressure / Druck
_____ [psi] _____ [ Pa ]
Viscosity /Viskositt _____ [cp] _____ [mm2/s]
Temperature / Temperatur_____ [F] _____ [C]

Conductivity / Leitfhigkeit ________ [S/cm]
Medium and warnings

Warnhinweise zum Medium
Medium /concentration Identification flammable
CAS No.
Medium /Konzentration
entzndlich
toxic
giftig
corrosive
tzend
harmful/
irritant
gesundheitsschdlich/
reizend
other *
harmless
sonstiges* unbedenklich
Process
medium
Medium im
Prozess
Medium for
process cleaning
Medium zur
Prozessreinigung
Returned part
cleaned with
Medium zur
Endreinigung
* explosive; oxidising; dangerous for the environment; biological risk; radioactive
* explosiv; brandfrdernd; umweltgefhrlich; biogefhrlich; radioaktiv
Please tick should one of the above be applicable, include safety data sheet and, if necessary, special handling instructions.
Zutreffendes ankreuzen; trifft einer der Warnhinweise zu, Sicherheitsdatenblatt und ggf. spezielle Handhabungsvorschriften beilegen.
Description of failure / Fehlerbeschreibung __________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Company data /Angaben zum Absender
P/SF/Konta XIV
Company /Firma ___________________________________

_________________________________________________
Address / Adresse
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
Phone number of contact person /Telefon-Nr. Ansprechpartner:

____________________________________________
Fax / E-Mail ____________________________________________
Your order No. / Ihre Auftragsnr. ____________________________
We hereby certify that this declaration is filled out truthfully and completely to the best of our knowledge.We further certify that the returned
parts have been carefully cleaned. To the best of our knowledge they are free of any residues in dangerous quantities.
Wir besttigen, die vorliegende Erklrung nach unserem besten Wissen wahrheitsgetreu und vollstndig ausgefllt zu haben. Wir besttigen
weiter, dass die zurckgesandten Teile sorgfltig gereinigt wurden und nach unserem besten Wissen frei von Rckstnden in gefahrbringender Menge sind.
(place, date / Ort, Datum)
Name, dept./Abt. (please print /bitte Druckschrift)
Signature / Unterschrift
www.endress.com/worldwide
BA00134D/06/EN/13.10
71128089
FM+SGML6.0 ProMoDo
Description of device functions
Proline t-mass 65
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Thermal mass flow measuring system
BA00135D/06/EN/13.10
71128091
Valid as of version
V 3.00.XX (Device software)
Table of contents for local operation
Table of contents for local operation

1
The function matrix: layout and use . . . 4
Illustration of the function matrix. . . . . 5
MEASURING VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
SYSTEM UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
QUICK SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
USER INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
TOTALIZER 1/2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
HANDLING TOTALIZER . . . . . . . . . . 30
10
COMMUNICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
11
PROCESS PARAMETER . . . . . . . . . . . 33
12
GAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
13
HEAT FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
14
SYSTEM PARAMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
15
SENSOR DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
16
SUPERVISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
17
SIMULATION SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . 50
18
SENSOR VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
19
AMPLIFIER VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
20
Factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Index function matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Endress+Hauser
The function matrix: layout and use
The function matrix: layout and use
The function matrix is a two-level construction: the groups form one level and the groups' functions
the other. The groups are the highest-level grouping of the control options for the measuring device.
A number of functions is assigned to each group. You select a group in order to access the individual
functions for operating and configuring the measuring device.
An overview of all the groups available is provided in the table of contents on Page 3 and in the
graphic representation of the function matrix on Page 6. Page 6 also contains an overview of all the
functions available with the page references to the specific function description. A description of the
individual functions is provided on page 7 and onwards.
Esc
p
m
Esc
>3s
Esc
o
E
Esc
E
E
E
E
A0001142
Endress+Hauser
2
Groups/function groups
MEASURING VALUES
Illustration of the function matrix
Functions
7
MASS FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME
FLOW
HEAT FLOW
TEMPERATURE
UNIT MASS FLOW
UNIT MASS
UNIT CORRECTED
VOLUME FLOW
UNIT CORRECTED
VOLUME
UNIT CALORIFIC VALUE

MASS
UNIT CALORIFIC VALUE

CORRECTED VOLUME
UNIT HEAT FLOW
UNIT HEAT
UNIT PRESSURE
UNIT TEMPERATURE
UNIT DENSITY
UNIT LENGTH
QUICK SETUP
COMMISSIONING
QUICK SETUP SENSOR
QUICK SETUP GAS
QUICK SETUP PRESSURE
QUICK SETUP HEAT FLOW
T-DAT SAVE/LOAD
LANGUAGE
ACCESS CODE
DEFINE PRIVATE CODE
STATUS ACCESS
ASSIGN LINE 1
ASSIGN LINE 2
100% VALUE LINE 1
100% VALUE LINE 2
FORMAT
DISPLAY DAMPING
CONTRAST LCD
BACKLIGHT
ASSIGN TOTALIZER
ASSIGN GAS GROUP
SUM
OVERFLOW
UNIT TOTALIZER
RESET TOTALIZER
30
RESET ALL TOTALIZERS
FAILSAFE MODE
31
WRITE PROTECTION
SIMULATION
DEVICE PD-TAG
MANUFACTURER ID
DEVICE TYPE
SERIAL NUMBER
DEVICE REVISION
DD REVISION
BLOCK SELECTION
OUT VALUE
IN VALUE
CASCADE_IN VALUE
PROCESS PRESSURE 1
PROCESS PRESSURE 2
PROCESS PRESSURE
REFERENCE PRESSURE
REFERENCE
TEMPERATURE
REFERENCE DENSITY
NET CALORIFIC VALUE
GROSS CALORIFIC VALUE
MOLE % GAS 1
ASSIGN LOW FLOW CUT

OFF
ON-VALUE LOW FLOW

CUT OFF
OFF-VALUE LOW FLOW

CUT OFF
ZERO POINT ADJUST
INSTALLATION FACTOR
SELECT GROUP
ANALYZER INPUT
NUMBER OF GASES
GAS TYPE 1
MOLE % GAS 1
DESCRIPTION
CORRECTION FACTOR
REFERENCE DENSITY
GAS TYPE 2 to 8
MOLE % GAS 2 to 8
CHECK VALUES
SAVE CHANGES
SYSTEM UNITS
QUICK SETUP
12
OPERATION
23
USER INTERFACE
ACCESS CODE COUNTER
25
TEST DISPLAY
TOTALIZER 1/2
28
HANDLING TOTALIZER
COMMUNICATION
PROCESS PARAMETER
33
GAS
Endress+Hauser
37
Groups/function groups
HEAT FLOW
Functions
42
CALORIFIC VALUE TYPE
MODE 1
HEATING VALUE 1
MODE 2
HEATING VALUE 2
REFERENCE
COMBUSTION
TEMPERATURE
44
POSITIVE ZERO RETURN
FLOW DAMPING
45
PIPE TYPE
PIPE STANDARD
NOMINAL DIAMETER
OUTER DIAMETER
WALL THICKNESS
INTERNAL DIAMETER
INTERNAL HEIGHT
INTERNAL WIDTH
MOUNTING
MOUNTING SET LENGTH
INSERTION DEPTH
ZERO POINT
FLOW CONDITIONER
CALIBRATION DATE
ACTUAL SYSTEM
CONDITION
PREVIOUS SYSTEM
CONDITION
ALARM DELAY
SYSTEM RESET
OPERATION HOURS
HOURS SINCE RESET
50
SIMULATION FAILSAFE
MODE
SIMULATION
MEASURAND
VALUE SIMULATION
MEASURAND
51
SENSOR TYPE
SERIAL NUMBER
TRANSDUCER SERIAL
NUMBER
SOFTWARE REVISION
NUMBER S-DAT
PRE-AMPLIFIER SOFTWARE REVISION NUMBER
PRE-AMPLIFIER HARDWARE REVISION NUMBER
DEVICE SOFTWARE
HARDWARE REVISION
NUMBER AMPLIFIER
SOFTWARE REVISION
NUMBER AMPLIFIER
SOFTWARE REVISION
NUMBER T-DAT
I/O MODULE TYPE
SOFTWARE REVISION
NUMBER I/O MODULE
SYSTEM PARAMETER
SENSOR DATA
SUPERVISION
49
SIMULATION SYSTEM
SENSOR VERSION
AMPLIFIER VERSION
52
Endress+Hauser
MEASURING VALUES
MEASURING VALUES
Function description, MEASURING VALUES group

Note!
!
The engineering unit of the measured variable displayed here is configured in the SYSTEM UNITS group ( 8)
MASS FLOW
Description
The currently measured mass flow appears on the display.
Display
5-digit floating-point number, including unit
e.g. 462.87 kg/h; 731.63 lb/min
CORRECTED VOLUME
FLOW
Description
The calculated corrected volume flow appears on the display.
The corrected volume flow is calculated from the measured mass flow and the reference
density of the gas.
Display
e.g. 104.97 Nm3/h; 110.73 Sm3/h; etc.
HEAT FLOW
Description
The calculated heat flow appears on the display.
Display
5-digit floating-point number, including unit,
(e.g. 175.00 kJ/h; 50.000 kBtu/h; etc.)
TEMPERATURE
Description
The currently measured temperature appears on the display.
Display
5-digit fixed-point number, incl. unit and sign
e.g. 23.4 C, 160.0 F, 295.4 K
Endress+Hauser
SYSTEM UNITS
SYSTEM UNITS
Function description, SYSTEM UNITS group

UNIT MASS FLOW
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the mass flow.
The unit you select here is also valid for:
Low flow cut off
The following time units can be selected:
s = second, m = minute, h = hour, d = day
Options
SI:
Gram g/time unit
Kilogram kg/time unit
Metric ton t/time unit
US:
Ounce oz/time unit
Pound lb/time unit
Ton ton/time unit
Factory setting
kg/h or lb/h (country dependent 53)
UNIT MASS
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the mass.
Options
SI:
Gram g
Kilogram kg
Metric ton t
US:
Ounce oz
Pound lb
Ton ton
Factory setting
kg or lb (country dependent 53)
UNIT CORRECTED
VOLUME FLOW
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the corrected volume flow.
Low flow cut off
Options
SI:
Norm cubic meter Nm/time unit
Norm liter Nl/time unit
US:
Standard cubic meter Sm/time unit
Standard cubic feet Scf/time unit
Factory setting
Nm/h or Sm/h (country dependent 53)
Endress+Hauser
SYSTEM UNITS

UNIT CORRECTED
VOLUME
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the corrected volume.
Options
SI:
Norm cubic meter Nm
Norm liter Nl
US:
Standard cubic meter Sm
Standard cubic feet Scf
Factory setting
Nm or Sm (country dependent 53)
UNIT CALORIFIC
VALUE MASS
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the gross/net calorific value.
Options (SI units)
kJ/kg
MJ/kg
kWh/kg
MWh/kg
kcal/kg
Mcal/kg
Options (US units)
Btu/lb
kBtu/lb
Factory setting
MJ/kg or kBtu/lb (country dependent 53)
UNIT CALORIFIC
VALUE CORRECTED
VOLUME
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the calorific value based on the corrected
volume.
Options (SI units)
kJ/Nm
MJ/Nm
kWh/Nm
MWh/Nm
kcal/Nm
Mcal/Nm
Options (US units)
kJ/Sm
MJ/Sm
kWh/Sm
MWh/Sm
kcal/Sm
Mcal/Sm
Btu/Scf
kBtu/Scf
Factory setting
MJ/Nm or kBtu/Scf (country dependent 53)
Endress+Hauser
SYSTEM UNITS

UNIT HEAT FLOW
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the heat flow.
Options (SI unit)
kW
MW
kJ/time unit
MJ/time unit
GJ/time unit
kcal/time unit
Mcal/time unit
Gcal/time unit
Options (US unit)
tons
kBtu/time unit
MBtu/time unit
GBtu/time unit
Factory setting
kW or kBtu/h (country dependent 53)
UNIT HEAT
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the heat.
Options (SI units)
kWh
MWh
kJ
MJ
GJ
kcal
Mcal
Gcal
Options (US units)
tonh
kBtu
MBtu
GBtu
Factory setting
kWh or kBtu (country dependent 53)
UNIT PRESSURE
Description
Use this function to select the unit for pressure.
Process pressure (see PROCESS PARAMETER group, 33)
Reference pressure (see PROCESS PARAMETER group, 33)
Options
bar a (bar absolute)
psi a (pounds per square inch absolute)
kPa a (kilopascal absolute)
mmHg 0C a (millimeter mercury absolute)
inHg 32F a (inch mercury absolute)
mmH2O 4C a (millimeter water absolute)
inH2O 39F a (inch water absolute)
kg/cm2 a (kilogram per centimeter squared absolute)
Factory setting
bar a or psi a (country dependent 53)
10
Endress+Hauser
SYSTEM UNITS

UNIT TEMPERATURE
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the temperature.
Options
C (CELSIUS)
K (KELVIN)
F (FAHRENHEIT)
R (RANKINE)
Factory setting
C or F (country dependent 53)
UNIT DENSITY
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the calculated gas density at process
conditions. The unit you select here is also valid for:
Reference density (see PROCESS PARAMETER group, 34)
Options
SI:
g/cm
g/cc
kg/dm
kg/l
kg/m
US:
lb/ft
Factory setting
kg/m or lb/ft (country dependent 53)
UNIT LENGTH
Prerequisite
This function is only available for the insertion sensor (t-mass 65I)
Description
For selecting the unit of length required and displayed for the pipe internal diameter or
the inner dimensions of rectangular ducts (see SENSOR DATA function group 46).
Options
MILLIMETER
INCH
Factory setting
MILLIMETER or INCH (country dependent 53)
Endress+Hauser
11
QUICK SETUP
QUICK SETUP
Function description, QUICK SETUP group

QUICK SETUP
COMMISSIONING
Description
Starts the Quick Setup menu for commissioning.
For a flowchart of the QUICK SETUP COMMISSIONING: 14
Options
NO
YES
Factory setting
NO
QUICK SETUP SENSOR
Prerequisite
This function is only available for insertion sensors (t-mass 65I).
Description
Use this function to start the application-specific setup to calculate the insertion depth for
the insertion sensor.
For a flowchart of the QUICK SETUP SENSOR: 16:
Options
NO
YES
Factory setting
NO
QUICK SETUP GAS
Description
Use this function to start the application-specific setup for programming the gas or gas
mixture.
For a flowchart of the QUICK SETUP GAS: 17.
Options
NO
YES
Factory setting
NO
QUICK SETUP
PRESSURE
Description
Use this function to start the application-specific setup for programming the process
pressure for each gas group.
For a flowchart of the QUICK SETUP PRESSURE: 19
Options
YES
NO
Factory setting
NO
QUICK SETUP HEAT

FLOW
Description
Use this function to start the application-specific setup for heat flow.
For a flowchart of the QUICK SETUP HEAT FLOW: 20
Options
NO
YES
Factory setting
NO
12
Endress+Hauser
QUICK SETUP
Function description, QUICK SETUP group

T-DAT SAVE/LOAD
Description
Use this function to save the configuration/settings of the transmitter to a transmitterDAT (T-DAT), or to load a configuration from the T-DAT to the EEPROM (manual
backup function).
For a flowchart of the T-DAT SAVE/LOAD: 22
Application examples:
After commissioning, the current measuring point parameters can be saved to the
T-DAT as a backup.
If the transmitter is replaced for some reason, the data from the T-DAT can be loaded
into the new transmitter (EEPROM).
Options
CANCEL
SAVE (from the EEPROM to the T-DAT)
LOAD (from the T-DAT to the EEPROM)
Note!
If the target device has an older software version, the message "TRANSM. SW-DAT" is
displayed during startup. Then only the "SAVE" option is available.
LOAD
This option is only possible:
if the target device has the same software version as, or a more recent software
version than, the source device or
if the T-DAT contains valid data that can be called up
SAVE
This function is always available.
Factory setting
CANCEL
Endress+Hauser
13
QUICK SETUP
5.1
"Commissioning" Quick Setup menu

XXX.XXX.XX
Esc
++
Quick Setup
QS
Commission
E+
Language
HOME-POSITION
Pre-setting
Selection pre-settings
Delivery settings
Actual settings
Selection system units
Pressure
Temperature
Mass flow
Corr. Vol. Flow
Heat Flow
Density
Unit
Pressure
Unit
Temperature
Unit
Mass Flow
Unit
Corr. Vol. Flow
Unit Calorific
Value Mass
Unit
Density
Reference
Temperature
Unit Calorific
Val. Corr. Vol.
Reference
Pressure
Unit
Heat Flow
Quit
Unit
Quantity Heat
Yes
Yes
Configure another system unit ?
No
Automatic configuration of display ?
No
Automatic parameterization of the display
u
Sensor
Gas
Carry out another Quick Setup

Pressure
Heat Flow
No
Carry out the selected Quick Setup

A0014984-en
Fig. 1:
QUICK SETUP COMMISSIONING- menu for straightforward configuration of the major device functions
Note!
The display returns to the QUICK SETUP cell if you press the ESC key combination (Q) during
programming of a parameter anywhere in the menu.
QUICK SETUP - COMMISSION
Use the O or S key at the prompt "QS-COMMISSION NO" and the device access code entry appears. Enter the device access
code "65" and press F; programming is enabled. The prompt "QS-COMMISSION NO" appears. Use the O or S key to
change NO to YES and press F.
LANGUAGE
Use the O or S key to select the required language and continue with F.
PRE-SETTING.
m Select ACTUAL SETTINGS to continue programming the device and go to the next level or select DELIVERY SETTINGS
to reset the device. The device restarts and returns to the Home position.
- ACTUAL SETTINGS are the actual programmed parameters in the device
- DELIVERY SETTINGS are the programmed parameters (factory settings plus customer
specific settings) originally delivered with the device
14
Endress+Hauser
QUICK SETUP
SYSTEM UNITS.
Select required system unit function and carry out parameterization or select QUIT to return to the QUICK SETUP function
if no further programming is required.
n Only units not yet configured in the current setup are available for selection in each cycle.
o The YES option remains visible until all the units have been configured.
NO is the only option displayed when no further units are available.
Automatic configuration of the display

t The "automatic parameterization of the display" option contains the following basic settings/factory settings:
- YES: main line = MASS FLOW, additional line = TOTALIZER 1
- NO: The existing (selected) settings remain.
Carry out another Quick Setup?
u Select additional Quick Setups to complete commissioning or select NO to exit.
Endress+Hauser
15
QUICK SETUP
5.2
"Sensor" Quick Setup menu
It is essential that the insertion sensor is setup according to the actual pipe or duct and then installed
at the calculated insertion depth. This Quick Setup guides you systematically through the procedure
to setup the sensor.
Note!
The QUICK SETUP SENSOR function is not available for flanged type sensors.
XXX.XXX.XX
++
QUICK SETUP
QS
SENSOR
E+
Esc
UNIT
LENGTH
HOME-POSITION
m Selection Pipe Type

PIPE
TYPE
CIRCULAR
RECTANGULAR
PIPE
STANDARD
INTERNAL
HEIGHT
NOMINAL
DIAMETER
INTERNAL
WIDTH
OUTER
DIAMETER
WALL
THICKNESS
WALL
THICKNESS
MOUNTING
INTERNAL
DIAMETER
MOUNTING SET
LENGTH
INSERTION
DEPH
A0009910-en
PIPE TYPE
m CIRCULAR
in case that the pipe is of a standard type, then parameterize functions PIPE STANDARD and NOMINAL
DIAMETER
In case that the pipe is a non-standard type, then select OTHERS in the function PIPE STANDARD and
parameterize the functions WALL THICKNESS and OUTER DIAMETER.
The function INTERNAL DIAMETER displays the calculated internal diameter and is read only.
RECTANGULAR
Enter the INTERNAL HEIGHT, INTERNAL WIDTH and WALL THICKNESS of the duct
Select the MOUNTING orientation of the sensor: HORIZONTAL or VERTICAL
MOUNTING SET LENGTH
n Enter the measured length of the mounting set (including the compression fitting).
INSERTION DEPTH
o This function calculates the insertion depth value for the mounting of the sensor.
This function is read only.
Press F to save settings and return to QUICK SETUP SENSOR group.
16
Endress+Hauser
QUICK SETUP
5.3
"Gas" Quick Setup menu
The device can be setup with 1 or 2 individual gas groups in memory. This means that up to 2
different gas flow streams (e.g. nitrogen and argon) can be measured in a single pipe with one
flowmeter.
In the case of 2 gas groups being used, a digital input can be assigned to switch between the gas
groups or, alternatively, the switch can be done manually via a function in the device software.
XXX.XXX.XX
++
QUICK SETUP
E+
QS
GAS
Esc
SELECT
GROUP
HOME-POSITION
Selection of Gas Group
GAS GROUP 1
QUIT
GAS GROUP 2
ANALYZER
INPUT
ANALYZER
INPUT
NUMBER OF
GASES
NUMBER OF
GASES
GAS TYPE 1
GAS TYPE 1
DESCRIPTION 1
MOLE % GAS 1
MOLE % GAS 1
DESCRIPTION 2
CORRECTION
FACTOR 1
GAS TYPE
28
GAS TYPE
28
CORRECTION
FACTOR 2
REFERENCE
DENSITY 1
MOLE % GAS
28
MOLE % GAS
28
REFERENCE
DENSITY 2
CHECK
VALUES
CHECK
VALUES
Selection
SAVE CHANGES?
CANCEL
Configure Another Group?
DISCARD
YES
YES
NO
A0009907-en
Programming a gas group

The device allows flexible change of the gas group parameters, independent of the original factory
setup and calibration
A gas group can be programmed as:
one single gas or
one gas mixture (of up to 8 components)
A single gas can be:
selected from a list of standard gases or
setup for other suitable types of gases, such as Ozone, using manual correction factors and the
option called SPECIAL GAS. This requires application evaluation at the factory - consult your
Endress+Hauser representative prior to using this function.
Endress+Hauser
17
QUICK SETUP
Setting or viewing the active gas group

Go to the function SELECT GROUP ( 38) and simply select 1 or 2 and then exit using
ESC (Q keys simultaneously). No save function is necessary.
Note!
This Quick Setup Gas function is not available if an in-situ calibration function has been performed
on the device as the in-situ calibration curve refers to the sensor power at each recorded flow point.
Therefore, the programmed gas settings become redundant.
1. GAS GROUP
Use the O or S key to select the required GAS GROUP and continue with F.
select the GAS TYPE from the choose list.
enter the MOLE % for each GAS TYPE (only if NUMBER OF GASES is 2 and more).
18
2.
SAVE CHANGES?
settings.
3.
ANOTHER GAS GROUP?

Select YES to continue to the CONFIGURE GROUP function. Use the + or - key to select
another group and proceed as per above instructions.
Note!
You can find more detailed information on the GAS GROUP in chapter GAS 38
Endress+Hauser
5.4
QUICK SETUP
"Pressure" Quick Setup menu
Use this Quick Setup to program the individual process pressure for each gas group. If only one gas
group is being used, then only the function PROCESS PRESSURE 1 needs to be programmed,
PROCESS PRESSURE 2 can remain with default settings.
XXX.XXX.XX
Esc
++
QUICK SETUP
E+
QS
PRESSURE
HOME-POSITION
PROCESS
PRESSURE 1
PROCESS
PRESSURE 2
A0009908-en
Endress+Hauser
Note!
The device operates with absolute pressure only. Convert any gauge pressures to absolute
pressure.
If a pressure compensating input is being used, then the input signal value overrides the manually
programmed value. The pressure input value applies to both gas groups. i.e. 2 independent
pressure values are no longer possible.
This Quick Setup Gas function is not available if an in-situ calibration function has been
performed on the device as the in-situ calibration curve refers to the sensor power at each
recorded flow point. Therefore, the programmed pressure settings become redundant.
19
QUICK SETUP
5.5
"Heat Flow" Quick Setup menu
The device can calculate and output the heat of combustion of common fuel gases such as methane,
natural gas, propane, butane, ethane and hydrogen.
Use this Quick Setup menu to program the method used to calculate the heating value or calorific
value (CV). The device can be configured to give two independent heating value outputs and
totalized values. For example, the pipeline has either natural gas or propane running at separate
times and the heating value is required for both gases.
XXX.XXX.XX
++
QUICK SETUP
E+
Esc
QS
HEAT FLOW
CALORIFIC
VALUE TYPE
HOME-POSITION
AUTO NET
AUTO GROSS
MANUAL
CALORIFIC
VALUE 1
AUTO NET
AUTO GROSS
MANUAL
CALORIFIC
VALUE 2
REF. COMBUST.
TEMPERATURE
A0009909-en
5.5.1
Calculation mode 1 and 2
GAS GROUP 1.
GAS GROUP 2.
Note!
If only one gas group is used, then leave mode 2 as default settings.
The units of measure are selected in the SYSTEM UNITS section 8.
Auto Gross
The gross heating value (or higher heating value) is the total heat obtained by complete combustion
at constant pressure of a volume of gas in air, including the heat released by the water vapor in the
combustion products (gas, air and combustion products taken at reference cumbustion temperature
and standard pressure).
Auto Net
The net heating value (or lower heating value) is determined by subtracting the heat of vaporization
of the water vapor from the higher heating value. This treats any water formed as water vapor. The
energy required to vaporize the water therefore is not realized as heat.
20
Endress+Hauser
QUICK SETUP
Manual
This function allows entry of a user-specific heating value if the required value is different to the
following table.
Gas
Formula
Net/lower heating value
Gross/upper heating value
[Mj/kg]
MBtu/lb
[Mj/kg]
MBtu/lb
Hydrogen
H2
119.91
51.56
141.78
60.97
Ammonia
NH3
18.59
7.99
22.48
9.67
Carbon Monoxide
CO
10.1
4.34
10.1
4.34
Hydrogen Sulphide
H2S
15.2
6.54
19.49
8.38
Methane
CH4
50.02
21.51
55.52
23.87
Ethane
C2H6
47.5
20.43
51.93
22.33
Propane
C3H8
46.32
19.92
50.32
21.64
Butane
C4H10
45.71
19.66
49.51
21.29
Ethylene
C2H4
47.16
20.28
50.31
21.63
* According to ISO 6976:1995(E) and GPA Standard 2172-96
Reference combustion temperature

The following reference temperatures are used:
Country
Endress+Hauser
reference combustion temperature
Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Italy, Luxembourg,

The Netherlands, Poland, Russia, Sweden, Switzerland
25 C
Brazil, China
20 C
France, Japan
0 C
Australia, Canada, Czech Republic, Hungary, India, Ireland, Malaysia,

Mexico, South Africa, Great Britain
15 C
Slovakia
25 C
USA, Venezuela
60 F
21
QUICK SETUP
5.6
Data backup/transmission
Using the T-DAT SAVE/LOAD function, you can transfer data (device parameters and settings)
between the T-DAT (exchangeable memory) and the EEPROM (device storage unit).
This is required in the following instances:
Creating a backup: current data are transferred from an EEPROM to the T-DAT.
Replacing a transmitter: current data are copied from an EEPROM to the T-DAT and then
transferred to the EEPROM of the new transmitter.
Duplicating data: current data are copied from an EEPROM to the T-DAT and then transferred to
EEPROMs of identical measuring points.
Note!
For information on installing and removing the T-DAT see Operating Instructions BA00113D/06
XXX.XXX.XX
Esc
Quick Setup
HOME
POSITION
T-DAT
SAVE/LOAD
LOAD
F
Restart of the
measuring device
CANCEL
F
YES
SAVE
NO
YES
NO
Input is
saved
a0001221-en
Fig. 2:
5.6.1
Data backup/transmission with T-DAT SAVE/LOAD function
Information on the LOAD and SAVE options available
LOAD
Data are transferred from the T-DAT to the EEPROM.
Note!
Any settings already saved on the EEPROM are deleted.
This option is only available, if the T-DAT contains valid data.
This option can only be executed if the software version of the T-DAT is the same or newer than
that of the EEPROM. Otherwise, the error message "TRANSM. SW-DAT" appears after restarting
and the LOAD function is then no longer available.
SAVE
Data are transferred from the EEPROM to the T-DAT
22
Endress+Hauser
OPERATION
OPERATION
Function description, OPERATION group

LANGUAGE
Description
For selecting the language in which all messages are shown on the local display.
If you press the P keys simultaneously at startup, the language defaults to "ENGLISH".
Options
ENGLISH
DEUTSCH
FRANCAIS
ESPANOL
ITALIANO
NEDERLANDS
NORSK
SVENSKA
SUOMI
PORTUGUES
POLSKI
CESKI
Factory setting
country dependent 53
ACCESS CODE
Description
All data of the measuring system are protected against inadvertent change. Programming
is disabled and the settings cannot be changed until a code is entered. If you press the P
operating elements in any function, the measuring system automatically goes to this
function and the prompt to enter the code appears on the display (programming
disabled).
You can enable programming by entering the private code (factory setting = 65, see
DEFINE PRIVATE CODE function ( 23).
The programming levels are disabled if you do not press the operating elements within
60 seconds following a return to the HOME position.
Programming can also be disabled by entering any number (other than the private
code).
Your Endress+Hauser representative can be of assistance if you mislay your private
code.
User input
Max. 4-digit number: 0 to 9999
DEFINE PRIVATE CODE
Description
Use this function to specify the private code for enabling programming.
Programming is always enabled if the code defined = 0.
Programming has to be enabled before the code can be changed. When programming
is disabled this function cannot be edited, thus preventing others from accessing your
personal code.
User input
Factory setting
65
STATUS ACCESS
Description
The access status for this function matrix appears on the display.
Display
ACCESS CUSTOMER (parameters can be modified)
LOCKED (parameters cannot be modified)
Endress+Hauser
23
OPERATION
Function description, OPERATION group

ACCESS CODE
COUNTER
Description
The number of times the private and service code was entered to access the device
appears on the display.
Display
Integer
Factory setting
0
24
Endress+Hauser
USER INTERFACE
USER INTERFACE
Function description, USER INTERFACE group

ASSIGN LINE 1
Description
For assigning a display value to the main line (top line of the local display).
This value is displayed during normal operation.
Options
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
TEMPERATURE
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
AI(1 to 5) - OUT VALUE
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
HEAT FLOW
HEAT FLOW IN %
AO-VALUE
Factory setting
MASS FLOW
ASSIGN LINE 2
Description
For assigning a display value to the additional line (bottom line of the local display).
Options
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
TEMPERATURE
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
TAG NAME
OPERATING/SYSTEM CONDITIONS
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
HEAT FLOW
HEAT FLOW IN %
HEAT FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
AO-VALUE
Factory setting
TOTALIZER 1
100% VALUE LINE 1
Prerequisite
This function is only available if one of the following options was selected in the ASSIGN
LINE 1 function ( 25):
MASS FLOW IN %
HEAT FLOW IN %
Description
Use this function to enter the flow value which should be shown on the display as
the 100% value.
User input
5-digit floating-point number
Factory setting
10 kg/h (with mass flow)
10 Nm/h (with corrected volume flow)
10 kW (with heat flow)
Endress+Hauser
25
USER INTERFACE

100% VALUE LINE 2
Prerequisite
This function is only available if one of the following options was selected in the ASSIGN
LINE 2 function ( 25):
MASS FLOW IN %
HEAT FLOW IN %
Description
Use this function to enter the flow value which should be shown on the display as
the 100% value.
User input
Factory setting
FORMAT
Description
For selecting the number of decimal places for the display value in the main line.
Note that this setting only affects the reading as it appears on the display, it has no
influence on the accuracy of the system's calculations.
The places after the decimal point as computed by the measuring device cannot always
be displayed, depending on this setting and the engineering unit. In these instances an
arrow appears on the display between the measured value and the engineering unit
(e.g. 1.2 kg/h), indicating that the measuring system is computing with more
decimal places than can be shown on the display.
Options
XXXXX. - XXXX.X - XXX.XX - XX.XXX -X.XXXX
Factory setting
X.XXXX
DISPLAY DAMPING
Description
For entering a time constant defining how the display reacts to severely fluctuating flow
variables, either very quickly (enter a low time constant) or with damping (enter a high
time constant).
The setting 0 seconds switches off damping.
User input
0 to 100 seconds
Factory setting
3 seconds
CONTRAST LCD
Description
For adjusting the display contrast to suit local operating conditions.
User input
10 to 100%
Factory setting
50%
BACKLIGHT
Description
For adjusting the background lighting to suit local operating conditions.
Entering the value "0" means that the backlight is "switched off". The display then no
longer emits any light, i.e. the display texts can no longer be read in the dark.
User input
0 to 100%
Factory setting
50%
26
Endress+Hauser
USER INTERFACE

TEST DISPLAY
Description
Use this function to test the operability of the local display and its pixels.
Test sequence:
1. Start the test by selecting ON.
2. All pixels of the main line and additional line are darkened for minimum
0.75 seconds.
3. The main line and additional line show an "8" in each field for minimum
0.75 seconds.
4. The main line and additional line show a "0" in each field for minimum
0.75 seconds.
5. The main line and additional line show nothing (blank display) for minimum
0.75 seconds.
6. When the test is completed, the local display returns to its initial state and displays
the option OFF.
Options
OFF
ON
Factory setting
OFF
Endress+Hauser
27
TOTALIZER 1/2
TOTALIZER 1/2
Function description, TOTALIZER 1/2 group

ASSIGN TOTALIZER
Description
Use this function to assign a measured variable to the totalizer.
The totalizer is reset to 0 as soon as the option selected is changed.
If you select OFF, only the ASSIGN TOTALIZER function is displayed in the
Totalizer 1 or 2 group.
Options
OFF
MASS FLOW
HEAT FLOW
Factory setting
MASS FLOW
ASSIGN GAS GROUP
Description
Use this function to assign a gas group to a totalizer.
If GAS GROUP 1&2 is selected, the individual values of each gas group are totaled on one
totalizer.
Options
GAS GROUP 1
GAS GROUP 2
GAS GROUP 1&2
Factory setting
GAS GROUP 1
SUM
Description
The total for the totalizer's measured variable aggregated since measuring commenced
appears on the display. The value is positive.
The totalizers' response to errors is defined in the FAILSAFE MODE function ( 30).
Display
Max. 7-digit floating-point number, including unit (e.g. 15467.04 kg)
OVERFLOW
Description
The total for the totalizer's overflow aggregated since measuring commenced appears on
the display.
Total flow is represented by a floating-point number consisting of max. 7 digits. Higher
numerical values (>9,999,999) can be viewed as overflows. The effective quantity is thus
the total of the SUM function ( 28) plus the value displayed in the OVERFLOW
function.
Example:
Reading after 2 overflows: 2 E7 kg (= 20000000 kg)
The value displayed in the SUM function = 196845.7 kg
Effective total quantity = 20196845.7 kg
Display
Integer with exponent, including unit, e.g. 2 E7 kg
28
Endress+Hauser
TOTALIZER 1/2
Function description, TOTALIZER 1/2 group

UNIT TOTALIZER
Description
For selecting the unit for the measured variable assigned to the totalizer.
Options (ASSIGN TOTALIZER = MASS FLOW)
SI g , kg, t
US oz, lb, ton
Factory setting
Depends on the nominal diameter and the country 53
Options (ASSIGN TOTALIZER = CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW)
SI Nl, Nm
US Sm, Scf
Factory setting
Depends on the nominal diameter and the country 53
Options (ASSIGN TOTALIZER = HEAT FLOW)
SI kWh, MWh, kJ, MJ, GJ, kcal, Mcal, Gcal
US kBtu, MBtu, GBtu, tonh
Factory setting
MWh or kBtu (country dependent 53)
RESET TOTALIZER
Description
Resets the sum and overflow in the totalizer selected.
Options
NO
YES
Factory setting
NO
Endress+Hauser
29
HANDLING TOTALIZER
HANDLING TOTALIZER
Function description, HANDLING TOTALIZER group

RESET ALL TOTALIZERS
Description
Resets the sums and overflows of both totalizers to "zero" (=RESET).
Options
NO
YES
Factory setting
NO
FAILSAFE MODE
Description
For selecting the behavior of the totalizer in an alarm condition.
Options
STOP
The totalizer does not continue to count the flow if a fault is present. The totalizer stops
at the last value before the alarm condition occurred.
HOLD VALUE
The totalizer continues to count the flow on the basis of the last valid flow data (before
the fault occurred).
ACTUAL VALUE
The totalizers continue to count on the basis of the current flow data. The fault is
ignored.
Factory setting
STOP
30
Endress+Hauser
10
COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATION
Function description, COMMUNICATION group

WRITE PROTECTION
Description
Use this function to check whether the measuring device can be write-accessed.
Write protection is activated and deactivated by means of a jumper on the I/O module
(see Operating Instructions BA00134D/06).
Display
OFF = Data exchange is possible
ON = Data exchange disabled
Factory setting
OFF
SIMULATION
Description
Use this function to check whether a simulation in the Analog Input or Discrete Output
function block is possible.
The simulation mode is activated and deactivated by means of a jumper on the I/
O board (see Operating Instruction BA065D/06)
The status of the simulation mode is also shown in the parameter BLOCK_ERR of the
Resource Block.
Display
OFF
Simulation in the Analog Input and Discrete Output function block is not possible.
ON
Simulation in the Analog Input and Discrete Output function block is possible.
Factory setting
ON
DEVICE PD-TAG
Description
Use this function to enter a tag name for the measuring device.
User input
Max. 32-character text, permissible: A-Z, 0-9, +,-, punctuation marks
Factory setting
E+H_TMASS_65_XXXXXXXXXXX)
MANUFACTURER ID
Description
Use this function to view the manufacturer ID in decimal numerical format.
Display
452B48 (hex) for Endress+Hauser
DEVICE TYPE
Description
Use this function to view the device ID in hexadecimal numerical format.
Display
1065 (hex) for t-mass 65 FOUNDATION Fieldbus
SERIAL NUMBER
Description
Use this function to view the serial number.
Display
11-digit number
Endress+Hauser
31
COMMUNICATION
Function description, COMMUNICATION group

DEVICE REVISION
Description
Use this function to view the device revision number.
Hinweis!
The information displayed here helps ensure that the correct system files (DD = Device
Description) are used for integration into the host system. The system files can be downloaded from the Internet free of charge (www.endress.com).
Example:
Information displayed in the DEVICE REVISION function 01
Information displayed in the DD REVISION function 01
Device description files required (DD) ) 0101.sym / 0101.ffo
Display
1
DD REVISION
Description
Use this function to view the revision number of the Device Description.
Hinweis!
The information displayed here helps ensure that the correct system files (DD = Device
Description) are used for integration into the host system. The system files can be downloaded from the Internet free of charge (www.endress.com).
Example:
Information displayed in the DEVICE REVISION function 01
Information displayed in the DD REVISION function 01
Device description files required (DD) ) 0101.sym / 0101.ffo
Display
1
BLOCK SELECTION
Description
In this function, a function block can be selected, whose value and status is shown in the
following functions.
Display
ANALOG INPUT 1 to 5
ANALOG OUTPUT
PID
Factory setting
ANALOG INPUT 1
OUT VALUE
Description
Displays the output value OUT, incl. unit and status of the Analog Input or PID function
block selected in the function BLOCK SELECTION.
IN VALUE
Prerequisite
This function is not available unless the PID option was selected in the
BLOCK SELECTION function.
Display
Displays the controlled variable IN, incl. unit and status of the Analog Input or PID function block selected in the function BLOCK SELECTION.
CASCADE_IN VALUE
Prerequisite
This function is not available unless the PID option was selected in the
BLOCK SELECTION function.
Display
Displays an analog set value, incl. units and status, taken over from an external function
block.
32
Endress+Hauser
11
PROCESS PARAMETER
PROCESS PARAMETER
Function description, PROCESS PARAMETER group

PROCESS PRESSURE 1
Prerequisite
This function is not available if the IN-SITU CALIBRATION function has been enabled.
Refer to your Endress+Hauser service representative for more information.
Description
Use this function to enter the process pressure for GAS GROUP 1.
(Selection and composition by means of the functions in the GAS group).
The unit is taken from the function UNIT PRESSURE ( 10).
Input/display
Factory setting
1.0130 [bar a] or 14.692 [psi a] (country dependent 53)
PROCESS PRESSURE 2
Prerequisite
Description
Use this function to enter the process pressure for GAS GROUP 2.
(Selection and composition by means of the functions in the GAS group).
Input/display
Factory setting
PROCESS PRESSURE
Description
Use this function to display the pressure value which is used for the flow calculation.
The value is read from the following function:
PROCESS PRESSURE 1 or 2 (depending on which gas group is active)
The unit is taken from the function UNIT PRESSURE ( 10)
Display
Factory setting
REFERENCE PRESSURE
Description
Use this function to enter the reference pressure for calculating the reference density
(for corrected volume flow measurement).
User input
Factory setting
REFERENCE
TEMPERATURE
Description
Use this function to enter the reference temperature for calculating the reference density
(for corrected volume flow measurement).
The unit is taken from the function UNIT TEMPERATURE ( 11).
User input
Factory setting
0.0 [C] or +32.0 [F] (country dependent 53.)
Endress+Hauser
33
PROCESS PARAMETER

REFERENCE DENSITY
Prerequisite
Contact your Endress+Hauser service organization for more information.
Description
Use this function to display the calculated reference density (for corrected volume flow
measurement).
The unit is taken from the function UNIT DENSITY ( 11).
Display
NET CALORIFIC VALUE
Prerequisite
This function is only available if AUTO NET or MANUAL was selected in the
MODE 1 or 2 function ( 42)
Description
Use this function to display the current net calorific value of the gas.
The unit is taken from the function UNIT CALORIFIC VALUE MASS ( 9) or
UNIT CALORIFIC VALUE CORRECTED VOLUME ( 9).
Display
GROSS CALORIFIC
VALUE
Prerequisite
This function is only available if AUTO GROSS was selected in the MODE 1 or 2
function ( 42).
Description
Use this function to display the current gross calorific value of the gas.
The unit is taken from the function UNIT CALORIFIC VALUE MASS ( 9) or
UNIT CALORIFIC VALUE CORRECTED VOLUME ( 9).
Display
MOLE % GAS 1
Description
Use this function to display the Mole % of GAS TYPE 1.
Display
0.0 % to 100.0 %
ASSIGN LOW FLOW

CUT OFF
Description
For selecting the process variable on which low flow cut off should act.
Options
OFF
MASS FLOW
Factory setting
MASS FLOW
34
Endress+Hauser
PROCESS PARAMETER

ON-VALUE LOW FLOW
CUT OFF
Prerequisite
This function is not available if OFF was selected in the ASSIGN LOW FLOW CUT OFF
function ( 34).
Description
Use this function to enter the on-value for low flow cut off.
The unit is taken from the SYSTEM UNITS group ( 8).
Low flow cut off is switched on if the value entered is not equal to 0. An inverted plus
sign is shown on the local display of the flow value as soon as the low flow cut off is
active.
User input
Factory setting
1 % of full scale value
OFF-VALUE LOW
FLOW CUT OFF
Description
Use this function to enter the off-value for low flow cut off. Enter the off-value as a
positive hysteresis from the on-value.
H
1
1
c
t
a0001245
Fig. 3:
Q
t
H
a
b
c
1
2
Example for the behavior of low flow cutoff

Flow rate [volume/time]
Time
Hysteresis
ON VALUE LOW FLOW CUT OFF = 20 kg/h
OFF-VALUE LOW FLOW CUTOFF = 10%
Low flow cutoff active
Low flow cut off is switched on at 20 kg/h
Low flow cut off is switched off at 22 kg/h
User input
Integer 0 to 100%
Factory setting
50%
ZERO POINT ADJUST
Description
Use this function to start automatic zero point adjustment.
"
Caution!
Prior to performing zero point adjustment, observe the exact procedure for zero point
adjustment as specified in Operating Instructions BA00113D/06.
Note!
If zero point adjustment is not possible due to unstable flow conditions,
alarm #451 "ADJUST ZERO FAIL" appears on the display.
RESET: reset to factory calibration.
Options
START
CANCEL
RESET
Factory setting
CANCEL
Endress+Hauser
35
PROCESS PARAMETER

INSTALLATION
FACTOR
Description
Disturbances in the flow may arise due to the design of the system, such as pipe bends,
reducers, etc. The flow value measured is scaled by entering a constant factor. The flow
disturbance can thus be compensated using the calculated flow signal:
Flow output = measured flow installation factor
Enter a higher value: flow value output is increased.
Enter a lower value: flow value output is decreased.
User input
0.0000 to 99999
Factory setting
1.0000
36
Endress+Hauser
12
GAS
GAS
Function description, GAS group

Prerequisite
This function is not available if the IN-SITU CALIBRATION function is enabled. This function is available again if the
in-situ calibration is reset to the factory setting. Contact your Endress+Hauser service organization for more
information.
Description
Use this function to view or change the gas configuration
The device can be configured with one or two independent gas groups.
Switching between two groups can be performed manually (function SELECT GROUP 38)
General programming rules:
A gas group can be configured with 1 single gas or a gas mixture (max. 8 gas constituents).
The sum of the gas mixture constituents entered must total 100.0 Mole %.
A gas constituent and its corresponding Mole % can be entered in any order within the mixture.
A gas constituent may have a value of 0.0 Mole % within the mixture.
The option NOT USED is only a place holder for functions GAS TYPE 1 and GAS TYPE 2 to 8 where there is no gas
assigned. The program does not use this option for calculations.
The option SPECIAL GAS is a substitute for other gases. The Mole % value is always 100.0%
Note!
!
See the flowchart of the "Gas" Quick Setup menu 17
Programming examples
a.
1 gas group: 1 standard gas

SELECT GROUP
GAS GROUP 1
ANALYZER INPUT
OFF
NUMBER OF GASES
1
GAS TYPE 1
AIR
MOLE % GAS 1
100.0 %
b.
2 gas groups: 2 standard gases

SELECT GROUP
GAS GROUP 1
ANALYZER INPUT
OFF
NUMBER OF GASES
1
GAS TYPE 1
ARGON
MOLE % GAS 1
100.0 %
GAS GROUP 2
OFF
1
NITROGEN
100.0 %
2 gas groups: 1 standard gas, 1 special gas

SELECT GROUP
GAS GROUP 1
ANALYZER INPUT
OFF
NUMBER OF GASES
1
GAS TYPE 1
OXYGEN
MOLE % GAS 1
100.0 %
DESCRIPTION 1
CORRECTION FACTOR
REFERENCE DENSITY
GAS GROUP 2
OFF
1
SPECIAL GAS
100.0 %
O2 90% OZONE 10%
1.2009
1.5005 kg/m3
c.
d.
Endress+Hauser
1 gas groups: 1 gas mixture (with gas analyzer input compensation)

SELECT GROUP
GAS GROUP 1
ANALYZER INPUT
ON
NUMBER OF GASES
1
GAS TYPE 1
METHANE
MOLE % GAS 1
50.0 %
GAS TYPE 2
CARBON DIOXIDE
MOLE % GAS 2
40.0 %
GAS TYPE 3
NITROGEN
MOLE % GAS 3
10.0 %
37
GAS

SELECT GROUP
Description
Use this function to:
select a gas group for editing
set the active gas group manually
Setting the active gas group:
On completion of programming all the necessary functions in the gas group, select YES
in the SAVE CHANGES function, or
If the gas group is already programmed as required, simply select the required gas
group and then exit using the ESC keys (X).
Note!
If the STATUS INPUT is assigned to control switching of the gas groups, then the
STATUS INPUT will over-ride the setting of this function.
Options
GAS GROUP 1
GAS GROUP 2
Factory setting
GAS GROUP 1
ANALYZER INPUT
Description
Use this function to assign automatic updating of a gas group (via a gas analyzer signal
and the current input function). A gas group must contain at least 2 gas types (e.g.
Methane 60%, Carbon Dioxide 40%).
Options
OFF
ON
Factory setting
OFF
NUMBER OF GASES
Description
Use this function to enter the number of gases that are used in the gas group.
User input
1 to 8
Factory setting
1
GAS TYPE 1
Description
Use this function to select gas type 1.
Options
AIR
AMMONIA
ARGON
BUTANE
CARBON DIOXIDE
CARBON MONOXIDE
CHLORINE
ETHANE
ETHYLENE
HELIUM 4
HYDROGEN NORMAL
HYDROGEN CHLORIDE
HYDROGEN SULFIDE
KRYPTON
METHANE
NEON
NITROGEN
OXYGEN
PROPANE
XENON
NOT USED
SPECIAL GAS
Factory setting
AIR
38
Endress+Hauser
GAS

MOLE % GAS 1
Prerequisite
This function is not available if the setting in NUMBER OF GASES ( 38) is 1.
(The factory setting 100% is automatically used)
Description
Use this function to enter the Mole % of the gas selected in GAS TYPE 1.
User input
000.00 % to 100.00 %
Factory setting
100.00 %
DESCRIPTION
Prerequisite
This function is only available if the option SPECIAL GAS is selected in the function
GAS TYPE 1 ( 38).
Description
Use this function to enter a description for a special gas configuration.
Example
A special composition consisting of 93% oxygen and 7% ozone.
User input: O2 93% OZONE 7%
User input
xxxx (max. 16 characters)
Valid characters are A-Z, 0-9, +, -, decimal point, blank space or underscore
Factory setting
" " (no text)
CORRECTION FACTOR
Prerequisite
GAS TYPE 1 ( 38).
Description
Use this function to enter a manual correction factor for a special gas configuration.
The correction factor is normally based on air and at the specified process conditions.
The correction factor is determined by the factory. If the gas or process conditions change
from the initial setting, then the correction factor value will also need updating.
User input
Factory setting
1.0
REFERENCE DENSITY
Prerequisite
GAS TYPE 1 ( 38).
Description
Use this function to enter a reference density for a special gas configuration when
corrected volume flow is required, e.g. Nm (Scf)
The reference density is determined by the factory. If the gas or reference conditions
change from the initial setting, then the reference density value will also need updating.
The unit is taken from the function UNIT DENSITY ( 11).
User input
5-digit floating-point number, with unit
Factory setting
1.2930 [kg/m] or 0.0807 [lb/ft] (country dependent 53)
Endress+Hauser
39
GAS

GAS TYPE 2 to 8
Prerequisite
The number of functions available here is dependent upon the setting in the function
NUMBER OF GASES ( 38).
Description
Use this function to select the gas type.
Options
AIR
AMMONIA
ARGON
BUTANE
CARBON DIOXIDE
CARBON MONOXIDE
CHLORINE
ETHANE
ETHYLENE
HELIUM 4
HYDROGEN NORMAL
HYDROGEN CHLORIDE
HYDROGEN SULFIDE
KRYPTON
METHANE
NEON
NITROGEN
OXYGEN
PROPANE
XENON
NOT USED
Factory setting
NOT USED
MOLE % GAS 2 to 8
Prerequisite
The number of functions available here is dependent upon the setting in the function
NUMBER OF GASES ( 38).
Description
Use this function to enter the Mole % of the gas.
User input
000.00 % to 100.00 %
Factory setting
000.00 %
CHECK VALUES
Prerequisite
This function is only available if there is an error in the Mole % values.
Description
The error message MIXTURE NOT 100% appears if the entered values do not add up to
100%. The entries have to be checked and corrected before the gas group can be saved
and used for flow measurement (see option YES function SAVE CHANGES ( 38).
Display
MIXTURE NOT 100%
40
Endress+Hauser
GAS

SAVE CHANGES
Description
Use this function to control the way entries are saved in the gas group and utilized for
flow measurement.
Options
CANCEL
The entered parameters are saved in the gas group but they are not used for flow
measurement. The gas group can be activated, at a later time, by returning to the group,
checking the parameters and then selecting the option YES in this function.
YES
The entered parameters are saved in the gas group and are used for flow measurement.
DISCARD
The entered parameters are not saved. The previous parameters remain valid and are
used for flow measurement.
Endress+Hauser
41
HEAT FLOW
13
HEAT FLOW
Function description, HEAT FLOW group

CALORIFIC VALUE
TYPE
Description
Use this function to select the measured variable on which the combustion value is
based.
Options
MASS
CORRECTED VOLUME
Factory setting
MASS
MODE 1
Description
Use this function to select a mode for calculating the heat flow (GAS GROUP 1).
Options
AUTO NET
AUTO GROSS
MANUAL
Factory setting
AUTO NET
HEATING VALUE 1
Prerequisite
This function is only available if MANUAL was selected in the MODE 1 function
( 42).
Description
Use this function to enter a user-specific calorific value.
Input/display
Factory setting
0.0
The corresponding unit is taken from the UNIT CALORIFIC VALUE MASS ( 9) or
UNIT CALORIFIC VALUE CORRECTED VOLUME function ( 9).
MODE 2
Description
Use this function to select a mode for calculating the heat flow (GAS GROUP 2).
Options
AUTO NET
AUTO GROSS
MANUAL
Factory setting
AUTO NET
HEATING VALUE 2
Prerequisite
This function is only available if MANUAL was selected in the MODE 2 function
( 42).
Description
Input/display
Factory setting
0.0
The corresponding unit is taken from the UNIT CALORIFIC VALUE MASS ( 9) or
UNIT CALORIFIC VALUE CORRECTED VOLUME function ( 9).
42
Endress+Hauser
HEAT FLOW
Function description, HEAT FLOW group

REFERENCE
COMBUSTION
TEMPERATURE
Prerequisite
This function is not available if the option MANUAL is selected in MODE 1 oder
MODE 2 ( 42).
Description
Use this function to enter the reference combustion temperature of the gas. This function
is used to calculate the calorific value of the gas.
The unit is taken from the function UNIT TEMPERATURE ( 11).
User input
Factory setting
25.0 C or 60.0 F (country dependent 53)
Endress+Hauser
43
SYSTEM PARAMETER
14
SYSTEM PARAMETER
Function description, SYSTEM PARAMETER group

POSITIVE ZERO
RETURN
Description
Use this function to interrupt evaluation of measured variables. For example, the output
signal should be set to zero flow during operations such as pipe cleaning.
The setting acts on all functions and outputs of the measuring device.
If the positive zero return is active, the notice message #601 "POSITIVE ZERO-RET" is
displayed.
Options
OFF
ON (signal output is set to zero flow value, temperature is as normal)
Factory setting
OFF
FLOW DAMPING
Description
Use this function to enter a value for damping the measured flow and temperature
signals. The sensitivity of the flow measurement signal can be reduced with respect to
transient flows and interference peaks.
The damping acts prior to other damping functions (e. g. display, time constant).
User input
0 to 100 s
Factory setting
1s
44
Endress+Hauser
15
SENSOR DATA
SENSOR DATA
Function description, SENSOR DATA group

This group of functions contains the essential data relating to the sensor geometry and calibration.
Flange version (t-mass 65 F): The sensor data cannot be changed and is read only.
Insertion version (t-mass 65 I): The sensor data can be changed to suit the application pipe.
The pipe or duct dimensions are essential for calculating the correct insertion depth.
All the sensor's parameter settings are saved on the S-DAT memory chip.
Note!
!
See the flowchart of the "Sensor" Quick Setup menu 16
PIPE TYPE
Prerequisite
Description
Use this function to select the type of pipe.
Options
CIRCULAR
RECTANGULAR
Factory setting
CIRCULAR
PIPE STANDARD
Prerequisite
This function is not available if RECTANGULAR is selected in the PIPE TYPE function
( 45).
Description
Use this function to select a pipe standard.
If the option OTHERS is selected here, then values need to be entered in the functions
OUTER DIAMETER and WALL THICKNESS.
Options
DIN:
PN6, PN10, PN25, PN40
ANSI:
B36.10 SCHEDULE 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80
B36.19 SCHEDULE 10, 40, 80
OTHERS
Factory setting
PN10 or B36.10 SCHEDULE 10 (country dependent 53)
NOMINAL DIAMETER
Prerequisite
This function is not available if OTHER was selected in the PIPE STANDARD function
( 45) or RECTANGULAR in the PIPE TYPE function ( 45).
Description
Use this function to select the nominal diameter of the pipe.
Options
80/3", 100/4", 150/6", 200/8", 250/10", 300/12", 350/14", 400/16", 450/18",
500/20", 600/24", 700/28", 800/32", 900/36", 1000/40"
Factory setting
150/6"
Endress+Hauser
45
SENSOR DATA

OUTER DIAMETER
Prerequisite
This function is only available if CIRCULAR is selected in the function PIPE TYPE
( 45) and OTHER was selected in the function PIPE STANDARD ( 45).
Description
Use this function to enter a value for the outer diameter.
The unit is taken from the function UNIT LENGTH ( 11).
User input
60 to 99999 (mm) or 2.362 to 3937 (inch) (country dependent 53)
Factory setting
168.3 (mm) or 6.0 (inch) (country dependent 53)
WALL THICKNESS
Prerequisite
This function is not available if a standard pipe was selected in the function PIPE TYPE
( 45), e.g. PN16.
Description
Use this function to enter a value for the wall thickness of the pipe or duct.
User input
2.0 to 40.0 (mm) or 0.08 to 1.57 (inch) (country dependent 53)
Factory setting
INTERNAL DIAMETER
Prerequisite
This function is only available if CIRCULAR is selected in the function PIPE TYPE
( 45) and OTHER was selected in the function PIPE STANDARD ( 45).
Description
Use this function to view the internal diameter of a circular pipe.
Display
INTERNAL HEIGHT
Prerequisite
This function is only available if RETANGLUAR was selected in the function PIPE TYPE
( 45).
Description
Use this function to enter the internal height of a rectangular duct.
User input
Factory setting
46
Endress+Hauser
SENSOR DATA

INTERNAL WIDTH
Prerequisite
This function is only available if RECTANGULAR was selected in the PIPE TYPE
function ( 45).
Description
Use this function to enter the internal width of a rectangular duct.
User input
Factory setting
MOUNTING
Prerequisite
This function is only available if RECTANGULAR is selected in the function PIPE TYPE
( 45).
Description
Use this function to select the installation direction of the insertion sensor in the
rectangular duct.
If the VERTICAL option is selected, the value from the function
INTERNAL HEIGHT ( 46) is used to calculate the insertion depth
If the HORIZONTAL option is selected, the value from the function
INTERNAL WIDTH ( 47) is used to calculate the insertion depth
Options
HORIZONTAL
VERTICAL
Factory setting
VERTICAL
MOUNTING SET
LENGTH
Prerequisite
Description
Use this function to enter a value for the length of the mounting set (including the sensor
compression fitting).
User input
75 to 900 (mm) or 2.953 to 35.433 (inch) (country dependent 53)
Factory setting
The factory setting value is the length of the G1A compression fitting and standard
Endress+Hauser mounting boss.
INSERTION DEPTH
Prerequisite
Description
This function displays the calculated insertion depth for mounting the sensor.
For more information on insertion depth calculation, please refer to the Operating
Instructions BA00113D/06.
Display
Endress+Hauser
47
SENSOR DATA

ZERO POINT
Description
This function shows the current zero point correction value for the sensor. The zero
point is determined by the ZERO POINT ADJUST ( 35) function.
User input
20.000 to +20.000
Factory setting
Depends on calibration.
FLOW CONDITIONER
Description
Use this function to indicate if the t-mass 65F sensor has been calibrated with or without
a flow conditioner.
Display
WITH
WITHOUT
Factory setting
WITHOUT
CALIBRATION DATE
Description
Use this function to display the date of the last factory calibration of the measuring
device.
This date is not updated by the IN-SITU CALIBRATION function.
Options
DD.MM.YYYY
48
Endress+Hauser
16
SUPERVISION
SUPERVISION
Function description, SUPERVISION group

ACTUAL SYSTEM
CONDITION
Description
The current system status appears on the display.
Display
SYSTEM OK or
The fault/notice message with the highest priority.
PREVIOUS SYSTEM
CONDITION
Description
The last 16 fault and notice messages appear on the display.
ALARM DELAY
Description
Use this function to enter a time delay for which the criteria for an error always has to be
satisfied before a fault or notice message is generated. Depending on the setting and the
type of error, this suppression acts on the display.
Note!
If this function is used, fault and notice messages are delayed by the time corresponding
to the setting before being forwarded to the higher-level controller (PLC, DCS, etc.).
Therefore, check in advance whether a delay of this nature could affect the safety
requirements of the process. If fault and notice messages are not be suppressed, than a
value of 0 seconds must be entered here.
User input
0 to 100 s (in steps of one second)
Factory setting
0s
SYSTEM RESET
Description
Use this function to restart (reset) the measuring device.
Options
NO
The device is not restarted.
RESTART SYSTEM
Restart without disconnecting main power. In doing so, all the data (functions) are
accepted unchanged.
Factory setting
NO
OPERATION HOURS
Description
The hours of operation of the device appear on the display.
Display
Depends on the number of hours of operation elapsed:
Hours of operation < 10 hours display format = 0:00:00 (hr:min:sec)
Hours of operation 10 to 10 000 hours display format = 0000:00 (hr:min)
Hours of operation >10 000 hours display format = 000000 (hr)
HOURS SINCE RESET
Description
The hours of operation since the last reset of the device appear on the display.
Display
Hours of operation 10 to 10 000 hours display format = 0000:00 (hr:min)
Endress+Hauser
49
SIMULATION SYSTEM
17
SIMULATION SYSTEM
Function description, SIMULATION SYSTEM group

SIMULATION FAILSAFE
MODE
Description
Use this function to set all inputs, outputs and the totalizer to their error-response modes,
in order to check whether they respond correctly. During this time, the message #691
"SIMULATION FAILSAFE" appears on the display.
Options
OFF
ON
Factory setting
OFF
SIMULATION
MEASURAND
Description
Use this function to set all the inputs, outputs and the totalizer to their flow-response
modes, in order to check whether they respond correctly. During this time, the message
#692 "SIMULATION MEASURAND" appears on the display.
Note!
The measuring device can only be used for measuring to a certain extent while the
simulation is in progress.
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
Options
OFF
MASS FLOW
TEMPERATURE
HEAT FLOW
Factory setting
OFF
VALUE SIMULATION
MEASURAND
Prerequisite
Function is only available if the SIMULATION MEASURAND function ( 50) is
active.
Description
Use this function to specify an arbitrary value (e.g. 12 kg/s) to check the assigned
functions in the device itself and downstream signal circuits.
The unit depends on the option selected in the SIMULATION MEASURAND function
and is taken from the SYSTEM UNITS group ( 8).
Note!
User input
Factory setting
(country dependent 53)
0 kg/h; 0 lb/h (MASS FLOW)
0 Nm/h; 0 Sm/h (CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW)
0 MWh; 0 kBtu (HEAT FLOW)
0 C; +32 F (TEMPERATURE)
50
Endress+Hauser
18
SENSOR VERSION
SENSOR VERSION
Function description, SENSOR VERSION group

SENSOR TYPE
Description
Use this function to view the sensor type.
Display
FLOWCELL (t-mass 65F flange sensor)
INSERTION (t-mass 65I insertion sensor)
Endress+Hauser
SERIAL NUMBER
Description
The serial number of the sensor appears on the display.
TRANSDUCER SERIAL
NUMBER
Description
The serial number of the transducer appears on the display.
SOFTWARE REVISION
NUMBER S-DAT
Description
Use this function to view the software revision number of the S-DAT.
PRE-AMPLIFIER
SOFTWARE REVISION
NUMBER
Description
Use this function to view the software revision number of the preamplifier.
PRE-AMPLIFIER
HARDWARE REVISION
NUMBER
Description
Use this function to view the hardware revision number of the preamplifier.
51
AMPLIFIER VERSION
19
AMPLIFIER VERSION
Function description, AMPLIFIER VERSION group
52
DEVICE SOFTWARE
Description
Use this function to display the current device software version.
HARDWARE REVISION
NUMBER AMPLIFIER
Description
Use this function to view the hardware revision number of the amplifier board.
SOFTWARE REVISION
NUMBER AMPLIFIER
Description
Use this function to view the software revision number of the amplifier board.
SOFTWARE REVISION
NUMBER T-DAT
Description
Use this function to view the software revision number of the T-DAT.
I/O MODULE TYPE
Description
Use this function to view the configuration of the I/O module.
SOFTWARE REVISION
NUMBER I/O MODULE
Description
Use this function to view the software revision number of the I/O module.
Endress+Hauser
Factory settings
20
Factory settings
20.1
Language
Country
Language
Country
Language
Australia
English
Luxembourg
French
Austria
German
Malaysia
English
Belgium
English
The Netherlands
Dutch
Czechia
Czech
Norway
Norwegian
Denmark
English
Poland
Polish
England
English
Portugal
Portuguese
Finland
Finnish
Sweden
Swedish
France
French
Switzerland
German
Germany
German
Singapore
English
Hungary
English
Spain
Spanish
Hong Kong
English
South Africa
English
India
English
Thailand
English
Italy
Italian
Other countries
English
20.2
SI units (not for USA and Canada)
20.2.1
Low flow cut off, full scale value, pulse value
t-mass F sensor
With air at ambient conditions (without a flow conditioner)
Nominal diameter
Low flow cut off
Full scale value
Pulse value
[mm]
[kg/h]
[kg/h]
[kg/p]
15
0.53
53
0.10
25
2.00
200
1.00
40
5.55
555
1.00
50
9.10
910
10.00
80
20.30
2030
10.00
100
37.50
3750
10.00
t-mass I sensor
Endress+Hauser
Nominal diameter
Low flow cut off
Full scale value
Pulse value
[mm]
[kg/h]
[kg/h]
[kg/p]
80
20.30
2030
10.0
100
37.50
3750
10.0
150
75.00
7500
100.0
200
125.00
12500
100.0
250
200.00
20000
100.0
53
Factory settings
Nominal diameter
Low flow cut off
Full scale value
Pulse value
[mm]
[kg/h]
[kg/h]
[kg/p]
300
280.00
28000
100.0
400
500.00
50000
100.0
500
800.00
80000
100.0
600
1150.00
115000
100.0
700
1590.00
159000
100.0
1000
3200.00
320000
100.0
1500
7200.00
720000
100.0
20.2.2
System units
Unit
Unit
Temperature
Length
mm
Density
kg/m
Pressure
bar a
Reference density
kg/m
Reference Pressure
bar a
Calorific Value Mass
MJ/kg
Calorific Value Corr. Vol.
MJ/m
Heat
kWh
20.2.3
Unit totalizer 1 and 2

Unit
Mass flow
kg
Heat flow
MWh
20.2.4
Unit
Nm
Other Units
Unit
54
Ref. combustion temp.
43
Pipe standard
according to DIN
45
Endress+Hauser
Factory settings
20.3
US units (only for USA and Canada)
20.3.1
t-mass F sensor
With air at ambient conditions; (without a flow conditioner)
Nominal diameter
Low flow cut off
Full scale value
Pulse value
[mm]
[lb/hr]
[lb/hr]
[lb/p]
"
1.16
116
0.20
1"
4.40
440
2.00
1"
12.20
1220
2.00
2"
20.02
2002
20.00
3"
44.66
4466
20.00
4"
82.50
8250
20.00
t-mass I sensor
Nominal diameter
Low flow cut off
Full scale value
Pulse value
[mm]
[lb/hr]
[lb/hr]
[lb/p]
3"
44.66
4466
20.00
4"
82.50
8250
20.00
6"
165.00
16500
200.00
8"
275.00
27500
200.00
10"
440.00
44000
200.00
12"
610.00
61000
200.00
16"
1100.00
110000
200.00
20"
1760.00
176000
200.00
24"
2530.00
253000
200.00
28"
3498.00
349800
200.00
40"
7040.00
704000
200.00
60"
15840.00
1584000
200.00
20.3.2
SYSTEM UNITS
Unit
Endress+Hauser
Unit
Temperature
Length
inch
Density
lb/ft
Pressure
psi a
Reference density
lb/ft
Reference Pressure
psi a
kBtu/lb
kBtu/Scf
Heat
kBtu
55
Factory settings
20.3.3

Unit
Mass flow
lb
Heat flow
kBtu
20.3.4
Other Units
Unit
Sm
Unit
56
43
Pipe standard
according to ANSI
45
Endress+Hauser
Index function matrix

Numerics
100% VALUE LINE 1 (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
100% VALUE LINE 2 (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
A
ACCESS CODE (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACCESS CODE COUNTER (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ACTUAL SYSTEM CONDITION (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALARM DELAY (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AMPLIFIER HARDWARE REVISION NUMBER (fct.) . . . . .
AMPLIFIER VERSION, function group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANALYZER INPUT (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSIGN GAS GROUP (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSIGN LINE 1 (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSIGN LINE 2 (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSIGN LOW FLOW CUTOFF (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASSIGN TOTALIZER (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23
24
49
49
52
52
38
28
25
25
34
28
B
BACKLIGHT (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
BLOCK SELECTION (Fkt.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
BUSADRESSE (Fkt.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
C
CALIBRATION DATE (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Calorific value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
CALORIFIC VALUE TYPE (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
CASCADE_IN VALUE (Fkt.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
CHECK VALUES (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
COMMUNICATION, function group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
CONTRAST LCD (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
CORRECTION FACTOR (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
D
Data back-up (of device data with T-DAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DD REVISION (Fkt.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEFINE PRIVATE CODE (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DESCRIPTION (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEVICE PD-TAG (Fkt.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEVICE REVISION (Fkt.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEVICE SOFTWARE (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEVICE TYPE (Fkt.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DISPLAY DAMPING (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22
32
23
39
31
32
52
31
26
F
FAILSAFE MODE (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FLOW CONDITIONER (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FLOW DAMPING (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FORMAT (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
48
44
26
G
Gas pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GAS TYPE 1 (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GAS TYPE 2 to 8 (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endress+Hauser
19
17
38
40
GAS, function group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

GROSS CALORIFIC VALUE (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
H
HANDLING TOTALIZER, function group . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Heat flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
HEAT FLOW (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
HEAT FLOW, function group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
HEATING VALUE 1 (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
HOURS SINCE RESET (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
I
I/O MODULE (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O-MODULE SOFTWARE REVISION NUMBER (fct.) . . .
IN VALUE (Fkt.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSERTION DEPTH (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSTALLATION FACTOR (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INTERNAL DIAMETER (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INTERNAL HEIGHT (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INTERNAL WIDTH (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
52
52
32
47
36
46
46
47
L
LANGUAGE (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
M
MANUFACTURER ID (Fkt.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
MASS FLOW (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
MEASURED VALUES, function group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
MODE 1 (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
MODE 2 (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
MOLE % GAS 1 (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
MOLE % GAS 1 (PROCESS PARAMETER) (fct.). . . . . . . . . 34
MOLE % GAS 2 to 8 (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
MOUNTING (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
MOUNTING SET LENGTH (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
N
NET CALORIFIC VALUE (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
NOMINAL DIAMETER (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
NUMBER OF GASES (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
O
OFF-VALUE LOW FLOW CUTOFF (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ON-VALUE LOW FLOW CUTOFF (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OPERATING PRESSURE (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OPERATION HOURS (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OPERATION, function group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OUTER DIAMETER (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OVERFLOW (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
35
35
33
49
23
46
28
P
PIPE STANDARD (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PIPE TYPE (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POSITIVE ZERO RETURN (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PRE-AMPLIFIER HARDWARE REVISION NUMBER (fct.) .
PRE-AMPLIFIER SOFTWARE REVISION NUMBER (fct.) . .
PREVIOUS SYSTEM CONDITION (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45
45
44
51
51
49
57
PROCESS PARAMETER, function group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

PROCESS PRESSURE 1 (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
PROCESS PRESSURE 2 (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Q
Quick setup
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data back-up (of device data with T-DAT) . . . . . . . . . .
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heat flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
QUICK SETUP COMMISSIONING (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
QUICK SETUP GAS (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
QUICK SETUP HEAT FLOW (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
QUICK SETUP PRESSURE (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
QUICK SETUP SENSOR (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
QUICK SETUP, function group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
22
17
20
19
16
12
12
12
12
12
12
R
REF. COMBUSTION TEMPERATURE (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . .
REFERENCE DENSITY (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REFERENCE DENSITY (PROCESS PARAMETER) (fct.) . . .
REFERENCE PRESSURE (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REFERENCE TEMPERATURE (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RESET ALL TOTALIZERS (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RESET TOTALIZER (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U
UNIT CALORIFIC VALUE CORRECTED VOLUME (fct.) . . 9
UNIT CALORIFIC VALUE MASS (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
UNIT CORRECTED VOLUME (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
UNIT CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
UNIT DENSITY (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
UNIT HEAT (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
UNIT HEAT FLOW (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
UNIT LENGTH (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
UNIT MASS (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
UNIT MASS FLOW (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
UNIT PRESSURE (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
UNIT TEMPERATURE (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
UNIT TOTALIZER (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
USER INTERFACE, function group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
V
VALUE SIMULATION MEASURAND (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
W
43
39
34
33
33
30
29
WALL THICKNESS (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

WRITE PROTECTION (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Z
ZERO POINT (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
ZERO POINT ADJUST (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
S
SAVE CHANGES (fct.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
SELECT GROUP (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
SENSOR DATA, function group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Sensor setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
SENSOR TYPE (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
SENSOR VERSION, function group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
SERIAL NUMBER (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
SERIAL NUMBER (Fkt.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
SIMULATION (Fkt.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
SIMULATION FAILSAFE MODE (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
SIMULATION MEASURAND (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
SIMULATION SYSTEM, function group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
SOFTWARE REVISION NUMBER AMPLIFIER (fct.) . . . . . 52
SOFTWARE REVISION NUMBER S-DAT (fct.) . . . . . . . . . 51
SOFTWARE REVISION NUMBER T-DAT (fct.) . . . . . . . . . 52
STATUS ACCESS (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
SUM (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
SUPERVISION, function group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
SYSTEM PARAMETER, function group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
SYSTEM RESET (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
SYSTEM UNITS, function group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
T
T-DAT (HistoROM)
Save/load (data back-up, e.g. for replacing devices) . . . 22
T-DAT SAVE/LOAD (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
TEMPERATURE (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
TEST DISPLAY (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
TOTALIZER 1/2, function group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
TRANSDUCER SERIAL NUMBER (fct.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
58
Endress+Hauser
Operation via FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Table of contents for FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Table of contents for FOUNDATION Fieldbus

1
Block mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Resource Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
Selecting the operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Block status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write protection and simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm detection and processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resource Block parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
Signal processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Important functions and parameters
of the Transducer Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
"Flow" Transducer Block parameters . . . . . . . . . . .
"Diagnosis" Transducer Block parameters . . . . . . . .
"Display" Transducer Block parameters . . . . . . . . .
"Totalizer"Transducer Block parameters . . . . . . . . .
"Heat Flow"Transducer Block parameters . . . . . . . .
Function blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Analog Input function block . . . . . . . . 43
5.1
5.2
Signal processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Important functions and parameters of the
Analog Input function blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Discrete Output function block . . . . . 50
6.1
6.2
Signal processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Important functions and parameters of the Discrete
Output function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Additional function blocks . . . . . . . . . 53
Factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
8.1
8.2
8.3
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
SI units (not for USA and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
US units (only for USA and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
6
6
7
7
8
10
11
13
26
29
33
36
Index FOUNDATION Fieldbus . . . . . . . . . . 58
Endress+Hauser
Block mode
Block mode
In the FOUNDATION Fieldbus all the device parameters are categorized according to their
functional properties and task and are generally assigned to three different blocks. A block may be
regarded as a container in which parameters and the associated functionalities are contained.
A FOUNDATION Fieldbus device has the following block types.
A Resource Block
The Resource Block contains all the device-specific characteristics of the device.
One or more Transducer Blocks (transmission blocks)
The Transducer Block contains all the measuring technology and device-specific parameters of the
device. The measurement principles (e.g. flow, temperature) are depicted in the Transducer
Blocks in accordance with the FOUNDATION Fieldbus specification.
One or more function blocks
Function blocks contain the automation functions of the device. We distinguish between different
function blocks, e.g. Analog Input function block, Analog Output function block, PID function
block (PID controller), etc. Each of these function blocks is used to process different application
functions.
Different automation tasks can be realized depending on the arrangement and connection of the
individual blocks. In addition to these blocks, a field device may have any number of further blocks,
e.g. several Analog Input function blocks if more than one process variable is available from the field
device.
The t-mass 65 FOUNDATION Fieldbus has the following blocks:
1 Resource Block
5 Transducer Blocks
12 function blocks consisting of:
5 Analog Input function blocks
1 Analog Output function blocks
1 Discrete Output function block
1 PID function block
1 Arithmetic function block
1 Input Selector function block
1 Signal Characterizer function block
1 Integrator function block
Endress+Hauser
Block mode
Analog Input
Function Block
Transducer
Block
Analog Output
Block
FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
Discrete Output
Block
Resource
Block
PID
Block
ARITHMETIC
Block
INPUT
Block
SIGNAL
Block
INTEGRATOR
Block
A0014989-en
Fig. 1:
t-mass 65 FOUNDATION Fieldbus blocks
The sensor signal is first prepared specifically for the flow in the measuring block (the Transducer
Block). The process variables are then passed to the Analog Input function blocks for technical
processing (e.g. scaling, limit value processing).
The process variables go through the complete function block algorithm and are available to other
function blocks, e.g. the PID block, as a starting variable for connecting the desired application
function.
Using the Discrete Output function block (DO), various actions and functions in the t-mass 65
can be initiated and controlled via FOUNDATION Fieldbus.
Endress+Hauser
Note!
Additional function blocks such as the PID, Arithmetic, Input Selector, Signal Characterizer and
Integrator function block are described in the "FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview" (BA013S)
Operating Instructions (available at: www.endress.com download).
Resource Block
Resource Block
A Resource Block contains all the data that uniquely identifies and characterizes the field device. It
is an electronic version of a nameplate on the field device. Parameters of the Resource Block include
device type, device name, manufacturer ID, serial number, etc.
A further task of the Resource Blocks is the management of overall parameters and functions that
have an influence on the execution of the remaining blocks in the field device. The Resource Block
is thus the central unit that also checks the device status and thereby influences or controls the
operability of the other blocks and thus also of the device. Since the Resource Block has no block
input and block output data, it cannot be linked with other blocks.
The most important functions and parameters of the Resource Block are listed below; you will find
an overview of all the available parameters starting on 8
2.1
Selecting the operating mode
The operating mode is configured via the MODE_BLK parameter group.

The Resource Block supports the following operating modes:
AUTO (automatic mode)
OOS (out of service)
Note!
The block status OOS is also shown via the parameter BLOCK_ERR.In operating mode OOS, if write
protection is not enabled, you can access all the write parameters without restriction.
2.2
Block status
The current operating status of the Resource Block is shown in the parameter RS_STATE.
The Resource Block can take on the following states:
STANDBY
The Resource Block is in the OOS mode.
It is not possible to execute the remaining blocks.
ONLINE LINKING
The connections configured between the function blocks have not yet been linked.
ONLINE
Normal operating status, the Resource Block is in the AUTO operating mode. The configured
connections between the function blocks have been established.
Endress+Hauser
2.3
Resource Block
Write protection and simulation
Write protection of the device parameters and simulation in the Analog Input and Discrete Output
Function Block can be locked or unlocked via a jumper setting on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
I/O board (Operating Instructions BA00134D/06).
The parameter WRITE_LOCK shows the status of the hardware write protection. The following
statuses are possible:
LOCKED
Device data cannot be modified via the FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
NOT LOCKED
Device data can be modified via the FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
The parameter BLOCK_ERR indicates whether a simulation is possible in the Analog Input and
Discrete Output function block:
Simulation Active
Simulation possible in the Analog Input function block via the SIMULATE parameter and in the
Discrete Output function block via the SIMULATE_D parameter.
2.4
Alarm detection and processing
Process alarms provide information on particular block statuses and block events. The status of the
process alarms is communicated to the fieldbus host system via the parameter BLOCK_ALM. The
parameter ACK_OPTION specifies whether an alarm must be acknowledged via the fieldbus host
system.
The following process alarms are generated by the Resource Block:
Block process alarms
The following block process alarms of the Resource Block are shown via the parameter:
OUT OF SERVICE
SIMULATE ACTVE
Write protection process alarm
If write protection is disabled on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus I/O board, then prior to
communicating the change of status to the fieldbus host system the alarm priority specified in the
parameter WRITE_PRI is checked. The alarm priority specifies the action taken when the write
protection alarm WRITE_ALM is enabled.
Endress+Hauser
Note!
If the option of a process alarm has not been enabled in the parameter ACK_OPTION, this process
alarm only has to be acknowledged in the parameter BLOCK_ALM.
The parameter ALARM_SUM shows the current status of all the process alarms.
Resource Block
2.5
Resource Block parameters
The following table shows the Endress+Hauser-specific parameters of the Resource Block.
Note!
FOUNDATION Fieldbus parameters are described in the Operating Instructions "FOUNDATION
Fieldbus Overview" (BA013S) (available at: www.endress.com download).
Resource Block
Parameter
Write access with

operating mode
(MODE_BLK
Description
Sensor - Serial Number
read only
Use this function to view the sensor serial number.
Amp. - HW Rev.Number
read only
Use this parameter to view the hardware revision

number of the amplifier.
Amp. - HW Identification
read only
Use this parameter to view the hardware ID number of

the amplifier.
Amp. - SW Rev.Number
read only
Use this function to view the software revision number

of the amplifier.
Amp. - SW Identification
read only
Use this function to view the software ID number of the

amplifier.
Amp. - Prod.-Number
read only
Use this parameter to view the production number of the

amplifier.
Amp. - SW-Rev.No.
T-DAT
read only
Use this parameter to view the software revision number

of the software used to create the content of the T-DAT.
I/O - Type
read only
Use this function to view the I/O module type.
I/O - HW Rev.Number
read only
Use this function to view the hardware revision number

of the I/O module.
I/O - HW Identification
read only
Use this parameter to view the hardware ID number of

the I/O module.
I/O - SW Rev.Number
read only
Use this function to view the software revision number

of the I/O module.
I/O - SW Identification
read only
Use this parameter to view the software ID number of

the I/O module.
I/O - Prod.Number
read only
Use this function to view the production number of the

I/O module.
Device Software
read only
Use this function to view the device software version.
Endress+Hauser
Transducer Block
Transducer Block
The Transducer Blocks contain all the measurement- and device-specific parameters of the
flowmeter. All the settings directly connected with the flow measurement/application are made
here. They form the interface between the sensor-specific measured value preprocessing and the
Analog Input function blocks required for automation.
A Transducer Block allows you to influence the input and output values of a function block. The
parameters of a Transducer Block include information on the sensor type, sensor configuration,
physical units, calibration, damping, diagnosis, etc. as well as the device-specific parameters. The
device-specific parameters and functions are split into several Transducer Blocks, each covering
different task areas.
"Flow" Transducer Block / base index 1400:
This block contains all the flow-specific parameters and functions, e.g. calibration functions, sensor
data, etc. 13
"Diagnosis" Transducer Block / base index 1600:
This block contains all the parameters for system diagnosis, e.g. current system status etc
usw. 26
"Display" Transducer Block / base index 1800:
This block contains all the parameters for configuring the local display
29
"Totalizer" Transducer Block / base index 1900:
This block contains all the parameters for configuring the totalizers
33
"Heat Flow" Transducer Block / base index 2700:
This block contains all the parameters for configuring gas measurement
36
Endress+Hauser
Transducer Block
3.1
Signal processing
The following figure shows the internal structure of the individual Transducer Blocks:
Transducer Block Flow

Simulation Value Measurand
Simulation Measurand
Low Flow
Cut Off
Positive Zero
Return
Amplifier
Off Value
Auto
Low Flow Cut Off

Pressure Shock Suppression
Empty Pipe Detection
O/S
Mode_BLK
Signals
On Value
Transducer Block Totalizer
Mass Flow
CH 1
Volume
Flow
CH 2
Temperature
CH 6
Totalizer ... - Mode

Totalizer ... - Reset
Tot. 1 - Assign
Totalizer 1
Mode_BLK
Volume Flow
Auto
CH 7
Tot. 2 - Assign
O/S
Totalizer 2
CH 8
Mass Flow
Auto
Tot. - Reset All
Transducer Block Diagnosis

Transducer Block Display
AI Block
Transducer Block Heat Flow

A0014992-en
Fig. 2:
Internal structure of the individual Transducer Blocks
The Transducer Block receives several signals from the sensor as input values (mass, density,
temperature). Other process variables (volume, standard volume) are derived from these signals.
The input signals further processed via an amplifier. A low flow cut off allows you to hide
measurement inaccuracies in the low-flow sector. The parameter "Low Flow Cut Off -On-Value"
( 17) allows you to define a limit value. If the measured flow value is below this limit value
then the output value of 0 is output.
The parameter "Simulation - Value Measurand" ( 24) allows you to specify a simulation value
for the Transducer Block in order to test assigned parameters in the device and subsequent function
blocks. In addition, the parameter "System Parameter - Positive Zero Return" ( 21) allows you
to switch the measured value to "Zero Flow". This is necessary when a piping system is being
cleaned, for example.
Output variables (process variables) that are made available by the Transducer Blocks 11,
Output Variable Block.
A process variable, e.g. mass flow, volume flow, etc., can be assigned to the individual totalizers.
Each totalizer can be manually reset using the parameter Totalizer (1 - 3) Reset. The most important
functions and parameters of the Transducer Blocks are listed below. You will find an overview of all
the available parameters starting on 13.
10
Endress+Hauser
Transducer Block
3.2
Important functions and parameters

of the Transducer Blocks
3.2.1
Block output values
The Transducer Blocks make the following output variables (process variables) available. The
CHANNEL parameter in the Analog Input function block is used to assign which process variable is
read in and processed in the downstream Analog Input function block.
Note!
The "Diagnosis" and "Display" Transducer Blocks do not have any output variables.
Block
Process variable
Mass flow
Volume flow
Temperature
Totalizer 1
Totalizer 2
Gas analyzer and Heat flow measurement
53
3.2.2
Channel parameter
(AI Block)
The operating mode is configured via the MODE_BLK parameter group.

The Transducer Blocks support the following operating modes:
Note!
The block status OOS is also shown via the parameter BLOCK_ERR. In operating mode OOS, if
write protection is not enabled and the release code is entered, you can access all the write
parameters without restriction.
The following applies for the "Flow" and "Totalizer" Transducer Blocks: In the "OOS" operating
mode, the process variables are updated but the status of the output value OUT (AI Block) changes
to "BAD".
If problems occur during the configuration of the function blocks See Operating Instructions
BA00135D/06, "Troubleshooting" section.
3.2.3
The Transducer Blocks do not generate any process alarms. The status of the process variables is
evaluated in the subsequent Analog Input function blocks. If the Analog Input function block does
not receive an input value that can be evaluated from the Transducer Blocks, then a process alarm
is generated. This process alarm is displayed in the BLOCK_ERR parameter of the Analog Input
function block (BLOCK_ERR = Input Failure).
The parameter BLOCK_ERR of the "Diagnosis" Transducer Block displays the device error that
produced the input value that could not be evaluated and thus triggered the process alarm in the
Analog Input function block.
In addition, the active device error is displayed via the "Diagnosis" Transducer Block in the
"Diag. - Act.Sys.Condition" parameter ( 26).
For more information on rectifying errors See Operating Instructions BA00135D/06,
"Troubleshooting" section.
Endress+Hauser
11
Transducer Block
3.2.4
Diagnosis
The status of the device is displayed via the following parameters specified in the FOUNDATION
Fieldbus specification:
BLOCK_ERR
Transducer Error
Detailed information on the current device status is displayed via the "Diagnosis" Transducer Block
in the manufacturer-specific parameter "Diag. -Act. Sys. Condition" ( 26).
For more information on rectifying errors See Operating Instructions BA00135D/06,
3.2.5
Accessing the device-specific parameters
To access the device-specific parameters the following requirements must be met:
12
1.
Hardware write protection must be deactivated See Operating Instructions BA00135D/06.
2.
The correct code must be entered in the parameter "Access - Code" via the corresponding
Transducer Block.
Endress+Hauser
3.3
Transducer Block
"Flow" Transducer Block parameters
The following table shows the Endress+Hauser-specific parameters of the "Flow" Transducer Block.
These can only be changed after entering a release code in the "Access - Code" parameter.
Note!
"Flow" Transducer Block / base index 1400
Parameter
Access - Code
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
All data of the measuring system are protected against inadvertent change.
Only when the code has been entered in this parameter can the
manufacturer-specific parameters be programmed and the device
configuration modified.
You can enable programming by entering:
Code 65(factory setting)
Personal code (Access Def.Private Code parameter 29)
Note!
If the hardware write protection is enabled then access to the
manufacturer-specific parameters is blocked even if the right code is
entered
You can disable programming again by entering any number (other than
the release code) in this parameter.
The Endress+Hauser service organization can be of assistance if you
mislay your personal code.
Certain parameters are not accessible unless a special service code is
entered. This service code is known only to the Endress+Hauser service
organization. Please contact your Endress+Hauser service center if you
require clarification.
User input
Access - Status
read only
Description
Use this parameter to check the access status for the parameter matrix.
Display
LOCKED (parameterization disabled)
ACCESS CUSTOMER (parameterization enabled)
ACCESS SERVICE (parameterization enabled)
System Value - Mass

Flow
read only
Description
The currently measured mass flow appears on the display.
Display
e.g. 462.87 kg/h; 731.63 lb/min
Endress+Hauser
13
Transducer Block
Parameter
System Unit - Mass

Flow
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the mass flow.
Low flow cut off
Options
SI:
Gram g/time unit
Kilogram kg/time unit
Metric ton t/time unit
US:
Ounce oz/time unit
Pound lb/time unit
Ton ton/time unit
Factory setting
kg/h or lb/h (country dependent 54)
System Value Corr.Volume Flow
read only
Description
The calculated corrected volume flow appears on the display.
The corrected volume flow is calculated from the measured mass flow and
the reference density of the gas.
Display
e.g. 104.97 Nm3/h; 110.73 Sm3/h; etc.
System Unit Corr.Volume Flow
AUTO - OOS
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the corrected volume flow.
Low flow cut off
Options
SI:
Norm cubic meter Nm/time unit
Norm liter Nl/time unit
US:
Standard cubic meter Sm/time unit
Standard cubic feet Scf/time unit
Factory setting
Nm/h or Sm/h (country dependent 54)
System Unit - Calorific

Value Mass
AUTO - OOS
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the gross/net calorific
value.
Options (SI units)
kJ/kg
MJ/kg
kWh/kg
MWh/kg
kcal/kg
Mcal/kg
Options (US units)
Btu/lb
kBtu/lb
Factory setting
MJ/kg or kBtu/lb (country dependent 54)
14
Endress+Hauser
Transducer Block
Parameter
System Unit- Calorific

Value Corrected
Volume
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the calorific value based on
the corrected volume.
Options (SI units):
kJ/Nm
MJ/Nm
kWh/Nm
MWh/Nm
kcal/Nm
Mcal/Nm
Options (US units):
kJ/Sm
MJ/Sm
kWh/Sm
MWh/Sm
kcal/Sm
Mcal/Sm
Btu/Scf
kBtu/Scf
Factory setting
MJ/Nm or kBtu/Scf (country dependent 54)
System Value - Heat

Flow
read only
Description
The calculated heat flow appears on the display.
Display
5-digit floating-point number, including unit,
(e.g. 175.00 kJ/h; 50.000 kBtu/h; etc.)
System Unit - Heat

Flow
AUTO - OOS
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the heat flow.
Options (SI unit)
kW
MW
kJ/time unit
MJ/time unit
GJ/time unit
kcal/time unit
Mcal/time unit
Gcal/time unit
Options (US unit)
tons
kBtu/time unit
MBtu/time unit
GBtu/time unit
Factory setting
kW or kBtu/h (country dependent 54)
Endress+Hauser
15
Transducer Block
Parameter
System Unit - Heat
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the heat.
Options (SI units)
kWh
MWh
kJ
MJ
GJ
kcal
Mcal
Gcal
Options (US units)
tonh
kBtu
MBtu
GBtu
Factory setting
kWh or kBtu (country dependent 54)
System Unit Pressure
AUTO - OOS
Description
Use this function to select the unit for pressure.
Process pressure (Process Pressure 1 und 2, 19)
Reference pressure (Reference Pressure, 19)
Options
bar a (bar absolute)
psi a (pounds per square inch absolute)
kPa a (kilopascal absolute)
mmHg 0C a (millimeter mercury absolute)
inHg 32F a (inch mercury absolute)
mmH2O 4C a (millimeter water absolute)
inH2O 39F a (inch water absolute)
kg/cm2 a (kilogram per centimeter squared absolute)
Factory setting
bar a or psi a (country dependent 54)
System Value Temperature
read only
Description
The currently measured temperature appears on the display.
Display
5-digit fixed-point number, incl. unit and sign
e.g. 23.4 C, 160.0 F, 295.4 K
System Unit Temperature
AUTO - OOS
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the temperature.
Options
C (CELSIUS)
K (KELVIN)
F (FAHRENHEIT)
R (RANKINE)
Factory setting
C or F (country dependent 54)
16
Endress+Hauser
Transducer Block
Parameter
System Unit Density
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
For selecting the unit required and displayed for the calculated gas density at
process conditions. The unit you select here is also valid for:
Reference density (Process Pressure 1 und 2, 19)
Options
SI:
g/cm
g/cc
kg/dm
kg/l
kg/m
US:
lb/ft
Factory setting
kg/m or lb/ft (country dependent 54)
System Unit Length
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
This function is only available for the insertion sensor (t-mass 65I)
Description
For selecting the unit of length required and displayed for the pipe internal
diameter or the inner dimensions of rectangular ducts.
Options
MILLIMETER
INCH
Factory setting
MILLIMETER or INCH (country dependent 54)
Low Flow Cut Off Assign
AUTO - OOS
Description
For selecting the process variable on which low flow cut off should act.
Options
OFF
MASS FLOW
Factory setting
MASS FLOW
Low Flow Cut Off -On

Value
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
This function is not available if OFF was selected in the Low Flow Cut Off Assign ( 17).
Description
Use this function to enter the on-value for low flow cut off.
Low flow cut off is switched on if the value entered is not equal to 0. An
inverted plus sign is shown on the local display of the flow value as soon as
the low flow cut off is active.
User input
Factory setting
1 % of full scale value
Low Flow Cut Off Unit
read only
Description
Displays the unit of the low flow cut off.
Note!
Depending on the process variable selected, the unit is taken from the
corresponding parameter "System Unit - Mass Flow", "System Unit - Volume
Flow" or "System Unit - Corr.Volume Flow".
Endress+Hauser
17
Transducer Block
Parameter
Low Flow Cut Off -Off

Value
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
Use this function to enter the off-value for low flow cut off. Enter the offvalue as a positive hysteresis from the on-value.
H
1
1
c
a0001245
Fig. 3:
Q
t
H
a
b
c
1
2
Example for the behavior of low flow cutoff

Flow rate [volume/time]
Time
Hysteresis
ON VALUE LOW FLOW CUT OFF = 20 kg/h
OFF-VALUE LOW FLOW CUTOFF = 10%
Low flow cutoff active
Low flow cut off is switched on at 20 kg/h
Low flow cut off is switched off at 22 kg/h
User input
Integer 0 to 100%
Factory setting
50%
Adj. - Zeropoint
Adjustment
AUTO - OOS
Description
Use this function to start automatic zero point adjustment.
"
Caution!
Prior to performing zero point adjustment, observe the exact procedure for
zero point adjustment as specified in Operating Instructions BA00135D/06.
Note!
If zero point adjustment is not possible due to unstable flow conditions,
alarm #451 "ADJUST ZERO FAIL" appears on the display.
RESET: reset to factory calibration.
Options
START
CANCEL
RESET
Factory setting
CANCEL
Installation Factor
AUTO - OOS
Description
Disturbances in the flow may arise due to the design of the system, such as
pipe bends, reducers, etc. The flow value measured is scaled by entering a
constant factor. The flow disturbance can thus be compensated using the
calculated flow signal:
Flow output = measured flow installation factor
Enter a higher value: flow value output is increased.
Enter a lower value: flow value output is decreased.
User input
0.0000 to 99999
Factory setting
1.0000
18
Endress+Hauser
Transducer Block
Parameter
Process Pressure 1
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Prerequisite
This function is not available if the In-Situ Calibration function has been
enabled. Refer to your Endress+Hauser service representative for more
information.
Description
Use this function to enter the process pressure for Gas Group 1.
The unit is taken from the function System Unit - Pressure ( 16).
Input/display
Factory setting
Process Pressure 2
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
information.
Description
Use this function to enter the process pressure for Gas Group 2.
Input/display
Factory setting
Press.Corr. Pressure
AUTO - OOS
Description
Use this function to display the pressure value which is used for the flow
calculation. The value is read from the following function:
Process Pressure 1 or 2 (depending on which gas group is active)
Display
Factory setting
Ref.Param. - Ref.
Temperature
AUTO - OOS
Description
Use this function to enter the reference temperature for calculating the
reference density (for corrected volume flow measurement).
The unit is taken from the function System Unit - Temperature ( 16).
User input
Factory setting
Reference Pressure
AUTO - OOS
Description
Use this function to enter the reference temperature for calculating the
reference density (for corrected volume flow measurement).
User input
Factory setting
Endress+Hauser
19
Transducer Block
Parameter
Reference Density
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
read only
Description
Prerequisite
information.
Description
Use this function to display the calculated reference density (for corrected
volume flow measurement).
The unit is taken from the function System Unit - Density ( 17).
Display
Net Calorific Value
read only
Prerequisite
This function is only available if AUTO NET or MANUAL was selected in
the Group 1 to 2 - Mode 1 to 2 ( 40).
Description
Use this function to display the current net calorific value of the gas.
The unit is taken from the function System Unit - Calorific Value Mass
( 14) or System Unit- Calorific Value Corrected Volume ( 15).
Display
Gross Calorific Value
read only
Prerequisite
This function is only available if AUTO GROSS or MANUAL was selected in
the Group 1 to 2 - Mode 1 to 2 ( 40).
Description
Use this function to display the current gross calorific value of the gas.
The unit is taken from the function System Unit - Calorific Value Mass
( 14) or System Unit- Calorific Value Corrected Volume ( 15).
Display
Mole % Gas 1
read only
Prerequisite
This function is not available if OFF was selected in the Group 1 to 2 Analyzer Input ( 37).
Description
Use this function to display the Mole % of Group 1 to 2 - Gas Type 1
37 in accordance with the input signal of the gas analyzer.
Display
0.0 % to 100.0 %
Sys. - Flow Damping
AUTO - OOS
Description
Use this function to enter a value for damping the measured flow and
temperature signals. The sensitivity of the flow measurement signal can be
reduced with respect to transient flows and interference peaks.
The damping acts prior to other damping functions (e. g. display, time
constant).
User input
0 to 100 s
Factory setting
1s
20
Endress+Hauser
Transducer Block
Parameter
Sys. - Positive Zero

Return
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
Use this function to interrupt evaluation of measured variables. For example,
the output signal should be set to zero flow during operations such as pipe
cleaning.
The setting acts on all functions and outputs of the measuring device.
If the positive zero return is active, the notice message #601 "POSITIVE
ZERO-RET" is displayed.
Options
OFF
ON (signal output is set to zero flow value, temperature is as normal)
Factory setting
OFF
Sensor Data - Pipe

Type
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
Description
Use this function to select the type of pipe.
Options
CIRCULAR
RECTANGULAR
Factory setting
CIRCULAR
Sensor Data - Pipe

Standard
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
This function is not available if RECTANGULAR is selected in the Sensor
Data - Pipe Type ( 21) function.
Description
Use this function to select a pipe standard.
If the option OTHERS is selected here, then values need to be entered in the
functions Sensor Data - Outer Pipe Diameter and Sensor Data - Wall
Thickness.
Options
DIN:
PN6, PN10, PN25, PN40
ANSI:
B36.10 SCHEDULE 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80
B36.19 SCHEDULE 10, 40, 80
OTHERS
Factory setting
PN10 or B36.10 SCHEDULE 10 (country dependent 54)
Sensor Data - Nominal

Diameter
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
This function is not available if OTHER was selected in the Sensor Data Pipe Standard ( 21) OTHERS or RECTANGULAR in the Sensor Data Pipe Type ( 21).
Description
Use this function to select the nominal diameter of the pipe.
Options
80/3", 100/4", 150/6", 200/8", 250/10", 300/12", 350/14", 400/16",
450/18", 500/20", 600/24", 700/28", 800/32", 900/36", 1000/40"
Factory setting
150/6"
Endress+Hauser
21
Transducer Block
Parameter
Sensor Data - Outer

Pipe Diameter
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Prerequisite
This function is only available if CIRCULAR is selected in the function
Sensor Data - Pipe Type ( 21) and OTHER was selected in the function
Sensor Data - Pipe Standard ( 21).
Description
The unit is taken from the function System Unit - Length ( 17).
User input
Factory setting
Sensor Data - Internal

Diameter
read only
Prerequisite
This function is only available if OTHER is selected in the function Sensor
Data - Pipe Standard ( 21) and CIRCULAR was selected in the function
Sensor Data - Pipe Type ( 21) .
Description
Use this function to view the internal diameter of a circular pipe.
Display

Height
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
This function is only available if RETANGLUAR was selected in the function
Sensor Data - Pipe Type ( 21).
Description
Use this function to enter the internal height of a rectangular duct.
User input
Factory setting

Width
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
This function is only available if RETANGLUAR was selected in the function
Description
Use this function to enter the internal width of a rectangular duct.
User input
Factory setting
22
Endress+Hauser
Transducer Block
Parameter
Sensor Data - Wall

Thickness
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Prerequisite
This function is only available for insertion sensors.
This function is not available if a standard pipe was selected in the function
Sensor Data - Pipe Standard ( 21) e.g. PN16.
Description
User input
2.0 to 40.0 (mm) or 0.08 to 1.57 (inch) (country dependent 54)
Factory setting
Sensor Data Mounting
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
This function is only available if RECTANGULAR is selected in the function
Description
Use this function to select the installation direction of the insertion sensor in
the rectangular duct.
If the VERTICAL option is selected, the value from the function Sensor
Data - Internal Height ( 22) is used to calculate the insertion depth.
If the HORIZONTAL option is selected, the value from the function
Sensor Data - Internal Width ( 22) is used to calculate the insertion
depth.
Options
HORIZONTAL
VERTICAL
Factory setting
VERTICAL
Sensor Data Mounting Set Length
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
Description
Use this function to enter a value for the length of the mounting set
(including the sensor compression fitting).
The unit is taken from the function System Unit - Length ( 17) .
User input
75 to 900 (mm) or 2.953 to 35.433 (inch) (country dependent 54)
Factory setting
The factory setting value is the length of the G1A compression fitting and
standard Endress+Hauser mounting boss.
Sensor Data - Insertion

Depth
read only
Prerequisite
Description
This function displays the calculated insertion depth for mounting the
sensor.
The unit is taken from the function System Unit - Length ( 17) .
For more information on insertion depth calculation, please refer to the
Operating Instructions BA00134D/06.
Display
Endress+Hauser
23
Transducer Block
Parameter
Sensor Data Zeropoint
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
This function shows the current zero point correction value for the sensor.
The zero point is determined by the Adj. - Zeropoint Adjustment ( 18).
User input
20.000 to +20.000
Factory setting
Depends on calibration.
Sensor Data - Flow

Conditioner
read only
Description
Use this function to indicate if the t-mass 65F sensor has been calibrated
with or without a flow conditioner.
Display
WITH
WITHOUT
Factory setting
WITHOUT
Sensor Data Calibration Date
read only
Description
Use this function to display the date of the last factory calibration of the
measuring device.
This date is not updated by the In-Situ Calibration function.
Options
DD.MM.YYYY
Simulation Measurand
AUTO - OOS
Description
Use this function to set all the inputs, outputs and the totalizer to their flow
response modes, in order to check whether they respond correctly. During
this time, the message #692 "SIMULATION MEASURAND" appears on the
display.
Note!
The measuring device can only be used for measuring to a certain extent
while the simulation is in progress.
Options
OFF
MASS FLOW
TEMPERATURE
HEAT FLOW
Factory setting
OFF
Simulation Value
Measurand
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
Function is only available if the Simulation - Measurand ( 24) is active.
Description
Use this function to specify an arbitrary value (e.g. 12 kg/s) to check the
assigned functions in the device itself and downstream signal circuits.
Note!
User input
Factory setting
(country dependent 54)
0 kg/h; 0 lb/h (MASS FLOW)
0 Nm/h; 0 Sm/h (CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW)
0 MWh; 0 kBtu (HEAT FLOW)
0 C; +32 F (TEMPERATURE)
24
Endress+Hauser
Transducer Block
Parameter
Sensor Version Sensor Type
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
read only
Description
Description
Use this function to view the sensor type.
Display
FLOWCELL (t-mass 65F flange sensor)
INSERTION (t-mass 65I insertion sensor)
Endress+Hauser
Sensor - Prod.Number
read only
Description
The serial number of the sensor appears on the display.
Sensor Version Tra.Ser.No
read only
Description
The serial number of the transducer appears on the display.
Sensor Version - SWRev.No.S-DAT
read only
Description
Use this function to view the software revision number of the S-DAT.
Sensor Version - SWRev.No.Pre-Amp.
read only
Description
Use this function to view the software revision number of the preamplifier.
Sensor Version - HWRev.No.Pre-Amp.
read only
Description
Use this function to view the hardware revision number of the preamplifier.
25
Transducer Block
3.4
"Diagnosis" Transducer Block parameters
The following table shows the Endress+Hauser-specific parameters of the "Flow" Transducer Block.
These can only be changed after entering a release code in the "Access - Code" parameter.
Note!
"Diagnosis" Transducer Block / base index 1600
Parameter
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
Diag. Act. Sys. Condition
read only
Diag. Prev. Sys. Condition
read only
Access - Code
Description
Displays the current system status.
Note!
A precise error description as well as notes on remedying errors can be
found in the Operating Instructions BA00135D.
AUTO - OOS
Displays the last error message that occurred.

Description
Note!
entered
User input
Access - Status
read only
Description
Display
26
Endress+Hauser
Transducer Block
Parameter
Sys.- Alarm Delay
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
Use this function to define a time span for which the criteria for an error
have to be satisfied without interruption before a fault or notice message is
generated.
Depending on the setting and the type of error, this suppression acts on:
Display
Output Blocks (AI Blocks), FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
Note!
If this parameter is used, fault and notice messages are delayed by the time
corresponding to the setting before being forwarded to the downstream
function blocks or the fieldbus host system.
Therefore, check in advance whether a delay of this nature could affect the
safety requirements of the process. If fault and notice messages are not be
suppressed, than a value of 0 seconds must be entered here.
User input
0 to 100 s (in steps of one second)
Factory setting
0s
Sys.- Sim. Failsafe
Mode
AUTO - OOS
Description
Use this parameter to set the Analog Input and Totalizer function blocks
to their defined failsafe modes, in order to check whether they respond
correctly. The failsafe mode of the totalizers is defined via the Tot. - Failsafe
All ( 35).
Note!
Active simulation mode is relayed to downstream function blocks or higher
level process control systems by means of the status "UNCERTAIN" of the
output value OUT (AI Block).
Options
OFF
ON
Factory setting
OFF
Sys.- Reset
AUTO - OOS
Description
Use this function to restart (reset) the measuring device.
Options
NO
The device is not restarted.
RESTART SYSTEM
Restart without disconnecting main power. In doing so, all the data
(functions) are accepted unchanged.
Factory setting
NO
Sys.- Operation Time
read only
Description
The hours of operation of the device appear on the display.
Display
Hours of operation 10 to 10 000 hours display format = 0000:00
(hr:min)
Sys.- Time Since Reset
Endress+Hauser
read only
Description
This parameter is only used for service purposes
27
Transducer Block
Parameter
Sys.- T-DAT Save/

Load
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
Use this function to save the configuration/settings of the transmitter to a
transmitter-DAT (T-DAT), or to load a configuration from the T-DAT to the
EEPROM (manual backup function).
Application examples:
After commissioning, the current measuring point parameters can be
saved to the T-DAT as a backup.
If the transmitter is replaced for some reason, the data from the T-DAT
can be loaded into the new transmitter (EEPROM).
Options
CANCEL
SAVE (from the EEPROM to the T-DAT)
LOAD (from the T-DAT to the EEPROM)
Note!
If the target device has an older software version, the message "TRANSM.
SW-DAT" is displayed during startup. Then only the "SAVE" option is
available.
LOAD
This option is only possible:
if the target device has the same software version as, or a more recent
software
version than, the source device or
if the T-DAT contains valid data that can be called up
SAVE
This function is always available.
Factory setting
CANCEL
Sys.- Amp.Device Type
28
read only
Description
Endress+Hauser
3.5
Transducer Block
"Display" Transducer Block parameters
The following table shows the Endress+Hauser-specific parameters of the "Display" Transducer
Block. These can only be changed after entering a release code in the "Access - Code" parameter.
Note!
"Display" Transducer Block / base index 1800
Parameter
Access - Code
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
Note!
entered
User input
Access - Status
read only
Description
Display
Access Def.Private
Code
AUTO - OOS
Description
Use this function to enter a personal code to enable configuration.
This applies both to manufacturer-specific parameters in the Transducer
Blocks and to operating via the local display
If the code number is "0", programming is always enabled.
Parameter configuration has to be enabled before this code can be
changed.
User input
Factory setting
65
Endress+Hauser
29
Transducer Block
Parameter
Access Code Counter
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
read only
Description
Description
The number of times the private and service code was entered to access the
device appears on the display.
Display
Integer
Factory setting
0
Display - Language
AUTO - OOS
Description
For selecting the language in which all messages are shown on the local
display.
Options
ENGLISH
DEUTSCH
FRANCAIS
ESPANOL
ITALIANO
NEDERLANDS
NORSK
SVENSKA
SUOMI
PORTUGUES
POLSKI
CESKI
Factory setting
country dependent 54
Display - Damping
AUTO - OOS
Description
For entering a time constant defining how the display reacts to severely
fluctuating flow variables, either very quickly (enter a low time constant) or
with damping (enter a high time constant).
The setting 0 seconds switches off damping.
User input
0 to 100 seconds
Factory setting
3 seconds
Display - Contrast LCD
AUTO - OOS
Description
For adjusting the display contrast to suit local operating conditions.
User input
10 to 100%
Factory setting
50%
Display - Backlight
AUTO - OOS
Description
For adjusting the background lighting to suit local operating conditions.
Entering the value "0" means that the backlight is "switched off". The display
then no longer emits any light, i.e. the display texts can no longer be read in
the dark.
User input
0 to 100%
Factory setting
50%
30
Endress+Hauser
Transducer Block
Parameter
Display - Test
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
Use this function to test the operability of the local display and its pixels.
Test sequence:
1. Start the test by selecting ON.
2. All pixels of the main line and additional line are darkened for
minimum 0.75 seconds.
3. The main line and additional line show an "8" in each field for
4. The main line and additional line show a "0" in each field for minimum
0.75 seconds.
5. The main line and additional line show nothing (blank display) for
6. When the test is completed, the local display returns to its initial state
and displays the option OFF.
Options
OFF
ON
Factory setting
OFF
Display - Format
AUTO - OOS
Description
For selecting the number of decimal places for the display value in the main
line.
Note that this setting only affects the reading as it appears on the display,
it has no influence on the accuracy of the system's calculations.
The places after the decimal point as computed by the measuring device
cannot always be displayed, depending on this setting and the
engineering unit. In these instances an arrow appears on the display
between the measured value and the engineering unit (e.g. 1.2 kg/h),
indicating that the measuring system is computing with more decimal
places than can be shown on the display.
Options
XXXXX. - XXXX.X - XXX.XX - XX.XXX -X.XXXX
Factory setting
X.XXXX
Line 1 - Assign
AUTO - OOS
Description
For assigning a display value to the main line (top line of the local display).
Options
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
TEMPERATURE
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
HEAT FLOW
HEAT FLOW IN %
AO - VALUE
Factory setting
MASS FLOW
Endress+Hauser
31
Transducer Block
Parameter
Line 2 - Assign
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
For assigning a display value to the additional line (bottom line of the local
display).
Options
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
TEMPERATURE
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
TAG NAME
OPERATING/SYSTEM CONDITIONS
HEAT FLOW
HEAT FLOW IN %
AO - VALUE
Factory setting
TOTALIZER 1
Line 1 - 100% Value
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
This function is only available if one of the following options was selected in
the Line 1 - Assign ( 31) function:
MASS FLOW IN %
HEAT FLOW IN %
Description
Use this function to enter the flow value which should be shown on the
display as the 100% value.
User input
Factory setting
Line 2 - 100% Value
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
This function is only available if one of the following options was selected in
the Line 2 - Assign ( 32) function:
MASS FLOW IN %
HEAT FLOW IN %
Description
Use this function to enter the flow value which should be shown on the
display as the 100% value.
User input
Factory setting
32
Endress+Hauser
3.6
Transducer Block
"Totalizer"Transducer Block parameters
The following table shows the Endress+Hauser-specific parameters of the "Totalizer" Transducer
Note!
"Totalizer" Transducer Block / base index 1800
Parameter
Access - Code
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
Note!
entered
User input
Access - Status
read only
Description
Display
Tot. 1 to 2 - Sum
AUTO - OOS
Description
Use this parameter to view the total for the totalizers measured variable
aggregated since measuring commenced. The value can be positive or
negative, depending on the setting selected in the parameter Tot. 1 to 2 Mode ( 35) and the direction of flow.
Note!
The effect of the setting in the parameter Tot. 1 to 2 - Mode is as follows:
If the setting is BALANCE, the totalizer balances flow in the positive
and negative directions.
If the setting is FORWARD, the totalizer registers only flow in the
positive direction.
If the setting is REVERSE, the totalizer registers only flow in the
negative direction.
The totalizers' response to faults is defined in the parameter "Tot. Failsafe All".
Display
Max. 7-digit floating-point number, including unit and
sign (e.g. 15467,04 kg)
Endress+Hauser
33
Transducer Block
Parameter
Tot. 1 to 2 - Unit
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
For selecting the unit for the measured variable assigned to the totalizer.
The unit selected here does not have any effect on the desired volume unit
which should be transmitted by means of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
interface. This setting is made separately by means of the corresponding AI
Block in the XD_SCALE parameter group.
Options (Tot. 1 to 2 - Assign = MASS FLOW):
SI g , kg, t
US oz, lb, ton
Factory setting
kg or lb (country dependent 54)
Options (Tot. 1 to 2 - Assign = CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW)):
SI Nl, Nm
US Sm, Scf
Factory setting
Nm or Sm (country dependent 54)
Options (Tot. 1 to 2 - Assign = HEAT FLOW):
SI kWh, MWh, kJ, MJ, GJ, kcal, Mcal, Gcal
US kBtu, MBtu, GBtu, tonh
Factory setting
MWh or MBtu (country dependent 54)
Tot. 1 to 2 - Assign
AUTO - OOS
Description
For assigning the measured variable to the totalizer.
The totalizer is reset to 0 as soon as the selection is changed.
If you select OFF, only the Tot. 1 to 2 - Assign function is displayed in the
Totalizer 1 or 2 group..
Options
OFF
MASS FLOW
HEAT FLOW
Factory setting
MASS FLOW
Tot. 1 to 2 - Assign Gas

Group
AUTO - OOS
Description
Use this function to assign a gas group to a totalizer.
If GAS GROUP 1&2 is selected, the individual values of each gas group are
totaled on one totalizer.
Options
GAS GROUP 1
GAS GROUP 2
GAS GROUP 1&2
Factory setting
GAS GROUP 1
34
Endress+Hauser
Transducer Block
Parameter
Tot. 1 to 2 - Mode
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
Use this parameter to define how the flow components are to be totaled by
the totalizer.
Options
BALANCE
Positive and negative flow components. The positive and negative flow
components are balanced. In other words, net flow in the flow direction is
registered.
FORWARD
Positive flow components only.
REVERSE
Negative flow components only.
Factory setting
Totalizer 1 = BALANCE
Totalizer 2 = FORWARD
Tot. 1 to 2 - Reset
AUTO - OOS
Description
Resets the sum and overflow in the totalizer selected.
Options
NO
YES
Factory setting
NO
Tot. - Reset All
AUTO - OOS
Description
Reset all totalizers simultaneously to zero (Tot. 1 to 2 - Sum parameter).
Options
NO
YES
Factory setting
NO
Tot. - Failsafe All
AUTO - OOS
Description
For selecting the behavior of the totalizer in an alarm condition.
Options
STOP
The totalizer does not continue to count the flow if a fault is present. The
totalizer stops at the last value before the alarm condition occurred.
HOLD VALUE
The totalizer continues to count the flow on the basis of the last valid flow
data (before the fault occurred).
ACTUAL VALUE
The totalizers continue to count on the basis of the current flow data. The
fault is ignored.
Factory setting
STOP
Amp.Device Type
Endress+Hauser
read only
Description
35
Transducer Block
3.7
"Heat Flow"Transducer Block parameters
The following table shows the Endress+Hauser-specific parameters of the "Totalizer" Transducer
Note!
"Heat Flow" Transducer Block / base index 2700
Parameter
Access - Code
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
Note!
entered
User input
Access - Status
read only
Description
Display
Gas - Select Group
AUTO - OOS
Description
Use this function to:
select a gas group for editing
set the active gas group manually
Setting the active gas group:
On completion of programming all the necessary functions in the gas
group, select YES in the Group 1 to 2 - Save Changes ( 40) function,
or
If the gas group is already programmed as required, simply select the
required gas group and then exit using the ESC keys (X).
Options
GAS GROUP 1
GAS GROUP 2
Factory setting
GAS GROUP 1
36
Endress+Hauser
Transducer Block
Parameter
Group 1 to 2 Analyzer Input
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
Use this function to assign automatic updating of a gas group (via a gas
analyzer signal and the current input function). A gas group must contain at
least 2 gas types (e.g. Methane 60%, Carbon Dioxide 40%).
Options
OFF
ON
Factory setting
OFF
Group 1 to 2 - Number
Of Gases
AUTO - OOS
Description
Use this function to enter the number of gases that are used in the gas
group.
User input
1 to 8
Factory setting
1
Group 1 to 2 - Gas
Type 1
AUTO - OOS
Description
Use this function to select gas type 1.
Options
AIR
AMMONIA
ARGON
BUTANE
CARBON DIOXIDE
CARBON MONOXIDE
CHLORINE
ETHANE
ETHYLENE
HELIUM 4
HYDROGEN NORMAL
HYDROGEN CHLORIDE
HYDROGEN SULFIDE
KRYPTON
METHANE
NEON
NITROGEN
OXYGEN
PROPANE
XENON
NOT USED
SPECIAL GAS
Factory setting
AIR
Endress+Hauser
37
Transducer Block
Parameter
Group 1 to 2 - Gas
Type 2 To 8
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Prerequisite
The number of functions available here is dependent upon the setting in the
function Group 1 to 2 - Number Of Gases ( 37).
Description
Use this function to select the gas type.
Options
AIR
AMMONIA
ARGON
BUTANE
CARBON DIOXIDE
CARBON MONOXIDE
CHLORINE
ETHANE
ETHYLENE
HELIUM 4
HYDROGEN NORMAL
HYDROGEN CHLORIDE
HYDROGEN SULFIDE
KRYPTON
METHANE
NEON
NITROGEN
OXYGEN
PROPANE
XENON
NOT USED
Factory setting
NOT USED
Group 1 to 2 Correction Factor
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
This function is only available if the option SPECIAL GAS is selected in the
function Group 1 to 2 - Gas Type 1 ( 37).
Description
Use this function to enter a manual correction factor for a special gas
configuration.
The correction factor is normally based on air and at the specified process
conditions.
The correction factor is determined by the factory. If the gas or process
conditions change from the initial setting, then the correction factor value
will also need updating.
User input
Factory setting
1.0
Group 1 to 2 Reference Density
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
function Group 1 to 2 - Gas Type 1 ( 37).
Description
Use this function to enter a reference density for a special gas configuration
when corrected volume flow is required, e.g. Nm (Scf).
The unit is taken from the function System Unit - Density ( 17).
The reference density is determined by the factory. If the gas or reference
conditions change from the initial setting, then the reference density value
will also need updating.
User input
5-digit floating-point number, with unit
Factory setting
1.2930 [kg/m] or 0.0807 [lb/ft] (country dependent 54)
38
Endress+Hauser
Transducer Block
Parameter
Group 1 to 2 - Mole %
Gas 1
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Prerequisite
This function is not available if the setting in Group 1 to 2 - Number Of
Gases ( 37) is 1. (The factory setting 100% is automatically used)
Description
Use this function to enter the Mole % of the gas selected in Group 1 to 2 Gas Type 1.
User input
000.00 % to 100.00 %
Factory setting
100.00 %
Group 1 to 2 - Mole %
Gas 2 To 8
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
The number of functions available here is dependent upon the setting in the
Group 1 to 2 - Number Of Gases ( 37).
Description
Use this function to enter the Mole % of the gas selected in Group 1 to 2 Gas Type 2 To 8.
User input
000.00 % to 100.00 %
Factory setting
000.00 %
Group 1 to 2 Description
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
function Group 1 to 2 - Gas Type 1 ( 37) .
Description
Use this function to enter a description for a special gas configuration.
Example
A special composition consisting of 93% oxygen and 7% ozone.
User input: O2 93% OZONE 7%
User input
xxxx (max. 16 characters)
Valid characters are A-Z, 0-9, +, -, decimal point, blank space or underscore
Factory setting
" " (no text)
Group 1 to 2 - Check
Values
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
This function is only available if there is an error in the Mole % values.
Description
The error message MIXTURE NOT 100% appears if the entered values do
not add up to 100%. The entries have to be checked and corrected before
the gas group can be saved and used for flow measurement (see option YES
function Group 1 to 2 - Save Changes ( 40).
Display
MIXTURE NOT 100%
Endress+Hauser
39
Transducer Block
Parameter
Group 1 to 2 - Save
Changes
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Description
Use this function to control the way entries are saved in the gas group and
utilized for flow measurement.
Options
CANCEL
The entered parameters are saved in the gas group but they are not used for
flow measurement. The gas group can be activated, at a later time, by
returning to the group, checking the parameters and then selecting the
option YES in this function.
YES
The entered parameters are saved in the gas group and are used for flow
measurement.
DISCARD
The entered parameters are not saved. The previous parameters remain
valid and are used for flow measurement.
Gas - Calorific Value

Type
AUTO - OOS
Description
Use this function to select the measured variable on which the combustion
value is based.
Options
MASS
CORRECTED VOLUME
Factory setting
MASS
Group 1 to 2 - Mode 1
to 2
AUTO - OOS
Description
Use this function to select a mode for calculating the heat flow (GAS
GROUP 1).
Options
AUTO NET
AUTO GROSS
MANUAL
Factory setting
AUTO NET
Group 1 to 2 - Heating
Value 2
AUTO - OOS
Prerequisite
This function is only available if MANUAL was selected in the Group 1 to 2
- Mode 1 to 2 ( 40) function.
Description
Input/display
Factory setting
0,0
The corresponding unit is taken from the System Unit - Calorific Value Mass
( 14) or System Unit- Calorific Value Corrected Volume ( 15)
function.
40
Endress+Hauser
Transducer Block
Parameter
Gas - Reference
Combustion
Temperature
Write access
with operating
mode
(MODE_BLK)
AUTO - OOS
Description
Prerequisite
This function is not available if the option MANUAL is selected in Group 1
to 2 - Mode 1 to 2 ( 40).
Description
Use this function to enter the reference combustion temperature of the gas.
This function is used to calculate the calorific value of the gas.
The unit is taken from the function System Unit - Temperature ( 16).
User input
Factory setting
25.0 C or 60.0 F (country dependent 54)
Endress+Hauser
41
Function blocks
Function blocks
The function blocks contain the basic automation functions of the field device. We distinguish
between different function blocks, e.g. Analog Input function block, PID function block
(PID controller), etc.
Each of these function blocks is used to execute different application functions. This means that
local control functions, for example, can be carried out directly in the field, and device errors such
as amplifier errors are reported to the automation system automatically.
The function blocks process the input values in accordance with their specific algorithm and their
internally available parameters. They generate output values that are made available to other
function blocks for further processing by linking the individual function blocks with each other.
42
Endress+Hauser
In the Analog Input function block (AI) the process variables from the Transducer Block are
prepared for the subsequent automation functions (e.g. scaling, limit value processing). The
automation function is defined by the connections of the outputs.
AI
OUT
A0003800
OUT = output value and output status of the Analog Input function block
5.1
Signal processing
The figure shows the internal structure of the Analog Input function blocks available:
TB Flow
TB Totalizer
TB Heat Flow
Analog Input 5
Analog Input 4
Analog Input 3
Analog Input 2
Analog Input 1
CHANNEL
SIMULATE
Value, Status
CH 1
CH 2
CH 6
CH 7
CH 8
CH 53
Mass Flow
Volume Flow
Temperature
Totalizer 1
Totalizer 2
Heat Flow
XD_SCALE
OUT_SCALE
L_TYPE
XD_SCALE = OUT_SCALE
Cutoff
LOW_CUT
Filter
PV_FTIME
Direct
XD_SCALE
OUT_SCALE
XD_SCALE
OUT_SCALE
Indirect
PV
Indirect
square root
AUTO
O/S
MAN
MODE
ALARM_HYS
HI_HI_ALM
HI_ALM
LO_LO_ALM
LO_ALM
Alarm detection
HI_HI
HI
LO
LO_LO
FIELD_VAL
OUT
A0014995
Fig. 4:
Internal structure of the individual Analog Input function blocks
The Analog Input function blocks receive their input values from the Transducer Blocks.
The parameter CHANNEL is used to select which input value is to be processed in an Analog Input
function block.
Factory-based configuration of the Transducer Blocks 11
The parameter group SIMULATE allows you to replace the input value with a simulation value and
to activate simulation. By specifying the status and the simulation value the reaction of the complete
Analog Input function block can be tested.
Endress+Hauser
43
Note!
The simulation mode is activated by means of jumpers on the I/O board (See Operating
Instructions BA00134D)
The parameter L_TYPE is used to select the linearization type of the input or simulation value:
Direct signal conversion
The value is forwarded without conversion (XD_SCALE = OUT_SCALE). Select this option if the
input value is already in the physical unit you want
Indirect signal conversion
With this setting the measured value from the Transducer Block (input value) is re-scaled linearly
via the input scaling XD_SCALE to the desired output range OUT_SCALE (further information
on rescaling of the input value can be found on 47).
Indirect signal conversion with square root
With this setting the measured value from the Transducer Block (input value) is re-scaled via the
parameter group XD_SCALE and recalculated using a square root function. It is then rescaled
again to the desired output range via the parameter group OUT_SCALE
The parameter LOW_CUT allows a limit value to be specified for the low flow cut off. The low flow
cut off is activated via the parameter IO_OPTS. If the converted primary value (PV) is below the
limit value then it is set to a value of "Zero".
In the parameter PV_FTIME a filter time can be specified for filtering the converted primary value
(PV). If a time of 0 seconds is specified then no filtration takes place.
The parameter group MODE_BLK is used to select the operating mode of the Analog Input function
block. If the operating mode MAN (manual) is selected then the output value OUT can be specified
directly.
The output value OUT is compared with warning and alarm limits (e.g. HI_LIM, LO_LO_LIM, etc.)
that can be entered via various parameters. If one of these limit values is violated then a limit value
process alarm (e.g. HI_ALM, LO_LO_ALM, etc.) is triggered.
44
Endress+Hauser
5.2
Important functions and parameters of the

Analog Input function blocks
The most important functions and parameters of the Analog Input function blocks are listed below.
Note!
All the FOUNDATION Fieldbus parameters available are described in the Operating Instructions
"FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview" (BA013S) (available at: www.endress.com download).
5.2.1
The operating mode is configured via the MODE_BLK parameter group. The Analog Input function
block supports the following operating modes:
MAN (manual mode)
Note!
The block status OOS is also shown via the parameter BLOCK_ERR. In operating mode OOS, if
write protection is not enabled, you can access all the write parameters without restriction.
5.2.2
Assignment of the process variable
The t-mass 65 FOUNDATION Fieldbus has five Analog Input function blocks. The process variables
of the Transducer Block that are to be processed are assigned via the parameter CHANNEL.
Factory-based configuration of the Transducer Blocks 11
5.2.3
Linearization types
In an Analog Input function block, the input value of a Transducer Block can be linearized using the
parameter L_TYPE. The following types of linearization are available:
Direct
With this setting the measured value from the Transducer Block (input value) bypasses the
linearization function and is looped unchanged with the same unit through the Analog Input
function block.
Indirect
With this setting the measured value from the Transducer Block (input value) is re-scaled linearly
via the input scaling XD_SCALE to the desired output range OUT_SCALE.
Indirect Square Root
With this setting the measured value from the Transducer Block (input value) is re-scaled via the
parameter group XD_SCALE and recalculated using an evolution function. It is then rescaled
again to the desired output range via the parameter group OUT_SCALE.
Endress+Hauser
45
5.2.4
Selection of units
A change in the unit for a process variable is defined in the relevant Analog Input function block, in
the parameter group XD_SCALE via the element UNIT.
If an unsuitable unit is selected, the function block changes to the OOS mode (out of service).
Note!
If the "Direct" type of linearization was selected via the L_TYPE parameter, the setting of the
XD_SCALE and OUT_SCALE parameter groups must be identical; otherwise, the function block
remains in the OOS operating mode and the "BLOCK CONFIG ERROR" block error is displayed
in the BLOCK_ERROR parameter.
The system units selected in the Transducer Blocks in question do not have any effect on the
setting of the system units in the Analog Input function block. The units are specified
independently of one another and must be configured separately. The unit selected in the
Transducer Blocks is only used for the local display, EPD adjustment, low flow cut off and for
simulation.
5.2.5
Status of the output value OUT
The status of the parameter group OUT communicates to the subsequent function blocks the status
of the Analog Input function block and the validity of the output value OUT. The following status
values can be displayed:
GOOD_NON_CASCADE
The output value OUT is valid and can be used for further processing.
UNCERTAIN
The output value OUT can only be used for further processing to a limited extent. The status tells
the downstream function blocks that a "notice message" is present in the device, e.g. arising from
active positive zero return or simulation.
BAD
The output value OUT is invalid. The following causes are possible:
The Analog Input function block is in the OOS operating mode.
The Resource Block is in operating mode OOS.
The "Flow" or "Totalizer" Transducer Block is in the OOS operating mode. The Analog Input
function block can only process the input value of the Transducer Block in question if the
operating mode is set to AUTO.
A "fault message" is present in the device arising from a critical device error, e.g. an electronics
module defect.
46
Note!
The status of the device (block error) is displayed by means of the BLOCK_ERR parameter.
Detailed information on the current device status is displayed via the "Diagnosis" Transducer
Block in the parameter "Diag. - Act.Sys.Condition". A list of all the error messages, including
remedial measures, can be found in the Operating Instructions BA00135D.
Endress+Hauser
5.2.6
Simulation of input/output
Parameters of the Analog Input function block allow simulation of the input and output of the
function block:
1.
Simulation of the input of the Analog Input function block:

The parameter group SIMULATE can be used to specify the input value (measured value and
status). Since the simulation value runs through the entire function block, all the parameter
settings of the block can be checked.
Note!
If simulation is blocked by the jumper on the I/O board then simulation mode cannot be
activated in the parameter SIMULATE. In the Resource Block, the parameter BLOCK_ERROR
shows whether simulation of the Analog Input function block is possible.
2.
Simulation of the output of the Analog Input function block:

Set the operating mode in the parameter group MODE_BLK to MAN and specify the desired
output value directly in the parameter OUT.
5.2.7
Diagnosis
The status of the device is displayed via the BLOCK_ERR parameter specified in the FOUNDATION
Fieldbus specification.
Detailed information on the current device status is displayed via the "Diagnosis" Transducer Block
in the manufacturer-specific parameter "Diag. - Act.Sys.Condition" ( 26).
For more information on rectifying errors See Operating Instructions BA00135D,
5.2.8
Rescaling the input value
In the Analog Input function block the input value or input range can be scaled in accordance with
the automation requirements.
Example:
The system unit in the Transducer Block is kg/h.
The measurement range of the sensor is 0 to 30 kg/h.
The output range to the process control system should be 0 to 100%.
The Analog Input function block must be configured as follows:
Parameter CHANNEL
Select: CHANNEL 1 = Mass Flow
Parameter L_TYPE
Select: L_TYPE = Indirect
The process variable "Volume flow" from the "Flow" Transducer Block is rescaled linearly in the
AI Parameter group via input scaling XD_SCALE to the desired output range OUT_SCALE.
XD_SCALE 0 % = 0
XD_SCALE 100 % = 30
XD_SCALE UNIT = kg/h
Endress+Hauser
47

OUT_SCALE 0 % = 0
OUT_SCALE 100 % = 100
OUT_SCALE UNIT = %
The result is that with an input value of, for example, 15 kg/h a value of 50% is output via the
parameter OUT.
Analog Input Function Block
Transducer
Block
kg/h
Mass
Flow
XD_SCALE
30
100
OUT_SCALE
OUT
50%
15 kg/h
0
0
0
100%
%
100
0 to 30 kg/h
A0004766-EN
Fig. 5:
5.2.9
Rescaling the input value (example)
Limit values
The limit values are based on the output value OUT. If the output value OUT exceeds or does not
reach the defined limit values then an alarm is sent to the fieldbus host system via the limit value
process alarms. The following limit values can be defined:
HI_HI_LIM (upper alarm limit)
HI_LIM (upper pre-warning limit)
LO_LO_LIM (lower alarm limit)
LO_LIM (lower pre-warning limit)
5.2.10
Process alarms provide information on particular block statuses and block events. The status of the
process alarms is communicated to the fieldbus host system via the parameter BLOCK_ALM.
The parameter ACK_OPTION specifies whether an alarm must be acknowledged via the fieldbus
host system.
The following process alarms are generated by the Analog Input function block:
Block process alarms
A block process alarm is triggered via the BLOCK_ERR parameter. The parameter BLOCK_ALM is
used to show the block process alarms and communicate them to the fieldbus host system. The
following process alarms can be generated by the Analog Input function block:
SIMULATE ACTIVE
INPUT FAILURE
OUT OF SERVICE
BLOCK CONFIG ERROR
If the option of the process alarm (BLOCK ALM) has not been enabled in the parameter
ACK_OPTION, the process alarms must be acknowledged in the parameter BLOCK_ALM.
48
Endress+Hauser
Limit value process alarms

If a limit value is infringed then the priority specified for the limit value alarm will be checked before
the limit value violation is communicated to the fieldbus host system. The priority that specifies the
action in the event of an active limit value violation is determined by the following parameters:
HI_HI_PRI (upper alarm limit)
HI_PRI (upper pre-warning limit)
LO_LO_PRI (lower alarm limit)
LO_PRI (lower pre-warning limit)
The status of the limit value process alarms is communicated to the fieldbus host system via the
following parameters:
HI_HI_ALM (upper alarm limit)
HI_ALM (upper pre-warning limit)
LO_LO_ALMI (lower alarm limit)
LO_ALM (lower pre-warning limit)
If the option of a limit value process alarm has not been enabled in the parameter ACK_OPTION
then this must be acknowledged directly in its parameter (see list.
Endress+Hauser
Note!
The parameter ALARM_SUM shows the current status of all the process alarms.
49
Discrete Output function block
The Discrete Output function block (DO, Discrete Output) processes a discrete setpoint value
received from an upstream function block or higher level process control system, with which
various instrument functions (e.g. zero point adjustment or totalizer reset) can be initiated in the
subsequent Transducer Block.
DO
CAS_IN_D
OUT_D
BKCAL_OUT_D
A0003816-EN
CAS_IN _D = Remote setpoint value from another function block

OUT_D = Discrete output value and status
BKCAL_OUT_D = Discrete output value and status required by BKCAL_IN_D input of another block for
6.1
Signal processing
The figure shows the internal structure of the Discrete Output function blocks t-mass 65
FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
Discrete Output Function Block

RCAS_IN_D
RCAS_OUT_D
BKCAL_OUT_D
PV_D
(Mode RCAS)
SP_D
Invert.
OUT_D
(Mode CAS)
CAS_IN_D
(Mode Auto)
(Mode Man)
MODE_BLK
IO_OPTS
SIMULATE_D
SIMULATE_D
Discrete
Input
Discrete
Output
Transducer Blocks
A0004771-en
Fig. 6:
Signal processing in the Discrete Output function block
In the CAS operating mode (cascade operation), the Discrete Output function block receives, via
the function block input CAS_IN_D, a discrete signal from an upstream function block. This signal
controls the setpoint value (parameter SP_D) of the function block, and after internal calculation is
sent as an output signal (parameter OUT_D) to the Transducer Block for control of instrument
functions (e.g. zero point adjustment). The output value and status of the Discrete Output
function block is communicated to the upstream block via the output BKCAL_OUT_D.
Signal processing in the RCAS operating mode (remote cascade operation) is largely identical to the
CAS operating mode. However, in this operating mode, control of the parameter SP_D does not take
place via an upstream function block but through a fieldbus host system.
50
Endress+Hauser
The output value and status of the Discrete Output function block is communicated to the process
control system as an answer message via parameter RCAS_OUT_D.
In the AUTO operating mode (automatic operation), the set point value (parameter SP_D) is
prescribed directly in the Discrete Output function block. In this case, the parameter CAS_IN_D is
not taken into consideration in the internal calculation.
In the MAN operating mode (HAND), the output value (parameter OUT_D) can be prescribed
directly in the Discrete Output function block. No internal calculation takes place.
6.2
Important functions and parameters of the Discrete

Output function block
The most important functions and parameters of the Discrete Output function block are listed below.
Note!
All the FOUNDATION Fieldbus parameters available are described in the Operating Instructions
"FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview" (BA013S) (available at: www.endress.com download).
6.2.1
The operating mode is configured via the MODE_BLK parameter group. The Discrete Output
function block supports the following operating modes:
AUTO
MAN
CAS
RCAS
OOS
6.2.2
Safety behavior
There is a safety default available (fault state) for the Discrete Output function block. This is
activated when a fault condition (of the corresponding valid set point value) exists longer than
defined in the parameter FSTATE_TIME, or when the parameter SET_FSTATE in the Resource
Block is activated. The safety operation is determined via the parameters FSTATE_TIME,
FSTATE_VAL_D, and IO_OPTS.
6.2.3
Assignment between the Discrete Output function block and the

Transducer Block
The assignment or connection between the Discrete Output function block and the Transducer
Block takes place in the Discrete Output function block via the parameter CHANNEL.
Parameter CHANNEL 16 (= Discrete Output function block)
Endress+Hauser
51
6.2.4
Values for the parameters CAS_IN_D, RCAS_IN_D, OUT_D,

and SP_D
Via the Discrete Output function block, different instrument functions in the Transducer Block can
be initiated via manufacturer-specific, fixed set point values from an upstream function block.
Here it must be observed that the desired function is only then executed when a status change from
the value 0 (Discrete state 0) to the corresponding function value (following table) takes place. The
value 0 always serves as the starting point for the corresponding control of instrument functions. A
status change from a value not equal to zero to another value has no effect.
Input assignment of the CAS_IN_D, RCAS_IN_D, OUT_D, SP_D parameters
Status changes
Action
Discrete state 0
Discrete state 1
Reserved
Discrete state 0
Discrete state 2
Positive zero return: ON
Discrete state 0
Discrete state 3
Positive zero return: OFF
Discrete state 0
Discrete state 4
Zero adjustements
Discrete state 0
Discrete state 5
Reserved
Discrete state 0
Discrete state 6
Reserved
Discrete state 0
Discrete state 7
Reset totalizers 1, 2
Discrete state 0
Discrete state 8
Reset totalizers 1
Discrete state 0
Discrete state 9
Reset totalizers 2
Example for controlling positive zero return via the Discrete Output function block.
The following example shows how positive zero return can be activated or deactivated via the
Discrete Output function block during a cleaning procedure.
1.
2.
In the first step, the connection between the Discrete Output function block and the
Transducer Block must be established. Here, the value 16 must be assigned to the parameter
CHANNEL in the Discrete Output function block
Parameter CHANNEL 16 (= Discrete Output function block)
In the CAS operating mode, the Discrete Output function block processes the set point value
specified at the input CAS_IN_D by the upstream function block and transfers it to the
Transducer Block
Activating positive zero return
With a starting value of 0 (Discrete state 0), positive zero return is activated by a status change
from 0 to 2 at input CAS_IN_D.
Deactivating the positive zero return
Positive zero return can only then be deactivated when the input value at CAS_IN_D has first
been set to output value 0 (Discrete state 0). Only then can positive zero return be deactivated
through a status change from 0 to 2 at input CAS_IN_D.
52
Endress+Hauser
Endress+Hauser
Additional function blocks
Additional function blocks
Note!
Additional function blocks such as the PID, Arithmetic, Input Selector, Signal Characterizer and
Integrator function block are described in the "FOUNDATION Fieldbus Overview" (BA013S)
Operating Instructions (available at: www.endress.com download).
53
Factory settings
Factory settings
8.1
Language
Country
Language
Country
Language
Australia
English
Luxembourg
French
Austria
German
Malaysia
English
Belgium
English
The Netherlands
Dutch
Czechia
Czech
Norway
Norwegian
Denmark
English
Poland
Polish
England
English
Portugal
Portuguese
Finland
Finnish
Sweden
Swedish
France
French
Switzerland
German
Germany
German
Singapore
English
Hungary
English
Spain
Spanish
Hong Kong
English
South Africa
English
India
English
Thailand
English
Italy
Italian
Other countries
English
8.2
SI units (not for USA and Canada)
8.2.1
t-mass F sensor
Nominal diameter
Low flow cut off
Full scale value
Pulse value
[mm]
[kg/h]
[kg/h]
[kg/p]
15
0.53
53
0.10
25
2.00
200
1.00
40
5.55
555
1.00
50
9.10
910
10.00
80
20.30
2030
10.00
100
37.50
3750
10.00
t-mass I sensor
54
Nominal diameter
Low flow cut off
Full scale value
Pulse value
[mm]
[kg/h]
[kg/h]
[kg/p]
80
20.30
2030
10.0
100
37.50
3750
10.0
150
75.00
7500
100.0
200
125.00
12500
100.0
250
200.00
20000
100.0
Endress+Hauser
Factory settings
Nominal diameter
Low flow cut off
Full scale value
Pulse value
[mm]
[kg/h]
[kg/h]
[kg/p]
300
280.00
28000
100.0
400
500.00
50000
100.0
500
800.00
80000
100.0
600
1150.00
115000
100.0
700
1590.00
159000
100.0
1000
3200.00
320000
100.0
1500
7200.00
720000
100.0
8.2.2
System units
Unit
Unit
Temperature
Length
mm
Density
kg/m
Pressure
bar a
Reference density
kg/m
Reference Pressure
bar a
MJ/kg
MJ/m
Heat
kWh
8.2.3

Unit
Mass flow
kg
Heat flow
MWh
8.2.4
Unit
Nm
Other Units
Unit
Endress+Hauser
41
Pipe standard
according to DIN
21
55
Factory settings
8.3
US units (only for USA and Canada)
8.3.1
t-mass F sensor
Nominal diameter
Low flow cut off
Full scale value
Pulse value
[mm]
[lb/hr]
[lb/hr]
[lb/p]
"
1.16
116
0.20
1"
4.40
440
2.00
1"
12.20
1220
2.00
2"
20.02
2002
20.00
3"
44.66
4466
20.00
4"
82.50
8250
20.00
t-mass I sensor
Nominal diameter
Low flow cut off
Full scale value
Pulse value
[mm]
[lb/hr]
[lb/hr]
[lb/p]
3"
44.66
4466
20.00
4"
82.50
8250
20.00
6"
165.00
16500
200.00
8"
275.00
27500
200.00
10"
440.00
44000
200.00
12"
610.00
61000
200.00
16"
1100.00
110000
200.00
20"
1760.00
176000
200.00
24"
2530.00
253000
200.00
28"
3498.00
349800
200.00
40"
7040.00
704000
200.00
60"
15840.00
1584000
200.00
8.3.2
System units
Unit
56
Unit
Temperature
Length
inch
Density
lb/ft
Pressure
psi a
Reference density
lb/ft
Reference Pressure
psi a
kBtu/lb
kBtu/Scf
Heat
kBtu
Endress+Hauser
8.3.3
Factory settings

Unit
Mass flow
lb
Heat flow
kBtu
8.3.4
Unit
Sm
Other Units
Unit
Endress+Hauser
41
Pipe standard
according to ANSI
21
57
Index FOUNDATION Fieldbus

A
Access
Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Access - Code
"Diagnosis" Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
"Display" Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
"Flow" Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
"Heat Flow" Transducer Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
"Totalizer" Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Transducer Block "Totalizer" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Access Code Counter
Access Def.Private Code
Adj. - Zeropoint Adjustment
Alarm detection
AI function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Alarm processing
AI function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Amp. - HW Identification
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Amp. - HW Rev.Number
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Amp. - Prod.Number
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Amp. - SW Identification
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Amp. - SW Rev.No. T-DAT
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Amp. - SW Rev.Number
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Amp.Device Type
Amplifier
Hardware identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Hardware revision number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Production number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Software identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Software revision number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Assign
DO function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
B
Block model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Block status
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
C
Code entry
See Access - Code
D
Device-Software
58
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Diag. - Act. Sys. Condition
Diag. - Prev. Sys. Condition
Diagnosis
AI function block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Discrete Output function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Display
100% value line 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
100% value line 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Access Code Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Access status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Assign line 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Assign line 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Backlight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Code entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Contrast LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Mass flow, calculated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Personal code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Display - Damping
Display - Language
E
Error messages
See System condition
G
Gas
Access status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calorific Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Code entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ref. Combustion Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas - Calorific Value Type
"Heat Flow" Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas - Reference Combustion Temperature
Gas - Select Group
Gas group
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas group 1 to 2
Analyzer input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas type 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas type 2 to 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heating value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mole-% Gas 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36
40
36
41
40
41
36
36
37
40
39
39
37
38
40
39
Endress+Hauser
Mole-% Gas 2 to 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Number of gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference density. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Save changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross Calorific Value
"Flow" Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group 1 to 2
Correction Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group 1 to 2 - Analyzer Input
Group 1 to 2 - Check Values
Group 1 to 2 - Correction Factor
Group 1 to 2 - Description
Group 1 to 2 - Gas Type 1
Group 1 to 2 - Gas Type 2 To 8
Group 1 to 2 - Heating Value 2
Group 1 to 2 - Mode 1 to 2
Group 1 to 2 - Mole % Gas 1
Group 1 to 2 - Mole % Gas 2 to 8
Group 1 to 2 - Number Of Gases
Group 1 to 2 - Reference Density
Group 1 to 2 - Save Changes
39
37
38
40
I/O module software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Installation Factor
20
Limit values
AI function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line 1 - 100% Value
"Display" Transducer Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line 1 - Assign
Line 2 - 100% Value
Line 2 - Assign
Low Flow Cut Off - Assign
Low Flow Cut Off - Off Value
Low Flow Cut Off - On Value
Low Flow Cut Off - Unit
38
37
39
38
39
37
38
40
40
39
39
48
32
31
32
32
17
18
17
17
M
Mole % Gas 1
37
Net Calorific Value

38
40
I
I/O - HW Identification
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O - HW Rev. Number
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O - Prod.Number
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O - SW Identification
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O - SW Rev. Number
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O - Type
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Module
Device software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardware identification number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardware revision number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Production number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software revision number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identification number
Amplifier hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amplifier software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O module hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endress+Hauser
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Operating mode
AI function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
DO function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Resource Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Output values
P
Parameters
Resource Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Press.Corr. - Pressure
Process Pressure 1
Process Pressure 2
Process variable assignment
R
Reference Density
Reference Parameter - Ref. Temperature
Reference Pressure
59
Rescaling
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Revision number
Amplifier hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Amplifier software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
S
Safety behavior
Select units ("Flow" Transducer Block)
Density value, fixed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Sensor - Prod.Number
Sensor Data - Calibration Date
Sensor Data - Flow Conditioner
Sensor Data - Insertion Depth
T"Flow" Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Sensor Data - Internal Diameter
Sensor Data - Internal Height
Sensor Data - Internal Width
Sensor Data - Mounting
Sensor Data - Mounting Set Length
Sensor Data - Nominal Diameter
Sensor Data - Outer Diameter
Sensor Data - Pipe Standard
Sensor Data - Pipe Type
Sensor Data - Wall Thickness
Sensor Data - Zeropoint
Sensor Version - HW-Rev.No.Pre-Amp.
Sensor Version - Sensor Type
Sensor Version - SW-Rev.No.Pre-Amp.
Sensor Version - SW-Rev.No.S-DAT
Sensor Version - Tra.Ser.No
Serial number sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Set points
Signal processing
60
Simulation
Simulation - Measurand
Status OUT
Sys. - Flow Damping
Sys. - Positive Zero Return
Sys.- Alarm Delay
Sys.- Amp.Device Type
Sys.- Operation Time
Sys.- Reset
Sys.- Sim. Failsafe Mode
Sys.- T-DAT Save/Load
Sys.- Time Since Reset
System condition
Actual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Previous (error history) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
System Unit - Calorific Value Corrected Volume
System Unit - Calorific Value Mass
System Unit - Density
System Unit - Heat Flow
"Flow" Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1516
System Unit - Length
System Unit - Mass Flow
System Unit - Pressure
System Unit - Temperature
System Unite - Corr.Volume Flow
System Value - Corr.Volume Flow
System Value - Heat Flow
System Value - Mass Flow
System Value - Temperature
T
T-DAT
Amplifier software revision number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Tot. - Failsafe All
Endress+Hauser
Tot. - Reset All

Tot. 1 to 2 - Assign
Tot. 1 to 2 - Assign Gas Group
Tot. 1 to 2 - Mode
Tot. 1 to 2 - Reset
Tot. 1 to 2 - Sum
"Totalizer" Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Tot. 1 to 2 - Unit
Totalizer
Access status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Amp.Device Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Assign gas group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Code entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Failsafe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Reset all totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Sum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Totalizer mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Type of linearization
U
Unit select
("Flow" Transducer Block)
Mass flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Units
W
Write protection
Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Endress+Hauser
61
62
Endress+Hauser
BA00135D/06/EN/13.10
71128091
FM+SGML6.0 ProMoDo
Brief Operating Instructions
Proline t-mass 65
6
8
9
MODBUS
These Brief Operating Instructions are not intended to replace the

Operating Instructions provided in the scope of supply.
Detailed information is provided in the Operating Instructions and
the additional documentation on the CD-ROM supplied.
The complete device documentation consists of:
These Brief Operating Instructions
Depending on the device version:
Operating Instructions and the Description of Device Functions
Approvals and safety certificates
Special safety instructions in accordance with the approvals for
the device (e.g. explosion protection, pressure equipment
directive etc.)
Additional device-specific information
KA021D/06/en/06.10
71115118
Table of contents
Proline t-mass 65
Table of contents
1 Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1 Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.2 Installation, commissioning and operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.3 Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.4 Safety conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1 Transporting to the measuring point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2 Installation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.3 Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.4 Post-installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3 Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.1 Connecting the various housing types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.2 Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.3 Post-connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4 Hardware settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4.1 Device address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
4.2 Terminating resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5 Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.1 Switching on the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.2 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
5.3 Navigating within the function matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
5.4 Calling the Commission Quick Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
5.5 Software settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.6 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Endress+Hauser
Proline t-mass 65
Safety instructions
1.1
Designated use
Safety instructions
The measuring device works based on the thermal measuring principle and is to be used
exclusively for measuring the mass flow of gases (e.g. kg, Nm3, Scf).
The measuring device can be configured to measure pure gases (e.g. oxygen, nitrogen, carbon
dioxide, argon etc.) or gas mixtures (e.g. natural gas).
Any use other than that described here compromises the safety of persons and the entire
measuring system and is, therefore, not permitted.
The manufacturer is not liable for damage caused by improper or non-designated use.
1.2
Installation, commissioning and operation
The measuring device must only be installed, connected, commissioned and maintained by
qualified and authorized specialists (e.g. electrical technicians) in full compliance with the
instructions in these Brief Operating Instructions, the applicable norms, legal regulations and
certificates (depending on the application).
The specialists must have read and understood these Brief Operating Instructions and must
follow the instructions they contain. If you are unclear on anything in these Brief Operating
Instructions, you must read the Operating Instructions (on the CD-ROM). The Operating
Instructions provide detailed information on the measuring device.
The measuring device should only installed in a de-energized state free from outside loads or
strain.
The measuring device may only be modified if such work is expressly permitted in the
Operating Instructions (on the CD-ROM).
Repairs may only be performed if a genuine spare parts kit is available and this repair work is
expressly permitted.
If performing welding work on the piping, the welding unit may not be grounded by means
of the measuring device.
1.3
Operational safety
The measuring device is designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements, has been
tested, and left the factory in a condition in which it is safe to operate. Relevant regulations
and European standards have been observed.
The manufacturer reserves the right to modify technical data without prior notice. Your
Endress+Hauser distributor will supply you with current information and updates to these
Operating Instructions.
The information on the warning notices, nameplates and connection diagrams affixed to the
device must be observed. These contain important data on the permitted operating conditions,
the range of application of the device and information on the materials used.
If the device is not used at atmospheric temperatures, compliance with the relevant marginal
conditions as specified in the device documentation supplied (on CD-ROM) is mandatory.
Endress+Hauser
Safety instructions
Proline t-mass 65
The device must be wired as specified in the wiring and connection diagrams. Interconnection
must be permitted.
All parts of the device must be included in the potential equalization of the system.
Cables, certified cable glands and certified dummy plugs must be suitable to withstand the
prevailing operating conditions, such as the temperature range of the process. Housing
apertures that are not used must be sealed with dummy plugs.
The device should only be used for fluids to which all the wetted parts of the device are
sufficiently resistant. With regard to special fluids, including fluids used for cleaning,
Endress+Hauser will be happy to assist in clarifying the corrosion-resistant properties of
wetted materials. However, minor changes in temperature, concentration or in the degree of
contamination in the process may result in variations in corrosion resistance. For this reason,
Endress+Hauser does not accept any responsibility with regard to the corrosion resistance of
wetted materials in a specific application. The user is responsible for the choice of suitable
wetted materials in the process.
Hazardous areas
Measuring devices for use in hazardous areas are labeled accordingly on the nameplate.
Relevant national regulations must be observed when operating the device in hazardous areas.
The Ex documentation on the CD-ROM is an integral part of the entire device documentation.
The installation regulations, connection data and safety instructions provided in the Ex
documentation must be observed. The symbol on the front page indicates the approval and
certification body (0 Europe, 2 USA, 1 Canada).
The nameplate also bears the documentation number of this Ex documentation
(XA***D/../..).
1.4
#
"
!
Safety conventions
Warning!
"Warning" indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can result in injury
or a safety hazard. Comply strictly with the instructions and proceed with care.
Caution!
Caution indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can result in
incorrect operation or destruction of the device. Comply strictly with the instructions.
Note!
"Note" indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can have an indirect
effect on operation or trigger an unexpected response on the part of the device.
Endress+Hauser
Proline t-mass 65
Installation
Installation
2.1
Transporting to the measuring point
Transport the measuring device to the measuring point in the original packaging.
The covers or caps fitted on the process connections prevent mechanical damage to the
sensors during transport and storage. For this reason, do not remove the covers or caps until
immediately before installation.
Use slings around the process connections.
Warning!
#
Risk of injury! The device can slip.
The center of gravity of the measuring device may be
higher than the holding points of the slings.
Always ensure that the device cannot slip or turn around
its axis.
A0007408
Do not lift measuring devices by the transmitter housing

or the connection housing in the case of the remote
version. Do not use chains as they could damage the
housing.
A0007409
2.2
The thermal dispersion principle is sensitive to disturbed flow conditions. Therefore, the
requirements and conditions for installation in this section are especially important
Take measures to reduce or avoid condensation (e.g. install a condensation trap, thermal
insulation, etc.).
2.2.1 Dimensions
For the dimensions of the measuring device see associated Technical Information on the
CD-ROM.
Endress+Hauser
Installation
Proline t-mass 65
2.2.2 Pipework requirements

Good engineering practice should be followed at all times.
Further information is provided in ISO Standard 14511.
Note!
Measuring errors will result due to a mismatch of the pipes or gaskets.
Avoid
A0007520
Pipe diameter one is not equal to pipe

diameter two
A0007521
A0007522
Incorrectly aligned Flanges and

gaskets
2.2.3 Orientation
Make sure that the direction arrow on the sensor matches the direction of gas flow through the
pipe.
Flanged version
A0007514
A0007512
A0007515
compact
remote
compact
remote
compact
remote
Insertion version
A0007516
A0007517
A0007518
compact
remote
compact
remote
compact
remote
mn
mo = See following description
Endress+Hauser
Proline t-mass 65
Installation
o Only suitable for clean/dry gases. On horizontal pipes do not mount the sensor from the bottom, if the gas is very damp
or saturated with water (e. g. Bio Gas). Mount the sensor in a position as indicated below ( =135).
A0009897
2.2.4 Inlet/outlet runs

As a general rule, the installed thermal flow sensor should always be installed as far away as
possible from any flow disturbances. Further information is provided in ISO Standard 14511.
Flanged version
15 x DN
2 x DN
15 x DN
A0007523
20 x DN
2 x DN
A0007526
Endress+Hauser
2 x DN
15 x DN
A0007524
35 x DN
2 x DN
A0007527
2 x DN
A0007525
50 x DN
2 x DN
A0007528
Installation
Proline t-mass 65
Insertion version
20 x DN
5 x DN
20 x DN
A0007529
25 x DN
5 x DN
5 x DN
20 x DN
5 x DN
A0007530
40 x DN
A0007532
5 x DN
A0007531
50 x DN
5 x DN
A0007564
A0007534
Inlet run
15 x DN for the flanged version and 20 x DN for the insertion version
Outlet run
2 x DN for the flanged version and 5 x DN for the insertion version
Note!
Where two or more flow disturbances are located upstream of the meter, the longest indicated
inlet length should prevail.
For example if a control valve and a bend are mounted upstream of the flowmeter, the
recommended inlet length should be according to the control valve (50 DN).
A specially designed perforated plate flow conditioner can be installed if it is not possible to
observe the inlet runs required.
Please refer to the Operating Instructions on the CD-ROM for special details on the perforated
plate flow conditioner
2.2.5 Mounting conditions for the insertion version
Mounting conditions for welding sockets
"
Caution!
When mounting the fitting to a thin wall duct, use a
suitable support bracket for the sensor.
D
90
90
D = 31.0 mm 0.5 mm ( 1.22" 0.019")
A0011843
Endress+Hauser
Proline t-mass 65
Installation
Adjustment of the insertion version
Insert the sensor into the socket and tighten the lower nut of
compression fitting first by hand and then tighten it 1 revolutions
using a wrench (42 mm).
Caution!
"
NPT thread: use a thread sealing tape or paste
G1A thread: the sealing ring supplied must be installed
A0011888
Insertion depth calculation
Note!
All the guidelines and information on the insertion depth refer to a standard welding nozzle
provided by Endress+Hauser.
For detailed remarks on calculation refer to Technical Information on the CD-ROM.
a.
9
230
220
210
200
190
b.
Thickness of the pipe wall or duct wall
c.
Depth of the welding nozzle at the pipe or duct including the

sensor pipe union and Hot tap mounting set (if used).
a.
Calculated insertion depth:

(0.3 a) + b + c + 2 mm or
(0.3 a) + b + c + 0,079 inch
180
Internal diameter for round pipes.

Duct height for a duct if the sensor is to be installed vertically
or the duct width if it is to be installed horizontally.
(a = min. 80 mm or 3 inch)
A0011844
Insertion depth calculation with Quick Setup "Sensor"

The following data are needed for insertion depth calculation:
Round pipes
Duct
Pipe standard (DIN, ANSI or others)

Nominal diameter
Outer diameter
Thickness
Internal diameter (min. 80 mm or 3")
Endress+Hauser
Duct height
Duct width
Thickness
Mounting orientation (installed vertically or
horizontally)
Installation
Proline t-mass 65
Aligning the calculated insertion depth
a.
Tighten the upper nut of compression fitting such that

the sensor can still be adjusted.
b.
Align the scale to the calculated insertion depth.
230
220
210
200
190
180
A0011848
Aligning the insertion version to flow direction
90 (3)
90(7)
A0007536
A0007537
10
Endress+Hauser
Proline t-mass 65
Installation
To fix the insertion version

1.
Tighten the compression fitting (1) by

hand to secure the position of the sensor.
Then, using an open-ended wrench
(36 mm), tighten another 1 revolutions
in a clockwise direction.
2.
Fix the two securing screws (4)

(Allen key 3 mm; 1/8").
Warning!
#
Observe torque:
4 Nm (2.95 lbf ft)
2
3.
Check that the sensor and transmitter do

not turn.
4.
Check the measuring point for leaks at

the maximum operating pressure.
a0010114
2.2.6 Heating
For information on the heating, please see the Operating Instructions on the CD-ROM.
2.2.7 Thermal insulation
For information on the thermal insulation, please see the Operating Instructions on the
CD-ROM.
2.2.8 Vibrations
"
Caution!
Excessive vibration can result in mechanical damage to the measuring device and its mounting.
For information on vibrations, please see the Operating Instructions on the CD-ROM.
Endress+Hauser
11
Installation
Proline t-mass 65
2.3
2.3.1 Turning the aluminum field housing

Aluminum field housing for non-Ex area
b
180
180
f
A0007540
Aluminum field housing for Zone 1 or Class I Div. 1

max. 360
b
Turn the transmitter housing

gently clockwise until the stop
(end of the thread).
c.
Turn the transmitter

counterclockwise (max. 360)
to the desired position.
d.
Retighten the setscrew.
Nicht-eigensichere
Stromkreise durch
IP40-Abdeckung geschtzt
p cover tight w
ve
c
p cover tight wh
Kee ircuits are alive ile
c
Release the setscrew.
b.
er Spannu
ht unt
ng
Nic
ffnen
Non-intrinsically safe
circuits Ip40 protected
Boucles de courant
sans scurit intrinsque
protges par Ip40
Ne
a.
uvrir l
pas o te apparei
l
sous nsion
A0008036
2.3.2 Turning the local display
4 x 45
a.
Press in the side latches on the display module and

remove the module from the cover plate of the
electronics compartment.
b.
Turn the display to the desired position (max. 4 x

45 in both directions) and reset it onto the cover
plate of the electronics compartment.
a
A0007541
12
Endress+Hauser
Proline t-mass 65
Installation
2.3.3 Installing the wall-mount housing
"
Caution!
Make sure that the ambient temperature does not exceed the permitted range.
Always install the wall-mount housing in such a way that the cable entries point downwards.

35 (1.38)
Connection compartment
2.
Securing screws M6 (max. 6.5 mm (0.25 inch);

screw head max. 10.5 mm (0.4 inch)
3.
Housing bores for securing screws
1
90 (3.54)
1.
81.5 (3.2)
mm (inch)
192 (7.56)
A0007542
Pipe mounting
"
2070
( 0.792.75)
Caution!
mm (inch) Danger of overheating! If the device is mounted on a

warm pipe, make sure that the housing temperature does
not exceed +60 C (+140 F) which is the maximum
temperature permitted.
~155 (~ 6.1)
A0007543
Endress+Hauser
13
Installation
Proline t-mass 65
Panel mounting
+0.5 (+0.019)
0.5 (0.019)
210 (8.27)
+0.5 (+0.019)
0.5 (0.019)
245 (9.65)
mm (inch)
~110 (~4.33)
A0007544
2.4
14
Post-installation check
Is the measuring device damaged (visual inspection)?

Does the device correspond to specifications at the measuring point?
Is the serial number of sensor and the connected transmitter the same?
Are the measuring point number and labeling correct (visual inspection)?
Professional installation (correct pipe internal diameter, correctly sized gaskets)?
Is the alignment of pipe/gasket/flowmeter body correct?
Has the correct sensor orientation been selected in terms of type, fluid properties, fluid
temperature?
Does the arrow on the sensor point in the direction of the flow in the pipe?
Are sufficient inlet and outlet runs available before and after the measuring point?
Is flow conditioner correctly installed (if available)?
Is the sensor immersion depth (only insertion version) correct?
Is the measuring device protected against moisture and sunlight?
Is the measuring device protected against overheating?
Is the measuring device protected against excessive vibrations?
Have the gas conditions been checked for purity, cleanliness and dryness?
Endress+Hauser
Proline t-mass 65
"
Wiring
Wiring
Warning!
Risk of electric shock!
Never mount or wire the measuring device while it is connected to the power supply.
Prior to connecting the power supply, connect the protective earth to the ground terminal on
the housing.
Caution!
Risk of damaging the electronic components!
Connect the power supply in accordance with the specifications on the diagram inside the
connection compartments cover.
Additionally for the remote version:
"
Caution!
Maximum cable length: 100 m (328 ft)
Observe the cable specifications of the connecting cable Operating Instructions on the
CD-ROM.
Note!
Install the connecting cable securely to prevent movement.
Additionally for measuring devices with fieldbus communication:
"
Caution!
Observe the cable specification of the fieldbus cable Operating Instructions on the
CD-ROM.
Keep the stripped and twisted lengths of cable shield as short as possible.
Screen and ground the signal lines Operating Instructions on the CD-ROM.
When using in systems without potential matching Operating Instructions on the
CD-ROM.
Additionally for Ex-certified measuring devices:
Warning!
When wiring Ex-certified measuring devices, all the safety instructions, wiring diagrams,
technical information etc. of the related Ex documentation must be observed
Ex documentation on the CD-ROM.
Endress+Hauser
15
Wiring
Proline t-mass 65
3.1
Connecting the various housing types
Wire the unit using the terminal assignment diagram inside the cover.
3.1.1 Compact version (transmitter)
Transmitter connection:
1
2
3
4
3
4
2
Connection diagram inside the connection compartment cover

Power supply cable
Signal cable or fieldbus cable
Optional
1
A0007545
3.1.2 Remote version (transmitter)

1
2
3
4

Power supply cable
Signal cable
Fieldbus cable
Connecting cable connection:
2 3 4 5
Sensor/transmitter connecting cable
A0007546
3.1.3 Remote version (transmitter)

3
4
2
1
2
3/4
p cover tight w
ve
c
over tight whi

ep c
c
ht unter Spannun
Nic
g
ffnen

Power supply cable
Signal cable or fieldbus cable
vri
pas ou r lappa
1
A0007547
3.1.4 Remote version (sensor)

1
1
5
A0007548
16
Endress+Hauser
Proline t-mass 65
3.2
Wiring
The devices fulfill all the requirements for IP 67 (NEMA 4X).

After mounting in the field or service work, the following points have to be observed to ensure
that IP 67 (NEMA 4X) protection is retained:
Install the measuring device in such a way that the cable entries do not point upwards.
Do not remove the grommet from the cable entry.
Remove all unused cable entries and insert blanking or certified plugs instead.
Use cable entries and drain plugs with a long-term operating temperature range in accordance
with the temperature specified on the nameplate.
A0007549
Tighten the cable entries correctly.
3.3
A0007550
The cables must loop down before they enter the cable
entries ("water trap").
Post-connection check
Are cables or is the device damaged (visual inspection)?

Does the supply voltage match the specifications on the nameplate?
Are the power supply and signal cables correctly connected?
Do the cables used comply with the necessary specifications?
Do the mounted cables have adequate strain relief?
Cables correctly segregated by type? Without loops and crossovers?
Are all screw terminals firmly tightened?
Are all the cable entries installed, correctly tightened and firmly sealed?
Cables looped as "water traps"?
Are all housing covers installed and correctly tightened?
In addition, for measuring devices with fieldbus communication:

Are all the connecting components (T-boxes, junction boxes, connectors, etc.) connected
with each other correctly?
Has each fieldbus segment been terminated at both ends with a bus terminator?
Has the max. length of the fieldbus cable and the spurs been observed in accordance with the
specifications?
Is the fieldbus cable fully shielded and correctly grounded?
Endress+Hauser
17
Hardware settings
Proline t-mass 65
Hardware settings
This section only deals with the hardware settings needed for commissioning. All other settings
(e.g. output configuration, write protection, etc.) are described in the associated Operating
Instructions on the CD-ROM.
Note!
No hardware settings are needed for measuring devices with HART or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
type communication.
4.1
Device address
Has to be set for measuring devices with the following communication methods:
PROFIBUS DP/PA
MODBUS RS485
The device address can be configured via:
Miniature switches see description below
Local operation see software settings section
Addressing via miniature switches
Warning!
Risk of electric shock! Risk of damaging the electronic components!
All the safety instructions for the measuring device must be observed and all the warnings
heeded 3.
ESD (Electrostatic Discharge): Use a workspace, working environment and tools purposely
designed for electrostatic sensitive devices.
Warning!
Switch off the power supply before opening the device.
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
Loosen the cheese head screw of the securing clamp

with an Allen key (3 mm)
b.
Unscrew cover of the electronics compartment from

the transmitter housing.
c.
Loosen the securing screws of the display module

and remove the onsite display (if present).
d.
Set the position of the miniature switches on the

I/O board using a sharp pointed object.
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
a.
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
A0007551
18
Endress+Hauser
Proline t-mass 65
Hardware settings
PROFIBUS
Device address range: 0 to 126
Factory setting: 126
OFF ON
1
16
32
64
a.
Miniature switches for the device address

(example shown: 1+16+32 = device address 49)
b.
Miniature switches for the addressing mode:

OFF = software addressing via local
operation/operating program (factory setting)
ON = hardware addressing via miniature switches
c.
Miniature switch not assigned.
1
2
3
4
OFF ON
A0007552
MODBUS RS485
Device address range: 1 to 247
Factory setting: 247
OFF ON
1
a.
Miniature switches for the device address

(example shown: 1+16+32 = device address 49)
b.
Miniature switches for the addressing mode:

OFF = software addressing via local
operation/operating program (factory setting)
ON = hardware addressing via miniature switches
c.
Miniature switch not assigned.
a
1
16
32
64
128
2
c
3
4
OFF ON
A0007554
Endress+Hauser
19
Hardware settings
4.2
Proline t-mass 65
Terminating resistors
Note!
If the measuring device is used at the end of a bus segment, termination is required.
This can be performed in the measuring device by setting the terminating resistors on the I/O
board. Generally, however, it is recommended to use an external bus terminator and not
perform termination at the measuring device itself.
PROFIBUS DP
Baudrate 1.5 MBaud Termination can be performed at the measuring device, see
graphic
Baudrate > 1.5 MBaud An external bus terminator must be used
MODBUS RS485 Termination can be performed at the measuring device, see graphic
Warning!
Risk of electric shock! Risk of damaging the electronic components!
All the safety instructions for the measuring device must be observed and all the warnings
heeded 3.
Use a workspace, working environment and tools purposely designed for electrostatically
sensitive devices.
Setting the terminating switch SW1
on the I/O board:
ON - ON - ON - ON
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
+5V
SW 1
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
2
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
220 W
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
W
E
N
O
1
2
3
4
390 W
3
4
OFF ON
390 W
A0007556
20
Endress+Hauser
Proline t-mass 65
Commissioning
Commissioning
5.1
Switching on the measuring device
On completion of the installation (successful post-installation check), wiring (successful

post-connection check) and after making the necessary hardware settings, where applicable, the
permitted power supply (see nameplate) can be switched on for the measuring device.
When the power supply is switched on, the measuring device performs a number of power-up
checks and device self-checks. As this procedure progresses the following messages can appear
on the local display:
Display examples:
Name of the measuring device
Start-up message
START-UP
RUNNING
Name of the measuring device
Displays the current software
DEVICE SOFTWARE
V XX.XX.XX
SYSTEM OK
Beginning of operation
OPERATION
The measuring device starts operating as soon as the startup procedure is complete.
Various measured values and/or status variables appear on the display.
Note!
If an error occurs during startup, this is displayed by an error message. The error messages that
occur most frequently when a measuring device is commissioned are described in the
Troubleshooting section 26.
Endress+Hauser
21
Commissioning
5.2
Proline t-mass 65
Operation
5.2.1 Display elements
Display lines/fields
48.25 xx/yy
3702.6 x
1
2
1.
Main line for primary measured values
2.
Additional line for additional measured

variables/status variables
3.
Current measured values
4.
Engineering units/time units
A0011838
5.2.2 Operating elements
Operating keys
Esc
E
2
3
A0007559
1.
() Minus key for entering, selecting
2.
(+) Plus key for entering, selecting
3.
Enter key for calling the function matrix, saving
When the +/ keys are pressed simultaneously (Esc):

Exit the function matrix step-by-step:
> 3 sec. = cancel data input and
return to the measured value display
5.2.3 Displaying error messages
1
2
XXXXXXXXXX
#000 00:00:05
3
1.
Type of error:
P = Process error, S = System error
2.
Error message type:

$ = Fault message, ! = Notice message
3.
Error number
4.
Duration of the last error that occurred:

Hours: Minutes: Seconds
5.
Error designation
4
A0007561
List of the most common error messages during

commissioning, 26
List of all error messages, see associated Operating
Instructions on the CD-ROM
22
Endress+Hauser
Proline t-mass 65
5.3
Commissioning
Navigating within the function matrix
Esc
Esc
Esc
>3s
E
o
E
q
n
E
E
A0007562
1.
F Enter the function matrix (starting with measured value display)
2.
P Select the group (e.g. OPERATION)

F Confirm selection
3.
N Select function (e.g. LANGUAGE)
4.
P Enter code 65 (only for the first time you access the function matrix)
F Confirm entry
P Change function/selection (e.g. ENGLISH)
F Confirm selection
5.
Q Return to measured value display step by step
6.
Q > 3 s Return immediately to measured value display
Endress+Hauser
23
Commissioning
5.4
Proline t-mass 65
Calling the Commission Quick Setup
All the functions needed for commissioning are called up automatically with the Quick Setup.
The functions can be changed and adapted to the process in question.
1.
2.
P Select the group QUICK SETUP

F Confirm selection
3.
QUICK SETUP COMMISSION function appears.
4.
Intermediate step if configuration is blocked:

P Enter the code 65 (confirm with F ) and thus enable configuration
5.
P Go to Commission Quick Setup
6.
P Select YES
F Confirm selection
7.
F Start Commission Quick Setup
8.
Configure the individual functions/settings:

Via P-key, select option or enter number
Via F-key, confirm entry and go to next function
Via Q-key, return to Quick Setup Commission function
(settings already made are retained)
Note!
Observe the following when performing the Quick Setup:
Configuration selection: Select the Actual Settings option
Unit selection: This is not offered again for selection after configuring a unit
Output selection: This is not offered again for selection after configuring an output
Automatic configuration of the display: if YES is selected
Main line = Mass flow
Additional line = Totalizer 1
If asked whether additional Quick Setups should be executed: select YES
All the available functions of the measuring device and their configuration options as well as
additional Quick Setups, if available, are described in detail in the "Description of Device
Functions" Operating Instructions. The related Operating Instructions can be found on the
CD-ROM.
The measuring device is ready for operation on completion of the following Quick Setups:
Commission, Sensor (only for 65 I), Gas, Pressure, Heat Flow (if used)
24
Endress+Hauser
Proline t-mass 65
5.5
Commissioning
Software settings
5.5.1 Device address

PROFIBUS DP/PA
Device address range 0 to 126, factory setting 126
MODBUS RS485
Device address range 1 to 247, factory setting 247
The device address can be configured via:
Miniature switches see Hardware settings section
Local operation see "Calling the Communication Quick Setup"
Note!
The COMMISSIONING SETUP must be executed before setting the device address.
Calling the Quick Setup Communication
1.
2.
P Select the group QUICK SETUP

F Confirm selection
3.
N Select the QUICK SETUP COMMUNICATION function
4.
Intermediate step if configuration is blocked:

P Enter the code 65 (confirm with F ) and thus enable configuration
5.
P Go to Quick Setup Communication
6.
P Select YES
F Confirm selection
7.
F Start Quick Setup Communication
8.
P Select YES
F Confirm selection
9.
Configure the individual functions/settings:

Via P-key, select option or enter number
Via F-key, confirm entry and go to next function
Via Q-key, return to Quick Setup Commission function
(settings already made are retained)
All the available functions of the measuring device and their configuration options as well as
additional Quick Setups, if available, are described in detail in the "Description of Device
Functions" Operating Instructions. The related Operating Instructions can be found on the
CD-ROM.
The measuring device is ready for operation on completion of the Quick Setup Communication.
Endress+Hauser
25
Commissioning
5.6
Proline t-mass 65
Troubleshooting
The error messages that can occur most frequently when a measuring device is commissioned
are described here.
A complete description of all the error messages Operating Instructions on the CD-ROM.
HART
No.
Error message / Type
Cause/remedy
351
352
S: RANGE CUR.OUTn
$: # 351352
Current output:
The actual value for the flow lies outside the set limits.
Change full scale value entered or reduce flow.
359
360
S: RANGE PULSEn
$: # 359360
Pulse output: Pulse output frequency is outside the set range.
422
Remedy:
P: FLOW LIMIT
$: # 422
1.
Increase pulse value
2.
When selecting the pulse width, choose a value that can still
be processed by a connected counter.
3.
Reduce flow.
The measured flow has exceeded the maximum limit.

Reduce the flow rate or replace the instrument with a suitable size
for the application.
! Note!
Error can be configured as a fault or notice message.
PROFIBUS
Extended
Cause/remedy
diagnostic
message in the
PROFIBUS
master
Limits
0x13 BAD Sensor

failure
Quality substatus
422 P: FLOW LIMIT

$: # 422
Quality status
No. Device status message

(local display)
Quality code (hex)

Measured value status
PROFIBUS measured value

status
Constant
Meas. flow The measured flow has exceeded the

exceeded max maximum limit.
limit
Reduce the flow rate or replace the
instrument with a suitable size for the
application.
Note!
Error can be configured as a fault or
notice message.
26
Endress+Hauser
Proline t-mass 65
Commissioning
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
No.
Error messages:
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF)*
(onsite display)

Error messages
Cause/remedy
422

Measured flow exceeds max limit
Err. No. 422
Onsite display:
P: FLOW LIMIT
!: # 422
See HART table
OUT. SUBSTATUS = Non-specific
MODBUS RS485
Register 6859 Register 6821
Data type:
Data type:
Integer
String (18 byte)
No. Error message / Type
Cause/remedy
59
422 P: FLOW LIMIT

$: # 422
The measured flow has exceeded the maximum

limit.
FLOW LIMIT
Reduce the flow rate or replace the instrument

with a suitable size for the application.
Note!
Error can be configured as a fault or notice
message.
Endress+Hauser
27
KA021D/06/en/06.10
71115118
FM+SGML 6.0
Technical Information
Proline t-mass 65F, 65I

Direct Mass Flow Measurement of Gases
Application
For measuring the mass flowrate of a wide range of gas
types e.g.
Your benefits
Direct measurement of gas mass flow. Provides
temperature as an output.
The Proline transmitter concept comprises:

Modular device and operating concept resulting in a
higher degree of efficiency
Quick setup operating menus for ease of
commissioning
On board software freely allows the selection of up to
20 pure gases and creation of mixed gases with a
maximum of 8 components (e. g. Biogas)
Compressed air
Natural gas flow to boilers/dryers
Carbon Dioxide flow in breweries
Biogas and aeration air in waste water plants
Gas production (e. g. Ar, N2, CO2, He, O2)
Leakage detection
Approvals for hazardous area:

ATEX, FM, CSA, IECEx, NEPSI
Connection to all common process control systems:
HART, PROFIBUS DP/PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus,
MODBUS RS485
TI069D/06/en/06.10
71115124
The t-mass sensors offer:

Negligible pressure drop or loss
Wide turndown of up to 100:1
Insertion version can be programmed for circular pipe
or rectangular ducting installation
Each device individually calibrated and delivered with
a traceable certificate
Can be calibrated with flow conditioner on request.
Optional hot tap device for insertion allowing ease of
removal/replacement for range of process pressure up
to 16 Barg (230 psig) and non-toxic gas applications.
Table of contents
Function and system design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Process conditions for Hot tap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Measuring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Mechanical construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Measuring range (air at ambient conditions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Input signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Design, dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Material load curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Human interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Signal on alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Galvanic isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Switching output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Display elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Electrical connection Measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Electrical connection Remote version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Cable entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Remote version
cable specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Power supply failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Potential equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Performance characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Calibration reference conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Maximum measured error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
(Pressure co-efficient) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Response time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Operating conditions: Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
20
36
36
37
38
39
39
39
39
Certificates and approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

CE mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-Tick mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ex approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FOUNDATION Fieldbus certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PROFIBUS DP/PA certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODBUS certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure measuring device approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oxygen service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other standards and guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39
39
39
39
40
40
40
40
40
Ordering information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Device-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring principle-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
41
42
42
Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Inlet and outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Mounting conditions for the insertion version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Length of connecting cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Operating conditions: Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Ambient temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Shock resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Vibration resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Operating conditions: Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Medium temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Medium pressure range (nominal pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Flow limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Endress+Hauser
Function and system design

Measuring principle
Thermal dispersion principle

The thermal principle operates by monitoring the cooling effect of a gas stream as it passes over a heated
transducer (PT100).
Gas flowing through the sensing section passes over two PT 100 RTD transducers one of which is used
conventionally as a temperature sensing device, whilst the other is used as a heater. The temperature sensor
monitors the actual process values whilst the heater is maintained at a constant differential temperature above
this by varying the power consumed by the sensor. The greater the mass flow, the greater the cooling effect
and power required to maintain the differential temperature. The measured heater power is therefore a
measure of the gas mass flowrate.
a0005136
Measuring system
The measuring system consists of a transmitter and a sensor. Two versions are available:
Remote version: transmitter and sensor are mounted physically separate from one another.
Transmitter
t-mass 65
Two-line liquid-crystal display

Configuration using push button operation
Esc
a0003671
Sensor
F
a0005137
Flanged version
Nominal diameters DN 15 to 100 (" to 4")
Sensor body material:
- 1.4404, 316L
- CF3M
Transducer body material:
- 1.4404, 316L, Alloy C22
Insertion version
Sensor length 235/335/435/608 for DN 80 to 1500
(9.25"/13.2"/17.1"/23.9" for line size 3" to 60")
Sensor body material:
1.4404, 316/316L
Transducer body material:
1.4404/316L, Alloy C22
a0005138
Endress+Hauser
Input
Measured variable
Mass flow
Gas temperature
Gas heat flow
Measuring range (air at

ambient conditions)
The measuring range is dependant on the gas selection, line size and use of flow conditioner. Each meter is
individually calibrated on air and mathematically converted to suit the customer specific gas, where required.
The table below defines the ranges available for air without flowconditioner. Please refer to your
Endress+Hauser representative or to Applicator, the selection tool, for other gases and process conditions.
Measuring range for the flanged version, metric units:
DN
15
25
40
50
80
100
kg/h
min.
0.5
2
6
10
20
38
max.
53
200
555
910
2030
3750
Nm3/h at 0C, 1.013 bar a

min.
max.
0.38
41
1.5
155
4.6
429
7.7
704
15.5
1570
29
2900
scf/min. at 15C, 1.013 bar a

min.
max.
0.23
25
1.0
96
3.0
266
5.0
436
10
974
18
1800
Measuring range for the flanged version, US units:

DN
"
1"
1 "
2"
3"
4"
lb/h
minimum
1.1
4.4
13.2
22
44
84
maximum
116
440
1220
2002
4466
8250
Sm3/h at 59 F, 14.7 psi a

minimum
maximum
0.4
42
1.6
160
4.8
450
8
740
16
1656
30
3060
scf/min. at 59 F, 14.7 psi a

minimum
maximum
0.23
25
1.0
96
3.0
266
5.0
436
10
974
18
1800
Measuring range for the insertion version, metric units:

DN
80
100
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
700
1000
1500
kg/h
min.
20
38
50
80
120
180
300
500
700
900
2000
2500
max.
2030
3750
7500
12500
20000
28000
50000
80000
115000
159000
320000
720000
Nm3/h at 0C, 1.013 bar a

min.
max.
15.5
1570
29.0
2900
38
5800
62
9666
93
15468
139
21655
232
38670
386
61870
540
88940
696
122970
1546
247846
1933
556844
scf/min. at 15C, 1.013 bar a

min.
max.
9.6
974
18
1800
24
3600
38
6000
58
9600
86
13440
144
24000
240
38400
336
55200
432
76300
960
153 600
1200
345 600
In order to achieve optimum performance it is recommended that under operating conditions the maximum
velocity is limited to a value below 70 m/sec.
Endress+Hauser
The flowrates shown are representative of the calibrated conditions only and do not necessarily reflect what
the meter can measure under operating conditions and actual internal pipe dimensions found on site. To
correctly size and select a meter, it is recommended that you either contact your local Endress+Hauser
representative or refer to the Endress+Hauser software package Applicator. Examples in metric units:
Line Size
DN
50
50
50
50
50
50
Input signal
Gas
Air
Air
CO2
CO2
Methane
Methane
Process pressure
bar a
1
3
1
3
1
3
Temperature
C
25
25
25
25
25
25
Max. Flowrate
kg/h
910
3300
1300
3950
795
1500
Status input (auxiliary input) for HART version

U = 3 to 30 V DC, Ri = 5 k, galvanically isolated; switch level 3 to 30 V DC;
Configurable for: gas group, totalizer reset, positive zero return, start zero point adjustment
Status input (auxiliary input) for PROFIBUS DP
U = 3 to 30 V DC, Ri = 3 k, galvanically isolated; switch level: 3 to 30 V DC, independent of polarity.
Configurable for: positive zero return, error message reset, zero point adjustment start.
Status input (auxiliary input) for MODBUS RS485
U = 3 to 30 V DC, Ri = 3 k, galvanically isolated; switch level: 3 to 30 V DC, independent of polarity.
Configurable for: totalizer reset, positive zero return, error message reset, start zero point adjustment.
Current input:
Active/passive selectable, galvanically isolated, resolution: 2 A
Active: 4 to 20 mA, Ri 150 , Uout = 24 V DC, short-circuit proof
Passive: 0/4 to 20 mA, Ri 150 , Umax = 30 V DC
Configurable for: pressure, gas analyzer
Output
Output signal
Current output
Active/passive selectable, galvanically isolated, time constant selectable (0.0 to 100.0 s), full scale value
selectable, temperature coefficient: typically 0.005% o.f.s./C, resolution: 0.5 A
Active: 0/4 to 20 mA, RL < 700 (for HART: RL 250 )
Passive: 4 to 20 mA; supply voltage VS 18 to 30 V DC; Ri 150
If the current output is used as a temperature output, please observe the following information:
Class B according to EN 6075
Endress+Hauser
Pulse/frequency output
Active/passive selectable, galvanically isolated
Active: 24 V DC, 25 mA (max. 250 mA during 20 ms), RL > 100 (Flexible I/O boards, siehe terminal
assignment 9)
Passive: Open Collector, 30 V DC, 250 mA
Frequency output: full scale frequency 2 to 1000 Hz (fmax = 1250 Hz), on/off ratio 1:1,
pulse width max. 2 s, time constant selectable (0.0 to 100.0 s)
Pulse output: pulse value and pulse polarity can be selected, pulse width adjustable (0.5 to 2000 ms;
factory setting 20 ms)
PROFIBUS DP interface
PROFIBUS DP in accordance with EN 50170 Volume 2

Profile Version 3.0
Data transmission rate: 9.6 kBaud to 12 MBaud
Automatic data transmission rate recognition
Signal encoding: NRZ-Code
Function blocks: 3 Analog Input, 2 Totalizer, 1 Analog Output,
Output data: Mass flow, Corrected volume flow, Temperature, Totalizers 1 to 2
Input data: Positive zero return (ON/OFF), Zero point adjustment, Measuring mode, Totalizer control
Bus address can be configured via miniature switches or via the local display (optional)
Available output combination 9
PROFIBUS PA interface
PROFIBUS PA in accordance with EN 50170 Volume 2, IEC 61158-2 (MBP), galvanically isolated
Data transmission rate: 31.25 kBit/s
Current consumption: 11 mA
Permitted supply voltage: 9 to 32 V
Bus connection with integrated reverse polarity protection
Error current FDE (Fault Disconnection Electronic): 0 mA
Signal encoding: Manchester II
Function blocks: 3 Analog Input, 2 Totalizer, 1 Analog Output,
Input data: Positive zero return (ON/OFF), Zero point adjustment, Measuring mode, Totalizer control
Bus address can be configured via miniature switches or via the local display (optional)
MODBUS interface
MODBUS device type: slave

Address range: 1 to 247
Supported function codes: 03, 04, 06, 08, 16, 23
Broadcast: supported with the function codes 06, 16, 23
Physical interface: RS485 in accordance with EIA/TIA-485 standard
Supported baud rate: 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 Baud
Transmission mode: RTU or ASCII
Response times:
Direct data access = typically 25 to 50 ms
Auto-scan buffer (data range) = typically 3 to 5 ms
Endress+Hauser
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
Signal on alarm
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, IEC 61158-2, galvanically isolated

Data transmission rate: 31.25 kBit/s
Current consumption: 12 mA
Permitted supply voltage: 9 to 32 V
Error current FDE (Fault Disconnection Electronic): 0 mA
Bus connection with integrated reverse polarity protection
Signal encoding: Manchester II
ITK Version 5.01
Function blocks:
7 Analog Input (Execution time: each 18 ms)
1 Analog Output (Execution time: 18 ms)
1 Digital Output (18 ms)
1 PID (25 ms)
1 Arithmetic (20 ms)
1 Input Selector (20 ms)
1 Signal Characterizer (20 ms)
1 Integrator (18 ms)
Number of VCRs: 38
Number of link objects in VFD: 40
Input data: Positive zero return (ON/OFF), Zero point adjustment, Measuring mode, Reset totalizer
Link Master (LM) function is supported
Current output:
Failsafe mode selectable (e.g. in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 43)
Current input:
Failsafe value selectable
Pulse/frequency output:
Failsafe mode selectable
Status output:
"Non conductive" in the event of fault or power supply failure.
Relay output:
"De-energized" in the event of fault or power supply failure.
PROFIBUS DP:
Status and alarm messages in accordance with PROFIBUS Profile Version 3.0.
MODBUS RS485:
If an error occurs, the value NaN (not a number) is output for the measured values.
Load
see "Output signal"
Low flow cut off
Switch points for low flow cut off are programmable
Galvanic isolation
All circuits for inputs, outputs, and power supply are galvanically isolated from each other.
Switching output
Relay output:
Normally closed (NC) or normally open (NO) contacts available
(factory setting: relay 1 = NO, relay 2 = NC), max. 30 V / 0.5 A AC; 60 V / 0.1 A DC, galvanically isolated.
Configurable for: error messages, limit values
Endress+Hauser
Power supply
Measuring unit
A
d
g
b
a
a
b d/(g) (d)
PROFIBUS PA*
FOUNDATION Fieldbus*
HART*
HART**
27
+ 26
25
+ 24
23
+ 22
21
+ 20
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+)1
d
e
PA()/FF()
PA(+)/FF(+)
+
f
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+) 1
PROFIBUS DP*
A (RxD/TxD-N) 27
B (RxD/TxD-P) 26
25
+ 24
f
23
+ 22
21
+ 20
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+) 1
d
e
c
b
MODBUS RS485*
d
e
g
c
b
A (RxD/TxD-N) 27
B (RxD/TxD-P) 26
25
+ 24
f
23
+ 22
21
+ 20
N (L-) 2
L1 (L+) 1
d
e
g
c
b
a0005135
Connecting the transmitter, cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm

A
B
View A (field housing)

View C (wall-mount housing)
*)
**)
a
b
fixed communication board

flexible communication board
Connection compartment cover
Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L- for DC
Ground terminal for protective ground
Signal cable: see Terminal assignment 9
Fieldbus cable:
Terminal No. 26: DP (B) / PA (+) / FF (+) / MODBUS RS485 (B) / (PA, FF: with reverse polarity protection)
Terminal No. 27: DP (A) / PA () / FF () / MODBUS RS485 (A) / (PA, FF: with reverse polarity protection)
Ground terminal for signal cable shield / fieldbus cable / RS485 line
Service adapter for connecting service interface FXA 193 (Fieldcheck, FieldCare)
Signal cable: see Terminal assignment 9
Cable for external termination (only for PROFIBUS DP with permanent assignment communication board):
Terminal No. 24: +5 V
Terminal No. 25: DGND
c
d
e
f
g
Endress+Hauser
Terminal assignment
Terminal No. (inputs/outputs)

Order version
20 (+) / 21 ()
22 (+) / 23 ()
24 (+) / 25 ()
26 (+) / 27 ()
Fixed communication boards (permanent assignment)

65F**-***********A
65I-*************A
Frequency output
Current output
HART
65F**-***********B
65I-*************B
Relay output
Relay output
Frequency output
Current output
HART
65***-***********F
65I-*************F
PROFIBUS PA, Ex i
65***-***********G
65I-*************G
FOUNDATION
Fieldbus Ex i
65***-***********H
65I-*************H
PROFIBUS PA
65***-***********J
65I-*************J
+5V (ext. termination)
PROFIBUS DP
65***-***********K
65I-*************K
FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
65***-***********Q
65I-*************Q
Status input
MODBUS RS485
65F**-***********R
65I-*************R
Current output 2
Ex i, active
Current output 1
Ex i active, HART
65F**-***********S
65I-*************S
Frequency output
Ex i, passive
Current output Ex i
Active, HART
65F**-***********T
65I-*************T
Frequency output
Ex i, passive
Current output Ex i
Passive, HART
65F**-***********U
65I-*************U
Current output 2
Ex i, passive
Current output 1
Ex i passive, HART
65F**-***********C
65I-*************C
Relay output 2
Relay output 1
Frequency output
Current output
HART
65F**-***********D
65I-*************D
Status input
Relay output
Frequency output
Current output
HART
65F**-***********E
65I-*************E
Status input
Relay output
Current output 2
Current output 1
HART
65F**-***********L
65I-*************L
Status input
Relay output 2
Relay output 1
Current output
HART
65F**-***********2
65I-*************2
Relay output
Current output 2
Frequency output
Current output 1
HART
65F**-***********4
65I-*************4
Current input
Relay output
Frequency output
Current output
HART
65F**-***********5
65I-*************5
Status input
Current input
Frequency output
Current output
HART
65F**-***********6
65I-*************6
Status input
Current input
Current output 2
Current output 1
HART
65F**-***********8
65I-*************8
Status input
Frequency output
Current output 2
Current output
HART
Flexible communication boards
Endress+Hauser
Remote version
GND
-
6 10V
+
COMMS
+
44
41
42
43
41
GND
42
44
43
+
COMMS
d
d
d
e
c
+
6 10V
A0013669

a
b
c
d
e
Wall-mount housing transmitter: non-hazardous area and ATEX II3G / zone 2 see separate "Ex documentation"
Wall-mount housing transmitter: ATEX II2G / Zone 1; FM/CSA see separate "Ex documentation"
Connection housing sensor
Cover for connection compartment or connection housing
Connecting cable
Terminal No.:
41 = white; 42 = brown; 43 = green; 44 = yellow
Supply voltage
85 to 260 V AC, 45 to 65 Hz
20 to 55 V AC, 45 to 65 Hz
16 to 62 V DC
Cable entries
Power-supply and signal cables (inputs/outputs):

Cable entry M20 1.5 (8 to 12 mm / 0.31" to 0.47")
Thread for cable entries, " NPT, G "
Connecting cable for remote version:
Cable entry M20 1.5 (8 to 12 mm / 0.31" to 0.47")
Thread for cable entries, " NPT, G "
Remote version
cable specifications
2 2 0.5 mm (AWG 20) PVC cable with common shield (2 twisted pairs)
Conductor resistance: 40 /km [ 131.2 / 1000 ft]
Capacitance, core/shield: 0.001 F/m [ 3.280 nF/ft]
Inductance: 0.9 H/m [ 2.952 H/ft]
Operating voltage: 250 V
Temperature range: 40 to +105 C [40 to +221 F]
Overall nominal diameter: 8.5 mm [0.335"]
Maximum cable length: 100 m [328 feet]
Operation in zones of severe electrical interference:

The measuring device complies with the general safety requirements in accordance with EN 61010, the EMC
requirements of IEC/EN 61326, and NAMUR recommendation NE 21/43.
For cable specifications for hazardous area devices please see the additional Ex documentation.
Power consumption
10
AC: 85 to 260 V = 18.2 W ; 20 to 55 V = 14 W ; (including sensor)

DC: 8 W (including sensor)
Endress+Hauser
Power supply failure
Lasting minimum 1 power cycle

EEPROM/HistoROM T-DAT saves measuring system data if the power supply fails
HistoROM S-DAT is on exchangeable data storage chip with sensor specific data (pipe type, nominal
diameter, serial number, flow conditioner, zero point, etc.)
Totalizer stops at the last value determined
Potential equalization
No special measures for potential equalization are required.

For instruments for use in hazardous areas, observe the corresponding guidelines in the specific Ex
documentation.
Calibration reference
conditions
Accredited according to ISO/IEC 17025

Traceable to National Standards
Calibration gas: air
Temperature controlled to 24 C 0.5 C (75.2 F 0.9 F) at atmospheric pressure
Humidity controlled < 40% RH
Maximum measured error
t-mass 65F:
1.5 % of reading for 100 % to 10 % of full scale (at reference conditions)
0.15 % of full scale for 10 % to 1 % of full scale (at reference conditions)
t-mass 65I:
1.0% of reading
0.5% of full scale (at reference conditions)
Repeatability
0.4 % of reading for velocities above 1.0 m/s (3.3 ft/s)

(Pressure co-efficient)
Air: 0.35% per bar (0.02% per psi) of process pressure change
Other gases: on request
Response time
Typically less than 2 seconds for 63 % of a given step change (in either direction).
Endress+Hauser
11
Operating conditions: Installation

Thermal meters require a fully developed flow profile as a prerequisite for correct flow measurement. For this
reason, please note the following points when installing the device.
Orientation

Observe the recommended inlet and outlet requirements.
Good engineering practice is necessary for the associated pipe work and installation.
Ensure correct alignment and orientation of the sensor.
Take measures to reduce or avoid condensation (e.g. install a condensation trap, thermal insulation, etc.).
The maximum permitted ambient temperatures and the medium temperature range ( 19) must be
observed.
Install the transmitter in a shaded location or use a protective sun shield.
For mechanical reasons, and in order to protect the pipe, it is advisable to support heavy sensors.
Flanged sensor
Insertion sensor
Vertical orientation
compact
remote
compact
remote
m, n
A0013785
Horizontal orientation, transmitter head up

compact/remote
n
A0013786
Horizontal orientation, transmitter head down

compact/remote
o
A0013787
Inclined orientation, transmitter head down

compact/remote
p
A0009897
o Only suitable for clean/dry gases. Do not mount the sensor from the bottom, on horizontal pipes, if build-ups or
condensate are likely to be present. Mount the sensor in a position as indicated below
p If the gas is very damp or saturated with water (e. g. Bio Gas), mount in inclined orientation ( = max. 135).
12
Endress+Hauser
Thermal insulation
When the gas is very humid or saturated with water (e. g. Bio Gas), the piping and flowmeter body should be
insulated to prevent water droplets condensing on the measuring sensor.
a0005122
Maximum thermal insulation for t-mass 65F and 65I

a
b
Endress+Hauser
Maximum insulation height for the flanged sensor

Maximum insulation height for the insertion sensor
13

As a general rule, the thermal flowmeter should always be installed as far away as possible from any flow
disturbances. For further information please refer to ISO 14511.
Where two or more flow disturbances are located upstream of the meter, the recommended inlet length for
the flow disturbance causing strongest disturbance must be used. E.g. where a valve is mounted before a
bend, upstream of the flowmeter, 50 DN of pipe work is required from the valve to the flowmeter.
The minimum recommendations for inlet and outlet runs (without flow conditioner) are:
Flanged sensor
1
2
15 x DN
a0007523
a0007524
5
20 x DN
2 x DN
15 x DN
2 x DN
15 x DN
2 x DN
2 x DN
a0007525
6
50 x DN
2 x DN
35 x DN
a0007526
2 x DN
a0007527
a0007528

6 = Control valve
Insertion sensor
2
1
20 x DN
3
20 x DN
5 x DN
a0007529
5 x DN
a0007530
5
25 x DN
20 x DN
5 x DN
5 x DN
a0007531
6
40 x DN
5 x DN
a0007532
50 x DN
5 x DN
a0007564
a0007534

6 = Control valve or pressure regulator
A specially designed perforated plate flow conditioner can be installed if it is not possible to observe
the inlet runs required ( 15).
Outlet runs with pressure measuring points
The pressure measuring point should be installed downstream of the measuring device, so that there is no
potential influence of the pressure transmitter process connection on the flow entering the measuring point.
PT
2...5 x DN
a0005114
Installing a pressure measuring point (PT = pressure transmitter)
14
Endress+Hauser
Perforated plate flow conditioner

It is recommended to install a perforated plate flow conditioner if the recommended inlet runs are not available.
5 DN
2 DN
5 DN
8 DN
5 DN
2
a0005115
The figure above illustrates the minimum recommended inlet and outlet runs expressed in multiples of the pipe diameter
using a flow conditioner.
1 = Flow conditioner with the flanged sensor, 2 = Flow conditioner with the insertion sensor
Flow conditioner for use with insertion sensors 65I 41

The well known "Mitsubishi" design is recommended for this application DN 80 mm to DN 300 mm (3" to
12"). The flow conditioner must be installed at a distance of 8 DN upstream of the sensor. A further 5 pipe
diameters inlet run is required upstream of the actual conditioner itself.
Flow conditioner for use with flanged sensors 65F 41
This is a special Endress+Hauser version designed specially for use with the t-mass F sensor (sizes DN 25 to
100 / 1" to 4"). The mounting hole patterns and sizing are of a multi-variant design which means that one
plate will fit different flange pressure classes e.g. Cl. 150 and Cl. 300.
The flow conditioner and gaskets are fitted between two pipe flange and the flow meter
flange. Use only bolts which match to the flange bolt hole and this will ensure that the correct positioning of
the plate can be found.
The alignment notch must also be pointing in the same plane as the transmitter.
Incorrect installation of the flow conditioner will have a small effect on the measurement accuracy.
1
a0005116
Flow conditioner mounting arrangement (example)

1 = Perforated plate flow conditioner, 2 = Seal/gasket, 3 = Notch, 4 = correct pointing of alignment notch in the same
plane as the transmitter
Endress+Hauser
15
Note
For optimum performance, it is advised that the t-mass F sensor and flow conditioner are ordered at the same
time such that they are calibrated together. To retrospectively fit a flow conditioner will have a small effect
on the measurement performance.
The use of other types of flow conditioners, other than the Endress+Hauser flow conditioner, with the tmass F sensor will have an impact on the measurement performance due to the effects of flow profile and
pressure drop.
Bolts, nuts, seals, etc. are not included in the scope of supply and must be supplied by the customer.
Pressure loss calculation
Dp = constant
g2
r
1
4
D
Pressure loss: p in mbar or psi

Mass flow : g in kg/h or lbm/h
Density: in kg/m3 or lbm/ft3
Diameter: D in mm or inch
Constant = 1876 (SI units) or 8.4 107 (US units)
Calculation examples:
g = 148 kg/h or 326 lbm/h
= 5.94 kg/m3 (at 5 bar abs at 20 C) or 0.37 lbm/ft3 (at 72.5 psi abs at 68 F)
D = 28.5 mm (for a DN 25, PN 40) or 1.05 inch (for a 1" Class 150 Sched 40)
SI units
Dp = 1876
US units
1482
5.94
1
= 10.5 mbar
4
28.5
-7
Dp = 8.4 10
3262
1
= 0.198 psi
0.371 1.054
Pipework requirements
Good engineering practice should be followed at all times:
Correct preparation, welding and finishing techniques

Correctly sized gaskets
Connecting pipe work should match the internal diameter of the flowmeter.
Maximum pipe diameter mismatch should not exceed:
1 mm (0.04 inch) for diameters < DN 200 (8")
3 mm (0.12 inch) for diameters DN 200 (8")
New installations should be free of metallic and abrasive particles to prevent damage to the sensing elements
on start-up
For further information please refer to ISO 14511.
a0005103
a0005104
Pipe diameter one is not equal pipe

diameter two
16
a0005105
a0005106
Incorrectly aligned flanges and gaskets
Endress+Hauser
Mounting conditions for the

insertion version
Selecting the length of the insertion sensor

The minimum required length of the insertion sensor can be determined by using Endress+Hauser's sizing tool,
Applicator (version 10.02 or later "Accessories") or according to the following calculation steps.
The minimum required length of the insertion sensor is determined by the necessary insertion depth. The
calculated insertion depth must lie within the adjustable range of the selected insertion sensor.
1.
Determine the dimensions A, B, C1 and C2
9
9
230
220
230
220
210
210
200
190
200
190
200
180
C1 C2
180
C1 C2
230
220
210
190
180
A0014024
A=
For circular pipes: the internal pipe diameter (DN)

For rectangular pipes/ducts: the inner dimension
B=
Wall thickness of pipe or duct
C1+C2 =
Length of mounting set and insertion tube's compression fitting
Determine the dimensions C1 and C2

If only Endress+Hauser accessories are used
DK6MB-BXA Mounting boss G1A:
C1 + C2 = 106 mm (4.173 inch)
DK6MB-AXA Mounting boss 1" NPT:
C1 + C2 = 112 mm (4.409 inch)
If it is intended not to use solely Endress+Hauser accessories

C1
Height of pipe connection (mounting boss) used
C2
46mm (1.811 inch) process connection, G1A threaded fitting

52mm (2.047 inch) process connection, NPT threaded fitting
2.
Calculate the insertion depth

Insertion depth = (0,3 A) + B + (C1 + C2) + 2 mm
(Insertion depth = (0,3 A) + B + (C1 + C2) + 0.079 inch)
3.
A suitable insertion sensor length can be determined by comparing the calculated insertion depth with
the following table. The calculated insertion depth must be within the adjusting range of the
corresponding insertion sensor length!
Insertion length
Adjusting range (insertion depth)

G1A Thread
mm
Endress+Hauser
inch
mm
NPT Thread
inch
mm
inch
235
120 to 230
4.7 to 9.0
126 to 230
4.96 to 9.0
335
13
120 to 330
4.7 to 13.0
126 to 330
4.96 to 13.0
435
17
120 to 430
4.7 to 17.0
126 to 430
4.96 to 17.0
608
24
120 to 604
4.7 to 23.8
126 to 604
4.96 to 23.8
17
Mounting conditions for welding sockets
D
90
90
When mounting the fitting to a thin wall duct, use a

suitable support bracket for the sensor.
D = 31.0 mm 0.5 mm ( 1.22" 0.019")
A0011843
Aligning the insertion version to flow direction

90 (3)
90(7)
A0007536
Length of connecting cable
A0007537
Max. 100 m (328 feet), remote version
Operating conditions: Environment

Ambient temperature
Standard: 20 C to +60 C (4 F to +140 F)

Optional: 40 C to +60 C (40 F to +140 F)
Install the device in a shady location. Avoid direct sunlight, particularly in warm climatic regions.
(A protective sun cover is available on request)
Storage temperature
40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F), recommended: +20 C (+68 F)
Standard: IP 67 (NEMA 4X) for transmitter and sensor
Shock resistance
According to IEC 60068-2-31
Acceleration up to 1 g, 10 to 150 Hz, following IEC 60068-2-6
(EMC)
To IEC/EN 61326 and NAMUR recommendation NE 21
18
Endress+Hauser
Operating conditions: Process

Medium temperature range
Sensor
t-mass F:
40 C to +100 C (40 F to +212 F)
t-mass I:
40 C to +130 C (40 F to +266 F)
Seals t-mass F
O-rings:
Viton FKM 20C to +100C (4F to +212F)
Kalrez 20C to +100C (4F to +212F)
EPDM 40C to +100C (40F to +212F)
Bushing:
PEEK, PVDF 40C to +100C (40F to +212F)
Seals t-mass I
Bonded seals:
Kalrez 20C to +130C (4F to +266F)
EPDM 40C to +130C (40F to +266F)
Nitrile 35C to +130C (31F to +266F)
Ferrule:
PEEK, PVDF 40C to +130C (40F to +266F)
Pressure loss
Negligible (without flow conditioner).

Refer to Applicator for the precise calculation
Medium pressure range

(nominal pressure)
t-mass F:
t-mass I:
Flow limit
See "Measuring range" section. 4

The velocity in the measuring tube should not exceed 130 m/s (427 ft/s).
Process conditions for Hot tap
The Hot tap is permitted for use only with non-toxic, innocuous gases classified as "Group II" in accordance
with the European directive 67/548/EWG art. 2.
Medium pressure version
Max. extraction press: 16 bar (230 psig)
Low pressure version
Max. extraction press: 4,5 bar (65 psig)
Endress+Hauser
19
Mechanical construction
Design, dimensions
Dimensions:
Transmitter remote version, connection housing (II2G/Zone 1), flange version
20
Transmitter remote version, connection housing (II2G/Zone 1)
21
Transmitter remote version, wall-mount housing (non Ex-zone and II3G/Zone 2)
22
Installing the wall-mount housing
23
Process connections in SI units

t-mass 65F: Flange connections EN (DIN), JIS
24
t-mass 65F: Flange connections ANSI
26
t-mass 65I: Compact insertion version
28
t-mass 65I: Remote sensor housing insertion version
28
Flow conditioner according to EN (DIN) / JIS / ANSI
29
Hot tap
30
Process connections in US units

31
33
33
Flow conditioner according to ANSI
34
Hot tap
35
Transmitter remote version, connection housing (II2G/Zone 1), flange version
129 (5.1)
79 (3.1)
102 (4.0)
V
50 (1.96)
52 (2.0)
mm (inch)
a0005158
Dimensions "V": 24 and 26
20
Endress+Hauser
Transmitter remote version, connection housing (II2G/Zone 1)
A
A*
C
B
B*
D
e r Sp annu
ht unt
ng
Nic
ffnen
Esc
+
ove r tight wh
ep c
Ke ircuit s a re aliv ile
c
e
uvrir la
pas o t e pparei
l
sou s nsion
Ne
Boucles de courant
protges par Ip40
p cover tight w
ve
c
Nicht-eigensichere
Stromkreise durch
G
H
a0006999
Dimensions in SI units
A
A*
B*
265
242
240
217
206
186
178
8.6 (M8)
100
130
100
144
170
348
* Blind version (without display)

All dimensions in [mm]
Dimensions in US units
A
A*
B*
10.4
9.53
9.45
8.54
8.11
7.32
7.01
0.34 (M8)
3.94
5.12
3.94
5.67
6.69
13.7
* Blind version (without display)

All dimensions in [inch]
Pipe mounting of the remote field housing

If a warm pipe is used for installation, make sure that the housing temperature does not exceed the max.
permitted value of +60 C (+140 F).
240 (9.45)
ht unter Spannun
Nic
g
ffnen
Boucles de courant
protges par Ip40
p cover tight w
ve
c
over tight wh
i
ep c
c
Nicht-eigensichere
Stromkreise durch
vri
pas ou r lappa
mm (inch)
a
a0005157
a = Pipe mounting (separate mounting set, see accessories)
Endress+Hauser
21
Transmitter remote version, wall-mount housing (non Ex-zone and II3G/Zone 2)
Esc
G
E
a0001150
Dimensions in SI units
A
215
250
90.5
159.5
135
90
45
>50
81
53
T 1)
95
53
102
81.5
11.5
192
8 M5
20
2 6.5
1)
Fixing bolt for wall assembly: M6 (screw head max. 10.5 mm)
Dimensions in US units
A
8.46
9.84
3.56
6.27
5.31
3.54
1.77
>1.97
3.18
3.74
2.08
4.01
3.20
0.45
7.55
8 M5
0.79
K
2.08
T
1)
2 0.26
1)
Fixing bolt for wall assembly: M6 (screw head max. 0.41 inch)
22
Endress+Hauser
Installing the wall-mount housing

Make sure that ambient temperature does not go beyond the permissible range
20 to +60 C (4 to + 140 F), optional 40 to +60 C (40 to +140 F).
Install the device in a shady location. Avoid direct sunlight.
Always install the wall-mount housing in such a way that the cable entries are pointing down.
35 (1.38)
81.5 (3.2)
a
90 (3.54)
192 (7.56)
mm (inch)
a0001130
a = Cover of the connection compartment

b = Securing screws (M6): max. 6.5 mm (0.26"); screw head: max. 10.5 mm (0.41")
c = Appropriate bores in the housing.
Pipe mounting and installation in control panel

If a warm pipe is used for installation, make sure that the housing temperature does not exceed the maximum
permitted value of +60 C. (+140 F).
+0.5 (0.02)
20...70
(0.78 to 2.75)
210 (8.27) -0.5 (0.02)
+0.5 (0.02)
245 (9.65) -0.5 (0.02)
~155 (6.1)
mm (inch)
~110 (4.3)
a0005256
A = Pipe mounting of wallmount housing

B = Installation in control panel of wallmount housing
Endress+Hauser
23
Process connections in SI units

t-mass 65F: Flange connections EN (DIN), JIS
168 (6.61)
227 (8.94)
160 (6.3)
LK
207 (8.15)
di
T
L
mm (inch)
+1.5 (0.06)
- 2.0 (0.08)
a0005162
Flange EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501 / DIN 2512N 1)) / PN 16: 1.4404/316L/316

Surface roughness (flange): EN 1092-1 Form B1 (DIN 2526 Form C), Ra 6.3 to 12.5 m
DN
100
di
LK
97
303
220
800
180
8 18
500.5
20
299.5
107.1
143
1) Flange with groove to EN 1092-1 Form D (DIN 2512N) available

Flange EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501 / DIN 2512N 1)) / PN 40: 1.4404/316L/316

Surface roughness (flange): EN 1092-1 Form B1 (DIN 2526 Form C), Ra 6.3 to 12.5 m
DN
di
LK
15
13.9
276.5
95
245
65
4 14
132.5
16
112.5
17.3
116.5
25
24.3
276.5
115
245
85
4 14
132.5
18
112.5
28.5
116.5
40
38.1
273.5
150
320
110
4 18
200
18
120
43.1
113.5
50
49.2
278.5
165
400
125
4 18
250
20
150
54.5
118.5
80
73.7
291
200
640
160
8 18
400
24
240
82.5
131
100
97
303
235
800
190
8 22
500.5
24
299.5
107.1
143
1)
Flange with groove to EN 1092-1 Form D (DIN 2512N) available

Flange JIS B2220/ 10K / Sched 40: 1.4404/316L/316

Surface roughness (flange): Ra 3.2 to 6.3 m
DN
di
LK
50
49.2
278.5
155
400
120
4 19
250.0
17.5
150.0
52.7
118.5
80
73.7
291.0
185
640
150
8 19
400.0
20
240.0
78.1
131.0
100
97.0
303.0
210
800
175
8 19
500.5
20
299.5
102.3
143.0
24
Endress+Hauser

DN
di
LK
50
49.2
278.5
155
400
120
4 19
250.0
17.5
150.0
49.2
118.5
80
73.7
291.0
185
640
150
8 19
400.0
20
240.0
73.7
131.0
100
97.0
303.0
210
800
175
8 19
500.5
20
299.5
97.0
143.0

DN
di
LK
15
13.9
276.5
95
245
70
4 15
132.5
15
112.5
16.1
116.5
25
24.3
276.5
125
245
90
4 19
132.5
17
112.5
27.2
116.5
40
38.1
273.5
140
320
105
4 19
200
19
120
41.2
113.5
50
49.2
278.5
155
400
120
8 19
250
20
150
52.7
118.5
80
73.7
291.0
200
640
160
8 23
400
22
240
78.1
131.0
100
97
303.0
225
800
185
8 23
500.5
24
299.5
102.3
143.0

DN
di
LK
15
13.9
276.5
95
245
70
4 15
132.5
15
112.5
13.9
116.5
25
24.3
276.5
125
245
90
4 19
132.5
17
112.5
24.3
116.5
40
38.1
273.5
140
320
105
4 19
200
19
120
38.1
113.5
50
49.2
278.5
155
400
120
8 19
250
20
150
49.2
118.5
80
73.7
291.0
200
640
160
8 23
400
22
240
73.7
131.0
100
97
303.0
225
800
185
8 23
500.5
24
299.5
97
143.0
Endress+Hauser
25
168 (6.61)
227 (8.94)
160 (6.3)
LK
207 (8.15)
di
T
L
mm (inch)
+1.5 (0.06)
- 2.0 (0.08)
a0005162
Flange ANSI B16.5 / Cl 150 / Sched 40: 1.4404/316L/316

Surface roughness (flange): N9 / 250 inch
DN
di
LK
15
"
13.9
276.4
88.9
245
60.5
4 15.7 132.5
11.2
112.5
15.7
112
25
1"
24.3
276.4
108.0
245
79.2
4 15.7 132.5
14.2
112.5
26.7
112
40
1 "
38.1
273.6
127.0
320
98.6
4 15.7
200
17.5
120
40.9
109
50
2"
49.2
278.4
152.4
400
120.7
4 19.1
250
19.1
150
52.6
114
80
3"
73.7
291.1
190.5
640
152.4
4 19.1
400
23.9
240
78.0
127
100
4"
97
303.0
228.6
800
190.5
8 19.1 500.5
24.5
299.5
102.4
139
All dimensions in [mm]. US units see 31.

DN
di
LK
15
"
13.9
276.4
88.9
245
60.5
4 15.7 132.5
11.2
112.5
13.9
112
25
1"
24.3
276.4
108.0
245
79.2
4 15.7 132.5
14.2
112.5
24.3
112
40
1 "
38.1
273.6
127.0
320
98.6
4 15.7
200
17.5
120
38.1
109
50
2"
49.2
278.4
152.4
400
120.7
4 19.1
250
19.1
150
49.2
114
80
3"
73.7
291.1
190.5
640
152.4
4 19.1
400
23.9
240
73.7
127
100
4"
97
303.0
228.6
800
190.5
8 19.1 500.5
24.5
299.5
97.0
139
26
Endress+Hauser

di
LK
15
DN
"
13.9
276.4
95.2
245
66.5
4 15.7
132.5
14.2
112.5
15.7
112
25
1"
24.3
276.4
124.0
245
88.9
4 19.1
132.5
17.5
112.5
26.7
112
40
1 "
38.1
273.6
155.4
320
114.3
4 22.4
200
20.6
120
40.9
109
50
2"
49.2
278.4
165.1
400
127.0
8 19.1
250
22.4
150
52.6
114
80
3"
73.7
291.1
209.6
640
168.1
8 22.4
400
28.4
240
78.0
127
100
4"
97
303.0
254.0
800
200.2
8 22.4
500.5
31.8
299.5
102.4
139

DN
15
"
di
LK
13.9
276.4
95.2
245
66.5
4 15.7
132.5
14.2
112.5
13.9
112
25
1"
24.3
276.4
124.0
245
88.9
4 19.1
132.5
17.5
112.5
24.3
112
40
1 "
38.1
273.6
155.4
320
114.3
4 22.4
200
20.6
120
38.1
109
50
2"
49.2
278.4
165.1
400
127.0
8 19.1
250
22.4
150
49.2
114
80
3"
73.7
291.1
209.6
640
168.1
8 22.4
400
28.4
240
73.7
127
100
4"
97
303.0
254.0
800
200.2
8 22.4
500.5
31.8
299.5
97.0
139
Endress+Hauser
27
227 (8.94)
168 (6.61)
55 (2.2)
63 (2.5) 160 (6.3)
207 (8.15)
mm (inch)
G 1 A / 1" MNPT
a0005163
129 (5.1)
79 (3.1)
63(2.5) 102(4.0)
W
LR
55 (2.2)
50 (1.96)
52 (2.0)
mm (inch)
G 1 A / 1" MNPT
a0005159
Length t-mass 65I
LR
235
235.1
252.6
475.6
417.6
335
335.1
352.6
575.6
517.6
435
435.1
452.6
675.6
617.6
608
608.1
625.6
848.6
790.6
28
Endress+Hauser
Flow conditioner according to EN (DIN) / JIS / ANSI
B
A
R
D3
D1
D1
D2
D2
a0005166
EN (DIN)
PN 16
PN 40
DN
Type
D1
D2
Weight
Weight
25
83
105
13
2.5
4.5
0.3
40
108
135
17
2.5
7.0
0.7
50
123
150
17
2.5
8.5
1.0
80
158
185
17
2.5
13.0
2.3
100
187
220
22
2.5
17.0
4.1
17.0
4.1
All dimensions in [mm], [kg]
JIS 10K/20K
Sched 40
D1
D2
Sched 80
DN
Type
Weight
Weight
25
87
115
17
2.5
4.5
0.4
4.0
0.4
40
102
130
17
2.5
6.5
0.7
6.0
0.7
50
117
145
17
2.5
8.5
1.2
8.0
1.1
80
157
188
21
2.5
12.5
3.0
12.0
2.8
100
182
214
21
2.5
16.5
5.1
15.5
4.8
All dimensions in [mm], [kg]
ANSI Cl. 150/300

Sched 40
DN
Sched 80
Type
D1
D2
D3
Weight
Weight
85.3
110
17.0
2.5
4.5
0.4
4.5
0.4
1 "
109.5
140
21.5
2.5
6.5
0.9
6.5
0.9
2"
122
150
115.5
19.0
2.5
8.5
1.3
8.5
1.3
80
3"
163
195
144.0
22.0
2.5
12.5
3.2
12.5
3.2
100
4"
179
228
20.5
2.5
16.5
5.3
16.5
5.3
25
1"
40
50
All dimensions in [mm], [kg], US units see 34
Endress+Hauser
29
Hot tap
V0
V2
V1
L2
L5
Q1
Q2
L*
L1
L4
V3
L3
L6
Q3
O
P
A0013815
L* = Dependent on the used version (V1, V2, V3). See dimensions L1, L2, L3.
824 2
262
150
112
254
129
125
110
L3
L4
L5
L6
L1
L2
909.5
252.5
45
33.4
Q1
Q2
Q3
33.4
123.9
60
123
123
42.2
96
Weight
V0*
V1
V2
V3
8.4
2.8
2.4
4.9
* without V1, V2 or V3
Weight in [kg]
30
Endress+Hauser
Process connections in US units

168 (6.61)
227 (8.94)
160 (6.3)
LK
207 (8.15)
di
T
L
mm (inch)
+1.5 (0.06)
- 2.0 (0.08)
a0005162

DN
di
LK
"
0.55
10.9
3.50
9.65
2.38
4 0.62
5.22
0.44
4.43
0.62
4.41
1"
0.96
10.9
4.25
9.65
3.12
4 0.62
5.22
0.56
4.43
1.05
4.41
1 "
1.50
10.8
5.00
12.60
3.88
4 0.62
7.87
0.69
4.72
1.61
4.29
2"
1.94
11.0
6.00
15.75
4.75
4 0.75
9.84
0.75
5.91
2.07
4.49
3"
2.90
11.5
7.50
25.20
6.00
4 0.75
15.75
0.94
9.45
3.07
5.00
4"
3.82
11.9
9.00
31.50
7.50
8 0.75
19.70
0.96
11.79
4.03
5.47

DN
di
LK
"
0.55
10.9
3.50
9.65
2.38
4 0.62
5.22
0.44
4.43
0.55
4.41
1"
0.96
10.9
4.25
9.65
3.12
4 0.62
5.22
0.56
4.43
0.96
4.41
1 "
1.50
10.8
5.00
12.6
3.88
4 0.62
7.87
0.69
4.72
1.50
4.29
2"
1.94
11.0
6.00
15.7
4.75
4 0.75
9.84
0.75
5.91
1.94
4.49
3"
2.90
11.5
7.50
25.2
6.00
4 0.75
15.75
0.94
9.45
2.90
5.00
4"
3.82
11.9
9.00
31.5
7.50
8 0.75
19.70
0.96
11.79
3.82
5.47
Endress+Hauser
31

DN
di
LK
"
0.55
10.9
3.75
9.65
2.62
4 0.62
5.22
0.56
4.43
0.62
4.41
1"
0.96
10.9
4.88
9.65
3.50
4 0.75
5.22
0.69
4.43
1.05
4.41
1 "
1.50
10.8
6.12
12.6
4.50
4 0.88
7.87
0.81
4.72
1.61
4.29
2"
1.94
11.0
6.50
15.7
5.00
8 0.75
9.84
0.88
5.91
2.07
4.49
3"
2.90
11.5
8.25
25.2
6.62
8 0.88
15.75
1.12
9.45
3.07
5.00
4"
3.82
11.9
10.00
31.5
7.88
8 0.88
19.70
1.25
11.79
4.03
5.47

DN
di
LK
"
0.55
10.9
3.75
9.65
2.62
4 0.62
5.22
0.56
4.43
0.55
4.41
1"
0.96
10.9
4.88
9.65
3.50
4 0.75
5.22
0.69
4.43
0.96
4.41
1 "
1.50
10.8
6.12
12.6
4.50
4 0.88
7.87
0.81
4.72
1.50
4.29
2"
1.94
11.0
6.50
15.7
5.00
8 0.75
9.84
0.88
5.91
1.94
4.49
3"
2.90
11.5
8.25
25.2
6.62
8 0.88
15.75
1.12
9.45
2.90
5.00
4"
3.82
11.9
10.00
31.5
7.88
8 0.88
19.70
1.25
11.79
3.82
5.47
32
Endress+Hauser
227 (8.94)
168 (6.61)
55 (2.2)
63 (2.5) 160 (6.3)
207 (8.15)
mm (inch)
G 1 A / 1" MNPT
a0005163
129 (5.1)
79 (3.1)
63(2.5) 102(4.0)
W
LR
55 (2.2)
50 (1.96)
52 (2.0)
mm (inch)
G 1 A / 1" MNPT
a0005159
Length tmass 65I
LR
9"
9.26
9.94
18.72
16.44
13"
13.19
13.88
22.66
20.38
17"
17.13
17.82
26.60
24.31
24"
23.94
24.63
33.41
31.13
Endress+Hauser
33
Flow conditioner according to ANSI
B
A
R
D3
D1
D1
D2
D2
a0005166
ANSI Cl. 150/300

Sched 40
Sched 80
DN]
Typ
D1
D2
D3
Weight
Weight
1"
3.36
4.3
0.67
0.2
0.1
0.18
0.8
0.18
0.8
1 "
4.31
5.5
0.85
0.2
0.1
0.26
1.9
0.26
1.9
2"
4.80
5.9
4.55
0.7
0.2
0.1
0.33
2.8
0.33
2.8
3"
6.42
7.7
5.67
0.9
0.2
0.1
0.49
7.0
0.49
7.0
4"
7.05
8.0
0.8
0.2
0.1
0.65
11.7
0.65
11.7
All dimensions in [inch], [lbs]
34
Endress+Hauser
Hot tap
V0
V2
V1
L2
L5
Q1
Q2
L*
L1
L4
V3
L3
L6
Q3
O
P
A0013815
L* = Dependent on the used version (V1, V2, V3). See dimensions L1, L2, L3.
32.44
10.31
5.91
4.41
10.00
5.08
4.92
4.33
L3
L4
L5
L6
L1
L2
35.81
9.94
1.77
1.31
Q1
Q2
Q3
1.31
4.88
2.36
4.84
4.84
1.66
3.78
Weight
V0*
V1
V2
V3
18.5
6.1
5.2
10.8
* without V1, V2 or V3
Weight in [lbs]
Endress+Hauser
35
Weight
Compact version: see table below

Remote version
Sensor: see table below
Wall-mount housing: 5 kg (11 lbs)
Flow conditioner 29, 34
Hot tap 30, 35
Weight (SI units)
t-mass F* / DN
15
25
40
50
80
100
Compact version
7.5
8.0
12.5
12.5
18.7
27.9
5.5
6.0
10.5
10.5
16.7
25.9
t-mass I / sensor length [mm]
235
335
435
608
Compact version
6.4
6.6
7.0
7.4
4.4
4.6
5.0
5.4
Weight dimensions in [kg].

* For flanged versions, all values (weight) refer to devices with EN/DIN PN 40 flanges.
Weight (US units)
t-mass F* / DN [inch]
"
1"
1"
2"
3"
4"
Compact version
16.5
17.6
27.5
27.5
41.2
61.5
12.1
13.2
23.1
23.1
36.7
57.1
t-mass I / sensor length [inch]
9.25"
13.2"
17.1"
24.0"
Compact version
14.1
14.5
15.4
16.3
9.7
10.1
11.0
11.9
Weight dimensions in [lbs].

* For flanged versions, all values (weight) refer to devices with Cl 150 flanges.
Materials
Transmitter housing
Compact housing: powder coated die-cast aluminum
Wall-mount housing: powder coated die-cast aluminum
Remote field housing: powder coated die-cast aluminum
Connection housing, sensor (remote version)
Powder coated die-cast aluminum
t-mass F sensor
Sensor body:
DN 15 to 25 (DN " to DN 1"): stainless steel cast CF3M-A351
DN 40 to 100 (DN 1 " to DN 4"): 1.4404 to EN10216-5 and 316/316L to A312
Flanges (process connections):
According to EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501/DIN 2512N) / ANSI B16.5 / JIS B2220
stainless steel 1.4404 to EN 10222-5 and 316L/316 to A182
Transducer body:
1.4404 to EN10272 and 316L to A479
36
Endress+Hauser
1.4404 to EN10217-7 and 316L to A249 or
1.4404 to EN 10216-5 and 316L to A213
Bushing:
PEEK GF30, PVDF
O-ring seals:
EPDM, Kalrez 6375, Viton FKM
t-mass I sensor
Insertion tube:
Sensor length 235 (9"), 335 (13"), 435 (17"), 608 (24")
1.4404 to EN 10216-5 and 316/316L to A312
Transducer body:
1.4404 to EN10272 and 316L to A479
1.4404 to EN10217-7 and 316L to A249 or
1.4404 to EN 10216-5 and 316L to A213
Protection guard:
1.4404 to EN 10088-1 and EN 10088-2 + 2B and 316L to A666
Compression fitting:
1.4404 to EN 10272 and 316/316L to A479
Ferrules:
PEEK 450G, PVDF
Bonded seals:
EPDM, Kalrez 6375, Nitrile and 316/316L (outer ring)
Hot tap
Lower tube section:
1.4404 to EN 10272 and 316/316L to A479
Upper tube section:
1.4404 to EN 10216-5 and 316/316L to A312
Ball valve:
CF3M and CF8M
Seal:
PTFE
Material load curves
Flange connections to EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501/DIN 2512N)

Flange material: stainless Steel 1.4404/316L/316
[psi] [bar]
600
40
500
35
PN 40
30
400
25
300
20
200
15
PN 16
10
100
0
5
0
-40 -30 -20 -10 0
-40 -20 0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [C]
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 [F]

a0005240
Endress+Hauser
37
Flange connections to JIS B2220

[psi] [bar]
400
25
300
20
200
15
20K
10
100
0
10K
5
0
-40 -30 -20 -10 0

-40 -20 0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [C]
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 [F]

a0005241
Flange connections to ANSI B16.5

[psi] [bar]
600
40
500
35
Cl. 300
30
400
25
300
20
200
15
Cl. 150
10
100
0
5
0
-40 -30 -20 -10 0
-40 -20 0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 [C]
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 [F]

A0013825
Process connections
For both the flanged and insertion meters it is possible to have wetted parts degreased for oxygen service.
Contact your Endress+Hauser service representative for further details.
t-mass F:
Flanges according EN 1092-1, JIS B2220 and ANSI B16.5
t-mass I:
G 1A or 1" MNPT thread
38
Endress+Hauser
Human interface
Display elements
Liquid crystal display: illuminated, two lines with 16 characters per line
Selectable display of different measured values and status variables
Operating elements
Local operation with push buttons (, +, E)

Quick Setup menus for straight forward commissioning
Languages
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Norwegian, Finnish, Swedish, Portuguese, Polish, Czech
Remote operation
Operation via HART, PROFIBUS PA/DP, FOUNDATION Fieldbus, MODBUS RS485

CE mark
The measuring system is in conformity with the statutory requirements of the EC Directives.
Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.
C-Tick mark
The measuring system meets the EMC requirements of the Australian Communications and Media Authority
(ACMA).
Ex approval
Information about currently available Ex versions (ATEX, FM, CSA) can be supplied by your Endress+Hauser
representative on request. All explosion protection data are given in a separate documentation which is
available upon request.
Hazardous area
II2GD / Cl. 1 Div. 1
Safe area
II3G / Cl. 1 Div. 2
p cover tight w
ve
c
over tight wh
i
ep c
c
t unter Spannu
ng
Nich ffnen
vri
pas ou r lappa
p cover tight w
ve
c
over tight wh
i
ep c
c
t unter Spannu
ng
Nich ffnen
vr
pas ou ir lapp
Ne sous tension areil
Esc
EX
EX
a0005128-en
Example of t-mass devices in the hazardous area (Example t-mass 65F)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
certification
The flowmeter has passed all the test procedures implemented and has been certified and registered by the
Fieldbus Foundation. The flowmeter thus meets all the requirements of the specifications listed below:
Endress+Hauser
Certified to FOUNDATION Fieldbus specification

The flowmeter meets all the specifications of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus-H1.
Interoperability Test Kit (ITK), revision status 5.01(Certification on request)
The device can also be operated in conjunction with other-make certified devices.
Physical Layer Conformance Test of the Fieldbus Foundation
39
PROFIBUS DP/PA
certification
The flow device has successfully passed all the test procedures carried out and is certified and registered by the
PNO (PROFIBUS User Organization). The device thus meets all the requirements of the following
specifications:
Certified to PROFIBUS Profile Version 3.0 (device certification number: on request)
The device can also be operated with certified devices of other manufacturers (interoperability)
MODBUS certification
The measuring device meets all the requirements of the MODBUS/TCP conformity and integration test and
has the "MODBUS/TCP Conformance Test Policy, Version 2.0". The measuring device has successfully passed
all the test procedures carried out and is certified by the "MODBUS/TCP Conformance Test Laboratory" of the
University of Michigan.
Pressure measuring device

approval
The measuring devices can be ordered with or without PED (Pressure Equipment Directive). If a device with
PED is required, this must be ordered explicitly. For devices with nominal diameters less than or equal to
DN 25 (1"), this is neither possible nor necessary.
With the identification PED/G1/III on the sensor nameplate, Endress+Hauser confirms conformity with the
"Basic safety requirements" of Appendix I of the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
Devices with this identification (with PED) are suitable for the following types of fluid:
Fluids of Group 1 and 2 with a steam pressure of greater or less than 0.5 bar (7.3 psi)
Unstable gases
Devices without this identification (without PED) are designed and manufactured according to good
engineering practice. They correspond to the requirements of Art. 3, Section 3 of the Pressure Equipment
Directive 97/23/EC. Their application is illustrated in Diagrams 6 to 9 in Appendix II of the Pressure
Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
Oxygen service
We certify that the wetted parts of the flow sensor have been degreased in accordance with British Oxygen
Company (BOC) specification 0000-N-S-430-00-01 and BS IEC 60877:1999.
After final degreasing there shall be less than 100 milligram/m (0.01 milligram/cm) of oil/grease
contamination on the degreased surface of the component.
Other standards and

guidelines
BS IEC 60877:1999
Procedures for ensuring the cleanliness of industrial-process measurement and control equipment in oxygen
service.
EN 60529
Degrees of protection by housing (IP code)
EN 61010-1
Protection Measures for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, Regulation and Laboratory
Procedures.
EN 91/155/EEC
Safety Data Sheets Directive.
IEC/EN 61326
"Emission in accordance with requirements for Class A". Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC- requirements).
ISO 14511
Measurement of fluid flow in closed conduits - Thermal mass flowmeters.
ISO/IEC 17025
General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories.
NAMUR NE 21
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of industrial process and laboratory control equipment.
NAMUR NE 43
Standardization of the signal level for the breakdown information of digital transmitters with analogue output
signal.
NAMUR NE 53
Software of field devices and signal-processing devices with digital electronics
40
Endress+Hauser
Ordering information
The Endress +Hauser service organization can provide detailed ordering information and information on the
order codes on request.
To ensure each meter is programmed to individual requirements, the following information is essential:
Gas type if not air (composition if more than one gas in % Mole)
Gas pressure
Gas temperature
Line size - internal diameter in metric or US units
20 mA range required
Flow engineering units (kg/h, lb/h etc.)
Accessories
The Endress +Hauser service organization can provide detailed information on request.
Device-specific accessories
Measuring principle-specific
accessories
Accessory
Description
Order code
Mounting boss
Mounting boss for the t-mass insertion version
DK6MB - *
Cable remote version
Connecting cable for the remote version
DK6CA - *
Accessory
Mounting set for
transmitter
Description
Mounting set for remote version. Suitable for:
Hot tap
Flow conditioners
Graphic data manager
Memograph M
Endress+Hauser
Order code
DK6WM - *
Wall mounting
Pipe mounting
Mounting set for aluminum field housing:
Suitable for pipe mounting (" to 3")
Mounting set with ball valve and safety chain. Insertion or extraction of Please refer to the
sensor under process pressure (max. 4 bar / 58 psi).
product page of the
Endress+Hauser
Internet page:
Mounting set with ball valve and spindle retractor. Insertion or
www.endress.com
extraction of sensor under process pressure (max. 16 bar (235 psi)).
t-mass F sensor (DN25 to 100, 1"to 4")
t-mass I sensor (DN80 to 300, 3" to 12")
The graphic data manager Memograph M provides information on all
the relevant process variables. Measured values are recorded correctly,
limit values are monitored and measuring points analyzed. The data are
stored in the 256 MB internal memory and also on an SD card or USB
stick.
Memograph M boasts a modular design, intuitive operation and a
comprehensive security concept. The ReadWin 2000 PC software is
part of the standard package and is used for configuring, visualizing and
archiving the data captured.
DK6ST-***
DK7ST-***
RSG40 ************
41
Service-specific accessories
Accessory
Applicator
Description
Order code
Software for selecting and sizing Endress+Hauser measuring devices:
DKA80 - *
Calculation of all the necessary data for identifying the optimum
flowmeter: e.g. nominal diameter, pressure loss, accuracy or process
connections
Graphic illustration of the calculation results
Administration, documentation and access to all project-related data
and parameters over the entire life cycle of a project.
Fieldcheck
FieldCare
Communication-specific
accessories
42
Applicator is available:
Via the Internet: https://wapps.endress.com/applicator
On CD-ROM for local PC installation.
Tester/simulator for testing flowmeters in the field.
When used in conjunction with the "FieldCare" software package, test
results can be imported into a database, printed and used for official
certification.
Contact your Endress+Hauser representative for more information.
FieldCare is Endress+Hauser's FDT based Plant Asset Management
Tool. It can configure all intelligent field devices in your plant and
supports you in managing them. By using status information, it also
provides a simple but effective means of checking their health.
FXA193
The FXA193 service interface connects the device to the PC for

configuration via FieldCare.
Accessory
HART Communicator
Field Xpert SFX 100
Description
Handheld terminal for remote configuration and for obtaining
measured values via the 4 to 20 mA HART current output.
Contact your Endress+Hauser representative for more information.
50098801
Please refer to the

product page of the
Endress+Hauser
Internet page:
www.endress.com
FXA193 *
Order code
SFX100 *******
Endress+Hauser
Documentation
Flow measuring technology (FA005D)

Technical Information (TI069D/06)
Operating Instructions HART (BA111D/06)
Operating Instructions PROFIBUS DP (BA113D/06)
Operating Instructions MODBUS (BA115D/06)
Description of Device Functions HART (BA112D/06)
Description of Device Functions PROFIBUS DP (BA114D/06)
Description of Device Functions MODBUS (BA116D/06)
Supplementary documentation on Ex-ratings: ATEX, FM, CSA, IECEx NEPSI
KALREZ and VITON
Registered trademarks of E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, USA
AMS
Registered trademark of Emmerson Process Management, St. Louis, USA
HART
Registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation, Austin, USA
PROFIBUS
Registered trademark of the PROFIBUS User Organisation, Karlsruhe, Germany
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Registered trademark of the Fieldbus FOUNDATION, Austin, USA
MODBUS
Registered trademark of the MODBUS Organisation
HistoROM, S-DAT, T-DAT, F-CHIP, FieldCare, Field XpertTM, Fieldcheck,
Applicator, t-mass
Registered or registration-pending trademarks of Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG, Reinach, CH
Endress+Hauser
43
Instruments International
Endress+Hauser
Instruments International AG
Kaegenstrasse 2
4153 Reinach
Switzerland
Tel. +41 61 715 81 00
Fax +41 61 715 25 00
www.endress.com
info@ii.endress.com
TI069D/06/en/06.10
71115124
FM/SGML 6.0
THE
HIGH
PERFORMANCE
COMPANY
PRESENTA LA MS NOVEDOSA
VLVULA DE ALTO RENDIMIENTO
BRAY / McCANNALOK
SERIE 40
ALTO RENDIMIENTO
ALTA PRESIN
ALTA TEMPERATURA
VLVULAS DE
MARIPOSA
21/2- 42 (65 -1050MM)
LOS CUERPOS WAFER
ESTNDAR Y OREJADOS
OFRECEN CIERRE
BIDIRECCIONAL DE CLASE
NORMAL ANSI 150, 300 Y
600 EN PRESIONES DE
OPERACIN
RANGO DE TEMPERATURA:
-20F A 500F
(-120C A 260C)
SERIE 40/41 CLASE ANSI 150
Bray Controles est orgulloso de

ofrecer la lnea Bray/McCannalok de
alta calidad de vlvulas de mariposa.
Esta lnea de producto est reconocida
como lder por mas de 25 aos de
servicio exitoso en procesos industriales en todo el mundo. La patente del
diseo nico de la Serie 40, recibi el
Premio Valor Chemical Processings
(Industrializacin Qumica) por el
Mejor Producto poco despus de su
introduccin. El diseo sencillo e
innovador ofrece slida confianza, y
limpieza extremadamente fcil en
campo. Pruebas independientes e
internas han comprobado de Bray/
McCannalok su capacidad superior en
vida de servicio, con cierre hermtico
por sobre 100,000 ciclos.
La vlvula de la Serie 40 se puede
automatizar a un bajo costo con los
actuadores neumticos y elctricos de
Bray, que se montan directamente a la
Serie 40 sin necesidad de grandes
soportes o adaptadores.
Cuando se comparan las vlvulas de
compuerta, globo, bola, diafragma y
macho, la vlvula de mariposa de
Bray/McCannaloks es
significantemente mas ligera de peso
y pequea por lo tanto, el tiempo de
instalacin y costos de mantenimiento
se reducen enormemente.
El Alto Rendimiento de la Vlvula
Bray/McCannalok proporciona la mas
alta calidad y el mejor valor disponible
para sus necesidades.
CUERPO (A)
Se ofrecen modelos estndares de wafer de una
sola pieza u orejada bidireccional en clase
ANSI en especificaciones 150,300 o 600
El material del cuerpo es de acero al carbn o
acero inoxidable con una excelente resistencia
a la corrosin. Su cuello extendido permite un
aislamiento de tubera de 2 y un acceso fcil a
los ajustes de los empaques del vstago y
montaje del actuador.
VSTAGO (B)
El vstago altamente resistente de una sola
pieza es de Acero Inoxidable de 17-4 ph. La
punta del vstago es estndar para intercambiar
con los actuadores de Bray.
TOPE DE CARRERA INTERNO (E)

Un tope de carrera interno se ha diseado para
prevenir una sobre carrera del disco,
eliminando un posible dao al asiento.
PALANCA Y PLACA DE
POSICIONAMIENTO (F)
La resistente palanca con liberador de resorte y
placa de posicionamiento ranurada, permite
posicionar al disco de la vlvula en un ngulo
preciso de parada entre las posiciones de
apertura total y cierre total. Ambos, la palanca
y la placa de posicionamiento tienen un
recubrimiento epxico resistente al medio
ambiente y para una suave operacin.
DISCO (C)
El disco de Acero Inoxidable 316 tiene
la tcnica para maximizar el flujo
y minimizar la resistencia,
proporcionando un
alto Cv.
PERNOS (D)
Los pernos tienen
un ajuste preciso
en la perforacin
ensanchada de
los barrenos,
proporcionando
una conexin
positiva de
mxima fuerza
entre el disco de
la vlvula y el
vstago.
B
I
H
G
IS0 9001
Certificate Number: 31938
EMPAQUE DEL VSTAGO AJUSTABLE

El sistema de empaque del vstago presenta
un fcil acceso al ajuste de tuercas de cabeza
hexagonal sin necesidad de quitar el actuador.
El sistema consiste en un anillo prensa estopa
(G) y un retn de prensa estopa (H), pernos,
tuercas de cabeza hexagonal y arandelas de
ajuste (I). Un ligero giro de 1/4 de las tuercas
de cabeza hexagonal usualmente es lo necesario
para ajustar el campo que sea necesario. Ambas
tuercas de cabeza hexagonal deben ser
ajustadas iguales y no demasiado apretadas.
I
H
G
J
N
M
L
SELLO DEL VSTAGO (J)

El sistema de sello del vstago proporciona
constante compresin y excelente resistencia a
la corrosin para un sellado positivo alrededor
del vstago. Los anillos de empaque PTFE
sellan el vstago, y un anillo anti- extrusor de
fibra de carbn sella los empaques. Hay anillos
flexibles de grafito disponibles para
aplicaciones de alta temperatura y son
estndares en vlvulas contra incendio.
Todas las vlvulas Clase 150 y la Clase 300
de 3" 2" tienen un juego de anillos de sello de
empaque del vstago y una tapa posicionadora
del vstago con un sello O-Ring en la base del
cuerpo. Las vlvulas Clase 300 de 14"30" y
toda la Clase 600 tienen sellos de vstago
gemelos en la parte superior y en la base que
nivelan las fuerzas axiales en el vstago y en el
disco bajo todas las condiciones de operacin,
y eliminan cualquier efecto del pistn
en el vstago.
BUJES DEL VSTAGO (K)
Bujes gemelos ajustados en prensa, cada uno
consiste de una capa de Acero Inoxidable 316
con una superficie blindada de recubriemiento
de tejido de vidrio/TFE que soporta el vstago,
El buje del vstago proporciona una excelente
resistencia a la corrosin y distorsin por altas
temperaturas y fuerzas de carga mecnica.
DISEO DEL ASIENTO

EL CORAZN DE LA VLVULA
SERIE 40
El nico, equipo de asiento de dos partes,
consiste en un O-ring activador y resistente (L)
que est totalmente encapsulado por el asiento
RTFE* (M). El equipo est asegurado en
descanso del cuerpo empotrado por un
sujetador de asiento de cara completa (N). Esta
combinacin sencilla, confiable y probada, da
como resultado muchas ventajas
exclusivas, incluyendo:
El O-Ring activador est completamente
aislado de todo contacto con la lnea media
por el asiento RTFE.
Las serraciones en el sujetador del asiento y
cuerpo empotrado aseguran el equipo del
asiento en su lugar. El sujetador de cara
completa est atornillado al cuerpo,
proporcionando fuerza uniforme hacia afuera
para mayor retencin del asiento.
El asiento muy confinado y bien soportado es
es activado por el disco y presin de lnea. A
mas alta presin, mas apretado el sello. En
baja presin y aplicaciones al vaco, el
asiento del activador ofrece un cierre
hermtico y mayor vida de servicio que
muchos otros diseos.
La media del flujo lineal se sella
hermticamente en ambas direcciones.
El asiento es auto ajustable para cambios de
uso y temperatura. El asiento es flexible, y
asegura el mnimo uso del mismo.
El cambio del asiento es extremadamente
fcil, nicamente quite el sujetador del
asiento, gire el disco a la posicin de cierre
y coloque un nuevo equipo de asiento en la
ranura fresada del cuerpo. Este sencillo
procedimiento no perjudicar al disco
o vstago.
VSTAGO
DE DOBLE
COMPENSACIN Y
DISEO DE DISCO
El diseo de doble
compensacin de la serie 40
asegura reduccin en el uso del
asiento y cierre hermtico
bidireccional hacia afuera del
rango completo de presin.
En el punto inicial de
apertura del disco, el disco
compensador produce una
accin semejante a la de la
leva, jalando el disco del
asiento, sin una resistencia
excesiva. Esta accin,
semejante a la de la leva reduce
el uso del asiento y elimina la
deformacin del asiento
cuando el disco est en
posicin de apertura. Cuando
abre, el disco no hace contacto
con el asiento, por lo tanto la
vida de servicio del asiento es
mayor y los torques de
operacin son reducidos.
Mientras la vlvula se cierra, la
accin semejante a la de la leva
convierte el movimiento giratorio del disco a un
movimiento de tipo lineal para empujar con
eficiencia el disco sobre el asiento. La accin de
friccin contra el asiento evita la acumulacin
de material inconveniente de mezcla o
slidos en suspensin.
Los pernos cargan virtualmente cargas
iguales mientras se ancla el disco al vstago,
permitiendo un cierre preciso del disco para un
cierre hermtico consistente y apagado positivo.
Disco en
posicin de
apertura
Cuerpo
Asiento no comprimido
al acercarse el disco
Disco en posicin
de cierre, presin de
lnea aplicada por de
la izquierda.
Disco en posicin
de cierre, sin presin
de lnea
Disco en posicin
de cierre, presin de
lnea aplicada por
la izquierda.
*RTFE es la designacin comn para RPTFE

como la surte Bray.
Asiento
Vstago
Disco en
posicin de
cierre
Despus de una prueba de

mas de 100,00 ciclos a 720
psi, el asiento se conserv en
excelentes condiciones,
proporcionando un cierre
hermtico bidireccional An
despus de mas de 878,000
ciclos a 2 psi, la Serie 40 an
cierra hermticamente en
ambas direcciones.
LAS VLVULAS BRAY/

MCCANNALOK SERIE
40/41 DE ALTO
RENDIMIENTO ESTN
DISPONIBLES A PRUEBA
DE FUEGO, PROBADAS,
CON ASIENTOS
BIDIRECCIONALES A
PRUEBA DE FUEGO, EN
TAMAOS 2 1/2"- 16"
CLASE ANSI 150 Y 300
WAFER Y CUERPOS
OREJADOS.
PARA UN CONTROL
CONFIABLE DE FLUIDOS
INFLAMABLES Y PELIGROSOS
DE PETRLEO, PETROQUMICOS, QUMICOS Y
OTRAS APLICACIONES DE
ALTO RIESGO, LA PRUEBA
DE FUEGO COMBINA UN
RENDIMIENTO SUPERIOR,
MAYOR VIDA DE SERVICIO
Y CUMPLIMIENTO CON
LOS ESTNDARES
MAS DEMANDADOS
MUNDIALMENTE A PRUEBA
DE FUEGOANTES, DURANTE
Y DESPUS DEL FUEGO!
En servicio normal, la
combinacin A PRUEBA DE FUEGO asiento de
metal/flexible y sello hermtico en ambas
direcciones de flujo de lnea media a travs de
presin completa y altos rangos de temperatura.
Al cierre, el disco permanece comprimido contra
el asiento flexible mecnicamente cargado, y est
asegurado en su lugar por un sujetador de cara
completa.La presin de lnea media da fuerza
al sello.
En caso de fuego, si el exceso de calor
destruye los materiales flexibles del asiento, ya
sea total o parcialmente, el asiento proporciona
un respaldo de sello constante de metal metal.
En verdaderas condiciones de fuego, la presin
de lnea, se reduce inmediatamente, y el rea
completa se moja. El resultado por la baja de
presin y rpido enfriamiento da como resultado
el que fallen muchas vlvulas. El diseo A
PRUEBA DE FUEGO no libera la presin en lnea
media al sello, por lo tanto la vlvula ofrece un
rendimiento superior de baja presin que los
diseos de la competencia. El asiento de metal
(INCONEL) funciona como un mecanismo de
resorte, que permite expansin y contraccin sin
romper el contacto con el disco. Adems el
asiento de Inconel ofrece mejor resistencia a la
corrosin y al calor y mayor fuerza que los
asientos de acero inoxidable usados
normalmente.
Bray/McCannalok da una proteccin probada
contra fuego, no solo en el laboratorio, sino
tambin, en dnde cuenta mas, en el campo
*Inconel es una marca registrada de Inco Alloys

International, Inc.
El sistema ajustable de empaques del

sello del vstago est compuesto de grafito
flexible y anillos hechos de grafito. Estos
materiales de los anillos ofrecen mayor
capacidad de sello del vstago. El empaque
puede ser fcilmente ajustado por un ligero
fcil giro de las tuercas de cabeza hexagonal.
OPERACIN DE ASIENTO A
PRUEBA DE FUEGO
El ensamble del asiento en servicio normal hace

contacto del disco con ambos, el asiento de
resilente y el asiento metal metal. Durante y
despus del fuego, cuando el material resilente
ha sido parcial o totalmente destruido, el asiento
de metal metal proporciona un sellado positivo
permaneciendo en contacto constante con el
disco en cualquier direccin del flujo de media.
El Asiento A PRUEBA DE
FUEGO en servicio normal
Asiento Flexible
Bidireccional con
Activador de O-Ring/
Asiento de Inconel
STNDARES DE
PRUEBA DE FUEGO
API 607 4a.. Edicin Certificada.
La PRUEBA DE FUEGO Bray/
McCannalock ha sido
ampliamente probada y rene los
ltimos estndares internacionales
de PRUEBA DE FUEGO desde su
presentacin ha pasado las
pruebas de aplicacin de campo
con excelentes resultados teniendo
rendimiento superior bajo las
condiciones de mayor demanda.
Asiento despus del

fuego, con potencia
hermtica y presin de
lnea media actuando en
el asiento de la izquierda.
(Sujetador del asiento
corriente abajo)
Asiento despus del

fuego, con potencia
hermtica y presin de
lnea media actuando en
el asiento de la derecha.
(Sujetador del asiento
corriente arriba)
La Serie 40 de vlvulas Bray/

McCannolok maneja un amplio
rango de condiciones de medios
tales como, qumicos corrosivos,
agua, gases, cido, alcalinos,
hidrocarbones, adems de muchos
otros fluidos. La lnea estndar
de Bray ha sido diseada
especficamente para cumplir
con la mayora de las aplicaciones.
Cuando las aplicaciones demandan
requerimientos especiales, Bray
ofrece vlvulas y materiales que
cumplan con estas necesidades.
Los servicios y materiales
opcionales incluyen:
VACO
Las vlvulas estndar de la Serie 40 con
asientos de TFE se recomiendan para servicio
de vaco hasta .02 mm Hg de absoluta presin,
o 20 micrones. Para servicio de vaco hasta 1 x
10-3 mm Hg de absoluta presin, o 1 micrn, se
recomiendan vlvulas especialmente
preparadas. Bajo ciertas condiciones, estas
vlvulas sirven bien en un rango de alto vaco
hasta 1 x 10-6 mm Hg en absoluta presin.
VAPOR
Las vlvulas de la Serie 40 estn programadas
para 150 psi (10.3 bar) con vapor saturado a
366 F (185C) nicamente para aplicaciones
de cierre y apertura. El uso del asiento estndar
RTFE se recomienda para estos servicios.
CLORO SECO - GAS O LQUIDO
Materiales especiales as como el equipo
y los procedimientos de prueba se aplican
para asegurar el cierre hermtico en estos
servicios crticos.
CRIOGNICO
Las vlvulas Bray/McCannalok estn
disponibles para servicios de bajas
temperaturas de -320F (-96C). Un vapor
extendido proporciona una barrera trmica
para mantener la temperatura cercana al medio
ambiente alrededor de los sellos de vapor.
Asientos especiales proporcionan el sellado
hermtico necesario mediante baja temperatura
en condiciones de ambiente.
Favor de consultar a su
representante de Bray para
recomendaciones especficas de
acuerdo a sus necesidades.
APROBACIN DE LA
GUARDIA COSTERA
DE EUA
El alto rendimiento de las
Vlvulas Bray McCannalok ha
sido autorizado para aplicaciones
categora A.
MANEJO DE CENIZAS Y ABRASIVOS

Para aplicaciones donde la velocidad del
flujo y la presin diferencial son bajos, se
recomiendan los asientos de RTFE o UHMWPE
y placas de discos electroniquelados. Para
aplicaciones que necesiten una resistencia
mejorada para uso y partculas de mayor dureza,
se recomienda un disco con cara de estelita y
diseo A PRUEBA DE FUEGO
CUSTICA
Los materiales de las vlvulas se seleccionan
para suficientes requerimientos de corrosin.
Para altas concentraciones de sodio o hidrxido
de potasio y altas temperaturas, se recomienda
el acero inoxidable.
CALEFACCIN, VENTILACIN Y
AIRE ACONDICIONADO
Las vlvulas de la Serie 40 se pueden usar
para amortiguacin o balance del flujo de agua,
vlvulas de tope mayor, vlvulas de bloqueo,
vlvulas de estrangulacin y control de bombas
de succin o descarga.
OXGENO
Las vlvulas de la Serie 40 para servicio
crtico de oxgeno gaseoso son especialmente
preparadas, limpiadas, inspeccionadas, armadas
y probadas para asegurar quitar la rebaba,
orillas filosas, tierra, aceite de hidrocarburo o
grasa y otros contaminantes. Cada vlvula se
envuelve individualmente y se sella en
polietileno antes del envo.
GAS AMARGO
Materiales selectos de construccin que renen
los estndares NACE (MR-01-75) permiten una
aplicacin diaria y mxima utilidad en estos
difciles servicios.
SERVICIO EXTREMO
Los cuerpos orejados Bray/McCannalok para
servicio extremo se ofrecen como
completamente estndares en la Clase ANSI en
programacin de 150, 300 y 600
Las vlvulas de la Serie

40 se pueden surtir en
diversos materiales
tanto en el asiento como
en el cuerpo, incluyendo:
Asiento de PTFE y asiento
de UHMWPE con O-Ring
resilente.
O-Rings de fluorosilicn
interno para servicio de cloruro
de metileno.
Empaques A PRUEBA DE FUEGO
de fibra de grafito/carbn o
similar para servicio a prueba
de fuego o de altas
temperatura.
Cuerpos de Hastelloy C para servicio de
cyanide-hidrgeno
Cuerpos de bronce de aluminio para medio
ambientes marinos
Diferente longitud de vstagos para ajustarse
a diferentes reas de control.
20 recortes metlicos de aleacin para
servicio de cido sulfrico
Discos de metal monel para servicio de cloro.
Existen muchos otros materiales, favor de
consultar con la fbrica Bray.
ANSI 150
Tamao de la
vlvula
Serie 40
H* J
L M
ins
mm
2 1/2
65
4.75 1.88 2.28 3.00 4.29 3.81 .63
.43
3.34 2.44 1.56 .38
5/ -18
16
80
5.25 1.88 2.86 3.25 4.54 3.81 .63
.43
3.34 2.44 1.56 .38
5/ -18
16
100 6.72 2.03 3.72 4.38 5.41 3.81 .63
.43
3.34 2.44 1.56 .38
5/ -18
16
125 7.62 2.23 4.83 5.07 5.12 4.32 .75
.51
3.63
1.75 .50
150 8.62 2.23 5.88 5.57 5.62 4.32 .75
.51
3.63
200 10.81 2.40 7.80 6.94 7.12 4.29 .87
.63
3.63
10
250 13.06 2.75 9.78 8.56 8.47 5.50 1.18 .87
12
300 15.42 3.08 11.74 10.18 9.97 5.50 1.18 .87
Informacin del cierre

de la Orejada
BC
N de Roscas
barrenos Unc-2b
Serie Serie
40
41
5/ -11
8
13
6.00
5/ -11
8
15
19
7.50
5/ -11
8
20
28
3/ -16
8
8.50
3/ -10
4
23
39
1.75 .50
3/ -16
8
9.50
3/ -10
4
30
44
1.75 .50
3/ -16
8
11.75
3/ -10
4
43
67
4.28
2.19 .56
1/ -13
2
14.25 12
7/ -9
8
76
106
4.28
2.19 .56
1/ -13
2
17.00 12
7/ -9
8
119
163
14
350 17.27 3.73 12.90 11.95 14.00 7.75 1.38 .39x.39 2.50 5.00 3.13 .69
5/ -11
8
18.75 12
1-8
202
262
16
400 19.50 4.11 14.68 12.94 16.75 10.38 1.97 .39x.47 3.50 7.12 4.38 1.00
3/ -10
4
21.25 16
1-8
291
378
18
450 21.38 4.61 16.97 14.15 19.00 10.38 1.97 .39x.47 3.50 7.12 4.38 1.00
3/ -10
4
22.75 16 11/8-8 382
478
20
500 23.62 5.03 18.86 15.26 21.75 10.38 2.50 .62x.62 5.00 7.12 4.38 1.00
3/ -10
4
25.00 20 11/8-8 640
756
24
600 27.96 6.00 22.73 18.21 24.25 15.38 3.00 .75x.75 4.75 11.25 6.63 1.50
5.50
18
1-8 29.50 20 11/4-8 992 1183
4.50 2.00 11/4-7 36.00 28 11/4-8 1382 1691
36 900 40.25 8.26 35.00 25.28 27.45 12.76 3.75 .88x.62 10.00
5.25 2.50 11/4-7 42.75 32 11/2-8 1850 2405
42 1050 45.00 9.51 40.00 29.00 43.25 19.50 4.50 1.0x.75 6.13
6.00 3.00 11/2-6 49.50 36 11/2-8 3706 4222
30 750 34.50 7.50 29.25 21.12 27.88 19.50 3.50 .88x.62 6.13
L
PESOS
Serie 41
K
F
ANSI 300
Tamao de la
vlvula
J
Serie 42
H* J
L M
BC
*(H= Cuero)
*La rainure de clavette ne concerne que les

robinets de 14" 42" classe 150, de 10"
36" classe 300 et de 8" 14" classe 600.
Serie Serie
42
43
65
4.75 1.88 2.28 3.00 4.29 3.81 .63
.43
3.34 2.44 1.56 .38
5/ -18
16
5.88
3/ -10
4
13
18
80
5.25 1.88 2.86 3.25 4.54 3.81 .63
.43
3.34 2.44 1.56 .38
5/ -18
16
6.63
3/ -10
4
15
19
7.88
3/ -10
4
20
28
9.25
3/ -10
4
28
39
BC
100 6.72 2.03 3.72 4.38 5.41 3.81 .63
.43
3.34 2.44 1.56 .38
5/ -18
16
125 8.25 2.23 4.82 5.07 5.63 4.32 .75
.51
3.63
1.75 .50
3/ -16
8
150 8.88 2.42 5.68 6.25 6.37 4.25 .87
.63
3.63
1.75 .50
3/ -16
8
10.62 12
3/ -10
4
34
61
200 10.94 2.82 7.45 7.55 7.72 5.50 1.18 .87
4.28
2.19 .56
1/ -13
2
13.00 12
7/ -9
8
55
103
10
250 13.26 3.28 9.32 9.36 9.10 5.50 1.38 .39x.39 4.28
2.19 .56
1/ -13
2
15.25 16
1-8
100
162
12
300 15.42 3.62 11.20 10.89 13.00 7.75 1.38 .39x.39 2.50
3.13 .69
5/ -11
8
17.75 16 11/8-8 162
248
14
350 17.75 4.62 12.50 11.95 14.00 7.75 1.97 .39x.47 3.00
3.50 1.41
3/ -10
4
20.25 20 11/8-8 352
410
16
400 20.11 5.35 15.25 18.08 15.70 9.00 2.50 .62x.62 8.00
3.62 1.25
7/ -9
8
22.50 20 11/4-8 538
673
18
450 21.99 5.98 16.25 19.60 16.35 9.76 2.50 .62x.62 8.00
4.00 1.88
7/ -9
8
20
500 24.32 6.35 17.93 21.20 17.51 11.00 3.00 .75x.75 8.00
4.50 2.00
1-8 27.00 24 11/4-8 840 1028
24
600 29.23 7.22 21.56 19.56 24.88 19.50 3.50 .88x.62 6.13
5.00 2.25 11/4-7 32.00 24 11/2-8 1352 1839
30 750 35.37 8.98 28.00 29.70 25.80 15.00 4.50 1.0x.75 10.00
6.00 3.00 11/2-6 39.25 28 13/4-8 1750 2850
36 900 43.75 10.67 33.88 28.00 32.86 12.76 5.00 1.25x.8814.10
6.00 3.00 11/2-6 46.00 32
ins
*(H=Planos)
N de Roscas
barrenos Unc-2b
2 1/2
Tamao de la
vlvula
G
H

de la Orejada
mm
ANSI 600
ins
PESOS
Serie 43
mm
Serie 44
24.75 24
11/4-8
H* J
L M
PESOS

de la Orejada
BC
N de Roscas
barrenos Unc-2b
80
.51
3.63 2.62 1.75 .50
3/ -16
8
100 7.00 2.77 3.80 6.86 7.28 5.00 1.00 .63
3.63 3.06 2.00 .75
3/ -16
8
150 9.76 3.34 5.76 8.40 8.57 5.75 1.25 .87
4.27 3.38 2.25 1.00
1/ -13
2
11.50 12
200 12.00 4.23 7.62 11.40 9.25 7.12 1.75 .39x.39 6.00 4.00 2.81 1.25
816
2-8 3700 4500
Serie 45
645
Serie Serie
44
45
3/ -10
4
24
7/ -9
8
33
41
1-8
80
103
5/ -11
8
13.75 12 11/8-8 157
196
10 250 14.17 4.82 9.75 14.35 11.66 8.50 2.00 .39x.47 6.50 4.62 3.50 1.41
3/ -10
4
17.00 16 11/4-8 265
326
12 300 16.50 5.51 11.38 16.04 13.22 9.00 2.25 .39x.47 6.50 5.00 3.62 1.69
7/ -9
8
19.25 20
375
492
14 350 18.20 6.09 12.50 17.74 14.57 9.75 2.50 .62x.62 8.00 5.25 4.00 1.88
7/ -9
8
20.75 20 13/8-8 496
658
5.75 2.30 2.90 5.90 6.26 4.37 .75
6.62
8.50
11/4-8
28
Las dimensiones estn en pulgadas y los pesos en lbs.
Nota: Para el montaje de los actuadores y los operadores manuales las dimensiones estn nicamente como
referencia. Consulte a la fbrica para el tamao exacto. Bray se reserva el derecho de cambiar las dimensiones
del producto sin previo aviso.
VLVULAS CV COEFICIENTE DE CLASIFICACION POR

DIMENSIONES DE LA VLVULA
ANSI 150
Serie 40 / 41
Temperature
TemperaturaCC
0
Posicin del Disco (grados)

90
80
70
60
50
20
10
160
136
100
78
50
30
16
80
185
178
155
123
87
56
32
14
4.8
100
375
365
315
250
175
115
63
31
10
125
790
675
500
360
238
146
78
41
16
150
1350
1070
750
510
330
218
140
81
35
200
2800
2230
1590
1060
685
456
280
165
65
10
250
4300
3450
2430
1630
1050
700
450
250
100
12
300
6650
5330
3750
2530
1630
1080
700
390
155
14
350
7650
6100
4300
2900
1890
1250
810
450
175
16
400
9800
7860
5510
3700
2420
1530
1020
580
230
18
450 10500
9100
6960
5100
3520
2220
1180
500
170
20
500 13500 11700
8800
6500
4500
2820
1530
640
200
24
600 20000 17100 12800
9570
6640
3880
2200
920
240
30
750 32000 27300 20900 15500 10700
6700
3600
1510
320
36
900 48500 41100 31700 23200 16400 10200
5430
2260
480
42 1050 65000 58000 46100 35000 25000 16000
9000
3700
700
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
2 1/2
65
160
136
100
78
50
30
16
80
185
178
155
123
87
56
32
14
4.8
100
375
365
315
250
175
115
63
31
10
125
790
675
500
360
238
146
78
41
16
150
1000
875
710
530
370
240
138
79
26
200
2000
1720
1360
950
630
405
240
121
47
10
250
2650
2250
1740
1200
780
510
295
150
61
12
300
4000
3400
2500
1690
1100
710
430
220
92
14
350
3900
3300
2400
1570
1000
630
390
220
90
16
400
7800
6540
4550
2970
1840
1160
730
420
180
18
450
9500
8000
6170
4530
3110
1970
1080
440
94
20
500 11000
9570
7300
5400
3720
2330
1250
530
110
24
600 18000 15100 11400
8570
5920
3700
2000
830
180
30
750 29000 24400 18900 13700
8500
6000
3230
1330
290
36
900 45000 38100 29200 21000 14800
9100
4660
1730
380
ANSI 600
Serie 44 / 45
Tamao de la
vlvula
ins mm

90
80
150
10
100
5
50
-20 0
100
200
300
400
Temperature
TemperaturaFF
500
ANSI 300
Serie 42 / 43
Temperature
TemperaturaCC
0
200
100
250
800
50
700
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
80
185
178
155
123
87
56
32
14
4.8
100
375
365
315
250
175
115
63
31
10
150
1000
875
710
530
370
240
138
79
26
200
1865
1585
1200
880
600
370
195
78
14
10
250
2650
2250
1740
1200
780
510
295
150
61
12
300
4000
3400
2500
1690
1100
710
430
220
92
14
350
3900
3300
2400
1570
1000
630
390
220
90
CV se define como el volumen de agua en U.S.G.P.M. que fluir a travs de una restriccin dada o de la apertura
de la vlvula con una prdida de carga de uno (1) p.s.i. a temperatura ambiente. Los ngulos recomendados de
control son entre 25 - 70. El ngulo preferido para el coeficiente de clasificacin por dimensiones de la vlvula
es 60 - 65 abierto
Pressurepsig
psig
Presin
80
15
200
600

90
20
250
Serie 42 / 43
Tamao de la
vlvula
ins mm
300
40
500
30
400
300
20
200
10
100
-20 0
100
200
300
400
TemperaturaFF
Temperature
500
ANSI 600
Serie 44 / 45
Temperature
Temperatura C
C
0
200
100
250
1600
100
1400
1200
Presin
Pressurepsig
psig
ANSI 300
250
Pressure
Bar
Presin bar
30
65
Pressurepsig
psig
Presin
40
2 1/2
ins mm
200
100
350
Pressure
Bar
Presin bar
Tamao de la
vlvula
Serie 40 / 41
80
1000
60
800
600
Pressure
Bar
Presin bar
ANSI 150
PRESIN / TEMPERATURA
40
400
20
200
-20 0
100
200
300
400
Temperatura F
F
Temperature
500
Cuerpos de Acero al Carbn

Cuerpos de Acero Inoxidable
Asientos de RTFE Y PTFE
Asientos nicamente de RTFE
ANSI 150
Tamao
de la
vlvula
Serie 40 / 41
Estndar
Sistema de Presin P (PSIG)

Menor a 150
150 200
200 250
250 285
Ins
Torque
*Flujo
Torque
*Flujo
Torque
*Flujo
Torque
*Flujo
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
30
36
42
200
220
320
650
810
1500
2800
4100
6300
9100
14000
18000
29000
47000
64000
83000
350
350
350
360
400
800
1200
2000
2500
3500
5300
6500
7600
10000
16000
25000
240
260
370
800
960
1720
3300
5000
7400
11300
17000
21300
34600
53700
81000
105000
360
360
360
400
480
880
1300
2200
2800
4200
5700
6900
8100
11900
19700
30000
280
300
420
940
1100
1950
3760
5900
8500
13500
20000
24700
40100
67700
98000
127000
390
390
390
450
550
960
1400
2400
3100
4900
6100
7300
8600
13800
23400
35000
300
320
460
1040
1200
2100
4100
6500
9500
15000
22000
27000
44000
75000
110000
143000
400
400
400
500
600
1000
1500
2500
3400
5200
6300
7500
8800
15000
26000
40000
ANSI 150
Po.
Ins
Serie 40 / 41
Con Asientos a Prueba de Fuego
Torque
*Flujo
Torque
*Flujo
Torque
*Flujo
Torque
*Flujo
2 1/2 720
3
780
4
900
5
1500
6
1750
8
2800
10 4200
12 6900
14 17000
16 18000
1000
1000
1200
1300
1400
1800
2500
4000
4600
6000
770
830
980
1630
1880
2950
4530
7350
18100
19850
1040
1040
1310
1410
1510
1950
2760
4300
5050
6800
810
870
1050
1750
2000
3100
4860
7790
19200
21700
1080
1080
1420
1520
1620
2100
3020
4600
5500
7600
840
900
1100
1850
2100
3200
5100
8100
20000
23000
1100
1100
1500
1600
1700
2200
3200
4800
5800
8200
ANSI 300
Tamao
de la
vlvula
Serie 42 / 43
150 350
*Estos son los porcentajes de fluido

en U.S.G.P.M. antes de que los
torques dinamicos sean
considerados para determinar que
torque es mayor (cierre-final/
apertura-inicial o el dinamico).
El equivalente de agua es utilizado.
Para otros fluidos hay que dividir los
flujos que se dan entre SG donde
SG=gravedad especifica.
Para agua SG=1.
NOTA: Los torques de cierre-final/
apertura-inicial que aparecen aqui
tienen un factor razonable de
seguridad para cubrir condiciones
severas. Para aplicaciones noseveras y con el reten del asiento
montado hacia el flujo (upstream),
estos torques pueden reducirse hasta
un 30%. Para fluidos con solidos o
contenido abrasivo, el torque puede
incrementar. Por favor consultar a
fabrica.
ANSI 600
Estndar

Menor a 150
TORQUES DE CIERREFINAL/APERTURA-INICIAL
(LB.-INS.)
350 550
550 740
Tamao
de la
vlvula
Serie 44 / 45

Menor a 150
150 600
Ins
Torque
*Flujo
Torque
*Flujo
Torque
*Flujo
Torque
*Flujo
Ins
Torque
*Flujo
Torque
*Flujo
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
30
36
200
220
320
650
1000
1850
3300
5000
8600
14000
18000
24000
38000
83000
119000
350
350
350
360
390
780
1100
2000
2200
3500
3800
4500
7200
7800
10000
360
380
530
1250
1650
3100
5500
8300
13400
21500
27000
36700
57000
127000
180000
460
460
470
500
640
920
1600
2700
3000
4200
5200
6200
9200
12500
18000
510
530
730
1850
2300
4300
7600
11500
18300
29000
36100
49300
76700
172000
240000
550
550
580
630
880
1060
2100
3400
3800
4900
6600
7900
11200
17200
28000
670
690
1000
2550
3000
5300
10000
15000
22000
38000
45000
61000
95000
210000
290000
640
640
680
820
1100
1200
2600
4000
4500
5600
7900
9500
13000
21700
34000
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
480
960
1700
4100
8300
11800
15000
760
1100
1400
3100
3400
4100
4200
870
1600
3200
7200
14000
12000
24000
850
1200
1500
3300
3600
4300
4500
ANSI 300
Ins
Serie 42 / 43
Con Asientos a Prueba de Fuego
Torque
*Flujo
Torque
*Flujo
Torque
*Flujo
Torque
*Flujo
2 1/2 720
3
800
4
900
5
1500
6
2100
8
3150
10 7300
12 11000
14 19000
16 42000
1000
1000
1200
1500
1800
2400
3200
4000
4100
7800
860
950
1200
2300
2900
4300
10200
14700
24000
48200
1100
1100
1300
1650
2000
2500
3340
4240
4370
8200
1010
1100
1500
3100
3700
5500
13000
18400
26000
54400
1200
1200
1400
1800
2200
2600
3480
4480
4640
8600
1100
1200
1700
3600
4300
6200
15000
21000
28000
57000
1300
1300
1500
1850
2400
2700
3600
4700
4900
9000
Tamao
de la
vlvula

600 1050
1050 1480
Ins
Torque
*Flujo
Torque
*Flujo
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
1200
2100
4600
10100
18000
26000
33000
1100
1400
1900
3500
3800
4500
4500
1450
2700
5800
14000
24000
30000
43000
1100
1400
2100
3500
4300
4500
4800
Nombre del artculo

1 Cuerpo
Material
Acero Inoxidable, ASTM A351 GR CF8M
Acero al carbn, ASTM A216 GR WCB/A516 GR 70
2 Disco
Acero Inoxidable, ASTM A351 GR CF8M-Standard
con electro-nickel-pulido en el filo del disco-Aprueba de Fuego
3 Vstago
17-4 PH SS, ASTM A564- Tipo 630
4 Perno (2)
17-4 PH SS, ASTM A564- Tipo 630*
Acero Inoxidable 316**, ASTM 276 tipo 316
5 Separador de Disco (2) Acero Inoxidable 316. ASTM 276 Tipo 316
6 Ensamble de buje (2) Acero Inoxidable 316 con TFE y recubrimiento de tejido de vidrio
7 Anillo prensa estopa
Acero Inoxidable 316, ASTM 276 tipo 316
8 Sello del Vstago
Anillos de PTFE mas un anillo de Fibra de Carbono - Valvula Standard
Anillos de Grafito Flexible Vlvula a Prueba de Fuego
9 Arandela de empuje
Acero Inoxidable 316, ASTM 276 tipo 316
10 Retn Prensa Estopa
Acero Inoxidable 304, ASTM A351 CF8M
Acero al carbn, ASTM A216 GR WCB/A516 GR 70 Acero
Inoxidable 316 ASTM A193-B8M
11 Tuerca de Ajuste (2) Acero Inoxidable 316 ASTM A193-B8M
12 Arandela de ajuste (2) Acero Inoxidable 18-8
13 Tuerca Hexagonal (2) Acero Inoxidable 18-8
14 Asiento
RFTFE^ con O-Ring de elastmero de silicn
PTFE con O-Ring de elastmero de silicn
15 Retn de Asiento
Acero Inoxidable, ASTM A351 CF8M/A276-316
Acero al Carbon, ASTM A516 GR 70
16 Tornillo Alen (8)
Acero Inoxidable 18-8
Aleacin de acero
17 O-Ring - Empaque
PTFE - Standard Valve
Grafito Flexible Vlvula a Prueba de Fuego
18 Tapa posicionadora
Acero Inoxidable 316 ASTM 276 Tipo 316
Acero al carbn, fosfatizado
19 Asiento Metlico
Inconel 718, ASTM B670
20 Gasket
Grafito flexible
Vista Detallada
Serie 40
13
12
3
10
11
7
8
4
9
6
No se muestran: Arandela Bellville y Arandela Grounding: Acero Inoxidable 18-8,

para vlvulas Clase 150 14 42, para vlvulas Clase 300 14-36 y para todas las
vlvulas Clase 600.
* Disponible para vlvulas Clase 150 tamao 2 /2" 12", para vlvulas Clase 300 y para vlvulas Clase 600.
** Disponible para vlvulas Clase 150 tamao 14"-42", para vlvulas Clase 300 de 14" 36"
y para vlvulas Clase 600 de 14".
(4) Para vlvulas tamao 14" y vlvulas mayores.
^ Bray substituye RTFE por RPTFE (polietrafluoretileno reforzado).
No aplicable para valvulas de tamanos 21/2, 3" y 4" en Clase 150 y Clase 300.
nicamente para vlvulas a PRUEBA DE FUEGO.
5
2
14
15
Hay otros materiales disponibles,

favor de consultar a la fbrica para
su aplicacin especfica.
5
6
17
Vlvula a PRUEBA
DE FUEGO
18
20
19
16
Tipo Macho
SERIE 40
Globo
ADICIONALMENTE A LAS
EXCELENTES CARACTERSTICAS
DE LA SERIE 40 ESTAS
VLVULAS DE MARIPOSA DE
ALTO RENDIMIENTO OFRECEN
VENTAJAS SUPERIORES SOBRE
OTRAS VLVULAS.
Cuando son acopladas contra vlvulas
macho, globo, de compuerta, bola y
diafragma, de programacin comparable, los
requerimientos del peso reducido y tamao
SERIE 40
De Compuerta
compacto de la Serie 40 es realmente

notable. El ahorro en costo de instalacin
y mantenimiento es substancial.
Los requerimientos de torque de las
Vlvulas de Mariposa de Alto
Rendimiento de la Serie 40 tambin son
significativamente menores. Por ejemplo,
Una Vlvula de 8" Clase 150 de la Serie
40 pesa 45 lbs. y tiene un torque mximo
de 1,500 in/lbs. Las vlvulas comparables
de clavija pesan 319 lbs. con un torque de
1,500 in/lbs. y las vlvulas de baln pesan
SERIE 40
158 lbs. con un torque de 6,400 in/lbs una

vlvula de entrada con peso nominal
comparable de 310 lbs. y que requiera una
unidad lineal para actuacin. Por lo tanto,
las Vlvulas de Mariposa de la Serie 40
necesitan un actuador mucho menor que
otras vlvulas.
Economa eficiencia y rendimiento
superior comprobado determinan a Bray
McCannaalok como la mejor solucin
para aplicaciones que exijan alta presin.
EL MONTAJE DIRECTO DE
ACTUADORES NEUMTICOS Y
ELCTRICOS BRAY DE ALTO
TORQUE COMPACTO
PROPORCIONAN UN BAJO COSTO
DE AUTOMATIZACIN PARA
SERVICIOS DE CONTROL DE
APERTURA Y CIERRE.
Las vlvulas de la Serie 40 pueden ser
automatizadas a un bajo costo con los actuadores
neumticos y elctricos de Bray. Estos
actuadores se complementan completamente
con Bray McCannalok y se montan directamente
sin necesidad de grandes soportes o adaptadores.
Bray ha diseado la lnea mas avanzada y de mas
alta calidad de actuadores y la lnea Bray de
accesorios disponibles en el mercado.
A la izquierda, un actuador neumtico de la Serie 90
montado en una vlvula de 6" de la Serie 40. A la
derecha, un actuador elctrico de la Serie 70 se muestra
montado en una vlvula de 6" de la Serie 40. muestra.
montado en una vlvula de 6" de la Serie 40
DISTRIBUIDOR
Certificate Number: 31938
Todas las instrucciones, informacin tcnica, y

recomendaciones en este folleto son nicamente para
uso general. Consulte a los representantes de Bray o
a la fbrica para requerimientos especiales y
seleccin de material para su propsito de aplicacin.
El derecho de cambiar o modificar el producto o el
diseo del producto sin previo aviso est reservado.
producto o el diseo del producto sin previo aviso
CONTROLES
de MEXICO
Filial de BRAY INTERNATIONAL, Inc.

Volcan Popocatepetl 5431-B El Colli
Zappopan, Jalisco 45070 Mexico
52(3) 628-5454 Fax: 52(3) 628-7167 www.bray.com
2000 Bray International. Derechos reservados
B-1023
11/00
The
High
Performance
Company
ACTUADOR NEUMTICO
SERIE 92/93 Cremallera y Pin

Doble Accin y Cabecera de Retorno
SERIE 92/93
El estilo, fuerza, consistencia y

sencillez del diseo han sido
combinados para producir el mejor
actuador giratorio en el mercado
actual. Bray Controls introduce esta
lnea ms nueva de actuadores
neumticos de alto rendimiento y de
la ms alta calidad, la Serie 92/93.
La excelencia en ingeniera y
precisin en la manufactura han
producido una lnea de producto
modular con requerimientos de
espacio total reducido y ahorros
econmicos. Adems, todos los
Brayline Accesories (Accesorios
Brayline), son totalmente modulares
y se montan directamente en el
actuador proporcionando
flexibilidad y eficiencia a un costo reducido.
Los actuadores de la Serie Bray 92/93 son de
cremallera y pin, actuadores de pistones
opuestos disponibles en dos versiones: de doble
accin para rotacin de 90, 135 y 180, y con
cabecera de retorno para rotacin de 90. Su uso
ideal es accionamiento de vlvulas de mariposa,
bola o de clavija, pero pueden ser aplicados en
donde se requiera una rotacin de 90, 135 y
180. Con rotacin de soportes de acetal de baja
friccin, las unidades Bray estn bien adaptadas
para manejar cargas compensadas al engrane y
montaje del vstago de salida.
La Serie Bray 92/93 fue diseada
bsicamente para operaciones neumticas hasta
de un mximo de presin de 140 psig (10 Bar) y
para rangos de temperatura de -40 F (-40 C) a
+200 F (+95 C). Para aplicaciones de
temperaturas ms altas o ms bajas, consulte a la
fbrica.
de abierta o cerrada y es fcilmente removible

para la FUNCIN DE SOBREPASO
(OPERACIN) MANUAL del actuador.
El CUERPO (G) es de aluminio extrudo con
un recubrimiento anodizado para proteccin de
corrosin. Las TAPAS DE LOS EXTREMOS
(H) tienen un recubrimiento de polister para
resistencia qumica. Este recubrimiento es
resistente a cidos acuosos diluidos, sales,
hidrocarbonos alifticos, detergentes, solventes
de petrleo, grasas y aceites.
Los tornillos de ajuste del TOPE DE
CARRERA (I) limitan el movimiento del
actuador a grados especficos de rotacin, en
direcciones tanto abiertas como cerradas. Los
PISTONES (J) son de aluminio fundido
inyectado.
Los dos PUERTOS NEUMTICOS DE
ALIMENTACIN (K) son de 1/8" NPT en los
actuadores de tamao 48. Los otros tamaos
tienen puertos de 1/4" NPT. La interfase
NAMUR es estndar en todos los tamaos de
actuadores.
Todos los actuadores de la Serie Bray 92/93
tienen los soportes y las guas permanentemente
lubricados embalados de fbrica. No es necesaria
una lubricacin posterior bajo condiciones
normales de operacin. Todos los empaques,
incluyendo los EMPAQUES DE LOS
PISTONES (L), son Buna-N O-Rings de
lubricacin permanente.
Todas las unidades de doble accin y

cabecera de retorno son apropiadas tanto para
aplicaciones de apertura y cierre (on-off) como
de regulacin. Actuadores que puedan ser
accionados por otros medios tales como aceite
hidrulico o agua tambin estn disponibles
como opcin.
La Serie 92/93 es completamente cerrada e
independiente. Las mltiples caractersticas
minimizan el mantenimiento y proporcionan un
desensamble y ensamble seguro y sencillo.
El CONDUCTO INTEGRAL (A) reduce el
costo de tubera externa que tambin es daada
fcilmente. Las GUAS DE PISTN DE
ACETAL nicas, lubricadas (B) y ANILLOS
(C). Ambas tienen un coeficiente muy bajo de
friccin y absorben el golpe lateral de los
pistones. Las paredes cilndricas del pistn en el
cuerpo estn esmeriladas en un terminado muy
fino para reducir el coeficiente total de friccin.
Estas caractersticas aumentan la vida del
actuador y hacen de la serie 92/93 de actuadores
una de las ms eficientes en el mercado.
Los SOPORTES DE SALIDA DEL
VSTAGO (D) en la parte superior e inferior
del pin estn hechos de acetal de baja friccin.
El VSTAGO DE SALIDA y PIN DE
ENGRANE (E) son de una pieza, fabricado en
aleacin de acero reforzado y recubrimiento de
zinc para proteccin de corrosin.
El INDICADOR DE POSICIN DEL
VSTAGO (F) muestra claramente la posicin
B
E
J
A
L
D
K
INGENIERA
Aviso Especial: Los actuadores tamao 210 y 255 tienen
Doble Accin/
Cabecera de Retorno
Q
DIMENSIONES DE LA SERIE 92/93

TAMAO
48
63
83
92
#10 32UNF
.28 de Profundidad
4 Lugares
VISTA SUPERIOR
E
M
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1.42
F 03
1.97
F 05
1.97
F 05
1.97
F 05
2.76
F 07
2.76
F 07
4.92
F 12
6.50
F 16
1.97
F 05
2.76
F 07
2.76
F 07
2.76
F 07
4.92
F 12
4.92
F 12
4.92
F 12
6.50
F 16
7.87x4.72
Rect.
.55
.55
.75
.75
1.18
1.18
1.18
1.97
2.50
.40
.40
.51
.51
.87
.87
.87
.47
.62
3.88
4.53
5.43
5.78
7.28
8.09
9.36
11.45
13.35
B
C
D
E
F
G
5.58
7.40
8.59
11.90
12.31
15.54
17.80
26.70
1/4-20
x .32
1/4-20
x .32
1/4-20
x .32
5/16-18
x .46
5/16-18
x .46
1/2-13
x .78
M16x2
x 28mm
1/4-20
x .25
5/16-18
x .40
5/16-18
x .40
5/16-18
x .40
1/2-13
x .69
1/2-13
x .69
1/2-13
x .75
5/8-11
x 1.11
M16x2
x 28mm
1.12
.38
.38
.50
.50
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.30
1.38
1.46
1.46
2.20
2.20
2.20
2.76
4.25
2.50
3.46
4.27
4.61
5.52
6.32
7.80
10.04
11.89
1.60
1.72
2.02
2.18
2.53
2.72
3.07
4.25
4.75
2.19
3.11
3.83
4.17
4.91
5.44
6.82
8.83
10.75
1.58
1.58
1.58
1.58
1.58
1.58
2.56
2.56
2.56
1.25
.89
.89
.94
1.36
1.36
1.39
1.44
1.50
1.10**
.79
.79
.79
.79
.79
1.18
1.18
1.18
.47
.47
.47
.47
.47
.47
.75
.75
.75
doble accin del tamao 48 se encuentra disponible como opcin con tapas de los extremos planas con una
dimensin F de 4.00
ISO F significa brida de montaje patrn de perforacin.
* Dimensiones para el Tamao 160A se encuentran en la tabla. El Tamao 160B (versin vstago con llave) tiene una
dimensin C de 1.38 y D de .39.
Dimensiones para el Tamao 255A se encuentran en la tabla. El Tamao 255B tiene una dimensin C de 3.00 y D de .75.
** El Tamao 48 tiene una dimensin T de .79 con el uso de una placa superior NAMUR.
N
VISTA DEL FRENTE
G
J
L
M
N
P
Q
S
T
U
4.00
10-32
x .23
Nota: Los actuadores de Doble Accin y Cabecera de Retorno tienen las mismas dimensiones totales. La unidad de
Velocidades del Actuador

48 63 83
TAMAO
Movimiento
de Apertura/
Movimiento
de Cierre
B
F
1/4
Pesos del Actuador

48 63
TAMAO
SALIDA NAMUR
PARTE SUPERIOR DEL VSTAGO
J
1/4
1/4
92
1/4
118 127 160 210 255

1/2
.157
83
2 3/4
92
118 127 160 210 255
Doble Accin
1.8
3.4
6.1
8.4
16.4
20.9
38.1
65.0 144.0
Cabecera de Retorno
2.4
4.1
7.9
10.8
21.7
27.3
52.6
95.3 192.6
Los pesos son en libras. Los pesos de las unidades de Cabecera de Retorno son con un juego
completo de resortes por pistn.
Volmenes del Actuador (ins3)

TAMAO
48 63 83 92
M6 x 1
12mm de Profundidad
118 127 160 210 255
En Sentido Contrario
5.7
9.6
24.8
34.8
73.8
En Sentido de las
Manecillas del Reloj
96.7 187.5 360.0 750.0
4.8
13.4 32.6
45.9
95.5 130.8 259.6 450.0 900.0
En sentido contrario:Volumen de aire en pulgadas cbicas requerido para separar los

pistones, recorrido completo.
En sentido de las manecillas del reloj:Volumen de aire en pulgadas cbicas requerido para
unir los pistones, recorrido completo.
MONTAJE DEL
SOLENOIDE NAMUR
.47 Typ.
.63
1.58
Q
.63
.94
1/2
Los tiempos estn en segundos, a 80 PSIG con 6 pies de tubera, dimetro interno de
aproximadamente 1/4.
VISTA DEL FONDO

ACTUADOR ISO 5211
PATRN DE MONTAJE
.16
255
1/4
(AIRE) NPT
210
1/4
(UNC)
VISTA LATERAL
160*
1/4
(UNC)
127
1/8
ISO "F"
.59
118
AIRE
NPT
ISO "F"
=
=
tope de carrera en las tapas de los extremos, no topes de

carrera de doble direccin. Favor de consultar con la fbrica
la fecha en que estarn disponibles los topes de carrera de
doble direccin para los actuadores de tamao S92/93.
1.58
=
#10 32UNF
(M5 x .8 en Tamao 255)
4 Lugares
=
=
DETALLE PARA TALADRAR

EL VSTAGO
TAMAO 210 & 255
Placa para montar

opcional para VDI/VDE
3845 (NAMUR)
Accesorios Estndar
.39
.59
Tamao 48
#10 32UNF
.28 de Profundidad
4 Lugares
TORQUE
Inicio
CURVA DE TORQUE INFORMACIN DEL TORQUE DEL ACTUADOR SERIE 92

DE DOBLE ACCIN Operando neumticamente con doble accin
CURVAS DE TORQUE
DE SIMPLE ACCIN
Serie 92 (Aire a Aire)
Serie 93 (Cabecera de Retorno)
Salida de Torque (Lbs.-Ins.)
Fin
El Actuador de la Serie 92
tiene una salida constante
de torque a travs del
recorrido de inicio a fin,
en rotacin en sentido de
las manecillas del reloj y
en sentido contrario.
Suministro de Presin de Aire (PSIG)
Tamao del
Actuador
40
60
80
100
120
48
63
83
92
118
127
160
210
255
75
145
351
493
1058
1410
2797
5783
14211
113
221
536
753
1615
2152
4270
8826
21691
150
297
721
1013
2171
2894
5742
11870
29171
188
373
906
1272
2728
3636
7214
14914
36650
225
449
1091
1532
3285
4378
8687
17957
44130
Inicio
Fin
En Sentido Contrario
(Presin del Aire)
Inicio
Fin
En Sentido de las Manecillas
del Reloj (Presin del Resorte)
INFORMACIN DEL TORQUE DEL ACTUADOR SERIE 93

Operando con Aire, con Cabecera de Retorno, Salida de Torque (Lbs. - Ins.)
No. de
Tamao del Resortes
por
40
Actuador
Pistn Inicio
Fin
1
51
32
2/1
39
10
2
48
3/2
3
2
91
65
3
64
27
4
63
5
6
2
210
167
3
156
76
4
83
5
6
2
310
232
3
218
101
4
92
5
6
2
692
469
3
509
174
4
118
5
6
2
880
465
3
4
127
5
6
2
1819
1118
3
1399
349
4
160
5
6
2
3833
2508
3
2859
868
4
210
5
6
2
9487
6747
3
7125
3015
4
255
5
6
Suministro de Presin de Aire (PSIG)
60
80
100
120
Presin del Resorte
Inicio
Fin
Inicio
Fin
Inicio
Fin
Inicio
Fin
Inicio
Fin
89
77
64
52
70
48
27
5
167
140
113
86
141
103
65
27
395
341
281
220
352
261
176
97
570
478
386
294
492
361
231
94
1249
1066
883
700
1026
731
437
142
1622
1357
1094
1207
733
261
3292
2872
2452
2030
2591
1822
1123
353
6876
5902
4930
3949
5551
3911
2275
638
16967
14605
12243
9880
14227
10495
6762
3030
126
114
101
89
77
243
216
189
162
135
580
526
466
405
369
830
738
646
554
462
1805
1622
1439
1256
1073
2364
2099
1836
1568
1302
4764
4344
3924
3502
3154
9920
8946
7974
6993
6022
24447
22085
19723
17360
14998
107
85
64
42
21
217
179
141
103
65
537
446
361
282
185
752
621
491
354
229
1582
1287
993
698
404
1949
1475
1003
529
57
4063
3294
2595
1825
1196
8595
6955
5319
3682
2031
21707
17975
14242
10510
6778
164
152
139
127
115
319
292
265
238
211
765
711
651
590
554
1089
997
905
813
721
2362
2179
1996
1813
1630
3106
2841
2578
2310
2044
6236
5816
5396
4974
4626
12964
11990
11018
10037
9066
31926
29564
27202
24839
22477
145
123
102
80
59
293
255
217
179
141
722
631
546
467
370
1011
880
750
613
488
2139
1844
1550
1255
961
2691
2217
1745
1271
799
5535
4766
4067
3297
2668
11639
9999
8363
6726
5075
29186
25454
21721
17989
14257
201
189
176
164
152
395
368
341
314
287
950
896
836
775
739
1349
1257
1165
1073
981
2919
2736
2553
2370
2187
3848
3583
3320
3052
2786
7709
7289
6869
6447
6099
16007
15033
14061
13080
12109
39406
37044
34682
32319
29957
182
160
139
117
96
369
331
293
255
217
907
816
731
652
555
1271
1140
1010
873
748
2696
2401
2107
1812
1518
3433
2959
2487
2013
1541
7008
6239
5540
4770
4141
14682
13042
11406
9769
8118
36666
32934
29201
25469
21737
43
65
86
108
129
80
118
156
194
232
184
275
360
439
536
261
392
522
659
784
589
884
1178
1473
1767
945
1419
1891
2365
2837
1679
2448
3147
3917
4546
3275
4915
6551
8188
9839
7464
11196
14929
18661
22393
24
36
49
61
73
54
81
108
135
162
141
195
255
316
352
183
275
367
459
551
366
549
732
915
1098
530
795
1058
1326
1592
978
1398
1818
2240
2588
1950
2924
3896
4877
5848
4724
7086
9448
11811
14173
ACCESORIOS
TOPES DE CARRERA Dos tornillos de

ajuste independientes estn localizadas en el
centro del vstago de salida para limitar con
precisin la carrera del actuador a grados
especficos de rotacin. El tope de carrera
permite un ajuste bidireccional del
movimiento del actuador tanto en posiciones
abiertas como en cerradas.
CABECERA DE RETORNO Los modelos de

cabecera de retorno de la Serie Bray 93 utilizan
un sistema nico de cartuchos. El actuador fue
diseado para ahorrar tanto espacio como costo.
La longitud del armazn de la unidad de
cabecera de retorno es la misma que la de la
unidad de doble accin. Convertir la actuacin
de doble accin a cabecera de retorno es
solamente el hecho de quitar las tapas de los
extremos y colocar los cartuchos especiales de
resortes. El actuador puede ser desensamblado y
ensamblado sin equipo voluminoso o sin peligro
para el instalador debido a la desconexin de los
resortes. Los servicios de 40, 60, 80 y 100 psi
son estndar, con rangos opcionales disponibles.
MONTAJE DIRECTO Los actuadores Bray

cumplen con las dimensiones de ISO 5211 y
se montan directamente a las vlvulas Bray
sin utilizar accesorios de montaje externos. La
instalacin de campo es sencilla, se minimiza
la desalineacin y se reduce la concentracin
de contaminacin entre la vlvula y el
actuador. Bray puede proporcionar los
accesorios de montaje para montar los
actuadores a otros aparatos que requieran una
rotacin de 90 a 180.
VLVULA DE SOLENOIDE
SERIE 63 DE 3 VAS Y DE
4 VAS Para la operacin elctrica
de funciones de apertura y cierre (onoff) del actuador neumtico, los
solenoides de la Serie Bray 63 se
montan directamente en el actuador
por la interfase NAMUR. La vlvula
de control de embobinado operada
por el piloto se convierte de 3-Vas
(3/2) a 4-Vas (5/2). Tanto las
armazones a prueba de agua (NEMA
4, 4X) y a prueba de explosin
(NEMA 4,4X, 7.9) son estndares.
Las conexiones NPT e IP65 DIN son
ofrecidas en carretes tanto sencillos como
dules. La conexin del suministro del aire es
de 1/4" NPT y la conexin elctrica es de 1/2"
NPT. Un tornillo de sobrepaso (operacin)
manual est localizado en la parte superior del
cuerpo de la vlvula. Tambin estn disponibles
armazones de Acero Inoxidable, solenoides
digitales Bus y un control de velocidad de la
Serie 55 que permite un control independiente
en ambas direcciones de la carrera del actuador.
MONITOR DE CONTROL DE LA
VLVULA SERIE 50 La Serie 50
transmite la posicin del actuador y la vlvula
a estaciones locales y remotas. El monitor
compacto de control de la vlvula se monta
directamente en la parte alta del actuador. Sus
caractersticas incluyen botones de control
de tacto, tapa con tornillos cautivos, indicador
de posicin local y dos conductos de entrada
para facilitar el cableado. Con potencia de 15
amps a 125 o 250 volts AC, la Serie 50 tiene
interruptores de carrera internos que estn
precableados a un bloque terminal. Los
interruptores estndares son dos micro
interruptores conmutadores unipolares
(SPDT). Las opciones disponibles de
interruptor son 4 micro interruptores, 2
interruptores de proximidad, 2 interruptores
neumticos o potencionmetro para lectura
continua. El armazn est disponible a
prueba de agua (NEMA 4, 4X) o a prueba
de explosin (NEMA 4, 4X, 7.9).
MONITOR DE CONTROL DE LA
VLVULA SERIE 52 El Bray 2N1
ProxSensor ofrece dos sensores de proximidad
inductivos en un espacio independiente,
sellado completamente y compacto. Los dos
sensores estn encapsulados completamente
con resina epxica en un espacio de nylon para
una proteccin superior a la humedad,
qumicos y corrosin. Las caractersticas
incluyen indicadores LED, un indicador de alta
visibilidad para indicar la posicin local, un
objetivo no-magntico y un conector de cable
elctrico multi-pin. La Serie 52 se monta
directamente en los actuadores Bray o pueden
ser montados para sealar la posicin de la
vlvula de vlvulas operadas manualmente.
Versiones intrnsicamente seguras de AC, DC
Y NAMUR estn disponibles. Los Sensores de
AC operan con 20-250 VAC con una carga de
corriente mxima de 500mA. Las unidades de
Sensor DC operan con una carga de corriente
mxima de 200mA.
POSICIONADORES ELECTRONEUMTICOS Y NEUMTICOS

SERIE 67 Los posicionadores de la Serie 67
Bray presentan un diseo modular que
permite que las unidades y accesorios sean
combinados libremente. Para uso con
actuadores ya sea de doble accin o sencilla,
proporcionan modos de operacin directa o de
reversa, y se pueden hacer por separado
ajustes nulos y de rango. El posicionador
anlogo electro-neumtico acepta seales de
entrada ya sea de 0-20 mADC o 4-20 mADC.
Para un control digital se ofrecen
posicionadores avanzados Digitales Anlogos
controlados por un microprocesador y electroneumticos BusSmart Intelligent.
Tanto los Accesorios Brayline como los

Actuadores Brayline cumplen con VDI/
VDE 3845 (recomendaciones NAMUR)
ESPECIFICACIONES
LNEA DE PRODUCTO
MODULAR DE TAMAO
COMPACTO El actuador se opera
neumticamente y debe moverse un

mnimo de 90 en cada direccin y
deber ser capaz de rebasar el lmite de
sobrecarrera en 3 en cada direccin
pasados 90. El actuador est
completamente cerrado y contenido en
un espacio sencillo, sin partes externas
movibles. Todos los pasos de trnsito
neumticos son integrales al armazn
del actuador para as eliminar la
necesidad de tubera externa. El
actuador es de diseo de cremallera y
pin, y la salida de torque deber ser
lineal durante todo el movimiento. El
actuador tiene pistones con guas de
acetal de pistones y anillos que
aumentan enormemente la vida del
actuador y reducen la friccin al
mnimo. El actuador se surte con dos
ajustes de tope de carrera
independientes, las posiciones de
carrera de 0 y 90 tienen un ajuste de
carrera de +5 a -5 (ver el diagrama A
abajo). El actuador se surte con un
indicador visual de posicin mecnico y
el indicador podr quitarse fcilmente y
as exponer el vstago de salida para el
sobrepaso (operacin) manual
(override) del actuador cuando sea
necesario. El vstago de salida y pin
debe ser de una pieza y fabricada de
aleacin de acero reforzado y recubrimiento de zinc
para proteccin de corrosin. El actuador debe
poder ser montado en cualquier posicin sin dao
en su funcionamiento. El actuador debe atornillarse
directamente a la brida de montaje de la vlvula
Bray sin necesidad de ningn soporte o adaptador.
El armazn del actuador debe ser de aluminio
anodizado y todos los tornillos externos debern ser
de acero al carbn, con recubrimiento de zinc. Los
resortes deben ser de acero para resortes, recubiertos
con proteccin para corrosin. Todos los empaques
debern ser de Buna-N y los soportes hechos de
resina de acetal lubricados.
El actuador debe estar lubricado de fbrica. El
diseo del actuador debe tener un contorno liso del
armazn para que desage. El actuador debe ser
probado por la fbrica para asegurar su correcta
operacin.
CABECERA DE RETORNO DISEO

MODULAR El Sistema de Retorno de Cabecera
para servicios a prueba de fallas se instala en el
mismo armazn del actuador de doble accin, sin
necesidad de extensiones adicionales, por lo tanto
con ahorro de espacio y peso. El sistema de resorte
se surte como sistema de cartuchos de resorte
independiente. Esta es una caracterstica de
seguridad que asegura desmontar el actuador sin
peligro de liberar el resorte al quitar las tapas de los
extremos. El actuador debe ser de la Serie Bray 92 o
93 o uno igual aprobado.
INFORMACIN DE SERVICIO Los
actuadores son diseados para operaciones
neumticas hasta de un mximo de presin de 140
psig (10 Bar) y para rangos de temperatura de -40 F
(-40 C) a +200 F (+95 C). Se recomienda aire
filtrado pero no es necesario. Todas las unidades de
doble accin y cabecera de retorno son apropiadas
tanto para aplicaciones de apertura y cierre (on-off)
como de regulacin. Las unidades opcionales deben
ser capaces de operar con otros medios tales como
aceite hidrulico o agua; para mayor informacin
consulte a la fbrica.
EQUIPO OPCIONAL Ver el folleto de Bray
#1030 para Solenoide, los folletos #1011 y 1029 para
Posicionadores Neumticos y Electro-neumticos y
los folletos #1012 y #1015 para Monitores de
Control de Vlvulas.
Diagrama A Ajustes de Tope de Carrera
Las posiciones de carrera de 0 y 90 tienen
un ajuste de carrera de +5 max. a -5 min.
COMPONENTES DEL ACTUADOR

Nmero Cantidad
Artculo
1
1
2
2
3
1
4
2
5 * 12 mx.
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
1
10
2
11
2
12
2
13
2
14
2
15
1
16
1
17
8
18
8
19
2
20
2
21
1
22
1
23
1
24
1
Descripcin
Cuerpo
Pistn
Pion
Cubierta de los extremos
Ensamble de cartucho de resorte
Soporte superior
Soporte inferior
Anillo de retencin
Arandela de nylon
Gua de soporte de acetal
Anillo de gua de acetal
Tuerca del interruptor
Tornillo de ajuste del interruptor de carrera
O-Ring del tope de carrera
Rondana de acetal
Tope de carrera
Tornillo de cabeza hexagonal de la cubierta
Arandela
O-Ring del pistn
O-Ring de la cubierta del extremo
O-Ring superior del vstago
O-Ring inferior del vstago
Puntero del indicador
Tornillo del puntero del indicador
5
+5
5 +5
Advertencia: Se deben tomar
precauciones para no sobre
ajustar los topes de carrera
demasiado adentro o
demasiado afuera.
Unidad de Cabecera de
Retorno de la Serie 93
mostrada arriba
MATERIALES ESTNDAR
Cuerpo: Aleacin de aluminio extrudo, anodizado
Tapas de los Extremos: Aleacin de aluminio fundido inyectado con
recubrimiento de polister resistente a corrosin
Pistones: Aleacin de aluminio fundido inyectado
Vstago de Salida/Pin: Acero al carbn, con recubrimiento de zinc
Topes de Carrera: Aleacin de acero
Soportes del Vstago: Acetal
Guas de los Pistones: Acetal
Tornillos: Acero inoxidable
Resortes: Acero para resortes, recubrimiento protector
Sellos O-Ring: Buna-N
Opciones: Cuerpo exterior con
DISTRIBUIDOR
recubrimiento de polister
*Los Cartuchos de Resorte no

estn incluidos en la Serie 92
de Doble Accin
Cuerpo exterior
electro-niquelado
Cuerpo exterior
anodizado profundo
Pin de acero inoxidable
Todas las instrucciones, informacin tcnica y
recomendaciones en este folleto son nicamente para
uso general. Consulte a los representantes de Bray o a
la fbrica para requerimientos especiales y seleccin
de material para su propsito de aplicacin. El
derecho de cambiar o modificar el producto o el
diseo del producto sin previo aviso est reservado.
Patentado y patentes aplicadas en todo el mundo.
Bray es una marca registrada de BRAY INTERNATIONAL, Inc.
CONTROLS S.A.
Una Divisin de BRAY INTERNATIONAL, Inc.

Avda. Presidente Eduardo Frei Montalva 6001-72
855-0189 Centro de Empresas El Cortijo
Conchali - Santiago, Chile
www.bray.com
56-2-949-1875 Fax: 56-2-949-1876 email: sales.chile@bray.com
2006 Bray International. Derechos reservados B-1032 3/06 v3/06
Prosonic M FMU40/41/42/43/44
Ultrasonic Level Measurement
BA239F/00/en/01.09
71089089
Valid as of software version:
V 01.04
Short instructions
Prosonic M - FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Short instructions
KA 183F/00/a2/02.02
52010993
Prosonic M - Quick Setup
000
measured value
-
Contrast:
or
Group
selection
00
basic setup
002
003
tank shape medium
property
01
safety settings
- dome
ceiling
- horizontal
cyl.
- bypass
0E
temperature
04
linearisation
004
process
cond.
005
empty
calibr.
- unknown - standard input E

(s. sketch)
- calm
- liquid
surface
- > 4 mm
- < 4 mm - add.
agitator
059
blocking
distance
006
full
calibr.
input F
BD is
displayed (s. sketch)
(s. sketch)
008
dist./
meas value
051
008
check
dist./
meas value distance
052
range of
mapping
D and L are - ok
displayed
- too small
(s. sketch) - too big
- unknown
- manual
confirm
suggestion
or specify
range
053
start
mapping
05
extended calibr.
06
output (HART, FF)
profibus param.(PA)
BD
100%
0E
Envelope curve
0E2
0E1
plot settings recording
curve
09
display
092
language
0A
diagnostics
0A0
present
error
0C
system
parameter
0C0
tag no.
D
E
0A1
previous
error

0A3
reset
0A4
unlock
parameter
100 (HART)
333 (HART)
33333 (PA,FF) 2457 (PA,FF)
0%
BD: blocking distance
52010993
L00-FMU4xxx-05-00-00-en-001
Contents of the operating instructions

This operating instructions describes the installation and commissioning of the Prosonic M
ultrasonic level transmitter. It contains all the functions required for a normal measuring operation.
Also, the Prosonic M provides additional functions for optimising the measuring point and for
converting the measured value. These functions are not included in this operating instructions.
You can find an overview of all the device functions in the Appendix.
You can find a detailed description of all the device functions in the operating instructions BA
240F/00/en "Prosonic M - Description of Instrument Functions". This is located on the supplied
documentation CD-ROM.
Endress+Hauser
Table of contents
Table of contents
1
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
6.5
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation, commissioning, operation . . . . . . . . . . .
Hazardous area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes on safety conventions and symbols . . . . . . . . .
6.6
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Product structure FMU 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Product structure FMU 43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Product structure FMU 44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Scope of delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Certificates and approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
Design; dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation hint for FMU 40/41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turn housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Post installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring with Foundation Fieldbus plug . . . . . . . . . .
Cable specifications Foundation Fieldbus . . . . . . . .
Supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recommended connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Post connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
5.1
5.2
Operating options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Operation with the display and operating module
VU331 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Operation with an Endress+Hauser operating program
36
Operation with a FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration
program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Operation with the handheld terminal DXR375/FC375
42
5.3
5.4
5.5
4
4
4
5
15
18
20
23
25
25
25
26
28
28
28
29
29
Commissioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unlocking the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resetting the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commissioning by the display and operatig module
VU331 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endress+Hauser
44
44
46
6.7
Basic Setup with the Endress+Hauser operating program

58
Commissioning with a FOUNDATION Fieldbus
configuration tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Commissioning with the handheld terminal DXR375/
FC375 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
7.1
7.2
System error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Application errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Maintenance and repairs . . . . . . . . . . . 74
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.9
8.10
Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repairs to Ex-approved devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spare parts (housing type F12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spare parts (housing type T12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contact addresses of Endress+Hauser . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
9.10
Weather protection cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installation bracket for FMU 40/41 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adapter flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cantilever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mounting Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wall Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mounting bracket for FMU 42/43/44 . . . . . . . . . .
Commubox FXA291 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ToF Adapter FXA291 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote display FHX40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
10.1
Technical data at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
11
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.6
11.7
11.8
11.9
Operating menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Block model of the Prosonic M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Sensor Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Diagnostic Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Display Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Analog input block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
List of start indices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
74
74
74
74
75
78
81
81
81
82
83
83
84
85
86
86
87
87
87
88
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
48
Safety instructions
Safety instructions
1.1
Designated use
The Prosonic M is a compact measuring device for continuous, non-contact level measurement.
Depending on the sensor, the measuring range is up to 15m in fluids and up to 7m in bulk solids.
By using the linearisation function, the Prosonic M can also be used for flow measurements in open
channels and measuring weirs.
1.2
Installation, commissioning, operation
The Prosonic M is fail-safe and is constructed to the state-of-the-art. It meets the appropriate
standards and EC directives. However, if you use it improperly or other than for its designated use,
it may pose application-specific hazards, e.g. product overflow due to incorrect installation or
configuration. Installation, electrical connection, start-up, operation and maintenance of the
measuring device must therefore be carried out exclusively by trained specialists authorised by the
system operator. Technical personnel must have read and understood these operating instructions
and must adhere to them. You may only undertake modifications or repair work to the device when
it is expressly permitted by the operating instructions.
1.3
Hazardous area
Measuring systems for use in hazardous environments are accompanied by separate "Ex
documentation", which is an integral part of this Operating Manual. Strict compliance with the
installation instructions and ratings as stated in this supplementary documentation is mandatory.
Ensure that all personnel are suitably qualified.
Observe the specifications in the certificate as well as national and local standards and regulations.
Endress+Hauser
Safety instructions
1.4
Notes on safety conventions and symbols
In order to highlight safety-relevant or alternative operating procedures in the manual, the following
conventions have been used, each indicated by a corresponding symbol in the margin.
Safety conventions
#
"
!
Warning!
A warning highlights actions or procedures which, if not performed correctly, will lead to personal
injury, a safety hazard or destruction of the instrument
Caution!
Caution highlights actions or procedures which, if not performed correctly, may lead to personal
injury or incorrect functioning of the instrument
Note!
A note highlights actions or procedures which, if not performed correctly, may indirectly affect
operation or may lead to an instrument response which is not planned
Explosion protection
Device certified for use in explosion hazardous area

If the device has this symbol embossed on its name plate it can be installed in an explosion hazardous
area
Explosion hazardous area

Symbol used in drawings to indicate explosion hazardous areas. Devices located in and wiring
entering areas with the designation explosion hazardous areas must conform with the stated type
of protection.
Safe area (non-explosion hazardous area)

Symbol used in drawings to indicate, if necessary, non-explosion hazardous areas. Devices located in
safe areas still require a certificate if their outputs run into explosion hazardous areas
Electrical symbols
Direct voltage
A terminal to which or from which a direct current or voltage may be applied or supplied
&
Alternating voltage
A terminal to which or from which an alternating (sine-wave) current or voltage may be applied or
supplied
Grounded terminal
A grounded terminal, which as far as the operator is concerned, is already grounded by means of an
earth grounding system
Protective grounding (earth) terminal

A terminal which must be connected to earth ground prior to making any other connection to the
equipment
+
t >85C
Endress+Hauser
Equipotential connection (earth bonding)

A connection made to the plant grounding system which may be of type e.g. neutral star or
equipotential line according to national or company practice
Temperature resistance of the connection cables
States, that the connection cables must be resistant to a temperature of at least 85 C.
Identification
Identification
2.1
Nameplate
ENDRESS+HAUSER
PROSONIC-M
Order Code:
Ser.-No.:
Made in Germany
D-79689 Maulburg
1
2
IP68 / NEMA 6P
Profibus PA
Foundation Fieldbus
90 253 V AC 4VA
10,5 32 V DC 1W
14 36 V DC 0,8W
4 20 mA HART
TA > 70C : t >85C
2-wire
4-wire
4
if modification
X = see sep. label
Dat./Insp.:
Patents
D01345-B
L00-FMU4xxxx-18-00-00-yy-001
1: Order Code; 2: Serial number; 3: Designation according to Directive 94/9/EC and designation of the type of protection
(only for certified device variants); 4: Reference to additional safety-relevant documentation (only for certified device
variants); 5: Communication variant and supply voltage (the appropriate option is highlighted)
Endress+Hauser
2.2
Identification
Product structure FMU 40

Certificates
A Variant for non-hazardous area
E NEPSI Ex nA II T6
G ATEX II 3G EEx nA II T6
I NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6
J NEPSI Ex d(ia) IIC T6
K TIIS Ex ia II C T6
N CSA General Purpose
Q NEPSI DIP
S FM IS Cl. I,II,III Div. 1 Gr. A-G / NI Cl. I Div. 2
T FM XP Cl. I,II,III Div. 1 Gr. A-G
U CSA IS Cl. I,II,III Div. 1 Gr. A-G / NI Cl. I Div. 2
V CSA XP Cl. I,II,III Div. 1 Gr. A-G
1 ATEX II 1/2 G or II 2 G; EEX ia IIC T6
2 ATEX II 1/2D, Alu blind cover
4 ATEX II 1/2 G or II 2 G; EEX d [ia] IIC T6
5 ATEX II 1/3D
Y Special certificate
Process connection
R G 1 threadISO 228
N NPT 1 - 11,5 thread
Y Special version
Power supply/communication
B 2 wire, 4...20mA-loop/HART
H 4 wire, 10,5...32VDC / 4-20mA HART
G 4 wire, 90...253VAC / 4-20mA HART
D 2 wire, PROFIBUS PA
F 2 wire, Foundation Fieldbus
Y Special version
Display / on-site operation
1 Without LC display
2 With LC display VU 331 incl. on-site operation
3 Prepared for remote display FHX 40
9 Special version
Housing
A Aluminium F12 housing coated to IP 68
C Aluminium T12 housing coated to IP 68; with separate terminal compartment
D Aluminium T12 housing coated to IP 68; with separate terminal compartment;
with overvoltage protection
9 Special version
Screw union/entry
2 M20x1.5 screw union
3 G 1/2 entry
4 NPT 1/2 entry
5 M12 PROFIBUS-PA plug-in connector
6 7/8" FF plug
9 Special version
FMU 40 -
Endress+Hauser
Product designation
Identification
2.3

Certificates
E NEPSI Ex nA II T6
J NEPSI Ex d(Ia) IIC T6
K TIIS Ex ia II C T6
Q NEPSI DIP
1 ATEX II 1/2 G or II 2 G; EEX ia IIC T6
2 ATEX II 1/2D, Alu blind cover
4 ATEX II 1/2 G or II 2 G; EEX d [ia] IIC T6
5 ATEX II 1/3D
Process connection
R G 2 threadISO 228
N NPT 2 - 11,5 thread
Y Special version
H 4 wire, 10,5...32VDC / 4-20mA HART
Y Special version
9 Special version
Housing
C Aluminium T12 housing coated to IP 68 with separate terminal compartment
D Aluminium T12 housing coated to IP 68; with separate terminal compartment;
with overvoltage protection
9 Special version
Screw union/entry
3 G 1/2 entry
4 NPT 1/2 entry
6 7/8" FF plug
9 Special version
FMU 41 -
Product designation
Endress+Hauser
2.4
Identification

Certificates
E NEPSI Ex nA II T6
J NEPSI Ex d (Ia) IIC T6
K TIIS Ex ia II C T6 (in preparation)
Q NEPSI DIP
1 ATEX II 1/2 G EEX ia IIC T6
2 ATEX II 1/2 D, Alu bond cover
4 ATEX II 1/2 G EEX d [ia] IIC T6
5 ATEX II 1/3D
Process connection
M Mounting bracket FAU20
P UNI flange 3"/DN80/80, PP, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
suitable for 3" 150lbs / DN80 PN16 / 10K 80
Q UNI flange 3"/DN80/80, PVDF, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
S UNI flange 3"/DN80/80, 316L, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
T UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, PP, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
suitable for 4" 150lbs / DN100 PN16 / 10K100
U UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, PVDF, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
V UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, 316L, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
Y Special version
H 4 wire, 10,5...32VDC / 4-20mA HART
Y Special version
9 Special version
Housing
C Aluminium T12 housing coated to IP 68, with separate terminal compartment
D Aluminium T 12 housing coated to IP 68, with separate terminal compartment; with
overvoltage protection
Y Special version
Gland/Entry
2 M20x1.5 gland
3 G 1/2 entry
4 NPT 1/2 entry
5 M12 PROFIBUS-PA plug
6 7/8" FF plug
9 Special version
Endress+Hauser
Identification
Sealing Sensor/Flange
2 VITON flat sealing
3 EPDM flat sealing
9 special version
Additional options
A Additional options not selected
FMU 42 -
10
Product designation
Endress+Hauser
2.5
Identification

Certificates
M FM DIP Class II, III, Div. 1, Gr. E,F,G NI
P CSA DIP, Class II, III, Div. 1, Gr. E,F,G NI
Q NEPSI DIP
2 ATEX II 1/2 D or II 2 D, Aluminium Deckel
5 ATEX II 1/3 D or II 3 D, Sichtdeckel
Y Special version
Process connection/material
P Flange DN 100/ANSI 4"/JIS 16K100, PP (universal slip-on flange included)
S Flange DN 100/ANSI 4"/JIS 16K100, SS 316TI (universal slip-on flange included)
K Without slip-on flange/without mounting bracket (customer mounting equipment)
M With mounting bracket
Y Special version
H 4 wire, 10,5...32VDC / 4-20mA HART
Y Special version
9 Special version
Housing
9 Special version
Screw union/entry
3 G 1/2 entry
4 NPT 1/2 entry
6 7/8" FF plug
9 Special version
FMU 43 -
Endress+Hauser
Product designation
11
Identification
2.6

Approval
A Non-hazardous area
1 ATEX II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T6 (in preparation)
4 ATEX II 1/2G EEx d (ia) IIC T6 (in preparation)
G ATEX II 3 G EEx nA II T6 (in preparation)
2 ATEX II 1/2 D, Alu blind cover (in preparation)
5 ATEX II 1/3 D
S FM IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, NI Cl.I Div.2 (in preparation)
T FM XP Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G (in preparation)
U CSA IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, NI Cl.I Div.2
V CSA XP Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G
K TIIS EEx ia IIC T6 (in preparation)
I NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 (in preparation)
J NEPSI Ex d(ia) IIC T6 (in preparation)
E NEPSI Ex nA II T6 (in preparation)
Q NEPSI DIP (in preparation)
Y Special version, to be specified
Process connection
A 8" 150lbs FF, 316L, max 2.5bar abs./36psia
E UNI flange 6"/DN150/150, PP, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia,
F UNI flange 6"/DN150/150, PVDF, max 2.5bar abs./36psia,
suitable for 6" 150lbs /DN150 PN16 / 10K 150
G UNI flange 6"/DN150/150, 316L, max 2.5bar abs. 36psia,
H UNI flange DN200/200, PP, max 2.5bar abs./ 36 psia,
suitable for DN200 PN16 / 10K 200
J UNI flange DN200/200, PVDF, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia,
K UNI flange DN200/200, 316L, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia,
L 8" 150lbs FF, PP, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
M Mounting bracket FAU20
N 8" 150lbs FF, PVDF, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia
T UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, PP, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia,
U UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, PVDF, max. 2.5bar abs./ 36 psia,
V UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, 316L, max 2.5bar abs./ 36psia,
Power supply; Output
B 2-wire; 4-20mA HART
D 2-wire; PROFIBUS PA
F 2-wire; FOUNDATION Fieldbus
G 4-wire 90-250VAC; 4-20mA HART
H 4-wire 10.5-32VDC; 4-20mA HART
Operation
1 w/o display, via communication
2 4-line display VU331, Envelope curve display on site
3 Prepared for FHX40, Remote display (accessory)
9 Special version, to be specified
FMU 44 -
12
product designation, part 1
Endress+Hauser
Identification
Housing
A F12 Alu, coated IP68 NEMA6P
C T12 Alu, coated IP68 NEMA6P, Separate conn. compartment
D T12 Alu, coated IP68 NEMA6P + OVP, Sep. conn. compartment, OVP = overvoltage
protection
CAble entry
2 Gland M20 (EEx d > thread M20)
3 Thread G1/2
4 Thread NPT 1/2
5 Plug M12
6 Plug 7/8
Process Sealing Sensor/ Flange
2 Viton
3 EPDM
Additional option
A Basic version
FMU 44 -
Endress+Hauser
complete product designation
13
Identification
2.7
Scope of delivery
2.7.1
Instrument and accessories
Instrument according to the version ordered

"ToF Tool - FieldTool Package" (2 CD-ROMs)
for FMU 40/41 in the versions FMU 40 *R**** and FMU 41 *R****: counter nut (PC)
for FMU 40/41: sealing ring (EPDM)
for gland M20x1.5:
1 cable gland for 2-wire instruments
2 cable glands for 4-wire instruments
The cable glands are mounted on delivery.
2.7.2
Supplied documentation
Short instructions (KA 183F, in the instrument)

intended as a memory jogger for users who are familiar with the operating concept of
Endress+Hauser Time-of-Flight instruments.
Operating instructions (BA 239F, this booklet)
This describes the installation and commissioning of the Prosonic M. The operating menu includes
all the functions which are required for standard measurement tasks. Any additional functions are
not included.
Description of Instrument Functions (BA 240F)
contains a detailed description of all the functions of the Prosonic M. You can find this document
as a pdf file on the supplied ToF Tool - FieldTool CD-ROM 1.
Safety instructions
Additional safety instructions (XA, ZE, ZD) are supplied with certified device versions. Refer to the
nameplate for the names of the safety instructions that apply to your device version.
2.8
CE mark, declaration of conformity

The device is designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements, has been tested and left the
factory in a condition in which it is safe to operate. The device complies with the applicable
standards and regulations as listed in the EC declaration of conformity and thus complies with the
statutory requirements of the EC directives. Endress+Hauser confirms the successful testing of the
device by affixing to it the CE mark.
2.9
ToF
Registered trademark of the company Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co. KG, Maulburg, Germany
PulseMaster
Registered trademark of the company Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co. KG, Maulburg, Germany
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Registered trademark of Fieldbus Foundation Austin, Texas, USA
14
Endress+Hauser
Installation
3.1
Design; dimensions
3.1.1
FMU40, FMU41
F12
65
(2.6)
T12
78
(3.1)
94
(3.7)
68
(2.7)
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
85
(3.3)
85
(3.3)
22
(0.9)
FMU 41
22
(0.9)
~148 (5.8)
G2
2 NPT
~83 (3.3)
~87
(~3.4)
G1
1 NPT
SW (AF) 60
~148 (5.8)
FMU 40
SW (AF) 60
78
(3.1)
32 (1.3)
150 (5.9)
65
(2.6)
129 (5.1)
~86
(~3.4)
162 (6.4)
Installation
129 (5.1)
39 (1.5)
50 (2.0)
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-006
Dimensions in mm (inch)
FMU42, FMU44 with slip-on flange
F12
78
(3.1)
68
(2.7)
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
65
(2.6)
94
(3.7)
78
(3.1)
32 (1.3)
150 (5.9)
65
(2.6)
129 (5.1)
~86
(~3.4)
T12
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
85
(3.3)
162 (6.4)
3.1.2
129 (5.1)
Abb. 1:
85
(3.3)
70 (2.8)
~ 145 (5.7)
~ 107
(4.2)
~ 110 (4.3)
FMU 44
~ 85
(3.3)
FMU 42
98 (3.9)
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-007
Endress+Hauser
15
Installation
3.1.3
FMU42, FMU44 with mounting bracket

FMU 42
FMU 44
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
F12/
T12
F12/
T12
M8
75
(3.0)
30 (1.2)
125 (4.9)
30 (1.2)
105 (4.1)
M8
119 (4.7)
119 (4.7)
98
(3.9)
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-008
3.1.4
FMU43
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
F12
2 x M8
ER
HAUS
ESS+
ENDR ic M
Proson
~248 (9.8)
129 (5.1)
78
(3.1)
150 (5.9)
65
(2.6)
~86
(3.4)
75 (3
85 (3.3)
.5)
89 (3
6.2)
158 (
230 (9.1)
ANSI 4 DN 100 *
.0)
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-009
Abb. 2:
3.1.5
Dimensions in mm (inch);
A: with slip-on flange; B: with mounting bracket
Mounting bracket for FMU42, FMU43 and FMU44

25
(0.98)
120 (4.7)
~123 (4.8)
119 (4.68)
40 (1.6)
40 (1.6)
2 (0.079)
25
(0.98)
11 (0.43)
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-010
Abb. 3:
16
Endress+Hauser
3.1.6
Installation
Flanges for FMU42 and FMU44
20 (0.79)
G2
ISO228
C
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-011
Endress+Hauser
suitable for
number of
boreholes
3" 150lbs / DN80 PN16 / 10K 80
150 mm
(5,91")
160 mm
(6,30")
200 mm
(7,87")
19 mm
(0,75")
45
4" 150 lbs / DN100 PN16 / 10K 100
175 mm
(6,90")
190,5 mm
(7,50")
228,6 mm
(9,00")
19 mm
(0,75")
45
6" 150 lbs / DN150 PN16 / 10 K 150
240 mm
(9,45")
241,3 mm
(9,50")
285 mm
(11,22")
23 mm
(0,91")
45
8" 150 lbs
298,5 mm
(11,75")
298,5 mm
(11,75")
342,9 mm
(13,50")
22, 5 mm
(0,89")
45
DN200 PN16 / 10 K 200
290 mm
(11,42")
295 mm
(11,61")
340 mm
(13,39")
23 mm
(0,91")
30
12
17
Installation
3.2
Installation variants
3.2.1
Installation variants FMU 40, FMU 41

Installation with counter nut
Installation with sleeve
Sealing ring
(EPDM)
supplied
counter nut (PC)

supplied
for G 1 and
G 2 instruments
Installation with installation bracket
Installation with adapter flange
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
adapter flange
sensor
Sealing ring
(EPDM)
supplied
nozzle
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-002
For installation bracket or adapter flange s. chapter "Accessories".
18
Endress+Hauser
3.2.2
Installation
Installation variants FMU42, FMU44

Installation with universal flange
Installation with mounting bracket
ER
HAUS
ESS+
ENDR nic M
Proso
e.g. Zone 20
Zone 20
L00-FMU42xxxx-17-00-00-en-001
3.2.3
Installation variants FMU 43

Installation with
universal slip-on flange (option)
Installation with
mounting bracket
ER
HAUS
ESS+
ENDR ic M
Proson
slip-on flange
nozzle
e.g.Zone 20
sensor
Zone 20
L00-FMU43xxxx-17-00-00-en-001
Endress+Hauser
19
Installation
3.3
3.3.1
Installation conditions for level measurements

2
7
1
5
1/6D
D
6
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-de-005
Do not install the sensor in the middle of the tank (3). We recommend leaving a distance between
the sensor and the tank wall (1) measuring 1/6 of the tank diameter.
Use a protective cover, in order to protect the device from direct sun or rain (2).
Avoid measurements through the filling curtain (4).
Make sure that equipment (5) such as limit switches, temperature sensors, etc. are not located
within the emitting angle . In particular, symmetrical equipment (6) such as heating coils, baffles
etc. can influence measurement.
Align the sensor so that it is vertical to the product surface (7).
Never install two ultrasonic measuring devices in a tank, as the two signals may affect each other.
To estimate the detection range, use the 3 dB emitting angle .
Sensor
Lmax
rmax
FMU40
11
5m
0.48 m
FMU41
11
8m
0.77 m
FMU42
10 m
0.79 m
FMU43
15 m
0.79 m
FMU44
11
20 m
1.93 m
3.3.2
Installation in narrow shafts
In narrow shafts with strong interference

echoes, we recommend using an ultrasound
guide pipe (e.g. PE or PVC wastewater pipe)
with a minimum diameter of 100 mm.
Make sure that the pipe is not soiled by accumulated dirt. If necessary, clean the pipe at regular
intervals.
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
venting
hole
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-010
20
Endress+Hauser
3.3.3
Installation
Installation conditions for flow measurements
Install the Prosonic M at the inflow side, as close above the maximum water level Hmax as possible
(take into account the blocking distance BD).
Position the Prosonic M in the middle of the channel or weir.
Align the sensor membrane parallel to the water surface.
Keep to the installation distance of the channel or weir.
You can enter the "Flow to Level" linearisation curve ("Q/h curve") using ToF Tool or manually
via the on-site display.
Example: Khafagi-Venturi flume
Khafagi - Venturi - flume
empty calibr.
inflow
outflow
BD
direction of flow
Hmax
1 x b0
b0
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-003
Endress+Hauser
21
Installation
Example: Triangular weir

min. 2 Hmax
Hmax (= full calibr.)

min. 2 Hmax
min. 3 H max
empty calibr.
BD
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-012
22
Endress+Hauser
Installation
3.4
Measuring range
3.4.1
Blocking distance, Nozzle mounting
Install the Prosonic M at a height so that the blocking distance BD is not undershot, even at
maximum fill level. Use a pipe nozzle if you cannot maintain the blocking distance in any other way.
The interior of the nozzle must be smooth and may not contain any edges or welded joints. In
particular, there should be no burr on the inside of the tank side nozzle end. Note the specified limits
for nozzle diameter and length. To minimise disturbing factors, we recommend an angled socket
edge (ideally 45).
FMU 43
FMU 40/41
FMU 42/44
BD
SD
F
L
L
D
D
D
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-004
BD: blocking distance; SD: safety distance; E: empty calibration; F: full calibration (span); D: nozzle diameter; L: nozzle
length
Maximum nozzle length[mm]
"
Endress+Hauser
Nozzle diameter
FMU40
FMU41
FMU42
DN50/2"
80
DN80/3"
FMU43
FMU44
240
240
250
DN100/4"
300
300
300
300
DN150/6"
400
400
400
300
400
DN200/8"
400
400
400
300
400
DN250/10"
400
400
400
300
400
DN300/12"
400
400
400
300
400
Emitting angle
11
11
11
Blocking distance [m]
0,25
0,35
0,4
0,6
0,5
Max. range [m]

in liquids
10
15
20
Max. range [m]

in solids
3,5
10
Caution!
If the blocking distance is undershot, it may cause device malfunction.
23
Installation
3.4.2
Safety distance
If the level rises to the safety distance SD, the device switches to warning or alarm status.
The size of SD can be set freely in the "Safety distance" (015) function.The "in safety distance"
(016) function defines how the device reacts if the level enters the safety distance.
There are three options:
Warning: The device outputs an error message but continues measurement.
Alarm: The device outputs an error message. The output signal assumes the value defined in the
"Output on alarm" (011) function (MAX, MIN, user-specific value or holds the last value). As
soon as the level drops below the safety distance, the device recommences measurement.
Self holding: The device reacts in the same way as for an alarm. However, the alarm condition
continues after the level drops below the safety distance. The device only recommences
measurement when you cancel the alarm using the "Ackn. alarm" (017) function.
3.4.3
Range
The sensor range is dependent on the measuring conditions. Refer to Technical Information TI
365F/00/en for an estimation. The maximum range is shown in the above diagram (valid for good
conditions).
24
Sensor
maximum range
FMU40
5m
FMU41
8m
FMU42
10 m
FMU43
15 m
FMU44
20 m
Endress+Hauser
3.5
Installation
Installation hint for FMU 40/41
Screw the Prosonic M at the screw-in piece

using an 60 AF spanner.
Maximum torque: 20 Nm.
F12 or T12 housing
Caution!
Use only the screw-in
piece to screw in
the Prosonic M
60
AF 60
max torque
20 Nm
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-009
3.6
Turn housing
After mounting, the housing can be turned 350 in order to simplify access to the display and the
terminal compartment. Proceed as follows to turn the housing to the required position:
Undo the fixing screws (1)
Turn the housing (2) in the required direction
Tighten up the fixing screws (1). Maximum torque 0.5 Nm.
Loctite can be used for securing the screw.
F12 housing
T12 housing
allen key
4 mm/0.1
max. torque 0.5 Nm
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-en-013
3.7
Post installation check
After installing the device, carry out the following checks:

Is the device damaged (visual inspection)?
Does the device correspond to the measuring point specifications for process temperature, process
pressure, ambient temperature, measuring range etc.
If available: Are the measuring point number and labelling correct (visual inspection)?
Is the measuring device sufficiently protected against precipitation and direct sunlight?
Are the cable glands tightened correctly?
After aligning the housing, check the process seal at the nozzle or flange.
Endress+Hauser
25
Wiring
"
#
Wiring
4.1
Caution!
Before connection please note the following:
The power supply must be identical to the data on the nameplate.
Switch off power supply before connecting up the instrument.
Connect equipotential bonding to transmitter ground terminal before connecting up the
instrument (s. section "Potential matching")
Warning!
When you use the measuring system in hazardous areas, make sure to comply with national
standards and the specifications in the safety instructions (XAs). Make sure you use the specified
cable gland.
4.1.1
Wiring in the housing F12
1.
Unscrew housing cover (1).
2.
Remove display (2) if fitted.
3.
Remove cover plate (3) from terminal

compartment.
4.
Pull out terminal module (4) slightly using

pulling loop.
5.
Insert cable (5) through gland (6).
"
Caution!
If possible, insert the cable from above and
let a draining loop in order to avoid
intrusion of humidity.
6.
ER
US
HA
S+
ES
DR
EN
Connect cable screen to the grounding

terminal (7) within the terminal
compartment.
7.
Make connection according to terminal

assignment (see below).
8.
Re-insert terminal module (4).
9.
Tighten cable gland (6).
10. Tighten screws on cover plate (3).

11. Insert display (2) if fitted.
12. Screw on housing cover (1).

13. Switch on power supply.
1 2 3 4
L00-FMU4xxxx-04-00-00-yy-008
26
Endress+Hauser
Wiring
4.1.2
Wiring in the housing T12
1.
Unscrew the cover (1) of the separate

connection room.
2.
Insert cable (2) through gland (3).
" Caution!
If possible, insert the cable from above and
let a draining loop in order to avoid
intrusion of humidity.
3.
Connect cable screen to the grounding

terminal (4) within the connection room.
4.
Make connection according to the terminal

assignment (see below).
5.
Tighten cable gland (3).
6.
Screw on housing cover (1).
7.
Switch on power supply.
2
4
1 2 3 4
L00-FMU4xxxx-04-00-00-yy-009
4.1.3
Terminal assignment
1 2 3 4
+
plant
ground
L00-FMxxxxxx-04-00-00-en-013
Endress+Hauser
27
Wiring
4.2
Wiring with Foundation Fieldbus plug
1.
Insert plug (1) into bushing (2).
2.
Screw firmly.
3.
Ground instrument according to the

desired safety concept.
L00-FMU4xxxx-04-00-00-yy-011
4.2.1
Pin assignment of the 7/8" plug connector (FOUNDATION

Fieldbus plug)
+ 4
nc
Pin
Meaning
FF -
FF +
not connected
ground
L00-FMxxxxxx-04-00-00-yy-017
4.3
Cable specifications Foundation Fieldbus
Twisted, shielded pairs must be used. The cable specifications can be taken from the FF specification
or IEC 61158-2. The following have been found suitable:
Non-Ex-area:
Siemens 6XV1 830-5BH10,
Belden 3076F,
Kerpen CEL-PE/OSCR/PVC/FRLA FB-02YS(ST)YFL.
Ex-area:
Siemens 6XV1 830-5AH10,
Belden 3076F,
Kerpen CEL-PE/OSCR/PVC/FRLA FB-02YS(ST)YFL.
4.4
Supply voltage
The following values are the voltages across the terminals directly at the instrument:
Type
minimum terminal
voltage
maximum terminal
voltage
standard
9V
32 V
EEx ia (FISCO model
9V
17,5 V
EEx ia (Entity concept)
9V
24 V
The current consumption is approx. 15 mA for the range of voltages given above.
28
Endress+Hauser
4.5
Wiring
Recommended connection
L00-FMU4xxxx-17-00-00-yy-014
1: external ground terminal of the transmitter
For maximum EMC protection please observe the following points:

As the metal housing of the Prosonic M is isolated from the tank by the plastic sensor, a lowimpedance connection between the housing and tank/bracket/flange should be installed in order
to ensure electromagnetic compatibility (EMC).
For optimum EMC the connection should be as short as possible. Ideally, a ground strap should
be used.
The continuity of the cable screening between tapping points must be ensured.
If potential equalisation is present between the individual grounding points, ground the screening
at each cable end or connect it to the device housing (as short as possible).
If there are large differences in potential between grounding points, the grounding should run via
a capacitor that is suitable for high frequency use (e.g. ceramic 10 nF/250 V&).
"
Caution!
Applications, which are subject to the explosion prevention, permit only under special conditions
the repeated grounding of the protective screen , see to EN 60 079-14..
4.6
Post connection check
After wiring the device, carry out the following checks:

Are the terminals correctly assigned?
Is the cable gland tight?
If available: Is the Foundation Fieldbus connector screwed tight?
Is the housing cover fully screwed on?
If power supply available: Does a display appear on the display module?
Endress+Hauser
29
Operation
Operation
This chapter gives an overview of the different operating options for the device. The different
methods of parameter access are described and the preconditions for each method are stated.
The meaning of the parameters is not described in this chapter. Instead, refer to:
Chapter 6: "Commissioning"
Operating Instructions BA240F: "Prosonic M - Description of Instrument Functions"
This chapter contains the following sections:
5.1 Operating options
5.2 Operation with the display and operating module VU331
5.3 Operation with an Endress+Hauser operating software
5.4 Operation with a FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration software
5.5 Operation with the handheld terminal DXR375/FC375
5.1
Operating options
ControlCare
DeltaV
...
FieldCommunicator 375/
FC375
Ethernet
dsdmdm
df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
DELTABAR: * * * * * * * *
ONLINE
1 QUICK SETUP
2 OPERATING MENU
3 PV
4 SV
HELP
SPS
PLC
API
Page
Up
Bksp
6
Delete
Page
On
#%&
ABC
Paste
Hot Key
JKL
MNO
Insert
+ Hot Key
TUV
W XY Z
DEF
1
Copy
GHI
PQRS
,()
_<>
+*/
375
FIELD COMMUNICATOR
FF link
power supply
power conditioner
352 mbar
0 C
SAVE
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Weitere
Funktionen
(Ventile etc.)
Anzeige- und
Bedienmodul
VU331
ENDRESS + HAUSER
Levelflex M
Micropilot M
Prosonic M
FieldCare
FXA193/291
L00-FMxxxxxx-14-00-06-de-011
30
Endress+Hauser
5.1.1
Operation
On-site operation
Options for on-site operation

Display and operating module VU331
Endress+Hauser operating software ("ToF Tool - FieldTool Package" or "FieldCare")
Parameter access by on-site operation
The following parameters can be accessed by on-site operation:
Parameters of the device specific blocks (Sensor Block, Diagnostic Block, Display Block)
Endress+Hauser service parameters
in the Resource Block: "Device Tag", "Device ID", "Device Revision", "DD Revision" (read only)
Sensorblock
Diagnoseblock
Display-Block
Resource Block
Arithmetik-Block
AI-Block 1
Input-Selector-Block
AI-Block 2
Signal-Charact.-Block
PID Block
Integrator-Block
Endress+Hauser
Service-Parameter
L00-FMU4XXXX-02-00-00-YY-005
The highlighted parameters can be edited by on-site operation.
5.1.2
Remote operation
Options for remote operation

FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration tool (e.g. DeltaV or ControlCare)
Handheld terminal DXR375/FC375
Parameter access by remote operation
The following parameters can be accessed by remote operation:
Parameters of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus function blocks
Sensorblock
Diagnoseblock
Display-Block
Resource Block
Arithmetik-Block
AI-Block 1
AI-Block 2
PID Block
Integrator-Block
Endress+Hauser
Service-Parameter
L00-FMU4XXXX-02-00-00-YY-006
The highlighted parameters can be edited by remote operation.
Endress+Hauser
31
Operation
5.2
Operation with the display and operating module

VU331
The LCD module VU 331 for display and operation is located beneath the housing cover. The
measured value is legible through the glass in the cover. Open the cover to operate the device.
LCD
(liquid crystal display)
ENDR
MICR ESS+
OPIL HAUS
OT
:
II ER
Order
Code:
Ser.-No.
65
A >70C
: t
>85C
Made in Germany
IP
Maulburg
Messbe
Measuri
reich
ng
range
U 16...36
max.
4...20
20
m
mA V DC
Symbols
ENDRESS + HAUSER
3 keys
snap-fit
L00-FMxxxxxx-07-00-00-en-001
5.2.1
Display appearance
position in menu
label
measured value
display
symbol
selection list
value
bargraph
unit
group selection
position in menu
label
help texts
envelope
curve
function with
free parameter
envelope curve
display
L00-FMxxxxxx-07-00-00-en-002
In the measured value display, the bargraph corresponds to the output.

The bargraph is segmented in 10 bars. Each completely filled bar represents a change of 10% of the
adjusted span.
32
Endress+Hauser
Operation
5.2.2
Display symbols
The following table describes the symbols that appear on the liquid crystal display:
Sybmol
Meaning
ALARM_SYMBOL
This alarm symbol appears when the instrument is in an alarm state. If the symbol flashes, this indicates a
warning.
LOCK_SYMBOL
This lock symbol appears when the instrument is locked,i.e. if no input is possible.
COM_SYMBOL
This communication symbol appears when a data transmission via e.g. HART, PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus is in progress.
SIMULATION_SWITCH_ENABLE
This communication symbol appears when simulation in FOUNDATION Fieldbus is enabled via the DIP
switch.
5.2.3
Function of the keys
Key(s)
Meaning
O or V
Navigate upwards in the selection list

Edit numeric value within a function
S or W
Navigate downwards in the selection list

Edit numeric value within a function
X or Z
F
O and F
or
S and F
O and S and F
Endress+Hauser
Navigate to the left within a function group
Navigate to the right within a function group, confirmation.
Contrast settings of the LCD
Hardware lock / unlock

After a hardware lock, an operation of the instrument via display or
communication is not possible!
The hardware can only be unlocked via the display. An unlock parameter must
be entered to do so.
33
Operation
5.2.4
The operating menu
Function codes
For easy orientation within the function menus, for each function a position is shown on the display.
005
Function group
Function
L00-FMU4xxxx-07-00-00-en-001
The first two digits identify the function group:

basic setup
00
safety settings
01
linearisation
04
...
The third digit numbers the individual functions within the function group:
tank shape
002
medium property
003
process cond.
004
...
Hereafter the position is always given in brackets (e.g. "tank shape" (002)) after the described
function.
basic setup
34
00
Endress+Hauser
Operation
Navigation within the menu
ENDRESS + HAUSER
2x
F
O
basic setup
temperature
linearisation
...
tank shape
safety settings
>3 s
dome ceiling
horizontal cyl
medium property
Group Selection
liquid
solid<4mm
stilling well
solid>4mm
sphere
Return to
unknown
bypass
flat ceiling
...
no ceiling
...
L00-FMU4xxxx-19-00-00-en-018
1.
Change from Measured Value Display to Group Selection by pressing F.
2.
Press S or O to select the required Function Group and confirm by pressing F.

The active selection is marked by a in front of the menu text.
3.
Activate Edit mode with O or S .

Selection menus
a. Select the required Parameter in selected function with S oder O .
b. F confirms selection; appears in front of the selected parameter.
c. F confirms the edited value; system quits edit mode.
d. O and S (= Q) interrupts selection; system quits edit mode.
Typing in numerals and text
a. Press O or S to edit the first character of the numeral / text.
b. F positions the cursor at the next character; continue with a. until you have completed
your input.
c. If a symbol appears at the cursor, press F to accept the value entered; system quits edit
mode.
d. If a symbol appears at the cursor, press F to return to the previous character (e.g. for
correction of entries).
e. O and S (= Q) interrupts selection; system quits edit mode.
Endress+Hauser
4.
Press F to select the next function.
5.
Press O and S (= Q) once; return to previous function.

Press O and S (= Q) twice; return to Group Selection.
6.
Press O and S (= Q) to return to Measured value display.
35
Operation
5.3
Operation with an Endress+Hauser operating program
5.3.1
ToF Tool Fieldtool Package
The ToF Tool is a graphic and menu-guided operating program for measuring devices from
Endress+Hauser. It is used for the commissioning, data storage, signal analysis and documentation
of the devices. The following operating systems are supported: WinNT4.0, Win2000 and
Windows XP. You can set the parameters of the device specific blocks via the ToF Tool.
The ToF Tool supports the following functions:
Configuration of transmitters in online operation
Singal analysis via envelope curve
Tank linearisation
Loading and saving device data (upload/download)
Documentation of the measuring point
Connection options:
via the FXA193/FXA291 service interface
36
Note!
You can use the ToF Tool to configure the metrological parameters for devices with "FOUNDATION
Fieldbus signal". You need an FF configuration program to be able to configure all the FF-specific
parameters and to integrate the device into a FF network (see sections 5.1.1 and 5.1.2).
Endress+Hauser
5.3.2
Operation
FieldCare
FieldCare is an Endress+Hauser asset management tool based on FDT technology. With FieldCare,
you can configure all Endress+Hauser devices as well as devices from other manufacturers that
support the FDT standard. The following operating systems are supported: WinNT4.0, Win2000
and Windows XP.
Functions
FieldCare supports the following functions:
Configuration of transmitters in online operation
Singal analysis via envelope curve
Tank linearisation
Loading and saving device data (upload/download)
Documentation of the measuring point
Connection with FXA193 (RS232C)
ToF Tool-Fieldtool Package
FieldCare
FXA193
RS232C
L00-FMxxxxxx-04-00-00-yy-023
For details refer to Technical Information TI063D (FXA193).
Connection with FXA291 (USB)

ToF Tool-Fieldtool Package
FieldCare
ToF
Adapter
FXA291
Commubox
FXA291
USB
L00-FMxxxxxx-04-00-00-yy-024
For details refer to:

Technical Information TI405C (Commubox FXA291)
Operating Instructions KA271 (ToF Adapter FXA291)
Endress+Hauser
37
Operation
Menu-guided commissioning
MicropilotM-en-305
Signal analysis via envelope curve
MicropilotM-en-306
38
Endress+Hauser
Operation
Tank linearisation
MicropilotM-en-307
Endress+Hauser
39
Operation
5.4
Operation with a FOUNDATION Fieldbus

configuration program
5.4.1
FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration programs
The user can obtain special configuration and operating programs offered by different manufacturers
for use in configuration. These can be used for configuring both the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
functions and all the device-specific parameters. The predefined function blocks allow uniform
access to all the network and fieldbus device data.
5.4.2
Device Description files
File names
You will need the following files for commissioning and network configuration:
Device Description files: *.sym, *.ffo
These files describe the structure of the blocks and their parameters. They offer guided setups with
the help of menus and methods.
Capability file: *.cff
This file enables offline configuration and describes the device capability in terms of
communication stack and function blocks.
The file names consist of the following parts:
Device Revision (0C3)1)
DD Revision (0C4)1 (use the most current version)
CFF Revision (use the most current version)
Example:
Device Revision (0C3) = 03
DD Revision (0C4) = 01
CFF Revision = 02
-> files to be used: "0301.sym", "0301.ffo", "030102.cff"
Directory structure
The files are normally stored in the following directory structure:
/452B48/1011/*.sym
*.ffo
*.cff
The directory names have the following meaning:
452B48: manufacturer ID of Endress+Hauser
1011: device ID of Prosonic M
Source of supply
1)
40
Host System
Source of supply for the Device Description and Network Configuration files
ABB (Field Controller 800)

Allen Bradley (Control Logix)
Endress+Hauser (ControlCare)
Honeywell (Experion PKS)
Invensys
SMAR (System 302)
www.endress.de (-> Download -> Media type = "Software", "Device Drivers")

CD-ROM (Endress+Hauser order code: 56003896)
www.fieldbus.org
Emerson (Delta V)
www.easydeltav.com
"Device Revision" (0C3) and "DD Revision" (0C4) can be obtained through the display and operating module VU331. For details refer to section 5.2: "Operation
with the display and operating module VU331"
Endress+Hauser
Operation
Host System
Source of supply for the Device Description and Network Configuration files
Yokogawa (CENTUM CS 3000)
www.yokogawa.com
5.4.3
Representation of parameters
A FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration tool offers two types of parameter representation:

Representation by parameter name
Examples: "PAROPERATIONCODE", "PARRESET"
Representation by parameter label
(identical to the labels on the display module VU331 and in an Endress+Hauser operation tool)
Examples: "unlock parameter", "reset"
Endress+Hauser
41
Operation
5.5
Operation with the handheld terminal DXR375/FC375
5.5.1
Connection
The handheld terminal is directly connected to the FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication line.
An additonal communication resistor is not required.
5.5.2
Device Descriptions
Make sure you have loaded the valid Device Description files (DDs). DDs can be downloaded from
the internet at "www.fieldcommunicator.com". The DDs can also be updated by the update
functionality of the DXR375/FC375.
5.5.3
User interface
The device parameters are arranged in blocks. The handheld terminal DXR375/FC375 uses this
block structure to access the parameters. You can navigate within the structure by the arrow keys
and the "Enter" key. Alternatively, you can use the touch-screen functionality of the handheld
terminal for navigation. (Double-click on a name opens the respective block or parameter).
42
Endress+Hauser
5.5.4
Operation
Example
9
LAS
Fieldbus Live Device List
Number of Devices found = 1
Tag
basic setup
tank shape: dome ceiling
dsdmdm
df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
Address
E+H_PROSONIC_M_XXXXXXX
375 Field Communicator
247
252
dome ceiling
horizontal cyl
bypass
stilling well
flat ceiling
sphere
no ceiling
NEXT
HELP
Page
Dn
Delete
9
LAS
Prosonic M E+H_PROSONIC_M_XXXXXX
Endress+Hauser Device Revision 4
Block Type Actual Mode
Block Tag
dsdmdm
df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
RESOURCE...
SENSOR_B...
DIAGNOSTI...
DISPLAY_B...
ANALOG_IN...
ANALOG_IN...
CANCEL
RES_BL...
Custom
Custom
Custom
AI
AI
Auto
OOS
OOS
OOS
OOS
OOS
basic setup
tank shape: dome ceiling
dome ceiling
horizontal cyl
bypass
stilling well
flat ceiling
sphere
no ceiling
NEXT
CANCEL
HELP
Page
Dn
9
LAS
Endress+Hauser Device Revision 4
Block Tag
Block Type Actual Mode
dsdmdm
df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
RESOURCE...
SENSOR_B...
DIAGNOSTI...
DISPLAY_B...
ANALOG_IN...
ANALOG_IN...
RES_BL...
Custom
Custom
Custom
AI
AI
Auto
OOS
OOS
OOS
OOS
OOS
basic setup
medium property: liquid
unknown
liquid
solid<4mm
solid>4mm
NEXT
CANCEL
HELP
Delete
9
LAS
SENSOR_BLOCK_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Label
Value
Units
dsdmdm
df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
Process
Status
Other
All
Calibration Met...
Page
Dn
9
LAS
Label
Value
Units
dsdmdm
df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
basic setup
method completed successfully
Process
Status
Other
All
Calibration Met...
FINISH CANCEL
HELP
Delete
9
LAS
Label
Value
Units
dsdmdm
df das.
asdas fa
asas la.
basic setup
safety settings
ackn. alarm
temperature
linearisation
extended calibr.
Delete
L00-FMU4xxxx-07-00-00-yy-010
Endress+Hauser
43
Commissioning
Commissioning
This chapter consists of the following sections:

6.1 Function check
6.2 Unlocking the device
6.3 Parameter reset
6.4 Commissioning with display and operating module VU331
6.5 Commissioning with Endress+Hauser operating software
6.6 Commissioning with FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration tool
6.7 Commissioning with handheld terminal DXR375/FC375
6.1
Function check
Make sure that all final checks have been completed before you start up your measuring point:
Checklist Post installation check (see page 25).
Checklist Post connection check (see page 29).
6.2
Unlocking the device
Before commissioning, make sure that the device is not locked against parameter changes. On
delivery, the device is unlocked. In other cases, however, it may have been locked in one of the
following ways:
6.2.1
DIP switch (under the housing cover)
Locking and unlocking
END
RES
Messbe
Measur reich
ing
II
IP
T
Maulburg
range
U 16...36
max.
4...20
20
m
mAV DC
65
A >70C
: t
>85C
Made in Germany
Order MICR
S+HA
Code:
OPIL
Ser.-No
OT USE
.:
default settings:
write protection OFF
simulation OFF
on
off
SIM WP
write protection
on
off
SIM WP
simulation
L00-FMxxxxxx-19-00-00-en-002
WP = on: parametrization locked

WP = off: parametrization unlocked
SIM = on: simulation possible in Analog Input Block by configuration tool
SIM = off: simulation not possible in Analog Input Block by configuration tool
Parameters affected
Locking by the DIP switch affects all parameters.
44
Endress+Hauser
6.2.2
Commissioning
Key combination (display and operating module VU331)
Locking
Press S, O and F simultaneously.
Unlocking
If you try to change a parameter, the following appears:
L00-fmrxf0a4-20-00-00-de-001
Press S, O and F simultaneously. The "unlock parameter" (0A4) function appears.

Enter "2457". Now parameters can be changed.
Parameters affected
Locking by the key combination affects the following parameters:
6.2.3
Locking parameter
Locking
Enter a number other than "2457" into the "unlock parameter" (0A4) function.
(FOUNDATION Fieldbus: Diagnsotic Block, parameter PAROPERATIONMODE)
Unlocking
Enter "2457" into the "unlock parameter" (0A4) function.
(FOUNDATION Fieldbus: Diagnostic Block, parameter PAROPERATIONMODE)
Parameters affected
Locking by the locking parameter affects the following parameters:
Endress+Hauser
45
Commissioning
6.3
Resetting the device
It is advisable to reset the device parameters before the commissioning if you want to use a device
with an unknown history.
6.3.1
Resetting the parameters of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus function blocks
Parameters affected
all parameters of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus function blocks
Sensorblock
Diagnoseblock
Display-Block
Resource Block
Arithmetik-Block
AI-Block 1
AI-Block 2
PID Block
Integrator-Block
Endress+Hauser
Service-Parameter
L00-FMU4XXXX-02-00-00-YY-007
Performing the reset

Resource Block, parameter RESTART; select the option "defaults".
6.3.2
"
!
Resetting the parameters of the transducer blocks
Caution!
A reset may lead to impairment of the measurement. As a rule, a basic calibration is required after
a reset.
Note!
The default values of each parameter are shown in bold in the menu overview in the appendix.
In order to carry out the reset, enter the number "33333" in the "reset" (0A3) function in the
"diagnostics" (0A) function group.
(FOUNDATION Fieldbus: Diagnostic Block, Parameter PARRESET (reset))
Parameters affected
all parameters of the device specific blocks (Sensor Block, Diagnostic Block, Display Block)
Sensorblock
Diagnoseblock
Display-Block
Resource Block
Arithmetik-Block
AI-Block 1
AI-Block 2
PID Block
Integrator-Block
Endress+Hauser
Service-Parameter
L00-FMU4XXXX-02-00-00-YY-008
Effects of the reset

All customer parameters are reset to their default values.
Customer interference echo suppression is not deleted.
46
Endress+Hauser
Commissioning
Linearisation is switched to "linear", but the table values are kept. The table can be switched
back on in the "linearisation" (04) function group in the "linearisation" (041) function.
(FOUNDATION Fieldbus: Sensor Block, Parameter PARLINEARISATION (linearisation))
Performing the reset
"diagnostics" (0A) function group, "reset" (0A3) function; enter "33333"
(FOUNDATION Fieldbus: Diagnostic Block, parameter PARRESET)
6.3.3
Resetting an interference echo suppression (tank map)
It is always adivable to reset the interference echo suppression (tank mapping) when:
a device with an unknown history is used
an incorrect suppression was input
Resetting the tank map with the VU331
1.
In the "extended calibr." (05) function group select the "selection" (050) function.
2.
Select "extended map."
3.
Go to the "cust. tank map" (055) function and select the required option:
"reset": deletes the existing tank map.
"inactive": deactivates the tank map but does not delete it. It can be re-activated when
required.
"active": activates the tank map.
Resetting the tank map with an Endress+Hauser operating program

1.
In the function group "extended calibr." select the "cust. tank map" (055) function.
2.
Select the required option ("reset", "inactive" or "active")
Resetting the tank map with a FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration tool
Endress+Hauser
1.
In the Sensor Block select the parameter PARCUSTTANKMAP (cust tank map).
2.
Select the required option ("reset", "inactive" or "active").
47
Commissioning
6.4
Commissioning by the display and operatig module

VU331
6.4.1
Power up instrument
After switching on the supply voltage, the

instrument is first initialised.
L00-fmp-fxxx-20-00-00-en-003
Then the following appear for approximately

five seconds:
Device type
Software version
Type of digital communication signal
L00-fmuxfxxx-20-00-00-de-002
Press F to exit this display.

On first power-up, you are requested to select
the language for the display texts.
L00-fmrxf092-20-00-00-en-001
Then you are requested to select the unit of

length for your measurements.
L00-fmrxf0c5-20-00-00-en-001
A measured value is displayed. This is NOT

equivalent to the level in your tank. Firstly carry
out a basic calibration.
L00-fmrxf000-20-00-00-en-001
Press F to switch to the group selection.

Press F again to start the basic calibration.
L00-fmrxfg00-20-00-00-en-001
The "Basic setup" (00) function group lists all the functions which are required for a standard
measurement task to commission the Prosonic M. When you have completed your input for a
function, the next function appears automatically. In this way, you are guided through the complete
calibration.
48
Endress+Hauser
6.4.2
Commissioning
Application parameters
Function "tank shape" (002)

In this function, select one of the following options:
dome ceiling
horizontal cyl
bypass
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
no ceiling
e.g. dumps, open levels
chanels, weirs
sphere
stilling well
(ultrasonic guide pipe)
flat ceiling
L00-FMU4xxxx-14-00-06-en-001
Function "medium property" (003)

Set the medium type in this function.
You have the following options:
unknown (e.g. pasty media such as greases, creams, gels etc.)
liquid
solid, grain size < 4mm (fine)
solid, grain size > 4mm (coarse)
Endress+Hauser
49
Commissioning
Function "process conditions" (004)

For this function, you have the following options:
standard liquids
calm surface
turb. surface
For all fluid applications which do not

fit in any of the following groups.
Storage tanks with immersion tube or

bottom filling
Storage / accumulation tanks with

uneven surface due to free filling,
mixing nozzles or small bottom stirrers
L00-FMU4xxxx-14-00-00-xx-001
The filters and output damping are set

to average values.
add. agitator
Moving surfaces (poss. with vortex
formation) due to agitators
L00-FMU4xxxx-14-00-00-xx-003
Special filters for stabilising the input

signal are set to large values.
-> Stable measured value
-> Medium reaction time
50
The averaging filters and output

damping are set to large values.
-> Accurate measurement
-> Slow reaction time
fast change
Rapid level change, particularly in
small tanks
L00-FMU4xxxx-14-00-00-xx-004
The averaging filters are set to small

values.
-> Rapid reaction time
-> Possibly unstable measured value
L00-FMU4xxxx-14-00-00-xx-002
Special filters for stabilising the input

signal are activated.
-> Medium reaction time
standard solid
For all bulk solids applications which
do not fit in any of the following
groups.
L00-FMU4xxxx-14-00-00-xx-006
The filter and output damping are set

to average values.
Endress+Hauser
Commissioning
solid dusty
Dusty bulk solids
conveyor belt
Bulk solids with rapid level change
Test: no filter
All the filters can be switched off for
purposes of service and diagnosis.
ENDRESS+HAUSER
Prosonic M
L00-FMU4xxxx-14-00-00-xx-007
The filters are set to detect even

relatively weak signals.
Endress+Hauser
L00-FMU4xxxx-14-00-00-xx-005
The averaging filters are set to small

values.
-> Rapid reaction time
Possibly unstable measured value
All filters off
51
Commissioning
6.4.3
Empty and full calibration
BD
SD
20 mA
100%
D
E F
4 mA
0%
L00-FMU4xxxx-19-00-00-yy-019
Function "empty calibration" (005)

In this function, enter the distance E from the sensor membrane to the minimum level (zero point).
"
Caution!
With dished boiler heads or conical outflows, the zero point should not be deeper than the point at
which the ultrasonic wave impinges on the tank bottom.
Function "blocking distance" (059)
In this function the blocking distance (BD) of the sensor is displayed.
"
!
Caution!
When entering the full calibration (span), please take into account, that the maximum level may not
project into the blocking distance (BD)
Note!
After basic calibration, enter a safety distance (SD) in the "safety distance" (015) function. If the
level is within this safety distance, the Prosonic M signals a warning or an alarm, depending on your
selection in the "in safety distance" (016) function.
Function "full calibration" (006)
In this function, enter the span F, i.e. the distance from the minimum level to the maximum level.
52
Endress+Hauser
6.4.4
Commissioning
Interference echo suppression (tank mapping)
Function "dist./measured value" (008)

In the "dist./meas.value" (008) function, the measured distance D from the sensor membrane
to the product surface is displayed together with level L. Check these values.
Function "check distance" (051)
The mapping is initialized by this function.
L00-FMR2xxxx-14-00-06-en-010
Select
"distance=ok" if the correct distance is displayed. Any echoes closer to the sensor will be
suppressed by the following interference echo suppression.
"dist. too small" if the displayed distance is too small. In this case, the signal comes from an
interference echo which will be suppressed.
"dist. too big" if the displayed distance is too large. This error cannot be cancelled by suppressing
the interference echo. This means that the following two functions are skipped. Check the
application parameters "tank shape" (002), "medium proerty" (003) and "process
cond." (004) and the "empty calibr."(005) in the "basic setup" (00) function group.
"dist. unknown" if you do not know the actual distance. This means that the following two
functions are skipped.
"manual" if you want to specify the suppression area yourself in the following function.
Function "range of mapping" (052)
The suggested suppression area is displayed in this function. The reference point is always the sensor
membrane. You can still edit the value. With manual suppression, the default value is 0 m.
"
Endress+Hauser
Caution!
The suppression range must end 0.5 m in front of the echo of the actual level. With an empty tank,
do not enter E but E 0.5 m.
53
Commissioning
Function "start mapping" (053)

You have the following options for this function:
off: Nothing is suppressed.
on: Starts suppression.
Note!
If a mapping already exists, it will be overwritten up to the distance specified in the "range of
mapping" (052) function. Beyond this distance the existing mapping remains unchanged.
Function dist./measured value (008)
After suppression, the measured distance D from the sensor membrane to the product surface is
displayed together with the level. Check that the values correspond to the actual level and/or the
actual distance.
The following cases may occur:
Distance correct Level correct -> End of basic calibration
Distance incorrect Level incorrect -> An additional interference echo suppression must be
carried out. Go back to the "check distance" (051) function.
Distance correct Level incorrect -> Check the value of the "empty calibr." (005) function.
Rcksprung zur Gruppenauswahl
Nach der Strechoausblendung ist der Grundabgleich beendet und das Gert springt automatisch
in die Gruppenauswahl zurck.
54
Endress+Hauser
Commissioning
6.4.5
Envelope curve
After the basic setup, an evaluation of the measurement with the aid of the envelope curve
("envelope curve" (0E) function group) is recommended.
Funxtion "plot settings" (0E1)
In this function, select whether you want to display
just the envelope curve
The envelope curve and the echo evaluation line FAC
The envelope curve and interference echo suppression (map)
Note!
The FAC and the interference echo suppression (map) are explained in BA 240F "Prosonic M Description of Instrument Functions"
Function "recording curve" (0E2)
In this function, specify whether you want to display
an individual envelope curve
The current envelope curve, with cyclical refreshment.
Function "envelope curve display" (0E3)
The envelope curve is displayed in this function. You can use it to obtain the following information:
full calibr.
quality of
evaluated echo
evaluated echo
is marked
empty calibr.
envelope curve
only
minimum distance
of the plot
map
distance of
evaluated echo
interference echo
maximum distance
of the plot
level echo
envelope curve and

interference echo
suppression (map)
L00-FMU4xxxx-07-00-00-en-003
Check that the following conditions are fulfilled:

The echo quality at the end of measuring range should be at least 10dB.
There should be practically no interference echoes in front of the level signal.
If interference echoes cannot be avoided, they must be below the suppression curve.
Endress+Hauser
Note!
If the cyclical envelope curve display is still active on the display, the measured value is updated at
a slower cycle time. We therefore advise you to exit the envelope curve display after optimising the
measuring point. To do this, press F. (The instrument does not leave the envelope curve display
automatically.)
55
Commissioning
Navigation in the envelope curve display

Using navigation, the envelope curve can be scaled horizontally and vertically and shifted to the left
or the right. The active navigation mode is indicated by a symbol in the top left hand corner of the
display.
Horizontal Zoom mode:
- horizontal zoom in
OE3
- horizontal zoom out

Move mode:
- moved to the left
- moved to the right
Vertical Zoom mode:
- vertical zoom (4 steps)

L00-FMxxxxxx-07-00-00-en-004
Horizontal Zoom mode

Firstly, go into the envelope curve display. Then press O or S to switch to the envelope curve
navigation. You are then in Horizontal Zoom mode. Either
or
is displayed.
O increases the horizontal scale.
S reduces the horizontal scale.
O
L00-FMxxxxxx-07-00-00-yy-007
Move mode
Then press F to switch to Move mode. Either
O shifts the curve to the right.
S shifts the curve to the left.
or
is displayed.
L00-FMxxxxxx-07-00-00-yy-008
Vertical Zoom mode

Press F once more to switch to Vertical Zoom mode.
options.
O increases the vertical scale.
S reduces the vertical scale.
The display icon shows the current zoom factor (
is displayed. You now have the following
to
).
O
L00-FMxxxxxx-07-00-00-yy-009
56
Endress+Hauser
Commissioning
Exiting the navigation

Press F again to run through the different modes of the envelope curve navigation.
Press O and S to exit the navigation. The set increases and shifts are retained. Only when you
reactivate the "recording curve" (0E2) function the display settings return to their standard
values.
Endress+Hauser
57
Commissioning
6.5
Basic Setup with the Endress+Hauser operating

program
To carry out the basic setup with the operating program, proceed as follows:
Start the operating program and establish a connection.2)
Select the "basic setup" function group in the navigation window.
The following display appears on the screen:
Basic Setup step 1/4:
measured value
ProsonicM-en-301
The "Next" button moves you to the next screen display:
2)
58
Note!
Each parameter that is changed must be confirmed with the RETURN key!
If the connection can not be established, make sure that you use the latest versin of the operating program.
Endress+Hauser
Commissioning

Enter the application parameters:
tank shape
medium property
process cond.
ProsonicM-en-412

If "dome ceiling", "horizontal cyl", "..." is selected in the "tank shape" function, the following
display appears on the screen:
empty calibr.
full calibr.
ProsonicM-en-303
Endress+Hauser
59
Commissioning

This step starts the tank mapping
The measured distance and the current measured value are always displayed in the header
ProsonicM-en-304
6.5.1
Signal analysis via envelope curve
After the basic setup, an evaluation of the measurement using the envelope curve is recommended.
MicropilotM-en-306
60
Endress+Hauser
6.5.2
Commissioning
User-specific applications (operation)
For details of setting the parameters of user-specific applications, see separate documentation
BA240F/00/en "Prosonic M - Description of Instrument Functions" on the enclosed CD-ROM.
Endress+Hauser
61
Commissioning
6.6
Commissioning with a FOUNDATION Fieldbus

configuration tool
Note!
For commissioning of the device with a FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration tool you need to
know the DEVICE_ID, which consists of the following parts:
Device_ID = 452B481011-XXXXXXXX
whereby:
452B48 ID code for Endress+Hauser
1011 ID code for Prosonic M
XXXXXXXX Device serial number, as printed on the nameplate
6.6.1
Fist setup
1.
Open the configuration tool and load the Device Descriptions (*.ffo, *.sym and - if required by
the tool - *.cff). Ensure you use the correct files (see chapter 5.4).
2.
The first time it is connected, the device reports as follows:
NI-FBUS-FMU4x-en-001
3.
62
Identify the device using the DEVICE_ID and assign the desired field device tag name
(PD_TAG).
Factory setting: PD_TAG = E+H_PROSONIC_M_XXXXXXXX
Endress+Hauser
Commissioning
6.6.2
Parametrization of the Resource Block (Start Index: 400)
1.

Factory setting: RESOURCE_XXXXXXXX
2.
Opern the Resource Block
3.
On delivery, write protection is disabled so that you can access the write parameters via
FOUNDATION Fieldbus. Check this status by the parameter WRITE_LOCK:
Write protectin activated: WRITE_LOCK = LOCKED
Write protection deactivated: WRITE_LOCK = NOT LOCKED
Deactivate the write protection if necessary, see page 44.
4.
Set the operating mode to AUTO in the parameter group MODE_BLK (parameter TARGET).
6.6.3
Parametrization of the Sensor Block (Start Index: 2000)
1.
Enter the desired block name (optional)

Factory setting: SENSOR_XXXXXXXX
2.
Open the Sensor Block. The following display appears:
Hinweis!
There are two possibilities to edit the parameters of the block:
A parameter from the list can be opened for editing by a double click.
You can open one of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus methods. Each method guides you
automatically through a number of parameters which are required for a specific configuration
task. The following sections describe the parametrization by the "basic setup" method.
3.
Endress+Hauser
Open the FOUNDATION Fieldbus method "basic setup":
63
Commissioning
4.
The method contains the following parameters3):

a. Application parameters (see section 6.4.2)
PARTANKSHAPE (tank shape)
PARMEDIUMCONDITION (medium property)
PARPROCESSCONDITION (process condition)
b. Empty and full calibration (see section 6.4.3)
PAREMPTYCALIBRATION (empty calibration)
PARFULlCALIBRATION (full calibration)
c. Interference echo suppression (see section 6.4.4)
PARCHECKDISTANCE (check distance)
PARSUPPRESSIONDISTANCE (range of mapping)
PARSTARTMAPPINGRECORD (start maping)
PARPRESMAPRANGE (pres. map. dist.)
PARCUSTTANKMAP (cust. tank map)
3)
64
5.
Set the operating mode to AUTO in the parameter group MODE_BLK (parameter TARGET).
Otherwise the measured value can not be processed correctly by the connected Analog Input
Block.
6.
If measuring errors occur or if the measuring value seems unreliable, it is advisable to check
the quality of the measurement by the envelope curve display. This can be done in two
different ways:
by the display and operating module VU331 (see section 6.4.5)
by an Endress+Hauser operating program (see section 6.5.1)
In the FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration tool you can select from two types of parameter display:
- parameter names (e.g. "PARTANKSHAPE")
- label texts (e.g. "tank shape")
Endress+Hauser
Commissioning
6.6.4
Parametrization of the Analog Input Blocks
Prosonic M has two Analog Input Blocks that can be assigned to the various process variables. The
following descripiton provides an example for the Analog Input Block 1 (Start Index 500).
1.

Factory setting: ANALOG_INPUT_1_XXXXXXXX
2.
Open the Analog Input Block.
3.
Set the operating mode to OOS (Out of Service) in the parameter group MODE_BLK
(parameter TARGET).
4.
Using the parameter CHANNEL select the process variable that is to be used as the input value
for the function block algorithm (scaling and limit value monitoring). The following settings
are possible:
CHANNEL = 1: level
CHANNEL = 2: distance
CHANNEL = 3: temperature
5.
In the parameter gorup XD_SCALE select the desired engineering unit and the block input
range (measuring range) for the process variable in question (see the example below).
" Caution!
process variable. Otherwies the parameter BLOCK_ERROR will display the error message
"Block Configuration Error" and the block operating mode cannot be set to AUTO.
6.
In the L_TYPE prameter, select the mode of linearization for the input variable (Direct,
Indirect, Indirect Sq Root). For details refer to section 11.7 in the Appendix.
" Caution!
Note that with the type of linearization "Direct" the configuration of the parameter group
OUT_SCALE must agree with the configuration of the parameter group XD_SCALE.
Otherwise the block operating mode cannot be set to AUTO. Such incorrect configuration is
indicated in the parameter BLOCK_ERROR by the "Block Configuration Error" message.
Example:
The measuring range of the sensor is 0 to 10 m.
The output range to the automation system should be 0 to 10 m, too.
The following settings are to be made:
Analog Input Block 1, Parameter CHANNEL -> "1" (measured level)
Parameter L_TYPE -> DIRECT
XD_SCALE 0% -> 0
XD_SCALE 100% -> 10
XD_SCALE_UNIT -> m
OUT_SCALE 0% -> 0
OUT_SCALE 100% -> 10
OUT_SCALE_UNIT -> m
7.
Endress+Hauser
If required, use the following parameters to define the limit values for alarm and warning
messages:
HI_HI_LIM -> Limit value for the upper alarm
HI_LIM -> Limit value for the upper warning
LO_LIM -> Limit value for the lower warning
LO_LO_LIM -> Limit value for the lower alarm
The limit values entered must be within the value range specified in the parameter group
OUT_SCALE.
65
Commissioning
8.
In addition to the limit values you must also specify the action taken if a limit value is exceeded
using the alarm priorities (parameters HI_HI_PRI, HI_PRI, LO_PRI, LO_LO_PRI). Reporting
to the the fieldbus host system only takes place if the alarm priority is higher than 2. For details
refer to section 11.7 in the Appendix.
6.6.5
1.
Connection of the function blocks
A concluding overall system configuration is essential so that the operating mode of the Analog
Input Block can be set to AUTO and so that the field device is integrated into the system
application. To do this, a configuration software (e.g. you host system software) is used to
connect the function blocks - normally graphically - to the desired control strategy and then
the sequence of the individual process control functions is specified.
NI-FBUS-FMxxx-en-001
Example: Connection of the function blocks with the NI-FBUS Configurator
66
2.
Download the configuration data into the field devices by the download function of the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus configuration tool.
3.
Set the oerating mode of the AI Block to AUTO (parameter group MODE_BLK, parameter
TARGET). However, this is only possible under the following conditions:
The function blocks are correctly connected with each other.
The parametrization of the AI Block is correct (see 6.6.4, steps 5 and 6).
The Resource Block is in operating mode AUTO.
Endress+Hauser
6.7
Commissioning
Commissioning with the handheld terminal DXR375/

FC375
The steps of the commissioning procedure are the same as with a FOUNDATION Fieldbus
configuration tool ( Page 62 ff.).
The blocks should be parametrized in the following order:
the RESOURCE BLOCK
the SENSOR BLOCK
(the "basic setup" method can be used for this, see page 43)
the ANALOG INPUT BLOCKS
Endress+Hauser
67
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
7.1
System error messages
7.1.1
Current error
Errors which the Prosonic M detects during commissioning or operation are displayed in the
following way:
VU331:
error symbol in the "measured value" (000) function
VU331 or Endress+Hauser operating program:
in the "diagnostics" (0A) function group in the "present error" (0A0) function
Only the highest priority error is displayed; in the case of multiple errors, you can scroll between
the different error messages by pressing O or S.
FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
by the status of the main value in the cyclic data telegram
Diagnostic Block, parameter PARACTUALERROR (present error)
7.1.2
Last error
The last error is displayed in the "diagnostics" (0A) function group in the "previous error"
(0A1) function. This display can be deleted in the "clear last error" (0A2) function.
(FOUNDATION Fieldbus: Diagnsotic Block;
parameters PARLASTERROR and PARCLEARLASTERROR.
68
Endress+Hauser
Troubleshooting
7.1.3
Types of error
Type of error
Symbol
Meaning
The output signal assumes a value which can be set using the "output
on alarm" (010) function:
Alarm (A)
continuous
Warning (W)
MAX: 110%
MIN: -10%
Hold: last value is on hold
User-specific value
The device continues measurement. An error message is displayed.

flashing
Alarm/Warning (E)
7.1.4
Endress+Hauser
You can define whether the error should behave as an alarm or as a warning.
Error codes
Code
Error description
Action
A102
A110
A152
A160
checksum error
Reset;
If alarm still present after reset, replace electronics
W103
initialising
If the message does not disappear after several seconds, replace the electronics
A106
downloading
Wait; Message disappears after load sequence
A111
A113
A114
A115
A121
A125
A155
A164
A171
electronics defect
Reset;
Check system for EMC, improve as necessary
If alarm still present after reset, replace electronics
A116
download error
Check connection; Restart download
W153
initialising
Wait a few seconds; if error is still displayed, switch the power off and on again
A231
sensor defect
Check connection, if necessary replace HF module or electronics
A281
interruption temperature
sensor
Exchange sensor
A502
Sensor type not detected
Exchange sensor and/or electronics
A512
recording of mapping
Alarm disappears after a few seconds
A521
new sensor type detected
Reset
W601
linearisation curve not

monotone
Correct table (enter monotonously increasing table)
W611
less than 2 linea-risation

points
Enter additional value pairs
W621
simulation on
Switch simulation mode off ["output" (06) function group, "simulation"

(065) function]]
E641
no usable echo
Check basic calibration
E651
level in safety distance risk of overspill
Error disappears when the level leaves the safety distance. Possibly reset the
lock. ["safety settings" (01) function group, "ackn. alarm" (017) function]]
A661
Sensor overtemperature
A671
Linearisation incomplete
Activate linearisation table
W681
current out of range
Carry out basic calibration;

check linearisation
69
Troubleshooting
Code
Error description
W691
Filling noise detected, level ramp is active
7.1.5
Action
Influence of the error codes on the output signal
The following table describes the influence of the error codes on the status of the cyclic output
values as well as on the parameters BLOCK_ERR and XD_ERROR in the Sensor Block.
The output values are linked to the following measuring values:
Primary Value (PV): level/volume
Secondary Value (SV): distance between sensor membrane and surface of the material measured
Third Value (TV): sensor temperature
Code
PV Status
SV Status
PV Substatus
SV Substatus
TV Status
TV Substatus
BLOCK_ER
XD_ERROR
A102
BAD
Device Failure
BAD
Device Failure
Memory Failure/
Device needs maintenance now
Electronic Failure
W103
Uncertain
Non specific
GOOD
Non specific
Other
Unspecified Err
A106
BAD
Device Failure
BAD
Device Failure
Other
Unspecified Err
A110
BAD
Device Failure
BAD
Device Failure
Memory Failure/
Device needs maintenance
Electronic Failure
A111
BAD
Device Failure
BAD
Device Failure
Memory Failure/
Electronic Failure
A113
BAD
Device Failure
BAD
Device Failure
Memory Failure/
Electronic Failure
A114
BAD
Device Failure
BAD
Device Failure
Memory Failure/
Electronic Failure
A115
BAD
Device Failure
BAD
Device Failure
Unspecified Err
A116
BAD
Device Failure
BAD
Device Failure
Unspecified Err
A121
BAD
Device Failure
BAD
Device Failure
Memory Failure/
Electronic Failure
A125
BAD
Device Failure
BAD
Device Failure
Memory Failure/
Electronic Failure
W153
Uncertain
Non specific
GOOD
Non specific
Power up
No Error
A155
BAD
Device Failure
BAD
Device Failure
Device needs maintenace now
Electronic Failure
A160
BAD
Device Failure
BAD
Device Failure
Memory Failure/
Electronic Failure
A164
BAD
Device Failure
BAD
Device Failure
Memory Failure/
Electronic Failure
A171
BAD
Device Failure
BAD
Device Failure
Memory Failure/
Electronic Failure
A231
BAD
Device Failure
BAD
Device Failure
Unspecified Err
E281
Uncertain
(Warning)
Device Failure
BAD
Device FAilure
Electronic Failure
E281
(Alarm)
BAD
Device Failure
BAD
Device Failure
Unspecified Err
A502
BAD
Device FAilure
BAD
Device Failure
Unspecified Err
A512
Uncertain
Non specific
GOOD
Non specific
Other
Unspecified Err
A521
BAD
Device FAilure
BAD
Device Failure
Unspecified Err
W601
Uncertain
configuration error
GOOD
Non specific
Other
Configuration Error
W611
Uncertain
configuration error
GOOD
Non specific
Other
Configuration Error
W621
Uncertain
Non specific
GOOD
Non specific
simulation active
No Error
70
Endress+Hauser
Troubleshooting
Code
PV Status
SV Status
PV Substatus
SV Substatus
TV Status
TV Substatus
BLOCK_ER
XD_ERROR
E641
(Alarm)
BAD
Device Failure
GOOD
Non specific
Unspecified Err
E641
Uncertain
(Warning)
Non specific
GOOD
Non specific
Unspecified Err
E651
(Alarm)
Device Failure
GOOD
Non specific
Other
Unspecified Err
E651
Uncertain
(Warning)
Non specific
GOOD
Non specific
Other
Unspecified Err
A661
(Alarm)
Device Failure
GOOD
Nopn specific
Unspecified Err
E661
Uncertain
(Warning)
Non specific
GOOD
Non specific
Device needs maintenacne soon
Unspecified Err
A671
BAD
Device Failure
GOOD
Non specific
Configuration Error
No Error
W691
Uncertain
Non specific
GOOD
Non specific
Other
Unspecified Err
BAD
BAD
Endress+Hauser
71
Troubleshooting
7.2
Error
Application errors
Example
D m/ft (008)
Measured value (00) is

incorrect but measured
distance (008) is correct
F m/ft
Elimination
1. Check empty calibration (005) and
full calibration (006).
(FF: Sensor Block, PAREMPTYCALIBRATION, PARFULLCALIBRATION
100%
expected
actual
E m/ft
t
0%
Measured value (000) and

measured distance (008)
are incorrect
L00-FMR2xxxx-19-00-00-en-019
2. Check linearisation
level/ullage (040)
(FF: Sensor Block, PARLEVELULLAGEMODE)
max. scale(046)
(FF: Sensor Block, PARMAXVOLUME)
diameter vessel (047)
(FF: Sensor Block, PARCYLINDERVESSEL
linearisation table
1. For measurements in bypass or stilling well:
Select the according option in the "tank shape" (002) function.
(FF: Sensor Block, PARTANKSHAPE)
2. Carry out interference echo suppression.
No change in
measured value on filling/
emptying
1. Carry out interference echo suppression.

2. Clean sensor if necessary
100%
3. If necessary, select better installation position

4. If necessary due to wide interference echoes, set function "detection
window" (0A7) to "off".
(FF: Sensor Block, PARDETECTIONWINDOW)
actual
expected
t
0%
L00-FMR2xxxx-19-00-00-en-014
With an uneven surface

(e.g. filling, emptying,
running agitator) the
measured value
may jump sporadically to
higher
levels
1. Carry out interference echo suppression

2. Set the process cond. (004) to "calm surface" or "add. agitator"
FF: Sensor Block, PARPROCESSCONDITION)
100%
actual
3. Increase output damping (058).

(FF: Sensor Block, PAROUTPUTDAMPING)
expected
4. If necessary, select a different installation position and/or a larger sensor
0%
L00-FMR2xxxx-19-00-00-en-015
100%
actual
expected
0%
t
L00-FMR2xxxx-19-00-00-en-016
72
Endress+Hauser
Error
Troubleshooting
Example
Elimination
On filling/emptying the
measured value drops
100%
expected
1.
Check tank shape (002), e.g. "dome ceiling" or "horizontal cyl."

(FF: Sensor Block, PARTANKSHAPE)
2.
If possible, do not select a central installation position
3.
Possible user stilling well/echo guide pipe
1.
Check application parameters (002), (003) and (004)

(FF: Sensor Block, PARTANKSHAPE, PARMEDIUMCONDITION,
PARPROCESSCONDITION)
actual
0%
L00-FMR2xxxx-19-00-00-en-017
E 641 (echo loss)

100%
eingetreten
2.
If necessary, select a different installation position and/or a larger sensor
3.
Align the sensor parallel to the product surface (particularly for bulk solids
applications)
E 641
erwartet
0%
t
L00-FMR2xxxx-19-00-00-en-018
Endress+Hauser
73
Maintenance and repairs
8.1
Exterior cleaning
When cleaning the exterior, always use cleaning agents that do not attack the surface of the housing
and the seals.
8.2
Repairs
The Endress+Hauser repair concept assumes that the measuring devices have a modular design and
that customers are able to undertake repairs themselves.
Spare parts are contained in suitable kits. They contain the related replacement instructions.
All the spare parts kits which you can order from Endress+Hauser for repairs are listed with their
order numbers in the section "Spare parts".
For more information on service and spare parts, contact the Service Department at
Endress+Hauser.
8.3
Repairs to Ex-approved devices
When carrying out repairs to Ex-approved devices, please note the following:
Repairs to Ex-approved devices may only be carried out by trained personnel or by the
Endress+Hauser Service.
Comply with the prevailing standards, national Ex-area regulations, safety instructions (XA) and
certificates.
Only use original spare parts from Endress+Hauser.
When ordering a spare part, please note the device designation on the nameplate. Only replace
parts with identical parts.
Carry out repairs according to the instructions. On completion of repairs, carry our the specified
routine test on the device.
Only Endress+Hauser Service may convert a certified device into a different certified variant.
Document all repair work and conversions.
8.4
Replacement
After a complete instrument or electronic module has been replaced, the parameters can be
downloaded into the instrument again via the communication interface. Prerequisite to this is that
the data were uploaded to the PC beforehand using ToF Tool /FieldCare. Measurement can
continue without having to carry out a new setup. Only a linearisation and a tank map (interference
echo suppression) have to be recorded again.
74
Endress+Hauser
8.5
10
Spare parts (housing type F12)
65
65
11
35
EN
DR
PR ES
Ord
OS S+
er
ON HA
Se Cod
r.-N
e
IC US
o.: :
ER
Me
Messbere
asu ic
ring h
ran
ge
U1
ma
x. 2
4...26...36
0m
0m VD
A C
IP
65
A >7
0C
: t
>8
5C
Made in Germany
ina
Maulburg
rm
Te
30
12
65 20
12
R
SE
AU
+H
SS
RE
D
EN
65
40
65
65
55
50
58
65
65
65
58
FMU 40
50
FMU 41
FMU 42/44
FMU 43
L00-FMU4x-00-00-00-yy-007
Endress+Hauser
75
10 Housing
543120-0022 Housing F12, aluminium, G1/2
543120-0023 Housing F12, aluminium, NPT1/2
543120-0024 Housing F12, aluminium, M20
52001992 Housing F12, aluminium, M20, PA connector
52008556 Housing F12, aluminium, M20, FF connector
52013350 Housing F12, aluminium, coated, M20, 4-wire
52013351 Housing F12, aluminium, coated, M20, metal
52013348 Housing F12, aluminium, coated, G1/2, 4-wire
52013349 Housing F12, aluminium, coated, NPT1/2, 4-wire
11 Hood for terminal compartment
52006026 Cover for the connection compartment F12
52019062 Cover for the connection compartment F12, FHX40
12 Set of screws
535720-9020 Set of screws for housing F12/T12
20 Cover
52005936 Cover F12/T12 aluminium, inspection glass, seal
517391-0011 Cover F12/T12 aluminium, coated, seal
30 Electronics
71025600 electronics FMU4x, Ex, 2-wire HART, V4.0
71025603 electronics FMU4x, Ex, PROFIBUS PA, V4.0
52023759 Electronics Prosonic M, Ex, FF, V2.04
35 Terminal module / power unit
52006197 Terminal module 4-pin, HART, 2-wire with connecting cable
52012156 Terminal module 4-pin, PROFIBUS PA, Foundation Fieldbus
52013304 Power unit, 10.5...32V DC (housing F12) for electronics, 4-wire
52013305 Power unit, 90 ...250V AC (housing F12) for electronics, 4-wire
52015585 Power unit, CSA, 10.5...32V DC (housing F12) for electronics, 4-wire
52015586 Power unit, CSA, 90...250V AC (housing F12) for electronics, 4-wire
40 Display
52005585 Display/operating module VU331
50 Probe with process connection
52010509 Sensor FMU40 G1-1/2
52010507 Sensor FMU40 NPT1-1/2
52010510 Sensor FMU41 G2
52010508 Sensor FMU41 NPT2
52023965 Sensor FMU42
52013543 Sensor FMU43 4", gasket
76
Endress+Hauser
71037028 Sensor FMU44, gasket

55 Flanges
52023919 Flange, Uni-DN80/ANSI 3"/JIS 80A, PP
52023920 Flange, Uni-DN80/ANSI 3"/JIS 80A, PVDF
52023921 Flange, Uni-DN80/ANSI 3"/JIS 80A, 316L
58 Hexagon nut
52000599 Hexagon nut (SW60) G1-1/2, bk, PC
52000598 Hexagon nut (SW70) G2, bk, PC
65 Sealing kit
52010526 Sealing kit FMU4x
Miscellaneous
52010545 Nameplate Prosonic M, modification
Spare parts for FHX40
52018204 Adaption kit housing F12, 2-wire, FHX40
52018205 Adaption kit housing F12, 4-wire, FHX40
52016334 Cable FHX40, 20m
Endress+Hauser
77
8.6
Spare parts (housing type T12)

25
65
35
10
65
11
EN
D
PR RES
Ord
OS S+
er
Se Cod
ON HA
r.-N
e
IC US
o.: :
FM ER
U
65
A >7
0C
30
Maulburg
IP
T
: t
>8
5C
Made in Germany
Me
Messbere
asu ic
ring h
ran
ge
U1
ma
x. 2
4...26...36
0m
0m VD
A C
12
65 20
12
ER
S
AU
+H
SS
RE
D
EN
65
40
65
65
50
55
65
58
65
58
FMU 40
50
FMU 41
FMU 42/44
L00-FMU4x-00-00-00-yy-008
78
Endress+Hauser
10 Housing
543180-1023 Housing T12, aluminium, NPT1/2, PEL
52006204 Housing T12, aluminium, G1/2, PEL, cover
52006205 Housing T12, aluminium, M20, PEL, cover
11 Hood for terminal compartment
52005643 Hood T12
12 Set of screws
535720-9020 Set of screws for housing F12/T12
20 Cover
517391-0011 Cover F12/T12 aluminium, coated, seal
52005936 Cover F12/T12 aluminium, inspection glass, seal
25 Cover for the connection compartment
518710-0020 Cover T3/T12, aluminium, coated, seal
30 Electronics
71025603 electronics FMU4x, Ex, PROFIBUS PA, V4.0
52023759 Electronics Prosonic M, Ex, FF, V2.04
35 Terminal module / power unit
52013302 Terminal module Ex d, 4-pin, 2-wire, HART, T12
52013303 Terminal module Ex d, 2-pin, 2-wire, PROFIBUS PA, Foundation Fieldbus, T12
52018949 Terminal module EEx ia, 4-pin, HART, T12, OVP
52018950 Terminal module EEx ia, 4-pin, PROFIBUS PA, Foundation Fieldbus, T12, OVP
40 Display
52005585 Display/operating module VU331
50 Probe with process connection
52010509 Sensor FMU40 G1-1/2
52010507 Sensor FMU40 NPT1-1/2
52010510 Sensor FMU41 G2
52010508 Sensor FMU41 NPT2
52023965 Sensor FMU42
71037028 Sensor FMU44, gasket
55 Flanges
Endress+Hauser
79
58 Hexagon nut
52000598 Hexagon nut (SW70) G2, bk, PC
52000599 Hexagon nut (SW60) G1-1/2, bk, PC
65 Sealing kit
52010526 Sealing kit FMU4x
Miscellaneous
52010545 Nameplate Prosonic M, modification
80
Endress+Hauser
8.7
Return
The following procedures must be carried out before a transmitter is sent to Endress+Hauser e.g.
for repair or calibration:
Remove all residue which may be present. Pay special attention to the gasket grooves and crevices
where fluid may be present. This is especially important if the fluid is dangerous to health, e.g.
corrosive, poisonous, carcinogenic, radioactive, etc.
Always enclose a duly completed "Declaration of contamination" form (a copy of the Declaration
of contamination is included at the end of this operating manual). Only then can Endress
+Hauser transport, examine and repair a returned device.
Enclose special handling instructions if necessary, for example a safety data sheet as per EN 91/
155/EEC.
Additionally specify:
An exact description of the application.
The chemical and physical characteristics of the product.
A short description of the error that occurred (specify error code if possible)
Operating time of the device.
8.8
Disposal
In case of disposal please seperate the different components according to their material consistence.
8.9
Software history
Software version / date
Changes to software
V 01.02.00 / 01.2002
V 01.02.02 / 03.2003
Original software
Compatible with:
Changes to documentation
ToF Tool
Commuwin II (version 2.05.03 and
higher
HART Communicator DXR 275 (from
OS 4.6) with Rev. 1, DD 1
V 01.02.04/02.2004
FMU 42 added
compatible with HART Communicator
DXR 375
FMU 42 added
V 01.04.00/07.2006
"detection window" function added
"detection window" added

Version: 07.06
can be operated via:

ToF Tool from version 4.50
HART Communicator DXR375 with
Rev. 1, DD1
Description of FOUNDATION Fieldbus

interface completely revised.
Version: 11.06
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Transducer Block

divided into:
Sensor Block
Diagnostic Block
Display Block
Execution time of the function blocks
reduced:
AI: 30 ms
PID: 80 ms
AR: 50 ms
IS: 30 ms
SC: 40 ms
IT: 60 ms
Endress+Hauser
81
8.10
Contact addresses of Endress+Hauser
Contact addresses can be found on our homepage: www.endress.com/worldwide. If you have any
questions, please do not hesitate to contact your Endress+Hauser representative.
82
Endress+Hauser
Accessories
Accessories
9.1
Weather protection cover
A Weather protection cover made of stainless steel is recommended for outdoor mounting (order
code: 543199-0001). The shipment includes the protective cover and tension clamp.
m
240 m
70 mm
45
mm
EN
D
MIC RES
RO S+H
PIL AU
OT SE
R
II
r Co
r.-N de:
o.:
IP
Maulburg
Me
Messberei
asuri ch
ng
ran
ge
U 16
ma
x. 20
4...20...36
m
mAV DC
65
A >7
0C
: t
>8
5C
Made in Germany
Se
mm
95
F12 / T12 housing
Orde
135
L00-FMR2xxxx-00-00-06-en-001
9.2
Installation bracket for FMU 40/41

400
120
G
A
120
30
250
16
L00-FMU4x-00-00-00-de-001
for FMU 40, G1: Order No. 942669-0000

for FMU 41, G2: Order No. 942669-0001
suited for NPT 1" and 2" as well
Endress+Hauser
83
Accessories
9.3
Adapter flange
sealing ring
EPDM
(supplied)
sensor
adapter flange
nozzle
L00-FMUX3XXX-00-00-00-en-001
9.3.1
Version with metrical thread (FAU 70 E)

Process Connection
12 DN 50 PN 16 A, flange EN1092-1 (DIN2527 B)
14 DN 80 PN 16 A, flange EN1092-1 (DIN2527 B)
15 DN 100 PN 16, A, flange EN1092-1 (DIN2527 B)
Sensor Connection
3 Thread ISO228 G1-1/2
4 Thread ISO228 G2
Flange Material
2 316L
7 Polypropylene
FAU 70 E
9.3.2
Product designation
Version with conical thread(FAU 70 A)

Process Connection
22 2" 150lbs FF, flange ANSI B16.5
Sensor Connection
5 Thread NPT1-1/2
6 Thread NPT2
Flange Material
2 316L
7 Polypropylene
FAU 70 A
84
Product designation
Endress+Hauser
9.4
Accessories
Cantilever
50
100
20
20
C
25
35
100
22
M8
35
15
6.5
75
105
75
50/
62
L00-FMU4xxxx-06-00-00-yy-005
for Sensor
Material
Order Code
585 mm
250 mm
2 mm
200 mm
FMU 40
316Ti/1.4571
52014132
galv. steel
52014131
316Ti/1.4571
52014136
galv. steel
52014135
316Ti/1.4571
52014134
galv. steel
52014133
316Ti/1.4571
52014138
galv. steel
52014137
FMU 41
1085 mm
750 mm
3 mm
300 mm
FMU 40
FMU 41
The 50 mm or 62 mm orifices serve for the mounting of the FMU 40 or FMU 41 sensor,
respecitvely.
The 22 mm orifice may be used for an additional sensor.
Endress+Hauser
85
Accessories
Mounting Frame
25
100
13
9.5
55
3.2
33.7
60
4
76
100
200
45
6.5
700/1400
20
100
150
130
L00-FMU4x-00-00-00-yy-005
Height
Material
Order Code
700 mm
galv. steel
919791-0000
700 mm
1.4301 (AISI 304)
919791-0001
1400 mm
galv. steel
919791-0002
1400 mm
1.4301 (AISI 304)
919791-0003
9.6
Wall Bracket
3.2
5
33.7
13
25
150
110
213
180
6.5
88
110
150
L00-FMU4x-00-00-00-yy-006
86
Material
Order Code
galv. steel
919792-0000
316Ti/1.4571
919792-0001
Endress+Hauser
9.7
Accessories
Mounting bracket for FMU 42/43/44

25
120
~123
119
Material: 1.4301
Order-Code.: 942666-0000
25
11
L00-FMU4x-00-00-00-en-003.eps
9.8
Commubox FXA291
The Commubox FXA291 connects Endress+Hauser field instruments with CDI interface (=
Endress+Hauser Common Data Interface) to the USB interface of a personal computer or a
notebook. For details refer to TI405C/07/en.
Note!
For the following Endress+Hauser instruments you need the "ToF Adapter FXA291" as an additional
accessory:
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP7x
Deltabar S PMD7x, FMD7x
Deltapilot S FMB70
Gammapilot M FMG60
Levelflex M FMP4x
Micropilot FMR130/FMR131
Micropilot M FMR2xx
Micropilot S FMR53x, FMR540
Prosonic FMU860/861/862
Prosonic M FMU4x
Tank Side Monitor NRF590 (with additional adapter cable)
Prosonic S FMU9x
9.9
ToF Adapter FXA291
The ToF Adapter FXA291 connects the Commubox FXA291 via the USB interface of a personal
computer or a notebook to the following Endress+Hauser instruments:
Cerabar S PMC71, PMP7x
Deltabar S PMD7x, FMD7x
Deltapilot S FMB70
Gammapilot M FMG60
Levelflex M FMP4x
Micropilot FMR130/FMR131
Micropilot M FMR2xx
Micropilot S FMR53x, FMR540
Prosonic FMU860/861/862
Prosonic M FMU4x
Tank Side Monitor NRF590 (with additional adapter cable)
Prosonic S FMU9x
For details refer to KA271F/00/a2.
Endress+Hauser
87
Accessories
9.10
Remote display FHX40

Pipe-mounting
(mounting bracket and plate
supplied optionally,
s. product structure)
8,
5
Wall-mounting
(without mounting bracket)
Micropilot M
Levelflex M
Prosonic M
Separate housing
FHX40 (IP 65)
180
122
160
15
80
ES
S+H
AU
SE
Me
Messberei
asuri ch
ng
ran
ge
U 16
ma
x. 20
4...20...36
m
mAV DC
88
Cable
IP
Maulburg
DR
A >7
t >8
5C
118
96
6,
3
0C
:
120
82
65
Made in Germany
EN
Orde
r
Se Code
r.-N
o.: :
122
106
max. 80
min. 30
pipe
L00-FMxxxxxx-00-00-06-en-003
9.10.1
Technical data (cable and housing) and product structure:
Max. cable length
20 m (65 ft)
Temperature range
-30 C...+70 C (-22 F...158 F)
IP65/67 (housing); IP68 (cable) acc. to IEC 60529
Materials
Housing: AlSi12; cable glands: nickle plated brass
Dimensions [mm] / [inch]
122x150x80 (HxWxD) / 4.8x5.9x3.2
Approval:
A
1
S
U
N
K
Nn-hazardous area
ATEX II 2 G EEx ia IIC T6, ATEX II 3D
FM IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D
CSA IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D
CSA General Purpose
TIIS ia IIC T6 (in preparation)
Cable:
1
5
20m/65ft; for HART

20m/65ft; for PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Additional option:
A
B
FHX40 -
Basic version
Mounting bracket, pipe 1"/ 2"
Complete product designation
For connection of the remote display FHX40 use the cable which fits the communication version of
the respective instrument.
88
Endress+Hauser
Measured variable
Technical Data
10
Technical Data
10.1
Technical data at a glance
10.1.1
Input
The distance D between the sensor membrane and the product surface is measured.
Using the linearisation function, the device uses D to calculate:
level L in any units
volume V in any units
flow Q across measuring weirs or open channels in any units
Maximum range/blocking
distance
Sensor
Maximum range in liquids1
Maximum range in solids1
blocking distance
FMU40
5m
2m
0.25 m
FMU41
8m
3.5 m
0.35 m
FMU42
10 m
5m
0.4 m
FMU43
15 m
7m
0.6 m
FMU44
20 m
10 m
0.5 m
The actual range is dependent on the measuring conditions. Refer to Technical Information TI
365F/00/en for an estimation.
10.1.2
Output
Output signal
Foundation Fieldbus
Signal Coding
Manchester Bus Powered (MBP); Manchester II
Data transmission rate
31.25 KBit/s, voltage mode
Signal on alarm
Error symbol, error code and plain text description on the on-site display
Status byte of the digital signal input
10.1.3
Basic Data
Data of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
Device Type
1011 (hex)
Device Revision
04 (hex)
DD Revision
01 (hex)
CFF Revision
01 (hex)
ITK Version
4.61
ITK-Certification Driver-No.
IT035900
Link Master (LAS) cabable
yes
Link Master / Basic Device

selectable
yes; Default: Basic Device
Number VCRs
24
Number of Link-Objects in VFD 24
Endress+Hauser
89
Technical Data
Virtual communication
references (VCRs)
Link Settings
Transducer Blocks
Permanent Entries
Client VCRs
Server VCRs
24
Source VCRs
23
Sink VCRs
Subscriber VCRs
23
Publisher VCRs
23
Slot time
Min. Inter PDU delay
Max. response delay
10
Block
Content
Output values
Sensor Block
contains all parameters related to the mesurement
level or volume1) (channel 1)

distance (channel 2)
sensor temperature (channel 3)
Diagnsotic Block contains diagnostic information
no output values
Display Block
no output values
1)
Function Blocks
contains parameters to configure the local display
je nach Konfiguration des Sensor-Blocks
Block
Content
Resource Block
The Resource Block contains all the data that uniquely

identifies the field device. It is an electronic version of a
nameplate of the device.
Analog Input
Block 1
The AI block takes the manufacturer's input data, selected by channel number, and makes it available to other
function blocks at its output.
30 ms
standard
Analog Input
Block 2
The AI block takes the manufacturer's input data, selected by channel number, and makes it available to other
function blocks at its output.
30 ms
standard
PID Block
The PID block serves as proportional-integral-derivative

controller and is used almost universally to do closedloop-control in the field including cascade and feedforward.
80 ms
standard
50 ms
standard
The input selector block provides selection of up to four 30 ms

inputs and generates an output based on the configured
action. This block normally receives its inputs from AI
blocks. The block performs maximum, minimum, middle,
average and first good signal selection.
standard
40 ms
Signal Characte- The signal characterizer block has two sections, each
rizer Block
with an output that is a non-linear function of the respective input. The non-linear function is determined by a single look-up table with 21 arbitrary x-y pairs.
standard
Arithmetic Block This block is designed to permit simple use of popular

measurement math functions. The user does not have to
know how to write equations. The math algorithm is
selected by name, chosen by the user for the function to
be done.
Input Selector
Block
90
Execution time
Functionality
enhanced
Endress+Hauser
Technical Data
Block
Content
Integrator Block
60 ms
The Integrator Function Block integrates a variable as a
function of the time or accumulates the counts from a
Pulse Input block. The block may be used as a totalizer
that counts up until reset or as a batch totalizer that has a
setpoint, where the integrated or accumulated value is
compared to pre-trip and trip settings, generating discrete
signals when these settings are reached.
10.1.4
Execution time
Functionality
standard
Auxiliary energy
Terminals
Cable cross-section: 0.5 to 2.5 mm (20 to 14 AWG)
Cable entry
Cable gland M20x1.5 (recommended cable diameter 6 ... 10 mm)

Cable entry G or NPT
7/8" Foundation Fieldbus plug
Supply voltage
9 V ... 32 V
There may be additional restrictions for devices with an explosion protection certificate. Refer to the
notes in the appropriate safety instructions (XA).
Lift-off voltage
9V
Basic current
15 mA
In-rush current
15 mA
Error current
0 mA
FISCO
Ui
17,5 V
Ii
500 mA; with surge arrester 273 mA
Pi
5,5 W; with surge arrester1, 2 W
Ci
5 mF
Li
0,01 mH
FNICO compliant
yes
Polarity sensitive
no
10.1.5
Reaction time
The reaction time depends on the parameter settings. The minimum values are:
FMU40/41/42/43: min. 2 s
FMU44: min. 3 s
Reference operating
conditions
Endress+Hauser
Temperature = +20 C
Pressure = 1013 mbar abs.
Humidity = 50 %
Ideal reflective surface (e.g. calm, smooth fluid surface)
91
Technical Data
No interference reflections within signal beam

Set application parameters:
Tank shape = flat ceiling
Medium property = liquid
process conditions = calm surface
Measured value resolution
Measuring error
Sensor
Measured value resolution
FMU40
1 mm
FMU41
1 mm
FMU42
2 mm
FMU43
2 mm
FMU44
2 mm
Typical specifications for reference operating conditions (include linearity, repeatability, and
hysteresis):
Sensor
Measuring error
FMU40
2mm or 0.2% of set measuring distance (empty calibration)1
FMU41
2 mm or 0,2% of set measuring distance (empty calibration)1
FMU42
FMU43
FMU44
Influence of the vapor pressure
whichever is greater
The vapor pressure at 20 C (68 F) gives a hint on the accuracy of the ultrasonic level
measurement. If the vapor pressure at 20 C (68 F) is below 50 mbar, ultrasonic level
measurement is possible with a very high accuracy. This is valid for water, aqueous solutions, watersolid-solutions, dilute acids (hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, ...), dilute bases (caustic soda, ...), oils,
greases, slurries, pastes, ...
High vapor pressures or outgassing media (ethanol, acetone, ammonia, ...) can influence the
accuracy. If conditions like these are present, please contact the Endress+Hauser support.
10.1.6
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
-40 C ... +80 C

The functionality of the LC display becomes restricted at Tu<-20 C and Tu>+60 C.
If the device is operated outdoors in strong sunlight, you should use a protective cover.
Storage temperature
-40 C ... +80 C
Climate class
DIN EN 60068-2-38 (Test Z/AD) DIN/IEC 68 T2-30Db
Ingress protection
With closed housing, tested according to

IP 68, NEMA 6P (24h at 1.83m under water surface)
IP 66, NEMA 4x
With open housing: IP 20, NEMA 1 (also ingress protection of the display)
DIN EN 60068-2-64 / IEC 68-2-64: 202000 Hz, 1 (m/s2)2/Hz; 3 x 100 min
92
Endress+Hauser
(EMC)
Technical Data
Interference emission to EN 61326, Equipment Class B

Interference immunity to EN 61326, Appendix A (Industrial) and NAMUR Recommendation NE
21 (EMC).
A standard installation cable is sufficient if only the analogue signal is used. Use a screened cable
when working with a superimposed communication signal (HART).
10.1.7
Process conditions
Process temperature
-40C ... +80C

A temperature sensor is integrated in the sensor for correction of the temperature-dependent timeof-flight.
Process pressure
FMU 40/41: 0.7 bar ... 3bar abs.

FMU 42/43/44: 0.7 bar ... 2.5bar abs.
Endress+Hauser
93
Appendix
basic setup
00
11
Appendix
11.1
Operating menu
tank shape
002
dome ceiling
horizontal cyl.
bypass
stilling well
flat ceiling
sphere
no ceiling
safety settings
01
output on alarm
medium property
003
liquid
solid < 4mm
solid > 4mm
unknown
process cond.
004
standard liquid
calm surface
turb. surface
add. agitator
fast change
standard solid
solid dusty
conveyor belt
test: no filter
010
outp. echo loss
empty calibr.
005
distance membrane
to min. level
Default:
FMU40: 5 m
FMU41: 8 m
FMU42: 10 m
FMU43: 15 m
FMU44: 20 m
006
span
max.: empty - BD
Default:
FMU40: 4,75 m
FMU41: 7,6 m
FMU42: 9,6 m
FMU43: 14,4 m
FMU44: 19,5 m
012
delay time
hold
alarm
MAX 110%
hold
MIN - 10%
full calibr.
014
in case of echo loss

max. 4000 sec.
Default: 30 s
ramp %/min
Rampe %span/min 013

specify value
temperature
03
measured temp.
030
linearisation
extended calibr.
04
05
max. temp. limit
031
max. meas. temp.
032
is displayed
is displayed
is displayed
040
linearisation
level CU
ullage CU
040
clear table
table on
manual
semi-automatic
horizontal cyl.
customer unit
customer unit
042
linear
customer unit
042
check distance
051
040
selction
050
mapping
dist./meas. value
033
warning
alarm
level/ullage
level DU
ullage DU
react. high temp
defect temp. sens.
034
alarm
warning
041
008
the following are

displayed:
- distance membrane
to level
- measured value
042
manual
distance = ok
distance too small
045
linearisation
TabNo
Level
volum
043
044
045
yes
range of mapping.
052
start mapping
next point
no
053
accept proposed value

or
specify range of
mapping
off
on
pres. map dist.
cust. tank map
dist. unknown
distance too big
common
extended map.
054
is displayed
output
06
envelope curve
0E
plot settings
0E1
envelope curve
env. curve + FAC
env. curve + cust. map
display
recording curve
0E2
single curve
cyclic
language
09
092
back to home
093
specify time
Default: 100 s
diagnostics
0A
present error
0A0
previous error
0A1
clear last error
device tag
0C0
protocol + sw-no.
format display
094
decimal
1/16
0A2
keep
erase
system parameters 0C
055
inactive
active
reset
reset
for reset code
see manual
0C2
no. of decimalas
095
x
x.x
x.xx
x.xxx
0A3
unlock parameter
0A4
for unlock code

see manual
device id
0C4
Note! The Default values of the parameters are typed in bold face.
L00-FMU4xxxx-19-00-01-en-017
94
Endress+Hauser
dist./meas. value
008
the following are

displayed:
- distance membrane
to level
- measured value
check distance
Appendix
051
manual
distance = ok
distance too small
range of mapping.
052
accept proposed value

or
specify range of
mapping
start mapping
053
dist./meas. value
008
the following are

displayed:
- distance membrane
to level
- measured value
off
on
dist. unknown
distance too big
015
in safety dist.
016
from blocking distance

Default: 0,1m
warning
self holding
alarm
max. scale
046
diameter vessel
047
max. scale
046
dist./meas. value
008
echo quality
056
ackn. alarm
017
no
yes
the following are

displayed:
- distance membrane
to level
- measured value
is displayed
simulation
offset
057
will be added to the

measured level
output damping
058
Default: 2 s
blocking dist.
is displayed
059
Return to Group selection
safety distance
065
sim. off
sim. level
sim. volume
sim. current
sep. character
096
066
display test
097
off
on
. period
, comma
measured dist.
simulation value
0A5
measured level
0A6
detection window
off
on
reset
distance unit
0C5
temperature unit
0C6
0A7
application par.
0A8
not modified
modified
download mode
0C8
parameter only
param. + cust. map
mapping only
L00-FMU4xxxx-19-00-02-en-017
Endress+Hauser
95
Appendix
11.2
Block model of the Prosonic M
The Prosonic M contains the follwoing blocks:

Resource Block (RB2)
s. Operating Instructions BA013S: "FOUNDATION Fieldbus - Overview"
Sensor Block (TBUL)
contains the parameters relevant to the measurement
Diagnostic Block (DIAG)
contains the diagnostic parameters of the Prosonic M
Display Block (DISP)
contains the configuration parameters for the display module VU331
Analog-Input-Block 1 bzw. 2 (AI)
scale the signal of the Transducer Block and transmit them to the PLCS
PID Block (PID)
Arithmetic Block (AR)
Input Selector Block (IS)
Signal Characterizer Block (SC)
Integrator Block (IT)
11.2.1
Default Block configuration
The input and output variables of the blocks can be interconnected by a network configuration tool
(e.g. NI-Fieldbus configurator). The figure below shows, how these connections are set by default.
Sensor
signal evaluation
Display
Physical Block
parameters of the
physical unit, e.g.
tag No.
Sensor Block
Parameters that
Primary value
describe the
device (calibration, (main value)
linearisation etc.)
Secondary value
(distance)
Third value
(temperature)
PID Block
Automation
functions

parameters that are important to
the process control system,
e.g. scaling, status

parameters that are important to
the process control system,
e.g. scaling, status
OUT
OUT
L00-FMU4XXXX-02-00-00-en-003
96
Endress+Hauser
11.3
Appendix
Resource block
The resource block contains the parameters used to describe physical resources of the device. It has
no linkable inputs or outputs.
11.3.1
Operation
The resource block is opened by a click on the resource line.

If the NI-FBUS Configurator is being used, a series of file tabs appears on the screen. The files can
be opened to view and/or edit the parameters in the following table. A short description of the
parameter function appears on the side of the screen. A change in the parameter is stored by pressing
the WRITE CHANGES button when the block is out of service. Press the READ ALL button to check
the values stored in the device.
11.3.2
Parameters
Parameter
Description
TAG_DESC
User description of the intended application of the block.
MODE_BLK
Lists the actual, target, permitted and normal operating modes of the block.
Target: changes the operating mode of the block
Actual: indicates the current operating mode of the block
Permitted: states which operating modes are allowed
Normal: indicates the normal operating mode of the block
The possible operating modes of the resources block are:
AUTO: the block is operating as normal
OOS: the block is out of service.
If the resource block is out of service, then all blocks within the device (resource) are
forced into the same status.
RS_STATE
Indicates the state of the resource block application state machine

On-line: block in AUTO mode
Standby: block in OOS mode
WRITE_LOCK
Indicates the status of DIP-switch WP

LOCKED: device data can be modified
NOT LOCKED: device data can be modified
RESTART
Allows a manual restart:

UNINITIALISED: no status
RUN: normal operational status
RESOURCE: resets the resource block parameters
DEFAULTS: Resets all FOUNDATION Fieldbus parameters within the
device, but not the manufacturer specific parameters.
PROCESSOR: make a warm start of the processor
BLOCK_ERROR
Shows error status of software and hardware components

Out-of-Service: the block is in OOS mode
Simulation active: shows the setting of DIP-switch SIM
BLOCK_ALM
Shows any configuration, hardware, connection and system problems in the lock. The
cause of the alert is to be seen in the subcode field.
The function of the resource block parameters not described here can can be taken from the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus specification, see "www.fieldbus.org".
Endress+Hauser
97
Appendix
11.4
Sensor Block
The Sensor block contains the parameters required to calibrate the device. These parameters can
also be addressed by using the VU331 display module. The calibration of the device is described in
Chapter 6.
11.4.1
Operation
Parameter changes from the tool are made off-line while the device is operating. The changes are
downloaded by first setting MODE_BLK = OOS then pressing the WRITE CHANGES button. Press
the READ ALL button to check the values stored in the device. In order to resume operation, change
MODE_BLK to AUTO4).
11.4.2
Output values
Parameter
Description
PRIMARY_VALUE
Main value (level, volume or flow)
SECONDARY_VALUE
Measured distance
THIRD_VALUE
Measured temperature
11.4.3
Configuration parameters
The Sensor block also contains the configuration parameters, which are used to commission and
calibrate the instrument. They are identical to the functions of the operating menu, except for the
service parameters which are not accessible on the bus. Thus, the calibration procedure via the
display module (chapter "Commissioning") is equally valid for a calibration via a network
configuration tool.
A complete list of the configuration parameters can be found in the "Description of Instrument
Functions", BA240F/00/en.
4)
98
If MODE_BLK refuses to be changed to AUTO, an error is present. Control all parameters, perform the required changes and try again to change MODE_BLK
to AUTO.
Endress+Hauser
11.4.4
Appendix
Methods
The FOUNDATION Fieldbus specification provides for the use of so-called methods to simplify the
operation of the device. A method is an interactive sequence of steps that must be followed in order
to obtain a particular function from the device.
The Prosonic M has got the following methods:
Basic setup
Safety settings
Acknowledge alarm
temperature
Linearisation
Extended calibration
Output
System parameters
Lock TB Manufacturer parameters
Most of these methods are identical to the respective function group in the operating menu. A
detailed description of them can be found in the "Description of Instrument functions", BA240F.
11.4.5
Parameter list of the Prosonic M Sensor Block
Parameter
Position rel.
Variable Name
Indicator Index
Size
Type
[bytes]
Access Storage
Class
Changeable
in Mode
measured value
000
18
PARMEASUREDVALUE
FloatingPoint
RO
dynamic
Auto, OOS
tank shape
002
19
PARTANKSHAPE
Unsigned8
RW
static
OOS
medium property
003
20
PARMEDIUMCONDITION
Unsigned8
RW
static
OOS
process cond.
004
21
PARPROCESSCONDITION
Unsigned8
RW
static
OOS
empty calibr.
005
22
PAREMPTYCALIBRATION
FloatingPoint
RW
static
OOS
full calibr.
006
23
PARFULLCALIBRATION
FloatingPoint
RW
static
OOS
echo quality
056
24
PARECHOQUALITY
Unsigned8
RO
dynamic
Auto, OOS
check distance
051
25
PARCHECKDISTANCE
Unsigned8
RW
dynamic
OOS
range of mapping
052
26
PARSUPPRESSIONDISTANCE
FloatingPoint
RW
dynamic
OOS
start mapping
053
27
PARSTARTMAPPINGRECORD
Unsigned8
RW
dynamic
OOS
pres. map dist.
054
28
PARPRESMAPRANGE
FloatingPoint
RO
dynamic
Auto, OOS
cust. tank map
055
29
PARCUSTTANKMAP
Unsigned8
RW
dynamic
OOS
offset
057
30
PAROFFSETOFMEASUREDDISTANCE
FloatingPoint
RW
static
OOS
output damping
058
31
PAROUTPUTDAMPING
FloatingPoint
RW
static
Auto, OOS
blocking dist.
059
32
PARBLOCKINGDISTANCE
FloatingPoint
RW
static
OOS
output on alarm
010
33
PAROUTPUTONALARM
Unsigned8
RW
static
OOS
outp. echo loss
012
34
PARREACTIONLOSTECHO
Unsigned8
RW
static
OOS
ramp %span/min
013
35
PARRAMPINPERCENTPERMIN
FloatingPoint
RW
static
OOS
delay time
014
36
PARDELAYTIMEONLOSTECHO
Unsigned16
RW
static
OOS
safety distance
015
37
PARLEVELWITHINSAFETYDISTANCE
FloatingPoint
RW
static
OOS
in safety dist.
016
38
PARINSAFETYDISTANCE
Unsigned8
RW
static
OOS
ackn. alarm
017
39
PARACKNOWLEDGEALARM
Unsigned8
RW
dynamic
Auto, OOS
measured temp.
030
40
PARMEASUREDTEMPERATURE
FloatingPoint
RO
dynamic
Auto, OOS
max. temp. limit
031
41
PARMAXTEMPLIMIT
FloatingPoint
RO
dynamic
Auto, OOS
max. meas. temp
032
42
PARMAXMEASUREDTEMPERATURE
FloatingPoint
RO
non-vol.
Auto, OOS
react. high temp
033
43
PARONHIGHTEMPERATURE
Unsigned8
RW
static
OOS
defect temp sens
034
44
PARDEFECTTEMPERATURESENSOR
Unsigned8
RW
static
OOS
Endress+Hauser
99
Appendix
Parameter
Position rel.
Variable Name
Indicator Index
Size
Type
[bytes]
Access Storage
Class
Changeable
in Mode
level/ullage
040
45
PARLEVELULLAGEMODE
Unsigned8
RW
static
OOS
linearisation
041
46
PARLINEARISATION
Unsigned8
RW
static
OOS
customer unit
042
47
PARCUSTOMERUNIT
Unsigned16
RW
static
OOS
table no.
043
48
PARTABLENUMBER
Unsigned8
RW
non-vol.
Auto, OOS
input level
044
49
PARINPUTLEVELHALFAUTOMATIC
FloatingPoint
RO
dynamic
Auto, OOS
input level
044
50
PARINPUTLEVELMANUAL
FloatingPoint
RW
dynamic
OOS
input volume
045
51
PARINPUTVOLUME
FloatingPoint
RW
dynamic
OOS
max. scale
046
52
PARMAXVOLUME
FloatingPoint
RW
static
OOS
diameter vessel
047
53
PARCYLINDERVESSEL
FloatingPoint
RW
static
OOS
simulation
065
54
PARSIMULATION
Unsigned8
RW
dynamic
OOS
simulation value
066
55
PARSIMULATIONVALUELEVEL
FloatingPoint
RW
dynamic
Auto, OOS
simulation value
066
56
PARSIMULATIONVALUEVOLUME
FloatingPoint
RW
dynamic
Auto, OOS
unlock parameter
0A4
57
PAROPERATIONCODE
Unsigned16
RW
non-vol.
OOS
measured dist.
0A5
58
PARMEASUREDDISTANCE
FloatingPoint
RO
dynamic
Auto, OOS
measured level
0A6
59
PARMEASUREDLEVEL
FloatingPoint
RO
dynamic
Auto, OOS
detection window
0A7
60
PARDETECTIONWINDOW
Unsigned8
RW
dynamic
OOS
application par.
0A8
61
PARAPPLICATIONPARAMETER
Unsigned8
RO
dynamic
Auto, OOS
distance unit
0C5
62
PARDISTANCEUNIT
Unsigned16
RW
static
OOS
temperature unit
0C6
63
PARTEMPERATUREUNIT
Unsigned16
RW
static
OOS
download mode
0C8
64
PARDOWNLOADMODE
Unsigned8
RW
static
OOS
max meas dist
0D84
65
PARABSMAXMESSDIST
FloatingPoint
RO
dynamic
Auto, OOS
max sample dist.
0D88
66
PAREDITRANGEMAXSAMPLEDIST
FloatingPoint
RO
dynamic
Auto, OOS
present error
0A0
67
PARACTUALERROR
Unsigned16
RO
dynamic
Auto, OOS
100
Endress+Hauser
Appendix
11.5
Diagnostic Block
11.5.1
Operation
The diagnostic block contains the error messages of the instrument. These parameters can also be
addressed by using the VU331 display module.
The diagnostic block is opened by clicking on the "diagnostic" line.
MODE_BLK to AUTO5).
11.5.2
Block administration parameters
Parameter
Description
MODE_BLK
See description in Resource block. The possible operating modes of the Sensor block are:
AUTO: the block is operating as normal.
TAG_DESC
BLOCK_ERROR
Shows the error status associated with the block components

Out-of-Service: the block is in OOS mode.
11.5.3
Methods
Set to customer default
Diagnostics
11.5.4
Instrument specific parameters
Parameter
Position rel.
Variable Name
Indicator Index
Size
Type
[bytes]
Access Storage
Class
Changeable
in Mode
present error
0A0
13
PARACTUALERROR
Unsigned16
RO
dynamic
Auto, OOS
previous error
0A1
14
PARLASTERROR
Unsigned16
RO
non-vol.
Auto, OOS
clear last error
0A2
15
PARCLEARLASTERROR
Unsigned8
RW
dynamic
Auto, OOS
reset
0A3
16
PARRESET
Unsigned16
RW
dynamic
OOS
unlock parameter
0A4
17
PAROPERATIONCODE
Unsigned16
RW
non-vol.
OOS
protocol+sw-no.
0C2
18
PARPROTSOFTVERSIONSTRING
16
VisibleString
RO
const
Auto, OOS
5)
to AUTO.
Endress+Hauser
101
Appendix
11.6
Display Block
11.6.1
Operation
The display block contains the parameters required to parametrise the display module VU331
(which is contained in the remote display and operating unit FHX40). These parameters can also be
addressed by using the VU331 display module.
The display block is opened by clicking on the "display" line.
MODE_BLK to AUTO6).
11.6.2
Parameter
Description
MODE_BLK
See description in Resource block. The possible operating modes of the sensor block are:
AUTO: the block is operating as normal.
TAG_DESC
BLOCK_ERROR
Shows the error status associated with the block components

Out-of-Service: the block is in OOS mode.
11.6.3
Methods
Display
11.6.4
Instrument specific parameters
Parameter
Position rel.
Variable Name
Indicator Index
Size
Type
[bytes]
Access Storage
Class
Changeable
in Mode
language
092
13
PARLANGUAGE
Unsigned8
RW
non-vol.
Auto, OOS
back to home
093
14
PARBACKTOHOME
Integer16
RW
non-vol.
Auto, OOS
format display
094
15
PARFORMATDISPLAY_FT
Unsigned8
RW
non-vol.
Auto, OOS
no.of decimals
095
16
PARNOOFDECIMALS
Unsigned8
RW
non-vol.
Auto, OOS
sep. character
096
17
PARSEPARATIONCHARACTER
Unsigned8
RW
non-vol.
Auto, OOS
unlock parameter
0A4
18
PAROPERATIONCODE
Unsigned16
RW
non-vol.
OOS
6)
102
to AUTO.
Endress+Hauser
11.7
Appendix
Analog input block
The analog input block condito ns the signal output by the Sensor block andoutputs signal to the
PCL or other function blocks.
L00-FMR2xxxx-05-00-00-en-008
11.7.1
Operation
The resource block is opened by a click on the resource line.

the READ ALL button to check the values stored in the device. Normally operation is resumed as
soon as MODE-BLK is set to AUTO.
11.7.2
Endress+Hauser
Parameter
Description
MODE_BLK
See description in Resource block. The possible operating modes of the Sensor block are:
AUTO: the block is operating as normal
MAN: the block is operated with a manually entered primary value.
TAG_DESC
BLOCK_ERROR
Shows error status of software and hardware components

Out-of-Service: the block is in OOS mode
Simulation active: shows the setting of DIP-switch SIM. Input failure/process variable
has BAD status.
configuration error
103
Appendix
11.7.3
Output values
Parameter
Description
PV
Either the primary/secondary Sensor block value used to execute the block or a process
value associated with it. Comprises value and status.
OUT
The primary value output as a result of executing the analog input block. Comprises
value and status.
FIELD_VALUE
Raw value of field device in % of PV range with a status reflecting the Sensor condition
before signal characterisation L_Type or filtering V_TIME. Comprises value and status.
11.7.4
Scaling parameters
Parameter
Description
CHANNEL
Selects the measured value to be input to the analogue input block

0 = no channel defined
1 = primary value: measured level/volume
2 = secondary value: measured distance
XD_SCALE
Scales the Sensor block value in the required engineering units (EU).
OUT_SCALE
Scales the output value in the required engineering units (EU).
L_TYPE
Sets the linearization type:

DIRECT: the Sensor block value bypasses the scaling functions
INDIRECT:the Sensor block value is fed through the linear scaling functions
INDIRECT SQRT: the Sensor block value is fed through the square root scaling functions
The relationship between the output values and scaling paramaters is as follows:
FIELD_VAL = 100 x
CHANNEL_VALUE - XD_SCALE_MIN
XD_SCALE_MAX - XD_SCALE_MIN
The L_TYPE parameter influences the signal conversion:

Direct:
PV = CHANNEL_VALUE
Indirect:
PV =
FIELD_VALUE
x (OUT_SCALE_MAX - OUT_SCALE_MIN) + OUT_SCALE_MIN
100
Indirect square root:
PV =
104
FIELD_VALUE
x (OUT_SCALE_MAX - OUT_SCALE_MIN) + OUT_SCALE_MIN
100
Endress+Hauser
11.7.5
Output response parameters
Parameter
Description
LOW_CUT
Not relevant to level measurement!

Determines a threshold for square root linearization below which the output value is set
to zero.
PV_FTIME
Sets the time constant for the output value.
11.7.6
Alarm parameters
Parameter
Description
ACK_OPTION
Sets the way in which alarms and warnings are to be acknowledged.
ALARM_HYS
Sets the hysteresis (in output engineering units) for all configured alarms.
A hysteresis of e.g. 2% on a HI_HI_LIMIT of 95% would cause the alarm to activate
when the level reaches 95% and to deactivate when the level drops below 93%.
A hysteresis of e.g. 2% on a LO_LO_LIMIT of 5% would cause the alarm to activate
when the level drops below 5% and to deactivate when the level rises to 7%.
HI_HI_PRI
The priority (1 15) of the HI_HI alarm
HI_HI_LIM
Sets the HI_HI alarm limit in output engineering units
HI_PRI
The priority (1 15) of the HI alarm
HI_LIM
Sets the HI warning limit in output engineering units
LO_PRI
The priority (1 15) of the LO alarm
LO_LIM
Sets the LO warning limit in output engineering units
LO_LO_PRI
The priority (1 15) of the LO_LO alarm
LO_LO_LIM
Sets the LO_LO alarm limit in output engineering units
11.7.7
Alarm priorities
Parameter
Description
Alarm is suppressed
Recognised by the system but not reported
Reported to the operator, but does not require his attention
3-7
Advisroy alarms of increasing priority
8 - 15
Critical alarms of increasing priority
11.7.8
Endress+Hauser
Appendix
Alarm status
Parameter
Description
HI_HI_ALM
The status of the HI_HI alarm
HI_ALM
The status of the HI alarm
LO_ALM
The status of the LO alarm
LO_LO_ALM
The status of the LO_LO alarm
105
Appendix
11.7.9
Simulation
The SIMULATE parameter allows the Sensor block output value to be simulated, provided
simulation has also been enabled at the device DIP switch. The simulation must be enabled, a value
and/or status entered and the block must be in AUTO mode. During simulation the Sensor output
value is substituted by the simulated value.
A simulation is also possible by switching MODE_BLK to "MAN" and entering a value for OUT.
106
Parameter
Description
SIMULATE
Enables, sets and displays a simulated value, options:

enable/disable
simulated value
output value
Endress+Hauser
11.8
Appendix
List of start indices
The following list indicates the start indices for all blocks and objects:
Endress+Hauser
Object
Start Index
Object Dictionary
298
Object
Start Index
Resource Block
400
Analog Input 1 Function Block
500
Analog Input 2 Function Block
600
PID Function Block
700
Arithmetic Function Block
800
Input Selector Function Block
900
Signal Characterizer Function Block
1000
Integrator Function Block
1100
Sensor Block
2000
Diagnostic Block
2200
Display Block
2400
Object
Start Index
View Objects Resource Block
3000
View Objects Analog Input 1 Function Block
3010
View Objects Analog Input 2 Function Block
3020
View Objects PID Function Block
3030
View Objects Arithmetic Function Block
3040
View Objects Input Selector Function Block
3050
View Objects Signal Characterizer Function Block
3060
View Objects Integrator Function Block
3070
View Objects Sensor Block
4000
View Object Diagnostic Block
4100
View Object Display Block
4200
107
Appendix
11.9
Measuring principle
BD
20 mA
100%
D
4 mA
0%
L00-FMU4x-15-00-00-de-001
E: Empty distance; F: Span (full distance); D: Distance from sensor membrane - product surface; L: Level; BD: Blocking
distance
Sensor
BD
Max. range fluids
Max. range bulk materials
FMU40
0.25 m
5m
2m
FMU41
0.35 m
8m
3.5 m
FMU42
0.4 m
10 m
5m
FMU43
0.6 m
15 m
7m
FMU44
0.5 m
20 m
10 m
11.9.1
Time-of-flight method
The sensor of the Prosonic M transmits ultrasonic pulses in the direction of the product surface.
There, they are reflected back and received by the sensor. The Prosonic M measures the time t
between pulse transmission and reception. The instrument uses the time t (and the velocity of sound
c) to calculate the distance D between the sensor membrane and the product surface:
D = c t/2
As the device knows the empty distance E from a user entry, it can calculate the level as follows:
L=E-D
An integrated temperature sensor compensates for changes in the velocity of sound caused by
temperature changes.
11.9.2
Interference echo suppression
The interference echo suppression feature on the Prosonic M ensures that interference echos (e.g.
from edges, welded joints and installations) are not interpreted as a level echo.
11.9.3
Calibration
Enter the empty distance E and the span F to calibrate the device.
108
Endress+Hauser
11.9.4
Appendix
Blocking distance
Span F may not extend into the blocking distance BD. Level echos from the blocking distance cannot
be evaluated due to the transient characteristics of the sensor.
Endress+Hauser
109
Index
Index
A
alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
application errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
process conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
B
basic setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
blocking distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 52
range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
repairs to Ex-approved devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
return. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
cantilever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CE mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
85
14
74
26
14
81
32
33
E
empty calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
envelope curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Interface FXA291 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
T
ToF Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
turn housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
D
declaration of conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
declaration of contamination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
display appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
display symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
59
60
69
68
V
vessel / silo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
W
warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
weather protection cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
F
FHX40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
flow measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
full calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 59
H
hazardous area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
I
installation bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
interference echo suppression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
K
key assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Khafagi-Venturi flume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
L
level measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
M
mapping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Measuring range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
medium property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
N
nozzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
O
on-site display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
operating menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
110
Endress+Hauser
Declaration of Hazardous Material and De-Contamination

Erklrung zur Kontamination und Reinigung
Please reference the Return Authorization Number (RA#), obtained from Endress+Hauser, on all paperwork and mark the RA#
clearly on the outside of the box. If this procedure is not followed, it may result in the refusal of the package at our facility.
Bitte geben Sie die von E+H mitgeteilte Rcklieferungsnummer (RA#) auf allen Lieferpapieren an und vermerken Sie diese
auch auen auf der Verpackung. Nichtbeachtung dieser Anweisung fhrt zur Ablehnung ihrer Lieferung.
RA No.
Because of legal regulations and for the safety of our employees and operating equipment, we need the "Declaration of Hazardous Material
and De-Contamination", with your signature, before your order can be handled. Please make absolutely sure to attach it to the outside of the
packaging.
Aufgrund der gesetzlichen Vorschriften und zum Schutz unserer Mitarbeiter und Betriebseinrichtungen, bentigen wir die unterschriebene
"Erklrung zur Kontamination und Reinigung", bevor Ihr Auftrag bearbeitet werden kann. Bringen Sie diese unbedingt auen an der
Verpackung an.
Serial number
Seriennummer ________________________
Type of instrument / sensor

Gerte-/Sensortyp
____________________________________________
Used as SIL device in a Safety Instrumented System / Einsatz als SIL Gert in Schutzeinrichtungen
Process data/Prozessdaten
Pressure / Druck
_____ [psi] _____ [ Pa ]
Viscosity /Viskositt _____ [cp] _____ [mm2/s]
Temperature / Temperatur_____ [F] _____ [C]

Conductivity / Leitfhigkeit ________ [S/cm]
Medium and warnings

Warnhinweise zum Medium
Medium /concentration Identification flammable
CAS No.
Medium /Konzentration
entzndlich
toxic
giftig
corrosive
tzend
harmful/
irritant
gesundheitsschdlich/
reizend
other *
harmless
sonstiges* unbedenklich
Process
medium
Medium im
Prozess
Medium for
process cleaning
Medium zur
Prozessreinigung
Returned part
cleaned with
Medium zur
Endreinigung
* explosive; oxidising; dangerous for the environment; biological risk; radioactive
* explosiv; brandfrdernd; umweltgefhrlich; biogefhrlich; radioaktiv
Please tick should one of the above be applicable, include safety data sheet and, if necessary, special handling instructions.
Zutreffendes ankreuzen; trifft einer der Warnhinweise zu, Sicherheitsdatenblatt und ggf. spezielle Handhabungsvorschriften beilegen.
Description of failure / Fehlerbeschreibung __________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Company data /Angaben zum Absender
P/SF/Konta XIV
Company /Firma ___________________________________

_________________________________________________
Address / Adresse
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
Phone number of contact person /Telefon-Nr. Ansprechpartner:

____________________________________________
Fax / E-Mail ____________________________________________
Your order No. / Ihre Auftragsnr. ____________________________
We hereby certify that this declaration is filled out truthfully and completely to the best of our knowledge.We further certify that the returned
parts have been carefully cleaned. To the best of our knowledge they are free of any residues in dangerous quantities.
Wir besttigen, die vorliegende Erklrung nach unserem besten Wissen wahrheitsgetreu und vollstndig ausgefllt zu haben. Wir besttigen
weiter, dass die zurckgesandten Teile sorgfltig gereinigt wurden und nach unserem besten Wissen frei von Rckstnden in gefahrbringender Menge sind.
(place, date / Ort, Datum)
Name, dept./Abt. (please print /bitte Druckschrift)
Signature / Unterschrift
BA239F/00/en/01.09
71089089
CCS/FM+SGML 6.0/ProMoDo
71089089

PM014 DQ110071 C5059 Ma 021 T2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PM014 DQ110071 C5059 Ma 021 T2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TOMO 2: INSTRUMENTACIN

Captulo 1: Filosofa de Control

Captulo 2: Listado de Equipos

Outotec Chile S.A.

En el anexo Tomo 2 Captulo 1 se adjunta la filosofa de control de las celdas, la cual

Outotec Chile S.A.

En el anexo Tomo 2 Captulo 2 se detalla el listado completo de instrumentos que poseen

Outotec Chile S.A.

Elementos del sistema motoreductor.

Contacto en Outotec Chile Ltda.:

: Sr. Eduardo Paredes Ruiz

Outotec Chile S.A.

TankCell-e160 (dos celda)

Sistema Fail Close

Soplador Diagrama Unilineal

Outotec Chile Ltda.

Outotec Chile S.A.

CORPORACION NACIONAL DEL COBRE

PARA INFORMACIN CLIENTE

PARA INFORMACIN CLIENTE

PARA COORDINACIN INTERNA

Outotec Chile S.A.

CORPORACION NACIONAL DEL COBRE

Planos Asociados ....................................................................................................... 3

Circuito de Flotacin ................................................................................................... 3

Regulacin del Nivel de Pulpa .................................................................................... 4

Panel Local de Vlvulas del tipo Dardo (Dart) ............................................................ 5

Suministro de Aire de Flotacin .................................................................................. 6

Distribucin y Regulacin de Aire de Flotacin ........................................................... 7

Outotec Chile Ltda.

CORPORACION NACIONAL DEL COBRE

CELDA OUTOTEC 1 TANK CELL 300 DIAGRAMA P&ID

CELDA OUTOTEC 2 TANK CELL 160 DIAGRAMA P&ID

CELDA OUTOTEC 1 TANK CELL 160 DIAGRAMA P&ID

PANEL LAYOUT PANEL LOCAL

Outotec Chile Ltda.

CORPORACION NACIONAL DEL COBRE

3. Regulacin del Nivel de Pulpa

Outotec Chile Ltda.

CORPORACION NACIONAL DEL COBRE

4. Panel Local de Vlvulas del tipo Dardo (Dart)

El control de los actuadores y el monitoreo de ambas

Outotec Chile Ltda.

CORPORACION NACIONAL DEL COBRE

5. Suministro de Aire de Flotacin

CORPORACION NACIONAL DEL COBRE

El Panel o Sistema de Seguridad anti surge y Monitoreo cuenta con un mdulo de

La funcin principal del panel de seguridad es:

6. Distribucin y Regulacin de Aire de Flotacin

Outotec Chile Ltda.

CORPORACION NACIONAL DEL COBRE

Outotec Chile Ltda.

Outotec Chile S.A.

CORPORACION NACIONAL DEL COBRE

EMITIDO COMO AS BUILD

EMITIDO PARA APROBACIN CLIENTE

EMITIDO PARA APROBACIN CLIENTE

EMITIDO PARA INFORMACION CLIENTE

EMITIDO PARA COORDINACION INTERNA

PROYECTO EXPLOTACION MINA MINISTRO HALES

CORPORACION NACIONAL DEL COBRE

LISTADO DE INSTRUMENTOS Y EQUIPOS

LINEA 1 CELDA ROUGHER